WO2022054933A1 - Transparent laminated film, transparent laminated film with protection film, and face shield - Google Patents

Transparent laminated film, transparent laminated film with protection film, and face shield Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2022054933A1
WO2022054933A1 PCT/JP2021/033430 JP2021033430W WO2022054933A1 WO 2022054933 A1 WO2022054933 A1 WO 2022054933A1 JP 2021033430 W JP2021033430 W JP 2021033430W WO 2022054933 A1 WO2022054933 A1 WO 2022054933A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
laminated film
layer
transparent laminated
back surface
transparent
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2021/033430
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
了 管家
和雄 笹本
美希 風間
Original Assignee
大日本印刷株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from JP2021012451A external-priority patent/JP2022115718A/en
Priority claimed from JP2021056279A external-priority patent/JP2022047477A/en
Priority claimed from JP2021126286A external-priority patent/JP2023020747A/en
Priority claimed from JP2021126284A external-priority patent/JP2023020746A/en
Application filed by 大日本印刷株式会社 filed Critical 大日本印刷株式会社
Publication of WO2022054933A1 publication Critical patent/WO2022054933A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A41WEARING APPAREL
    • A41DOUTERWEAR; PROTECTIVE GARMENTS; ACCESSORIES
    • A41D13/00Professional, industrial or sporting protective garments, e.g. surgeons' gowns or garments protecting against blows or punches
    • A41D13/05Professional, industrial or sporting protective garments, e.g. surgeons' gowns or garments protecting against blows or punches protecting only a particular body part
    • A41D13/11Protective face masks, e.g. for surgical use, or for use in foul atmospheres
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61FFILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
    • A61F9/00Methods or devices for treatment of the eyes; Devices for putting-in contact lenses; Devices to correct squinting; Apparatus to guide the blind; Protective devices for the eyes, carried on the body or in the hand
    • A61F9/02Goggles
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B7/00Layered products characterised by the relation between layers; Layered products characterised by the relative orientation of features between layers, or by the relative values of a measurable parameter between layers, i.e. products comprising layers having different physical, chemical or physicochemical properties; Layered products characterised by the interconnection of layers
    • B32B7/02Physical, chemical or physicochemical properties
    • B32B7/023Optical properties
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B1/00Optical elements characterised by the material of which they are made; Optical coatings for optical elements
    • G02B1/10Optical coatings produced by application to, or surface treatment of, optical elements
    • G02B1/11Anti-reflection coatings
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B1/00Optical elements characterised by the material of which they are made; Optical coatings for optical elements
    • G02B1/10Optical coatings produced by application to, or surface treatment of, optical elements
    • G02B1/14Protective coatings, e.g. hard coatings

Definitions

  • This disclosure relates to a transparent laminated film, a transparent laminated film with a protective film, and a face shield.
  • Patent Document 1 discloses a face shield including a shield portion provided in front of the wearer's face and a frame for holding the shield portion.
  • the facial expression of the wearer may be difficult to see due to the reflection of light at the shield portion.
  • the facial expression of the wearer becomes difficult to see, for example, when communicating while looking at each other's facial expressions in face-to-face work such as hotel front desk work or financial institution consultation desk, communication There is a risk that the quality of the product will deteriorate.
  • the reflection of light has an effect that it becomes difficult for the wearer to visually recognize the surrounding structures and the like. For this reason, in work such as driving and assembling work while visually recognizing an object, it is required to improve the visibility in order to improve the efficiency of the work and the safety of the worker. For these reasons, for example, face shields are required to improve the invisibleness due to light reflection.
  • such a face shield may be worn by employees at the event venue.
  • the face shield may be required to have a design in order to liven up the event.
  • event participants may paint their faces to enhance the sense of unity at the event venue.
  • ink or the like is often applied directly to the face of the participant, it takes time to form a design on the face, and it may take more time to remove the paint after the event. Therefore, there is a demand for a face shield that can improve the design.
  • Face shields are also used in medical settings. Then, for example, when strict management of epidemic prevention products is required in a medical field, it is desired to clearly display information indicating the affiliation of the wearer and the start date and time of use of the epidemic prevention products on the face shield. It is rare.
  • droplets such as saliva due to sneezing or coughing may be scattered not only in the direction facing the wearer but also in the left-right direction and the up-down direction as seen from the wearer. Further, when the droplets are scattered downward, the droplets may adhere to the structure (table or the like) used by the wearer, and the structure used by the wearer may be contaminated.
  • the glasses and the frame of the face shield may interfere with each other.
  • the frame includes a member that crosses the front of the wearer, the frame may be too conspicuous, and another person who visually recognizes the wearer may feel a sense of discomfort.
  • the present disclosure has been made in consideration of such a point, and provides a transparent laminated film, a transparent laminated film with a protective film, and a face shield capable of effectively suppressing light reflection.
  • the purpose is to be understood that the present disclosure has been made in consideration of such a point, and provides a transparent laminated film, a transparent laminated film with a protective film, and a face shield capable of effectively suppressing light reflection. The purpose.
  • the present disclosure has been made in consideration of such points, and is transparent with a transparent laminated film and a protective film, which can improve the design or clearly display characters and symbol information. It is an object of the present invention to provide a laminated film and a face shield.
  • the present disclosure has been made in consideration of such a point, and provides a face shield and a transparent laminated film capable of suppressing downward droplets from adhering to surrounding structures.
  • the purpose is to do.
  • Another object of the present disclosure is to provide a face shield and a transparent laminated film capable of suppressing the adhesion of droplets scattered from others to the wearer.
  • the present disclosure has been made in consideration of such a point, and suppresses the interference between the spectacles and the holding member even when the wearer wears the spectacles, and also , It is an object of the present invention to provide a face shield capable of suppressing the holding member from becoming conspicuous.
  • the transparent laminated film according to one embodiment is a transparent laminated film including a front surface antireflection layer constituting the front surface and a back surface antireflection layer constituting the back surface.
  • the transparent laminated film may further include a core layer located between the front surface antireflection layer and the back surface antireflection layer.
  • the core layer may be made of polyethylene terephthalate.
  • the transparent laminated film has a first transparent adhesive layer that adheres the front surface antireflection layer and the core layer, and a second that adheres the core layer and the back surface antireflection layer.
  • a transparent adhesive layer may be further provided.
  • the first transparent adhesive layer and the second transparent adhesive layer may each contain an acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive.
  • the transparent laminated film may further include a transparent adhesive layer for adhering the front surface antireflection layer and the back surface antireflection layer.
  • the transparent adhesive layer may contain an acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive.
  • the front surface antireflection layer has a surface antireflection functional layer arranged in order from the front surface to the back surface, and a front surface transparent base material layer, and the back surface antireflection layer is ,
  • the back surface antireflection functional layer arranged in order from the back surface to the front surface, and the back surface transparent base material layer may be provided.
  • the front surface antireflection functional layer is a coating layer coated on the front surface transparent base material layer, and the back surface antireflection functional layer is on the back surface transparent base material layer. It may be a coated coating layer.
  • the front surface antireflection functional layer and the back surface antireflection functional layer may each be made of a cured product of an ionizing radiation curable resin composition.
  • the ionizing radiation curable resin composition may contain a (meth) acrylate compound.
  • the front surface antireflection functional layer includes a surface refraction layer arranged in order from the front surface to the back surface and a front surface hard coat layer
  • the back surface antireflection functional layer is a back surface. It may include a back surface refraction layer and a back surface hard coat layer arranged in order from the surface to the front surface.
  • the surface hard coat layer is a coating layer coated on the surface transparent base material layer
  • the surface refraction layer is a coating coated on the surface hard coat layer
  • the back surface hard coat layer may be a coating layer coated on the back surface transparent base material layer
  • the back surface refractive layer may be a coating layer coated on the back surface hard coat layer. ..
  • the front surface refractive index layer includes a front surface low refractive index layer and a front surface high refractive index layer arranged in order from the front surface to the back surface, and the back surface refractive index layer is from the back surface.
  • a back surface low refractive index layer and a back surface high refractive index layer arranged in order toward the front surface may be included.
  • the front surface high refractive index layer includes a first surface high refractive index layer and a second surface high refractive index layer arranged in order from the front surface to the back surface, and the back surface thereof.
  • the high refractive index layer may include a first back surface high refractive index layer and a second back surface high refractive index layer arranged in order from the back surface to the front surface.
  • the refractive index of the first surface high refractive index layer is higher than the refractive index of the second surface high refractive index layer, and the refractive index of the first back surface high refractive index layer is higher. , It may be higher than the refractive index of the second back surface high refractive index layer.
  • the front surface transparent base material layer and the back surface transparent base material layer may contain triacetyl cellulose or polyethylene terephthalate.
  • the front surface transparent base material layer and the back surface transparent base material layer may contain triacetyl cellulose on one side and polyester on the other side.
  • the front surface transparent base material layer and the back surface transparent base material layer may each contain polyester.
  • the thickness of the transparent laminated film according to the embodiment may be 40 ⁇ m or more and 500 ⁇ m or less.
  • the transparent laminated film according to the embodiment may have a restorative function.
  • the reflectance of light may be 1.0% or less, and the total light transmittance may be 90% or more.
  • the transmittance in the ultraviolet region having a wavelength of 380 nm or less may be 1.0% or less.
  • the bending stress may be 6N / 20 mm or less.
  • the transparent laminated film according to the embodiment may be used as a face shield that protects the wearer's face.
  • An opening is formed in the transparent laminated film according to the embodiment, and the opening may have a radius of curvature of 0.5 mm or more at all points on the peripheral edge.
  • the opening may have an oval shape, an elliptical shape, or a rounded corner shape.
  • the transparent laminated film with a protective film includes a transparent laminated film according to one embodiment, a front surface protective film that protects the front surface of the transparent laminated film, and a back surface protection that protects the back surface of the transparent laminated film.
  • a transparent laminated film with a protective film which comprises a film.
  • the face shield according to one embodiment is a face shield that protects the wearer's face, and is attached to the holding member and the holding member to cover at least a part of the wearer's face.
  • a face shield comprising a transparent laminated film according to one embodiment.
  • the holding member extends downward from the pair of temples that abut on the wearer's ears, the front portion that connects the pair of temples to each other, and the front portion. It may have a pair of pad portions that come into contact with the wearer's nose.
  • the holding member may have a band that covers the wearer's head in a circumferential shape.
  • the holding member has a chin pad that abuts on the wearer's chin and a pair of hooking portions that are connected to the chin pad and hooked on the wearer's ears.
  • the transparent laminated film may at least cover the wearer's chin.
  • the transparent laminated film is a transparent laminated film having a front surface and a back surface, and covers a core layer and a part of the front surface side surface or a part of the back surface side surface of the core layer.
  • a transparent laminated film having at least a print layer and having a visual reflectance Y value of 0.0% or more and 2.0% or less in a region where the print layer is not provided.
  • the transparent laminated film according to one embodiment even if the reflectance of light having a wavelength of 550 nm is 2% or less and the total light transmittance is 90% or more in the region where the print layer is not provided. good.
  • the transmittance in the ultraviolet region having a wavelength of 380 nm or less may be 1.0% or less in the region where the print layer is not provided.
  • the core layer may contain polyethylene terephthalate.
  • a surface antireflection layer provided on one side of the core layer and constituting the front surface and a back surface reflection provided on the other side of the core layer and constituting the back surface.
  • the print layer may be further provided with an anti-reflection layer, and the print layer may be provided between the core layer and the surface anti-reflection layer.
  • a surface antireflection layer provided on one side of the core layer and constituting the front surface and a back surface reflection provided on the other side of the core layer and constituting the back surface.
  • the print layer may be further provided with an antireflection layer, and the print layer may be provided between the core layer and the back surface antireflection layer.
  • the transparent laminated film has a first transparent adhesive layer that adheres the front surface antireflection layer and the core layer, and a second that adheres the core layer and the back surface antireflection layer.
  • a transparent adhesive layer may be further provided.
  • the first transparent adhesive layer and the second transparent adhesive layer may each contain an acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive.
  • the transparent laminated film according to the embodiment is provided between the front surface antireflection layer constituting the front surface, the back surface antireflection layer constituting the back surface, the front surface antireflection layer, and the back surface antireflection layer.
  • the transparent laminated film according to one embodiment even if the reflectance of light having a wavelength of 550 nm is 2% or less and the total light transmittance is 90% or more in the region where the print layer is not provided. good.
  • the transmittance in the ultraviolet region having a wavelength of 380 nm or less may be 1.0% or less in the region where the print layer is not provided.
  • the front surface antireflection layer has a surface antireflection functional layer arranged in order from the front surface toward the back surface, and a front surface transparent base material layer, and the back surface antireflection layer is provided.
  • the layer may have a back surface antireflection functional layer arranged in order from the back surface toward the front surface, and a back surface transparent base material layer.
  • the front surface antireflection functional layer is a coating layer coated on the front surface transparent base material layer, and the back surface antireflection functional layer is on the back surface transparent base material layer. It may be a coated coating layer.
  • the front surface antireflection functional layer and the back surface antireflection functional layer may each be made of a cured product of an ionizing radiation curable resin composition.
  • the ionizing radiation curable resin composition may contain a (meth) acrylate compound.
  • the front surface antireflection functional layer includes a surface refraction layer arranged in order from the front surface toward the back surface, and a front surface hard coat layer, and the back surface antireflection functional layer is ,
  • the back surface refractive layer arranged in order from the back surface toward the front surface, and the back surface hard coat layer may be included.
  • the surface hard coat layer is a coating layer coated on the surface transparent base material layer
  • the surface refraction layer is a coating coated on the surface hard coat layer
  • the back surface hard coat layer may be a coating layer coated on the back surface transparent base material layer
  • the back surface refractive layer may be a coating layer coated on the back surface hard coat layer. ..
  • the front surface refractive index layer includes a front surface low refractive index layer and a front surface high refractive index layer arranged in order from the front surface toward the back surface
  • the back surface refractive index layer is: A back surface low refractive index layer and a back surface high refractive index layer arranged in order from the back surface toward the front surface may be included.
  • the surface high refractive index layer includes a first surface high refractive index layer and a second surface high refractive index layer arranged in order from the front surface toward the back surface.
  • the back surface high refractive index layer may include a first back surface high refractive index layer and a second back surface high refractive index layer arranged in order from the back surface toward the front surface.
  • the refractive index of the first surface high refractive index layer is higher than the refractive index of the second surface high refractive index layer, and the refractive index of the first back surface high refractive index layer is higher. , It may be higher than the refractive index of the second back surface high refractive index layer.
  • the front surface transparent base material layer and the back surface transparent base material layer may contain triacetyl cellulose or polyethylene terephthalate.
  • the front surface transparent base material layer and the back surface transparent base material layer may contain triacetyl cellulose on one side and polyester on the other side.
  • the front surface transparent base material layer and the back surface transparent base material layer may each contain polyester.
  • the thickness of the transparent laminated film according to the embodiment may be 40 ⁇ m or more and 500 ⁇ m or less.
  • the transparent laminated film according to the embodiment may have a restorative function.
  • the transparent laminated film according to the embodiment may be used as a face shield that protects the wearer's face.
  • the transparent laminated film with a protective film includes a transparent laminated film according to one embodiment, a front surface protective film that protects the front surface of the transparent laminated film, and a back surface protection that protects the back surface of the transparent laminated film.
  • a transparent laminated film with a protective film which comprises a film.
  • the face shield according to one embodiment is a face shield that protects the wearer's face, and is attached to the holding member and the holding member to cover at least a part of the wearer's face.
  • a face shield comprising a transparent laminated film according to one embodiment.
  • the print layer may be provided at a position overlapping the cheek of the wearer in front view.
  • the distance between the wearer's nose and the holding member may be 100 mm or less when the wearer wears the face shield.
  • the holding member extends downward from the pair of temples that abut on the wearer's ears, the front portion that connects the pair of temples to each other, and the front portion. It may have a pair of pad portions that come into contact with the wearer's nose.
  • the holding member may have a band that covers the wearer's head in a circumferential shape.
  • the holding member has a chin pad that abuts on the wearer's chin and a pair of hooking portions that are connected to the chin pad and hooked on the wearer's ears.
  • the transparent laminated film may at least cover the wearer's chin.
  • the face shield is a face shield that protects the wearer's face, and is attached to the holding member and the holding member to cover at least a part of the wearer's face.
  • a transparent laminated film is provided, wherein the transparent laminated film has a rectangular shape having an upper side, a lower side facing the upper side, and a pair of side sides extending between the upper side and the lower side, and at least on the lower side.
  • a plurality of first cut portions are formed, a first engaging portion is formed on one side of the first cut portion, and the first engaging portion is locked on the other side of the first cut portion.
  • a first locking portion is formed, and by locking the first engaging portion to the first locking portion, the first engaging portion is curved so as to be convex toward the side away from the wearer in the vicinity of the lower side.
  • a plurality of second cut portions are formed on the upper side thereof, a second engaging portion is formed on one side of the second cut portion, and the other of the second cut portions is formed.
  • a second locking portion for locking the second engaging portion is formed on the side, and by locking the second engaging portion to the second locking portion, the said A second curved surface that is curved so as to be convex toward the side away from the wearer may be formed.
  • the first engaging portion is locked to the first locking portion, and the second engaging portion is locked to the second locking portion.
  • a third curved surface that curves so as to be convex toward the wearer may be formed between the first curved surface and the second curved surface.
  • the third curved surface may have a linear shape in a vertical cross section.
  • the face shield is a face shield that protects the wearer's face, and is attached to the holding member and the holding member to cover at least a part of the wearer's face.
  • the transparent laminated film includes a transparent laminated film, and the transparent laminated film has a rectangular shape having an upper side, a lower side facing the upper side, and a pair of side sides extending between the upper side and the lower side, and is in the vicinity of the lower side.
  • a first lower panel and a second lower panel arranged along the extending direction of the lower side are provided, and the first lower panel and the first lower panel are provided on the upper side side of the first lower panel and the second lower panel.
  • a lower fixing panel for fixing the second lower panel is provided, and the first lower panel and the second lower panel are separated from each other by a first lower notch portion penetrating the transparent laminated film, and the first lower panel is separated from each other.
  • the lower fixing panel is separated from each other by a second lower notch penetrating the transparent laminated film, and the second lower panel and the lower fixing panel are separated from each other by a third lower notch penetrating the transparent laminated film.
  • the first lower panel and the second lower panel are separated from each other and fixed to the lower fixing panel in a state where the first lower panel and the second lower panel are overlapped with each other so as to be convex in the vicinity of the lower side toward the side away from the wearer. It is a face shield in which a first lower curved surface curved to the surface is formed.
  • a third lower panel and a fourth lower panel arranged along the extending direction of the lower side are provided on the lower side of the first lower panel and the second lower panel.
  • the third lower panel and the fourth lower panel are separated from each other by a fourth lower notch portion penetrating the transparent laminated film, and the first lower panel and the third lower panel penetrate the transparent laminated film.
  • the second lower panel and the fourth lower panel are separated from each other by the fifth lower cut portion, and the third lower panel and the fourth lower panel are separated from each other by the sixth lower cut portion penetrating the transparent laminated film.
  • the fourth lower notch may extend from the lower side.
  • a first upper panel and a second upper panel arranged along the extending direction of the upper side are provided in the vicinity of the upper side, and the first upper panel and the second upper panel are provided.
  • An upper fixing panel for fixing the first upper panel and the second upper panel is provided on the lower side thereof, and the first upper panel and the second upper panel penetrate the transparent laminated film.
  • the first upper panel and the upper fixing panel are separated from each other by the upper notch, the second upper panel and the upper fixing panel are separated from each other by the second upper notch penetrating the transparent laminated film, and the second upper panel and the upper fixing panel are separated from each other.
  • the first upper panel and the second upper panel are separated from each other by a third upper notch portion penetrating the transparent laminated film, and the first upper panel and the second upper panel are overlapped with each other and fixed to the upper fixing panel in the vicinity of the upper side.
  • a first upper curved surface that is curved so as to be convex toward the side away from the wearer may be formed.
  • a third upper panel and a fourth upper panel arranged along the extending direction of the upper side are provided on the upper side side of the first upper panel and the second upper panel.
  • the third upper panel and the fourth upper panel are separated from each other by a fourth upper notch portion penetrating the transparent laminated film, and the first upper panel and the third upper panel penetrate the transparent laminated film.
  • the second upper panel and the fourth upper panel are separated from each other by the fifth upper notch, and the third upper panel and the fourth upper panel are separated from each other by the sixth upper notch penetrating the transparent laminated film.
  • a second upper curved surface that curves outward from the first upper curved surface so as to be convex toward the side away from the wearer by fixing the upper panel to the upper fixing panel in a state of being overlapped with each other. May be formed.
  • the fourth upper notch may extend from the upper side.
  • the first lower panel and the second lower panel are fixed to the lower fixing panel, and the first upper panel and the second upper panel are fixed to the upper fixing panel.
  • an intermediate curved surface that curves so as to be convex toward the wearer may be formed between the first lower curved surface and the first upper curved surface.
  • the curved surface of the intermediate portion may have a linear shape in a vertical cross section.
  • the face shield is a face shield that protects the wearer's face, and is attached to the holding member and the holding member to cover at least a part of the wearer's face.
  • the transparent laminated film includes a transparent laminated film, and the transparent laminated film has a rectangular shape having an upper side, a lower side facing the upper side, and a pair of side sides extending between the upper side and the lower side, and the transparent laminated film.
  • a pair of first mountain fold portions extending from the upper side and a pair of first valley fold portions extending from the upper side and provided between the pair of the first mountain fold portions are formed therein.
  • the first mountain fold portion extends along the extending direction of the side side, and the pair of the first valley fold portions are separated from each other from the upper side side toward the lower side side.
  • the transparent laminated film Extending along a direction inclined in the extending direction, is folded along the pair of the first mountain folds and the pair of the first valley folds to the front surface and above the front surface. It is a face shield provided and formed with an upper surface folded from the front surface to the rear.
  • the face shield is a face shield that protects the wearer's face, and is attached to the holding member and the holding member to cover at least a part of the wearer's face.
  • the transparent laminated film includes a transparent laminated film, and the transparent laminated film has a rectangular shape having an upper side, a lower side facing the upper side, and a pair of side sides extending between the upper side and the lower side, and the transparent laminated film.
  • a pair of second mountain fold portions extending from the lower side and a pair of second valley fold portions extending from the lower side and provided between the pair of the second mountain fold portions are formed therein.
  • the second mountain fold portion extends along the extending direction of the side side, and the pair of the second valley fold portions are separated from each other from the lower side side toward the upper side side.
  • the transparent laminated film is folded along the pair of the second mountain folds and the pair of the second valley folds to the front surface and the lower side of the front surface. It is a face shield provided and formed with a lower surface folded from the front surface to the rear.
  • the transparent laminated film has a pair of first mountain fold portions extending from the upper side and a pair of first mountain fold portions extending from the upper side and provided between the pair of first mountain fold portions.
  • a valley fold portion is formed, the pair of the first mountain fold portions extend along the extending direction of the side side, and the pair of the first valley fold portions are from the upper side to the lower side.
  • the transparent laminated film extends along a direction inclined in the extending direction of the side side so as to be separated from each other toward the direction of the transparent laminated film along the pair of the first mountain folds and the pair of the first valley folds.
  • the transparent laminated film is folded along the pair of the first mountain folds and the pair of the first valley folds, and the pair of the second mountain folds and the pair of the above.
  • a side surface extending rearward from the front surface may be formed on the side surface of the front surface.
  • the holding member includes a pair of mounting portions for holding the transparent laminated film, and the mounting portions are inserted in the vicinity of the pair of side sides of the transparent laminated film.
  • the opening to be formed may be formed.
  • the holding member may hold the transparent laminated film so as to be movable in the vertical direction.
  • the light reflectance of the transparent laminated film may be 1.0% or less.
  • the transparent laminated film is a transparent laminated film used for a face shield that protects the wearer's face, and extends between an upper side, a lower side facing the upper side, and the upper side and the lower side. It has a rectangular shape having a pair of side sides, and a plurality of first cut portions are formed at least on the lower side, and a first engagement portion is formed on one side of the first cut portion, and the first A first locking portion for locking the first engaging portion is formed on the other side of the notch portion, and by locking the first engaging portion to the first locking portion, the lower side thereof is formed. It is a transparent laminated film in which a first curved surface that curves so as to be convex toward the side away from the wearer is formed in the vicinity thereof.
  • a plurality of second cut portions are formed on the upper side thereof, and a second engaging portion is formed on one side of the second cut portion, and the second cut portion is formed.
  • a second locking portion for locking the second engaging portion is formed on the other side, and by locking the second engaging portion to the second locking portion, the second engaging portion is placed in the vicinity of the upper side.
  • a second curved surface that is curved so as to be convex toward the side away from the wearer may be formed.
  • the first engaging portion is locked to the first locking portion, and the second engaging portion is locked to the second locking portion.
  • a third curved surface that curves so as to be convex toward the wearer may be formed between the first curved surface and the second curved surface.
  • the third curved surface may have a linear shape in a vertical cross section.
  • the transparent laminated film is a transparent laminated film used for a face shield that protects the wearer's face, and extends between the upper side, the lower side facing the upper side, and the upper side and the lower side. It has a rectangular shape having a pair of side sides, and a first lower panel and a second lower panel arranged along the extending direction of the lower side are provided in the vicinity of the lower side, and the first lower panel and the first lower panel are provided. 2.
  • a lower fixing panel for fixing the first lower panel and the second lower panel is provided on the upper side of the lower panel, and the first lower panel and the second lower panel penetrate the transparent laminated film.
  • the first lower panel and the lower fixing panel are separated from each other by the first lower notch, and the second lower panel and the lower fixing panel are separated from each other by the second lower notch penetrating the transparent laminated film. Is separated from each other by a third lower notch portion penetrating the transparent laminated film, and the first lower panel and the second lower panel are overlapped with each other and fixed to the lower fixing panel.
  • It is a transparent laminated film in which a first lower curved surface that curves so as to be convex toward the side away from the wearer is formed in the vicinity of the lower side.
  • a third lower panel and a fourth lower panel arranged along the extending direction of the lower side are provided on the lower side of the first lower panel and the second lower panel.
  • the third lower panel and the fourth lower panel are separated from each other by a fourth lower notch portion penetrating the transparent laminated film, and the first lower panel and the third lower panel have the transparent laminated film.
  • the second lower panel and the fourth lower panel are separated from each other by the fifth lower cut portion penetrating the transparent laminated film, and the third lower panel and the fourth lower panel are separated from each other by the sixth lower cut portion penetrating the transparent laminated film.
  • the second lower curved surface is curved so as to be convex to the side away from the wearer to the outside of the first lower curved surface.
  • a surface may be formed.
  • the fourth lower cut portion may extend from the lower side.
  • a first upper panel and a second upper panel arranged along the extending direction of the upper side are provided in the vicinity of the upper side, and the first upper panel and the second upper part are provided.
  • An upper fixing panel for fixing the first upper panel and the second upper panel is provided on the lower side of the panel, and the first upper panel and the second upper panel penetrate the transparent laminated film.
  • the first upper panel and the upper fixing panel are separated from each other by one upper notch, the first upper panel and the upper fixing panel are separated from each other by a second upper notch penetrating the transparent laminated film, and the second upper panel and the upper fixing panel are separated from each other.
  • the first upper panel and the second upper panel are separated from each other by a third upper notch portion penetrating the transparent laminated film, and are fixed to the upper fixing panel in a state where the first upper panel and the second upper panel are overlapped with each other.
  • a first upper curved surface that curves so as to be convex toward the side away from the wearer may be formed in the vicinity.
  • a third upper panel and a fourth upper panel arranged along the extending direction of the upper side are provided on the upper side side of the first upper panel and the second upper panel.
  • the third upper panel and the fourth upper panel are separated from each other by a fourth upper notch portion penetrating the transparent laminated film, and the first upper panel and the third upper panel have the transparent laminated film.
  • the second upper panel and the fourth upper panel are separated from each other by the fifth upper notch portion penetrating the transparent laminated film, and the third upper panel and the fourth upper panel are separated from each other by the sixth upper notch portion penetrating the transparent laminated film. 4
  • the second upper bending is curved so as to be convex to the outside of the first upper curved surface toward the side away from the wearer.
  • a surface may be formed.
  • the fourth upper cut portion may extend from the upper side.
  • the first lower panel and the second lower panel are fixed to the lower fixing panel, and the first upper panel and the second upper panel are fixed to the upper fixing panel.
  • an intermediate curved surface that curves so as to be convex toward the wearer may be formed between the first lower curved surface and the first upper curved surface.
  • the curved surface of the intermediate portion may have a linear shape in a vertical cross section.
  • the transparent laminated film is a transparent laminated film used for a face shield that protects the wearer's face, and extends between the upper side, the lower side facing the upper side, and the upper side and the lower side. It has a rectangular shape with a pair of side sides, a pair of first mountain folds extending from the upper side, and a pair of first valley folds extending from the upper side and provided between the pair of first mountain folds. The portions are formed, and the pair of the first mountain fold portions extend along the extending direction of the side sides, and the pair of the first valley fold portions extend from the upper side to the lower side.
  • the front surface and said It is a transparent laminated film provided above the front surface and formed with an upper surface folded from the front surface to the rear.
  • the transparent laminated film is a transparent laminated film used for a face shield that protects the wearer's face, and extends between the upper side, the lower side facing the upper side, and the upper side and the lower side. It has a rectangular shape with a pair of side sides, a pair of second mountain folds extending from the lower side, and a pair of second valley folds extending from the lower side and provided between the pair of second mountain folds. The portions are formed, and the pair of the second mountain fold portions extend along the extending direction of the side sides, and the pair of the second valley fold portions extend from the lower side to the upper side.
  • the front surface and said It is a transparent laminated film provided below the front surface and formed with a lower surface folded from the front surface to the rear.
  • a pair of first mountain fold portions extending from the upper side and a pair of first valley fold portions extending from the upper side and provided between the pair of first mountain fold portions.
  • the pair of the first mountain folds extends along the extending direction of the side, and the pair of the first valley folds are separated from each other from the upper side toward the lower side. As such, it extends above the front surface by extending along a direction inclined in the extending direction of the side surface and folding along the pair of the first mountain folds and the pair of the first valley folds.
  • An upper surface that is folded backward from the front surface may be formed.
  • the pair of the first mountain fold portions and the pair of the first valley fold portions are folded, and the pair of the second mountain fold portions and the pair of the second valley fold portions are folded.
  • a side surface extending rearward from the front surface may be formed on the side surface of the front surface.
  • the reflectance of light may be 1.0% or less.
  • the face shield is a face shield that protects the wearer's face, and is attached to the holding member and the holding member to cover at least a part of the wearer's face.
  • the transparent laminated film includes a transparent laminated film, and the transparent laminated film has a rectangular shape having an upper side, a lower side facing the upper side, and a pair of side sides extending between the upper side and the lower side, and is in the vicinity of the lower side.
  • This is a face shield in which a first curved surface that is curved so as to be convex toward the side away from the wearer is formed in the vicinity of the lower side of the face shield.
  • the face shield is a face shield that protects the wearer's face, and is attached to the holding member and the holding member to cover at least a part of the wearer's face.
  • the transparent laminated film includes a transparent laminated film, and the transparent laminated film has a rectangular shape having an upper side, a lower side facing the upper side, and a pair of side sides extending between the upper side and the lower side, and is in the vicinity of the upper side.
  • a face shield in which a second curved surface that is curved so as to be convex toward the side away from the wearer is formed in the vicinity of the upper side of the face shield.
  • the transparent laminated film is a transparent laminated film used for a face shield that protects the wearer's face, and extends between the upper side, the lower side facing the upper side, and the upper side and the lower side.
  • a transparent laminated film By having a rectangular shape having a pair of side sides and bending the vicinity of the lower side, a first curved surface that is curved so as to be convex toward the side away from the wearer is formed in the vicinity of the lower side. , A transparent laminated film.
  • the transparent laminated film is a transparent laminated film used for a face shield that protects the wearer's face, and extends between the upper side, the lower side facing the upper side, and the upper side and the lower side.
  • a transparent laminated film By having a rectangular shape having a pair of side sides and bending the vicinity of the upper side, a second curved surface that is curved so as to be convex toward the side away from the wearer is formed in the vicinity of the upper side. , A transparent laminated film.
  • the face shield is a face shield that protects the wearer's face, and is attached to the holding member and the holding member to cover at least a part of the wearer's face.
  • the holding member includes a transparent laminated film, and the holding member includes a pair of temple portions including an ear hook portion to be attached to the wearer's ear, and a connecting portion for connecting the pair of temple portions to each other from the rear of the wearer. In front of the wearer, no other member extending between the pair of temples is arranged, which is a face shield.
  • the pair of temples extend in parallel with each other in front of the ear hook, or the distance between the pair of temples increases as the temples move forward. It may be extended as such.
  • the force required to widen each temple portion in a direction away from each other so that the distance between the tips of the temple portions is 130 mm is 0.01 N or more 3 It is preferably 0.0 N or less.
  • a weight for adjusting the inclination of the temple portion with respect to the horizontal direction may be attached to the connecting portion.
  • the temple portion and the connecting portion may be integrally molded.
  • the connecting portion may be provided separately from the temple portion, and the inclination of the temple portion with respect to the horizontal direction may be adjusted.
  • the holding member may be made of a metal rod-shaped member.
  • the metal may be aluminum.
  • the holding member may be made of a resin rod-shaped member.
  • the resin may be made of a resin selected from polyethylene terephthalate, polycarbonate, and acrylic resin.
  • the temple portion is provided in front of the ear hook portion and includes a pair of mounting portions for holding the transparent laminated film, and the mounting portion is attached to the transparent laminated film.
  • An opening to be inserted may be formed.
  • the holding member may hold the transparent laminated film so as to be movable in the vertical direction.
  • the reflection of light can be effectively suppressed.
  • the present disclosure even when the wearer wears spectacles, it is possible to prevent the spectacles from interfering with the holding member and to prevent the holding member from becoming conspicuous.
  • FIG. 1 is a perspective view showing a face shield according to the first embodiment.
  • FIG. 2A is a top view showing a face shield according to the first embodiment.
  • FIG. 2B is a perspective view showing a holding member of the face shield according to the first embodiment.
  • FIG. 2C1 is a front view showing a shield portion of the face shield according to the first embodiment.
  • FIG. 2C2 is a front view showing a face shield according to the first embodiment.
  • FIG. 2D is a side view showing a face shield according to the first embodiment.
  • FIG. 2E is an enlarged side view showing a part of the face shield according to the first embodiment.
  • FIG. 2F is an enlarged cross-sectional view showing a part of the cross section of the face shield according to the first embodiment.
  • FIG. 3A is a cross-sectional view showing an example of the layer structure of the transparent laminated film with a protective film according to the first embodiment.
  • FIG. 3B is a cross-sectional view showing an example of the layer structure of the transparent laminated film with a protective film according to the first embodiment.
  • FIG. 3C is a cross-sectional view showing an example of the layer structure of the transparent laminated film with a protective film according to the first embodiment.
  • FIG. 3D is a cross-sectional view showing an example of the layer structure of the transparent laminated film with a protective film according to the first embodiment.
  • FIG. 3E is a front view showing an example of the shape of the opening formed in the transparent laminated film according to the first embodiment.
  • FIG. 3F is a front view showing an example of the shape of the opening formed in the transparent laminated film according to the first embodiment.
  • FIG. 3G is a front view showing an example of the shape of the opening formed in the transparent laminated film according to the first embodiment.
  • FIG. 4A is a perspective view showing a modified example of the face shield according to the first embodiment.
  • FIG. 4B is a perspective view showing a modified example of the face shield according to the first embodiment.
  • FIG. 5 is a perspective view showing an example of using the transparent laminated film according to the first embodiment.
  • FIG. 6 is a diagram illustrating a bending stress measurement test according to an embodiment.
  • FIG. 7 is a front view showing a test piece used for the pseudo-fracture test according to the embodiment.
  • FIG. 8 is a diagram illustrating a pseudo-fracture test according to an example.
  • FIG. 9 is a perspective view showing a face shield according to the second embodiment.
  • FIG. 10 is a front view showing a shield portion of the face shield according to the second embodiment.
  • FIG. 11A is a cross-sectional view showing an example of the layer structure of the transparent laminated film with a protective film according to the second embodiment.
  • FIG. 11B is a cross-sectional view showing an example of the layer structure of the transparent laminated film with a protective film according to the second embodiment.
  • FIG. 11C is a cross-sectional view showing an example of the layer structure of the transparent laminated film with a protective film according to the second embodiment.
  • FIG. 11A is a cross-sectional view showing an example of the layer structure of the transparent laminated film with a protective film according to the second embodiment.
  • FIG. 11B is a cross-sectional view showing an example of the layer structure of the transparent laminated film with a protective film according to the
  • FIG. 11D is a cross-sectional view showing an example of the layer structure of the transparent laminated film with a protective film according to the second embodiment.
  • FIG. 11E is a cross-sectional view showing an example of the layer structure of the transparent laminated film with a protective film according to the second embodiment.
  • FIG. 11F is a cross-sectional view showing an example of the layer structure of the transparent laminated film with a protective film according to the second embodiment.
  • FIG. 11G is a cross-sectional view showing an example of the layer structure of the transparent laminated film with a protective film according to the second embodiment.
  • FIG. 11H is a cross-sectional view showing an example of the layer structure of the transparent laminated film with a protective film according to the second embodiment.
  • FIG. 11I is a cross-sectional view showing an example of the layer structure of the transparent laminated film with a protective film according to the second embodiment.
  • FIG. 11J is a cross-sectional view showing an example of the layer structure of the transparent laminated film with a protective film according to the second embodiment.
  • FIG. 12 is a perspective view showing a modified example of the face shield according to the second embodiment.
  • FIG. 13 is a perspective view showing a modified example of the face shield according to the second embodiment.
  • FIG. 14 is a perspective view showing another usage example of the transparent laminated film according to the second embodiment.
  • FIG. 15 is a front view showing the transparent laminated film of FIG.
  • FIG. 16 is a perspective view showing a face shield according to the first embodiment of the third embodiment.
  • FIG. 17 is a front view showing a face shield according to the first embodiment of the third embodiment.
  • FIG. 18 is a perspective view showing a holding member of the face shield according to the first embodiment of the third embodiment.
  • FIG. 18A is a plan view showing a holding member of the face shield according to the first embodiment of the third embodiment.
  • FIG. 18B is a plan view showing another example of the holding member of the face shield according to the first embodiment of the third embodiment.
  • FIG. 19 is a front view showing a transparent laminated film according to the first embodiment of the third embodiment, which is an assembled transparent laminated film.
  • FIG. 20 is a bottom view showing a transparent laminated film according to the first embodiment of the third embodiment, and shows an assembled transparent laminated film.
  • FIG. 21 is a plan view showing a transparent laminated film according to the first embodiment of the third embodiment, which is an assembled transparent laminated film.
  • FIG. 22 is a side view showing a transparent laminated film according to the first embodiment of the third embodiment, which is an assembled transparent laminated film.
  • FIG. 23 is a developed view showing a transparent laminated film according to the first embodiment of the third embodiment.
  • FIG. 24 is a perspective view showing a modified example of the holding member of the face shield according to the first embodiment of the third embodiment.
  • FIG. 25 is a front view showing a connecting portion of a modified example of the holding member of the face shield according to the first embodiment of the third embodiment.
  • FIG. 26 is a perspective view showing a face shield according to the second embodiment of the third embodiment.
  • FIG. 27 is a front view showing a face shield according to the second embodiment of the third embodiment.
  • FIG. 28 is a bottom view showing the transparent laminated film according to the second embodiment of the third embodiment, and shows the assembled transparent laminated film.
  • FIG. 29 is a plan view showing a transparent laminated film according to the second embodiment of the third embodiment, and shows the transparent laminated film in an assembled state.
  • FIG. 30 is a side view showing the transparent laminated film according to the second embodiment of the third embodiment, and shows the transparent laminated film in an assembled state.
  • FIG. 31 is a developed view showing a transparent laminated film according to the second embodiment of the third embodiment.
  • FIG. 32 is a perspective view showing a face shield according to the third embodiment of the third embodiment.
  • FIG. 33 is a front view showing a face shield according to the third embodiment of the third embodiment.
  • FIG. 34 is a bottom view showing the transparent laminated film according to the third embodiment of the third embodiment, and shows the transparent laminated film in an assembled state.
  • FIG. 35 is a plan view showing a transparent laminated film according to the third embodiment of the third embodiment, and shows the transparent laminated film in an assembled state.
  • FIG. 36 is a side view showing the transparent laminated film according to the third embodiment of the third embodiment, and shows the transparent laminated film in an assembled state.
  • FIG. 37 is a developed view showing a transparent laminated film according to the third embodiment of the third embodiment.
  • FIGS. 1 to 3G are diagrams showing the first embodiment.
  • Each figure shown below is a diagram schematically shown. Therefore, the size and shape of each part are exaggerated as appropriate to facilitate understanding. In addition, it can be changed and implemented as appropriate within the range that does not deviate from the technical idea.
  • the same parts are designated by the same reference numerals, and some detailed description may be omitted.
  • the numerical values such as the dimensions of each member and the material names described in the present specification are examples of the embodiments, and the present invention is not limited to these, and can be appropriately selected and used.
  • terms that specify a shape or a geometric condition such as parallel, orthogonal, and vertical, are to be interpreted to include substantially the same state in addition to the strict meaning.
  • the face shield 10 is for protecting the face F of the wearer H.
  • the face shield 10 has a holding member 20 attached to the wearer H and a shield portion 30A attached to the holding member 20 and covering at least a part of the face F of the wearer H ( It is provided with a transparent laminated film 30).
  • the holding member 20 extends downward from the pair of temples 21 that abut the ear E of the wearer H, the front portion 22 that connects the pair of temples 21 to each other, and the wearer H. It has a pair of pad portions 23 that come into contact with the nose N.
  • the holding member 20 is a so-called eyeglass frame type.
  • such a holding member 20 has a desired gap between the nose N, mouth, etc. of the wearer H and the shield portion 30A when the wearer H wears the face shield 10.
  • the shield portion 30A is held so as to be formed.
  • the distance D1 (see FIG. 2A) between the wearer H's nose N and the shield portion 30A may be 3 mm or more and 150 mm or less, and 5 mm or more and 100 mm or less. Is preferable.
  • the distance D1 is 3 mm or more, it is possible to prevent the transparent laminated film 30 constituting the shield portion 30A from coming into contact with the face F of the wearer H when the wearer H moves his / her head. .. Therefore, even if the wearer H wears the face shield 10, the wearer H can concentrate on the work without feeling stress.
  • the distance D1 is 150 mm or less, when the wearer H moves his / her head, the transparent laminated film 30 constituting the shield portion 30A may come into contact with surrounding structures or others. Can be suppressed. Further, when the distance D1 is 150 mm or less, it is possible to prevent the face shield 10 from becoming too heavy. Therefore, even if the wearer H wears the face shield 10, the wearer H can concentrate on the work without feeling stress. Furthermore, when the distance D1 is 150 mm or less, droplets such as saliva due to sneezing or coughing of the wearer H adhere to the face of another person, and droplets such as saliva due to sneezing or coughing of another person adhere to the face of the wearer H.
  • the transparent laminated film 30 constituting the shield portion 30A may come into contact with surrounding structures or others when the wearer H moves his / her head. It can be suppressed more effectively. Further, when the distance D1 is 100 mm or less, it is possible to more effectively suppress the weight of the face shield 10 from becoming too large. Therefore, even if the wearer H wears the face shield 10, the wearer H can concentrate on the work without feeling stress.
  • droplets such as saliva due to sneezing or coughing of the wearer H adhere to the face of another person, and droplets such as saliva due to sneezing or coughing of another person adhere to the face of the wearer H. It is possible to more effectively suppress the adhesion to the face of the sneeze.
  • the material of the holding member 20 is not limited, but the holding member 20 may be made of resin from the viewpoints of flexibility, weight reduction, ease of procurement, and the like.
  • the resin material used for the holding member 20 can be selected from resin materials used for general purposes.
  • the resin may consist of a resin selected from polyethylene terephthalate, polycarbonate, and acrylic resin.
  • the shield portion 30A suppresses that droplets such as saliva due to sneezing and coughing of the wearer H adhere to the face of another person, and that droplets such as saliva due to sneezing and coughing of another person adhere to the face F of the wearer H. Play a role.
  • the shield portion 30A is made of a transparent laminated film 30. In the present embodiment, the shield portion 30A covers the entire face F of the wearer H. The shield portion 30A may cover only a part of the face F of the wearer H.
  • the shape of the shield portion 30A is arbitrary, and the shield portion 30A may have a rectangular shape, a rectangular shape with rounded corners, an elliptical shape, or the like.
  • the size of the shield portion 30A is preferably a certain size or more from the viewpoint of preventing the scattering of droplets, and preferably a square size of 10 cm square or more. Further, from the viewpoint of not interfering with the operation of the wearer H, it is preferable to have a size of 40 cm square or less.
  • the shield portion 30A may be attached to the holding member 20 via an attachment member (not shown).
  • the holding member 20 may be provided with an engaging portion such as a protrusion, and the shield portion 30A may be provided with an engaged portion such as a through hole. Then, the shield portion 30A may be attached to the holding member 20 by engaging the engaged portion with the engaging portion.
  • FIG. 2B is a perspective view showing the holding member 20 of the face shield 10.
  • the holding member 20 has a pair of temple portions 21, a front portion 22, and a pad portion 23. Then, as shown in FIG. 2B, the pair of temple portions 21 are connected to the front portion 22 via the hinge portions 21a, respectively.
  • the shield portion 30A is attached to the holding member 20
  • each of the pair of temple portions 21 is configured to be foldable with respect to the front portion 22. Therefore, the face shield 10 can be compactly stored without removing the shield portion 30A from the holding member 20.
  • the holding member 20 is provided with an engaging portion 29. In the example shown in FIG.
  • the front portion 22 has an inner surface 22a located on the wearer H side when the wearer H wears the face shield 10, and an outer surface 22b located on the side opposite to the inner surface 22a.
  • the engaging portion 29 is provided on the outer surface 22b of the front portion 22.
  • a first engaging portion 291 is provided as an engaging portion 29 in the vicinity of the connecting portion with one of the pair of temple portions 21 in the front portion 22.
  • a second engaging portion 292 is provided as an engaging portion 29 in the vicinity of the connecting portion of the front portion 22 to the other of the pair of temple portions 21.
  • FIG. 2C1 is a front view showing the shield portion 30A of the face shield 10.
  • an opening 33a is formed in the shield portion 30A as the engaged portion 33.
  • the shield portion 30A has a rectangular shape with rounded corners.
  • the first covered portion 33 is used as the engaged portion 33.
  • An engaging portion 331 is provided.
  • a second engaged portion 332 is provided as an engaged portion 33 in the vicinity of the other of the pair of short sides of the substantially rectangular shield portion 30A.
  • the shield portion 30A is formed with two openings 33a.
  • the opening 33a is formed so that the major axis direction is substantially parallel to the vertical direction when the wearer H wears the face shield 10.
  • the width w1 of the opening 33a in the major axis direction may be 3 mm or more and 20 mm or less.
  • the width w2 of the opening 33a in the minor axis direction may be 1 mm or more and 10 mm or less.
  • the shield portion 30A a recess 34 recessed inward is formed on the outside of each opening 33a.
  • the portion below the opening 33a can be widened so as to become wider toward the lower side. Therefore, the shield portion 30A can surely cover the vicinity of the wearer H's mouth, and droplets such as saliva due to sneezing or coughing may adhere to the face of another person, or droplets such as saliva due to sneezing or coughing of another person. Can be effectively suppressed from adhering to the face of the wearer H.
  • the height H of the recess 34 may be about the same as the width w1 of the opening 33a in the long axis direction, or may be 3 mm or more and 20 mm or less.
  • the outside means the side of the shield portion 30A away from the central axis CL, and the inside means the side approaching the center axis CL.
  • FIG. 2D is a side view showing the face shield 10 as viewed from the direction IID of FIG. 2A.
  • FIG. 2D shows.
  • the shield portion 30A can be attached to the holding member 20.
  • FIG. 2E is an enlarged side view showing a portion surrounded by the alternate long and short dash line with reference numeral IIE in FIG. 2D.
  • FIG. 2F is a diagram showing a part of a cross section taken along the line IIF-IIF of FIG. 2E.
  • the engaging portion 29 includes a first arm portion 29a extending from the front portion 22, a second arm portion 29b extending from the first arm portion 29a, and a protrusion 29c provided on the second arm portion 29b. And have.
  • the first arm portion 29a protrudes to the side away from the face F of the wearer H (upper side in FIG. 2F), and the second arm portion 29b is anterior to the first arm portion 29a (left side in FIG. 2F). It protrudes toward. Further, the protrusion 29c protrudes from the second arm portion 29b toward the face F of the wearer H (lower side of FIG. 2F).
  • Such an engaging portion 29 may be integrally formed with the front portion 22. That is, the front portion 22 and the engaging portion 29 may be integrally formed. In this case, as shown in FIG. 2F, by inserting the protrusion 29c into the opening 33a, the engaged portion 33 and the engaging portion 29 are engaged with each other, and the shield portion 30A is attached to the holding member 20.
  • the protrusion amount of the protrusion 29c from the second arm portion 29b gradually decreases as the front surface 29d of the protrusion 29c toward the front (left side in FIG. 2F). As such, it may be inclined.
  • the shield portion 30A when the shield portion 30A is attached to the holding member 20, the portion of the shield portion 30A between the opening 33a and the recess 34 can easily get over the protrusion 29c. Therefore, the shield portion 30A can be easily attached to the holding member 20.
  • the rear surface 29e of the protrusion may be orthogonal to the front-rear direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 2F). As a result, it is possible to prevent the shield portion 30A attached to the holding member 20 from being unintentionally removed from the holding member 20.
  • the transparent laminated film 60 with a protective film includes the transparent laminated film 30 according to the present embodiment, the surface protective film 61 that protects the surface 301 of the transparent laminated film 30, and the transparent laminated film 30. It is provided with a back surface protective film 62 that protects the back surface 302 of the above.
  • the front surface protective film 61 and the back surface protective film 62 suppress the scratches on the front surface 301 and the back surface 302 of the transparent laminated film 30, and prevent the front surface 301 and the back surface 302 from being contaminated by foreign matter or the like. Play a role.
  • the front surface protective film 61 and the back surface protective film 62 are detachably attached to the transparent laminated film 30.
  • the front surface protective film 61 and the back surface protective film 62 each include a bonding layer (not shown), and the bonding layer may be attached to the transparent laminated film 30.
  • the adhesive strength of the bonding layer may be, for example, about 0.05 N / 25 mm or more and 5 N / 25 mm or less.
  • the front surface protective film 61 and the back surface protective film 62 are each peeled off from the transparent laminated film 30.
  • the material of the front surface protective film 61 and the back surface protective film 62 may be, for example, a film made of a polyester resin or a polyolefin such as polyethylene or polypropylene.
  • the transparent laminated film 30 may be used for the face shield 10 that protects the face F of the wearer H.
  • the transparent laminated film 30 includes a front surface antireflection layer 40 constituting the front surface 301 and a back surface antireflection layer 50 constituting the back surface 302.
  • the transparent laminated film 30 may further include a transparent adhesive layer 31 for adhering the front surface antireflection layer 40 and the back surface antireflection layer 50.
  • the transparent laminated film 30 has a front surface antireflection layer 40, a transparent adhesive layer 31, and a back surface antireflection layer 50 from the front surface 301 to the back surface 302. It is prepared in this order.
  • the surface antireflection layer 40 is exposed outward from the surface 301 side.
  • the back surface antireflection layer 50 is exposed outward from the back surface 302 side.
  • the surface antireflection layer 40 has a surface antireflection functional layer 41 arranged in order from the front surface 301 to the back surface 302, and a surface transparent base material layer 42. ing. Further, the surface antireflection function layer 41 includes a surface refraction layer 43 arranged in order from the front surface 301 to the back surface 302, and a surface hard coat layer 44. Further, the surface refractive index layer 43 includes a surface low refractive index layer 45 arranged in order from the front surface 301 to the back surface 302, and a surface high refractive index layer 46.
  • the front surface high refractive index layer 46 includes a first surface high refractive index layer 47 arranged in order from the front surface 301 toward the back surface 302, and a second surface high refractive index layer 48. It may be included.
  • the back surface antireflection layer 50 has a back surface antireflection function layer 51 arranged in order from the back surface 302 toward the front surface 301, and a back surface transparent base material layer 52. ing. Further, the back surface antireflection function layer 51 includes a back surface refraction layer 53 arranged in order from the back surface 302 toward the front surface 301, and a back surface hard coat layer 54. Further, the back surface refractive index layer 53 includes a back surface low refractive index layer 55 arranged in order from the back surface 302 toward the front surface 301, and a back surface high refractive index layer 56.
  • the back surface high refractive index layer 56 includes a first back surface high refractive index layer 57 arranged in order from the back surface 302 toward the front surface 301, and a second back surface high refractive index layer 58. It may be included.
  • the transparent laminated film 30 may further include a core layer 32 located between the front surface antireflection layer 40 and the back surface antireflection layer 50.
  • the transparent laminated film 30 includes a first transparent adhesive layer 31a for adhering the front surface antireflection layer 40 and the core layer 32, and a second transparent adhesive layer 31b for adhering the core layer 32 and the back surface antireflection layer 50. May be further provided.
  • the transparent laminated film 30 includes a front surface antireflection layer 40, a first transparent adhesive layer 31a, and a core layer 32 from the front surface 301 to the back surface 302.
  • the second transparent adhesive layer 31b and the back surface antireflection layer 50 are provided in this order.
  • the surface antireflection layer 40 is exposed outward from the surface 301 side.
  • the back surface antireflection layer 50 is exposed outward from the back surface 302 side.
  • the surface antireflection layer 40 has a surface antireflection functional layer 41 arranged in order from the front surface 301 to the back surface 302, and a surface transparent base material layer 42. ing. Further, the surface antireflection function layer 41 includes a surface refraction layer 43 arranged in order from the front surface 301 to the back surface 302, and a surface hard coat layer 44. Further, the surface refractive index layer 43 includes a surface low refractive index layer 45 arranged in order from the front surface 301 to the back surface 302, and a surface high refractive index layer 46.
  • the front surface high refractive index layer 46 includes a first surface high refractive index layer 47 arranged in order from the front surface 301 toward the back surface 302, and a second surface high refractive index layer 48. It may be included.
  • the back surface antireflection layer 50 has a back surface antireflection function layer 51 arranged in order from the back surface 302 toward the front surface 301, and a back surface transparent base material layer 52. ing. Further, the back surface antireflection function layer 51 includes a back surface refraction layer 53 arranged in order from the back surface 302 toward the front surface 301, and a back surface hard coat layer 54. Further, the back surface refractive index layer 53 includes a back surface low refractive index layer 55 arranged in order from the back surface 302 toward the front surface 301, and a back surface high refractive index layer 56.
  • the back surface high refractive index layer 56 includes a first back surface high refractive index layer 57 arranged in order from the back surface 302 toward the front surface 301, and a second back surface high refractive index layer 58. It may be included.
  • the surface antireflection layer 40 may have a basic configuration having a surface high refractive index layer 46 and a surface low refractive index layer 45 on the surface transparent base material layer 42.
  • the back surface antireflection layer 50 may have a basic configuration having a back surface high refractive index layer 56 and a back surface low refractive index layer 55 on the back surface transparent base material layer 52.
  • the front surface high refractive index layer 46 (back surface high refractive index layer 56) and the front surface low refractive index layer 45 (back surface low refractive index layer 55) play a role of imparting an antireflection function by an optical interference function.
  • the front surface antireflection layer 40 (back surface antireflection layer 50) may be further provided with a medium refractive index layer to provide an antireflection function due to an optical interference function of three or more layers, but if the structure is too multi-layered, it is cost-effective. It is not preferable from the viewpoint of effect. Therefore, the front surface antireflection layer 40 (back surface antireflection layer 50) according to the present embodiment includes the front surface high refractive index layer 46 (back surface high refractive index layer 56) and the front surface low refractive index layer 45 (back surface low refractive index layer 55). It is preferable that the two layers of the above are configured to provide an antireflection function by an optical interference function.
  • the front surface antireflection layer 40 (back surface antireflection layer 50) has a medium refractive index of the front surface hard coat layer 44 (back surface hard coat layer 54) to form a medium refractive index layer, a high refractive index layer, and a low refractive index layer.
  • the three layers may be provided with an antireflection function by an optical interference function.
  • the surface antireflection layer 40 is a layer for suppressing reflection of light incident on the surface 301 side of the transparent laminated film 30 mainly. Since the transparent laminated film 30 includes the surface antireflection layer 40, it is possible to suppress the reflection of light on the surface 301 of the transparent laminated film 30. Thereby, for example, when the wearer H wearing the face shield 10 is visually recognized, the visibility of the face F of the wearer H can be improved. Therefore, the visibility of the mouth of the wearer H can be improved, and smooth communication between the wearer H and others can be achieved. Further, the back surface antireflection layer 50 plays a role of suppressing not only the reflection of the light incident from the back surface 302 side but also the reflection of the light incident from the front surface 301 side.
  • the back surface antireflection layer 50 is a layer for suppressing the reflection of light incident on the back surface 302 side of the transparent laminated film 30. Since the transparent laminated film 30 includes the back surface antireflection layer 50, it is possible to suppress the reflection of light on the back surface 302 of the transparent laminated film 30. As a result, for example, the wearer H wearing the face shield 10 can be prevented from feeling uncomfortable or tired due to the light reflected on the back surface 302 of the transparent laminated film 30.
  • the surface antireflection layer 40 has a surface antireflection functional layer 41 and a surface transparent base material layer 42.
  • the back surface antireflection layer 50 has a back surface antireflection function layer 51 and a back surface transparent base material layer 52.
  • the front surface transparent base material layer 42 and the back surface transparent base material layer 52 will be described.
  • the front surface transparent base material layer 42 and the back surface transparent base material layer 52 support, for example, the front surface antireflection function layer 41 and the back surface antireflection function layer 51, and the overall strength of the front surface antireflection layer 40 and the back surface antireflection layer 50. It is a layer to enhance.
  • the material of the front surface transparent base material layer 42 and the back surface transparent base material layer 52 is not particularly limited as long as it is a transparent material used as a base material of a general film, but is preferable from the viewpoint of material cost, productivity and the like. A plastic film, a plastic sheet, etc. can be appropriately selected according to the intended use.
  • Examples of the material of the plastic film or the plastic sheet include materials made of various synthetic resins.
  • Examples of the synthetic resin include cellulose resins such as triacetyl cellulose resin (TAC), diacetyl cellulose, acetate butyrate cellulose, and cellophane; polyethylene terephthalate resin (PET), polybutylene terephthalate resin, polyethylene naphthalate-isophthalate copolymer resin, and polyester.
  • Polyester resin such as based thermoplastic elastomer; low density polyethylene resin (including linear low density polyethylene resin), medium density polyethylene resin, high density polyethylene resin, ethylene ⁇ -olefin copolymer, polypropylene resin, polymethylpentene resin, polybutene Polyolefin resins such as resins, ethylene-propylene copolymers, propylene-butene copolymers, olefin-based thermoplastic elastomers, or mixtures thereof; poly (meth) methyl acrylate resin, poly (meth) ethyl acrylate resin, poly Acrylic resin such as (meth) butyl acrylate resin; polyamide resin typified by nylon 6 or nylon 66; polystyrene resin; polycarbonate resin; polyallylate resin; or polyimide resin and the like are preferably mentioned.
  • low density polyethylene resin including linear low density polyethylene resin
  • medium density polyethylene resin high density polyethylene resin
  • the material of the front surface transparent base material layer 42 and the back surface transparent base material layer 52 may be a cycloolefin polymer (COP) -based resin or a cycloolefin copolymer (COC) -based resin.
  • COP cycloolefin polymer
  • COC cycloolefin copolymer
  • the front surface transparent base material layer 42 and the back surface transparent base material layer 52 one of the above-mentioned plastic films and plastic sheets can be used alone, or two or more kinds can be selected and used as a mixture.
  • cellulose resin and polyester resin are more preferable as the materials for the front surface transparent base material layer 42 and the back surface transparent base material layer 52.
  • the front surface transparent base material layer 42 and the back surface transparent base material layer 52 contain triacetyl cellulose and polyethylene terephthalate.
  • polyethylene terephthalate forming the front surface transparent base material layer 42 and the back surface transparent base material layer 52 for example, polyethylene terephthalate having a smaller haze (JISK7136: 2000) than general polyethylene terephthalate, so-called optical PET, may be used. preferable.
  • the thickness of the front surface transparent base material layer 42 and the back surface transparent base material layer 52 is not particularly limited and may be appropriately selected depending on the intended use.
  • the thickness of the front surface transparent base material layer 42 and the back surface transparent base material layer 52 may be about 5 ⁇ m or more and 130 ⁇ m or less, respectively, and is preferably 10 ⁇ m or more and 100 ⁇ m or less in consideration of durability and handleability.
  • the thickness of each layer is measured at 20 points from the cross-sectional image taken with, for example, a scanning electron microscope (SEM), a transmission electron microscope (TEM), or a scanning transmission electron microscope (STEM). However, it can be calculated from the average value of the values at 20 points.
  • the film thickness to be measured is on the order of ⁇ m, it is preferable to use SEM, and when the film thickness is on the order of nm, it is preferable to use TEM or STEM.
  • the acceleration voltage is preferably 1 kV or more and 10 kV or less, and the magnification is preferably 1000 times or more and 7,000 times or less.
  • the acceleration voltage is 10 kV or more and 30 kV or less, and the magnification is 50,000 times or more and 300,000 times or less. Is preferable.
  • the film thickness of each layer can be measured by the same method as the film thickness of the front surface transparent base material layer 42 and the back surface transparent base material layer 52.
  • front surface antireflection function layer 41 and the back surface antireflection function layer 51 play a role of imparting a function of suppressing light reflection to the front surface antireflection layer 40 and the back surface antireflection layer 50, respectively.
  • the front surface antireflection functional layer 41 may be a coating layer coated on the front surface transparent base material layer 42
  • the back surface antireflection function layer 51 may be a coating layer coated on the back surface transparent base material layer 52. May be.
  • the front surface antireflection function layer 41 and the back surface antireflection function layer 51 are coating layers, the thicknesses of the front surface reflection prevention function layer 41 and the back surface antireflection function layer 51 can be easily controlled, and the transparent laminated film 30 can be easily controlled. Desired functions such as light reflectance and total light transmittance can be easily controlled.
  • the front surface antireflection function layer 41 and the back surface antireflection function layer 51 are each made of a cured product containing an acrylic monomer. As a result, the front surface antireflection function layer 41 and the back surface antireflection function layer 51 with high uniformity can be formed even by processing in a short time.
  • the surface antireflection functional layer 41 includes the surface refraction layer 43 and the surface hard coat layer 44.
  • the back surface antireflection function layer 51 includes the back surface refraction layer 53 and the back surface hard coat layer 54.
  • the surface hard coat layer 44 may be a coating layer coated on the surface transparent base material layer 42
  • the surface refraction layer 43 may be a coating layer coated on the surface hard coat layer 44.
  • the back surface hard coat layer 54 may be a coating layer coated on the back surface transparent base material layer 52
  • the back surface refractive layer 53 may be a coating layer coated on the back surface hard coat layer 54. good.
  • the thickness of each layer can be easily controlled, and the light reflection of the transparent laminated film 30 can be easily controlled. Desired functions such as rate, total light transmittance, and in some cases, tint can be easily controlled.
  • the front surface hard coat layer 44 and the back surface hard coat layer 54 play a role of improving the scratch resistance of the front surface antireflection layer 40 and the back surface antireflection layer 50.
  • the hard coat means a property showing a hardness of "H" or higher in the pencil hardness test specified in JIS K5600-5-4: 1999.
  • the front surface hard coat layer 44 and the back surface hard coat layer 54 can be formed from, for example, a hard coat layer coating liquid containing a curable resin composition.
  • the curable resin composition include a thermosetting resin composition and an ionizing radiation curable resin composition, and an ionizing radiation curable resin composition is preferable from the viewpoint of scratch resistance.
  • the thermosetting resin composition is a composition containing at least a thermosetting resin, and is a resin composition that is cured by heating.
  • the thermosetting resin include acrylic resin, urethane resin, phenol resin, urea melamine resin, epoxy resin, unsaturated polyester resin, silicone resin and the like.
  • a curing agent is added to these curable resins as needed.
  • the ionizing radiation curable resin composition is a composition containing a compound having an ionizing radiation curable functional group (hereinafter, also referred to as "ionizing radiation curable compound").
  • ionizing radiation curable compound examples include an ethylenically unsaturated bond group such as a (meth) acryloyl group, a vinyl group and an allyl group, an epoxy group and an oxetanyl group.
  • a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond group is preferable, a compound having two or more ethylenically unsaturated bond groups is more preferable, and a compound having two or more ethylenically unsaturated bond groups is particularly preferable.
  • Polyfunctional (meth) acrylate compounds are more preferred.
  • the polyfunctional (meth) acrylate compound either a monomer or an oligomer can be used.
  • the ionized radiation means an electromagnetic wave or a charged particle beam having an energy quantum capable of polymerizing or cross-linking a molecule among electromagnetic waves or charged particle beams, and usually, an ultraviolet ray (UV) or an electron beam (EB) is used.
  • electromagnetic waves such as X-rays and ⁇ -rays, and charged particle beams such as ⁇ -rays and ion-beams can also be used.
  • the bifunctional (meth) acrylate monomers include ethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, bisphenol A tetraethoxydiacrylate, bisphenol A tetrapropoxydiacrylate, and 1,6-hexane. Examples thereof include diol diacrylate.
  • the trifunctional or higher functional (meth) acrylate-based monomer include trimethylolpropane tri (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tri (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate, and di.
  • the (meth) acrylate-based monomer may be a monomer in which a part of the molecular skeleton is modified, and is modified with ethylene oxide, propylene oxide, caprolactone, isocyanuric acid, alkyl, cyclic alkyl, aromatic, bisphenol and the like. It may be a monomer.
  • polyfunctional (meth) acrylate-based oligomer examples include acrylate-based polymers such as urethane (meth) acrylate, epoxy (meth) acrylate, polyester (meth) acrylate, and polyether (meth) acrylate.
  • Urethane (meth) acrylates are obtained, for example, by reacting polyhydric alcohols and organic diisocyanates with hydroxy (meth) acrylates.
  • the preferable epoxy (meth) acrylate is a (meth) acrylate obtained by reacting a (meth) acrylic acid with a trifunctional or higher functional aromatic epoxy resin, an alicyclic epoxy resin, an aliphatic epoxy resin and the like, and a bifunctional one.
  • (Meta) acrylate obtained by reacting the above aromatic epoxy resin, alicyclic epoxy resin, aliphatic epoxy resin, etc. with polybasic acid and (meth) acrylic acid, and bifunctional or higher functional aromatic epoxy resin, It is a (meth) acrylate obtained by reacting an alicyclic epoxy resin, an aliphatic epoxy resin or the like with phenols and (meth) acrylic acid.
  • the ionizing radiation curable compound may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the ionizing radiation curable compound when the ionizing radiation curable compound is an ultraviolet curable compound, the ionizing radiation curable composition preferably contains an additive such as a photopolymerization initiator or a photopolymerization accelerator.
  • a photopolymerization initiator include one or more selected from acetophenone, benzophenone, ⁇ -hydroxyalkylphenone, Michler ketone, benzoin, benzylmethyl ketal, benzoyl benzoate, ⁇ -acyloxime ester, thioxanthones and the like.
  • These photopolymerization initiators preferably have a melting point of 100 ° C. or higher. By setting the melting point of the photopolymerization initiator to 100 ° C.
  • the photopolymerization accelerator is a material capable of reducing the polymerization inhibition due to air at the time of curing and accelerating the curing rate, and is, for example, from p-dimethylaminobenzoic acid isoamyl ester, p-dimethylaminobenzoic acid ethyl ester and the like.
  • One or more selected species can be mentioned.
  • the thickness of the front surface hard coat layer 44 and the back surface hard coat layer 54 is preferably in the range of 0.1 ⁇ m or more and 100 ⁇ m or less, and more preferably in the range of 0.8 ⁇ m or more and 20 ⁇ m or less. If the thicknesses of the front surface hard coat layer 44 and the back surface hard coat layer 54 are within the above ranges, sufficient hard coat performance can be obtained, cracks and the like are not generated due to an external impact, and cracks are less likely to occur.
  • the refractive index of the front surface hard coat layer 44 and the back surface hard coat layer 54 is preferably smaller than the refractive index of the front surface high refractive index layer 46 and the back surface high refractive index layer 56, and is 1.45 or more and 1.70 or less. It is more preferably 1.45 or more and 1.60 or less. If the refractive indexes of the front surface hard coat layer 44 and the back surface hard coat layer 54 are in such a range, the front surface hard coat layer 44 and the back surface hard coat layer 54 each have a role as a medium refractive index layer.
  • a means for blending a resin having a high refractive index in the hard coat layer coating liquid and a means for blending particles having a high refractive index are blended. Means to do. When particles having a high refractive index are blended, whitening or coating defects may occur due to aggregation of the particles. Therefore, the former means (blended with a resin having a high refractive index) is preferable.
  • the resin having a high refractive index examples include the above-mentioned thermosetting resin or a resin in which a group containing sulfur, phosphorus and bromine, an aromatic ring and the like are introduced into the ionizing radiation curable compound.
  • the particles having a high refractive index particles similar to the high refractive index particles used for the front surface high refractive index layer 46 and the back surface high refractive index layer 56, which will be described later, can be used.
  • the refractive index of each layer such as the front surface hard coat layer 44 and the back surface hard coat layer 54 is determined by fitting, for example, a reflection spectrum measured by a reflected photometer and a reflection spectrum calculated from an optical model of a multilayer thin film using a Fresnel coefficient. Can be calculated.
  • the coating liquid for forming the hard coat layer is adjusted by the above-mentioned curable resin composition, additives such as an ultraviolet absorber and a leveling agent to be blended as necessary, and a diluting solvent.
  • the coating liquid can be formed by applying the coating liquid onto a transparent substrate by a conventionally known coating method, drying the coating liquid, and irradiating the transparent substrate with ionizing radiation as necessary to cure the coating liquid.
  • the front refraction layer 43 and the back refraction layer 53 play a role of reducing the light reflectance of the front surface antireflection layer 40 and the back surface antireflection layer 50.
  • the surface refractive index layer 43 includes the surface low refractive index layer 45 and the surface high refractive index layer 46.
  • the back surface refractive index layer 53 includes the back surface low refractive index layer 55 and the back surface high refractive index layer 56.
  • the front surface low refractive index layer 45 and the back surface low refractive index layer 55 will be described.
  • the front surface low refractive index layer 45 and the back surface low refractive index layer 55 are layers provided on the front surface high refractive index layer 46 and the back surface high refractive index layer 56, and together with the front surface high refractive index layer 46 and the back surface high refractive index layer 56.
  • the difference in the refractive index of the above it plays a role of lowering the light reflectance of the front surface antireflection layer 40 and the back surface antireflection layer 50 by the interference action.
  • the front surface low refractive index layer 45 and the back surface low refractive index layer 55 have a refractive index of 1.26 or more and 1.40 or less in order to make the front surface antireflection layer 40 and the back surface antireflection layer 50 have ultra-low reflectance. Is more preferable, 1.28 or more and 1.38 or less are more preferable, and 1.30 or more and 1.32 or less are further preferable.
  • the refractive index of the layer 40 and the back surface antireflection layer 50 can be lowered.
  • the refractive index of the front surface low refractive index layer 45 and the back surface low refractive index layer 55 is too low, the strength of the front surface low refractive index layer 45 and the back surface low refractive index layer 55 tends to decrease. Therefore, by setting the refractive indexes of the front surface low refractive index layer 45 and the back surface low refractive index layer 55 in the above ranges, the surface high refractive index while maintaining the strength of the front surface low refractive index layer 45 and the back surface low refractive index layer 55, respectively.
  • the thickness of the front surface low refractive index layer 45 and the back surface low refractive index layer 55 is preferably 80 nm or more and 120 nm, more preferably 85 nm or more and 110 nm, and further preferably 90 nm or more and 105 nm. Further, the front surface low refractive index layer 45 and the back surface low refractive index layer 55 may be formed from a plurality of layers each satisfying the above-mentioned refractive index range, but from the viewpoint of cost effectiveness, two or less layers are preferable. Layers are more preferred.
  • the method for forming the front surface low refractive index layer 45 and the back surface low refractive index layer 55 can be roughly divided into a wet method and a dry method.
  • a wet method a method of forming by a sol-gel method using a metal alkoxide or the like, a method of applying a resin having a low refractive index such as a fluororesin to form the resin, and a low refractive index particles contained in the resin composition.
  • a method of forming by applying a coating liquid for forming a refractive index layer can be mentioned.
  • Examples of the dry method include a method of selecting particles having a desired refractive index from low refractive index particles described later and forming them by a physical vapor deposition method or a chemical vapor deposition method.
  • the wet method is excellent in terms of production efficiency, and in the present embodiment, among the wet methods, it is preferable to form the resin composition with a coating liquid for forming a low refractive index layer containing low refractive index particles. ..
  • the low refractive index particles are preferably used for the purpose of lowering the refractive index, that is, improving the antireflection property, and are used without limitation regardless of whether they are inorganic or organic such as silica and magnesium fluoride. However, from the viewpoint of further improving the antireflection property and ensuring good surface hardness, particles having a structure having voids themselves are preferably used.
  • Particles having a structure having voids themselves have fine voids inside, and are filled with a gas such as air having a refractive index of 1.0, so that the particles themselves have a low refractive index. It has become.
  • the particles having such voids include inorganic or organic porous particles, hollow particles, and the like, and for example, porous polymer particles using porous silica, hollow silica particles, acrylic resin, or the like. And hollow polymer particles.
  • silica particles having voids prepared by using the technique disclosed in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2001-233611 are preferable examples.
  • silica having voids or porous silica as described above has a refractive index in the range of 1.18 or more and 1.44 or less, and is more refracted than general silica particles having a refractive index of about 1.45. Since the rate is low, it is preferable from the viewpoint of reducing the refractive index of the front surface low refractive index layer 45 and the back surface low refractive index layer 55.
  • the hollow silica particles are particles having a function of lowering the refractive index while maintaining the coating film strength of the front surface low refractive index layer 45 and the back surface low refractive index layer 55.
  • the hollow silica particles used in the present embodiment are silica particles having a structure having a cavity inside.
  • the hollow silica particles are not particularly limited, and are, for example, particles having an outer shell and having a porous or hollow inside thereof, and are JP-A-6-330606 and JP-A-7-0131337. , Silica particles prepared by using the techniques disclosed in JP-A No. 7-133105 and JP-A-2001-233611.
  • the average particle diameter of the primary particles of the low refractive index particles is preferably 5 nm or more and 200 nm or less, more preferably 5 nm or more and 100 nm or less, and further preferably 10 nm or more and 80 nm or less.
  • the average particle size of the primary particles is within the above range, the transparency of the front surface low refractive index layer 45 and the back surface low refractive index layer 55 is not impaired, and a good dispersed state of particles can be obtained.
  • hollow particles are used as the low refractive index particles, and the particles having an average particle diameter of 70 nm or more and 80 nm or less have an increased refractive index while maintaining the thickness of the outer shell that does not cause insufficient strength. It is preferable in that it can be lowered and has an excellent balance with the ideal thickness (about 100 nm) of the front surface low refractive index layer 45 and the back surface low refractive index layer 55 for lowering the reflectance.
  • the low refractive index particles used in this embodiment are preferably surface-treated particles.
  • a surface treatment using a silane coupling agent is more preferable, and among these, a surface treatment using a silane coupling agent having a (meth) acryloyl group is preferable.
  • the silane coupling agent has a (meth) acryloyl group
  • the silane coupling agent has an ionizing radiation curable property and easily reacts with a binder resin described later.
  • the low refractive index particles are well fixed to the binder resin. That is, the low refractive index particles have a function as a cross-linking agent in the binder resin.
  • the tightening effect of the entire coating film can be obtained, and excellent surface hardness can be imparted to the front surface low refractive index layer 45 and the back surface low refractive index layer 55 while retaining the original flexibility of the binder resin. Will be.
  • the front surface low refractive index layer 45 and the back surface low refractive index layer 55 are deformed by utilizing their own flexibility, they have an absorption force against an external impact and a restoring force, so that the occurrence of scratches is suppressed. It is a layer having high surface hardness with excellent scratch resistance.
  • Preferred silane coupling agents for surface treatment of low refractive index particles include 3- (meth) acryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3- (meth) acryloxypropyltriethoxysilane, and 3- (meth) acryloxipropyl. Examples thereof include methyldimethoxysilane, 3- (meth) acryloxypropylmethyldiethoxysilane, 2- (meth) acryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 2- (meth) acryloxipropyltriethoxysilane, and the like.
  • the content of the low refractive index particles in the front surface low refractive index layer 45 and the back surface low refractive index layer 55 is 10 parts by mass or more and 250 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin of the front surface low refractive index layer 45 and the back surface low refractive index layer 55, respectively. It is preferably 5 parts by mass or less, more preferably 50 parts by mass or more and 200 parts by mass or less, and further preferably 100 parts by mass or more and 180 parts by mass or less. When the content of the low refractive index particles is within the above range, good antireflection properties and surface hardness can be obtained.
  • the ratio of the hollow particles and / or the porous particles to the total low refractive index particles contained in the front surface low refractive index layer 45 and the back surface low refractive index layer 55 is preferably 70% by mass or more, and is preferably 80% by mass. % Or more, more preferably 80% by mass or more and 95% by mass or less.
  • the resin composition contained in the layer-forming coating liquid examples include a curable resin composition.
  • the curable resin composition the same materials as those exemplified in the description of the front surface hard coat layer 44 and the back surface hard coat layer 54 can be used, and the ionizing radiation curable resin composition is suitable.
  • a fluoropolymer or a fluoromonomer which itself exhibits a low refractive index is also preferably used.
  • the fluoropolymer is a polymer of a polymerizable compound containing at least a fluorine atom in the molecule, and is suitable in that it can impart antifouling property and slipperiness.
  • the fluoropolymer is preferably a polymer having a reactive group in the molecule and functioning as a curable resin composition, and has an ionizing radiation curable reactive group and functions as an ionizing radiation curable resin composition. It is more preferable that the polymer is a polymer.
  • the fluoropolymer is preferably a polymer containing silicon together with fluorine in order not only to repel stains on the surface of the low refractive index layer but also to impart wiping property of the repelled stains, and for example, a copolymer.
  • a silicone-containing vinylidene fluoride copolymer containing a silicone component is preferable.
  • the silicone components include (poly) dimethylsiloxane, (poly) diethylsiloxane, (poly) diphenylsiloxane, (poly) methylphenylsiloxane, alkyl-modified (poly) dimethylsiloxane, and azo group-containing (poly) dimethylsiloxane.
  • the silicone component a component having a dimethylsiloxane structure is preferable.
  • the front surface low refractive index layer 45 and the back surface low refractive index layer 55 are coated for layer formation with, for example, low refractive index particles, a resin composition, additives such as an ultraviolet absorber and a leveling agent to be blended as necessary, and a diluting solvent. It can be formed by adjusting the liquid, applying the coating liquid on the front surface high refractive index layer 46 or the back surface high refractive index layer 56 by a conventionally known coating method, drying, and irradiating ionizing radiation as necessary to cure. ..
  • the front surface high refractive index layer 46 and the back surface high refractive index layer 56 use the difference in refractive index between the front surface low refractive index layer 45 and the back surface low refractive index layer 55 to prevent the front surface reflection layer 40 and the back surface reflection by an interference action. It serves to reduce the light reflectance of the layer 50.
  • the front surface high refractive index layer 46 and the back surface high refractive index layer 56 can be formed from, for example, a layer-forming coating liquid containing a curable resin composition and high refractive index particles, respectively.
  • the front surface high refractive index layer 46 and the back surface high refractive index layer 56 have a high refractive index from the viewpoint of making the front surface antireflection layer 40 and the back surface antireflection layer 50 ultra-low refractive index, but the refractive index is high. This requires a large amount of high-refractive index particles, which causes agglomeration of the high-refractive index particles and causes whitening. Therefore, the refractive index is preferably 1.55 or more and 1.85 or less, and more preferably 1.56 or more and 1.70 or less.
  • the thickness of the front surface high refractive index layer 46 and the back surface high refractive index layer 56 is preferably 200 nm or less, and more preferably 50 nm or more and 180 nm or less.
  • the front surface high refractive index layer 46 and the back surface high refractive index layer 56 each have a two-layer structure described later, it is preferable that the total thickness of the two layers satisfies the above value.
  • the front surface high refractive index layer 46 and the back surface high refractive index layer 56 may be formed from a plurality of layers satisfying the above-mentioned refractive index range, but from the viewpoint of cost effectiveness, two or less layers are preferable, and a single layer is preferable. Is more preferable.
  • high refractive index particles examples include antimony pentoxide (1.79), zinc oxide (1.90), titanium oxide (2.3 or more and 2.7 or less), cerium oxide (1.95), and tin-doped indium oxide (1). .95 or more and 2.00 or less), antimony-doped tin oxide (1.75 or more and 1.85 or less), yttrium oxide (1.87), zirconium oxide (2.10) and the like.
  • the numbers in parentheses indicate the refractive index of the material of each particle.
  • particles having a refractive index of more than 2.0 are preferable from the viewpoint of achieving the above-mentioned suitable refractive index with a small amount of addition.
  • high refractive index particles having conductivity such as antimony pentoxide, tin-doped indium oxide (ITO), and antimonated tin oxide (ATO) have free electrons whose plasma frequency is in the near infrared region, and the free electrons. Due to the plasma oscillation of, some light in the visible light region is also absorbed or reflected, and it may be difficult to suppress the tint. Therefore, the high-refractive index particles are preferably non-conductive particles. From the above, among the high-refractive index particles exemplified above, titanium oxide and zirconium oxide are suitable, and zirconium oxide is most suitable from the viewpoint of high durability stability such as light resistance.
  • the front surface high refractive index layer 46 and the back surface high refractive index layer 56 are formed into a two-layer structure as described later, and one of the layers is formed. It is preferable to contain conductive high refractive index particles.
  • the average particle size of the primary particles of the high refractive index particles is preferably 5 nm or more and 200 nm or less, more preferably 5 nm or more and 100 nm or less, and further preferably 10 nm or more and 80 nm or less.
  • the average particle size of the primary particles of the high refractive index particles and the low refractive index particles described later can be calculated by the following operations (1) to (3).
  • (1) The surface image of SEM, TEM, or STEM is imaged with respect to the particles themselves or the material obtained by applying and drying the dispersion liquid of the particles on a transparent substrate.
  • Arbitrary 10 particles are extracted from the surface image, the major axis and the minor axis of each particle are measured, and the particle size of each particle is calculated from the average of the major axis and the minor axis.
  • the major axis is the longest diameter on the screen, and the minor axis is the distance between two points where the orthogonal line segments intersect with the particles by drawing a line segment orthogonal to the midpoint of the line segment constituting the major axis. ..
  • the same operation is performed 5 times in the imaging of another screen of the same sample, and the value obtained from the average number of particle sizes of 50 particles in total is taken as the average particle size.
  • the acceleration voltage is preferably 1 kV or more and 10 kV or less
  • the magnification is preferably 1000 times or more and 7,000 times or less. It is preferable to do so.
  • the content of the high refractive index particles is 30 parts by mass or more and 400 parts by mass or less with respect to 100 parts by mass of the curable resin composition from the viewpoint of the balance of high refractive index, suppression of color tint and suppression of whitening. It is more preferably 50 parts by mass or more and 200 parts by mass or less, and further preferably 80 parts by mass or more and 150 parts by mass or less.
  • the front surface high refractive index layer 46 and the back surface high refractive index layer 56 are preferably dispersed and stabilized in order to suppress excessive aggregation of the high refractive index particles.
  • the means for stabilizing the dispersion include means for adding another high-refractive index particle having a surface charge amount smaller than that of the high-refractive index particle as a base. According to the means, the high-refractive index particles as a base can be appropriately gathered around the other high-refractive index particles, and the high-refractive index particles as a base can be prevented from being excessively aggregated. Further, as another means for stabilizing the dispersion, there are means for using surface-treated particles as high refractive index particles and means for adding a dispersant to the coating liquid for layer formation.
  • the same materials as those exemplified in the description of the front surface hard coat layer 44 and the back surface hard coat layer 54 can be used.
  • An ionizing radiation curable resin composition is suitable.
  • a curable resin composition having a high refractive index it is preferable to use a curable resin composition having a high refractive index.
  • the refractive index of the curable resin composition is preferably about 1.54 or more and 1.70 or less.
  • the surface high refractive index layer 46 may include the first surface high refractive index layer 47 and the second surface high refractive index layer 48.
  • the refractive index of the first surface high refractive index layer 47 is preferably higher than that of the second surface high refractive index layer 48.
  • the refractive index difference between the surface high refractive index layer 46 and the surface low refractive index layer 45 can be increased, the refractive index of the surface antireflection layer 40 can be lowered, and the surface high refractive index layer 46 and the surface hard coat can be reduced.
  • the difference in refractive index from the layer 44 can be reduced, and the occurrence of interference fringes can be suppressed.
  • the back surface high refractive index layer 56 may include the first back surface high refractive index layer 57 and the second back surface high refractive index layer 58.
  • the refractive index of the first back surface high refractive index layer 57 is preferably higher than the refractive index of the second back surface high refractive index layer 58.
  • the refractive index difference between the back surface high refractive index layer 56 and the back surface low refractive index layer 55 can be increased, the refractive index of the back surface antireflection layer 50 can be lowered, and the back surface high refractive index layer 56 and the back surface hard coat can be reduced.
  • the difference in refractive index from the layer 54 can be reduced, and the occurrence of interference fringes can be suppressed.
  • the refractive indexes of the first front surface high refractive index layer 47 and the first back surface high refractive index layer 57 are 1.60, respectively.
  • the refractive index of the second front surface high refractive index layer 48 and the second back surface high refractive index layer 58 is preferably 1.55 or more and 1.70 or less, respectively.
  • one layer contains conductive high-refractive index particles
  • the other layer contains non-conductive high-refractive index particles
  • [contains conductive high-refractive index particles are also contained in the above two-layer structure.
  • the thickness of the layer to be formed ⁇ the thickness of the layer containing the non-conductive high-refractive index particles].
  • the conductive high refractive index particles are preferable in that they can be networked in the layer to impart antistatic properties with a small amount of addition, and thus can suppress color tint and whitening.
  • the front surface high refractive index layer 46 and the back surface high refractive index layer 56 are coated for layer formation by using high refractive index particles, a curable resin composition, additives such as an ultraviolet absorber and a leveling agent to be blended as necessary, and a diluting solvent. It can be formed by adjusting the liquid, applying the coating liquid on the front surface hard coat layer 44 or the back surface hard coat layer 54 by a conventionally known coating method, drying, and irradiating ionizing radiation as necessary to cure.
  • the transparent adhesive layer such as the transparent adhesive layer 31, the first transparent adhesive layer 31a, and the second transparent adhesive layer 31b is a layer for adhering the front surface antireflection layer 40, the back surface antireflection layer 50, the core layer 32, and the like to each other.
  • the "transparent adhesive layer” in the present specification is a concept including a transparent adhesive layer.
  • the transparent adhesive layer can be formed by using various materials generally used as an adhesive. Examples thereof include acrylic adhesives, urethane adhesives, olefin adhesives, rubber adhesives, silicone adhesives, and polyester adhesives. An acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive that has high transparency and can increase the adhesive strength is preferable.
  • Each of the above adhesives can contain various functionalizing agents, stabilizers and the like as long as the transparency is not impaired. Further, it is also possible to add an adhesive to enhance the adhesive strength. Further, a cross-linking structure can be formed by using a cross-linking agent such as isocyanate, epoxy, or a double bond-containing compound according to each resin.
  • a cross-linking agent such as isocyanate, epoxy, or a double bond-containing compound according to each resin.
  • the transparent adhesive layer can also be formed by using a type of adhesive (OCA, Optical Clear Adhesive) in which both sides are laminated with a release film.
  • OCA Optical Clear Adhesive
  • Commercially available products can also be used, for example, optical transparent adhesive sheet LUCIAS series (manufactured by Nitto Denko Co., Ltd.), highly transparent double-sided tape 5400A series (manufactured by Sekisui Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), optical adhesive sheet Optia series (Lintec Corporation).
  • SANCUARY series manufactured by Sanei Kaken Co., Ltd.
  • optical transparent adhesive OAD series manufactured by Toyo Packaging Materials Co., Ltd.
  • optical coreless double-sided tape RA series manufactured by Sumiron Co., Ltd.
  • Panaclean series PD-S1 Panaclean series PD-S1 (Panac) (Made by Co., Ltd.)
  • the adhesive strength of these adhesives is generally 10 N / 25 mm or more.
  • the thickness of the transparent adhesive layer is not particularly limited, but is preferably 2 ⁇ m or more and 200 ⁇ m or less, for example. If the thickness of the transparent adhesive layer is 2 ⁇ m or more, the front surface antireflection layer 40 and the back surface antireflection layer 50 and the like can be reliably bonded, and if the thickness of the transparent adhesive layer is 200 ⁇ m or less, transparency (light). Transparency) can be maintained.
  • the lower limit of the film thickness of the transparent adhesive layer is more preferably 5 ⁇ m or more, 10 ⁇ m or more, or 15 ⁇ m or more, and the upper limit is more preferably 150 ⁇ m or less, 160 ⁇ m or less, or 170 ⁇ m or less.
  • the method for forming the transparent adhesive layer is not particularly limited, and a known method used for manufacturing an adhesive tape or the like can be adopted. Specifically, a method of applying a coating material of a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition in which each component forming the above transparent adhesive layer is dissolved or dispersed in an appropriate organic solvent or water to the surface of a base material, and dried and cured. , Any method such as a method of coating each component forming the above transparent adhesive layer, a double bond-containing monomer, an oligomer, a cross-linking agent, etc. on a substrate without solvent and then cross-linking with radiation, an extruded laminating method, etc. Can be formed with.
  • a transparent adhesive layer can be formed by peeling off the peeling film on the light peeling side of OCA and attaching the adhesive surface to the substrate.
  • the core layer 32 serves to support the front surface antireflection layer 40 and the back surface antireflection layer 50.
  • the same materials as those of the surface transparent base material layer 42 and the back surface transparent base material layer 52 described above can be used as those of the surface transparent base material layer 42 and the back surface transparent base material layer 52 described above.
  • the core layer 32 is made of polyethylene terephthalate (PET).
  • PET polyethylene terephthalate
  • the polyethylene terephthalate forming the core layer 32 for example, it is preferable to use polyethylene terephthalate having a smaller haze (JISK7136: 2000) than general polyethylene terephthalate, so-called optical PET.
  • JISK7136 JISK7136: 2000
  • optical PET optical PET.
  • the haze of polyethylene terephthalate forming the core layer 32 is, for example, 1.0% or less.
  • the thickness of the core layer 32 is not particularly limited and may be appropriately selected depending on the intended use.
  • the thickness of the core layer 32 may be about 5 ⁇ m or more and 130 ⁇ m or less, and is preferably 10 ⁇ m or more and 100 ⁇ m or less in consideration of durability and handleability.
  • the transparent laminated film 30 may have an opening 33a.
  • an opening 33a is formed in the transparent laminated film 30 for use as the engaged portion 33 described above. Will be done.
  • the opening 33a when the opening 33a is formed in the transparent laminated film 30 as shown in FIG. 2C1, it is preferable that the opening 33a has a radius of curvature of 0.5 mm or more at all points on the peripheral edge. Further, the opening 33a preferably has an oval shape, an elliptical shape, or a rounded corner shape. 3E to 3G are views showing an example of an opening 33a having an oval shape, an elliptical shape, or a rounded corner shape, respectively.
  • the oval shape means a shape consisting of a pair of straight lines 33b and a curve 33c corresponding to a part of a circle or an ellipse connecting the pair of straight lines 33b, as shown in FIG. 3E.
  • the rounded corner shape means a shape in which the corner portion 33d of the rectangle is rounded, as shown in FIG. 3G.
  • the opening 33a has the above-mentioned shape, it is suppressed that the transparent laminated film 30 breaks from the opening 33a as a starting point.
  • the transparent laminated film 30 has an opening 33a
  • a through hole is formed in the front surface protective film 61 and the back surface protective film 62 at a position overlapping the opening 33a of the transparent laminated film 30. It may have been done.
  • the through holes of the front surface protective film 61 and the back surface protective film 62 may have the same shape as the opening 33a.
  • the thickness of the transparent laminated film 30 described above is preferably 60 ⁇ m or more and 500 ⁇ m or less.
  • the thickness of the transparent laminated film 30 is 60 ⁇ m or more, the strength and strength that can maintain the shape of the shield portion 30A can be obtained, so that the saliva of the wearer H adheres to the face of another person and the saliva of another person. It is possible to effectively prevent the droplets such as those from adhering to the face of the wearer H.
  • the thickness of the transparent laminated film 30 is 500 ⁇ m or less, the transparency of the transparent laminated film 30 can be improved.
  • the transparent laminated film 30 described above has a restorative function.
  • the recoverable function means that even after the object (transparent laminated film 30) is bent for a certain period of time, the bent object does not have creases and the object has a flat shape. Means the ability to restore to.
  • the transparent laminated film 30 described above preferably has a light reflectance of 1.0% or less and a total light transmittance (JISK7361-1: 1997) of 90% or more. This makes it possible to further improve the visibility when the transparent laminated film 30 is viewed from the front surface 301 side, and further improve the visibility when the transparent laminated film 30 is viewed from the back surface 302 side. Further, it is more preferable that the transparent laminated film 30 has a total light transmittance of 92% or more. Further, the transparent laminated film 30 preferably has a haze (JISK7136: 2000) of 1.2% or less, more preferably 1.0% or less, and further preferably 0.8% or less. Further, the transparent laminated film 30 preferably has a haze of 0.5% or less, and more preferably 0.3% or less.
  • the reflectance of light may be 1.0% or less at 550 nm, and the total light transmittance may be 90% or more.
  • the reflectance is assumed to be 550 nm.
  • the transparent laminated film 30 described above preferably has a transmittance of 1.0% or less in the ultraviolet region having a wavelength of 380 nm or less.
  • the transparent laminated film 30 described above preferably has a bending stress of 6 N / 20 mm or less. This makes it possible to improve the flexibility of the transparent laminated film 30. Therefore, in the transparent laminated film 30, when the shield portion 30A made from the transparent laminated film 30 is bent, it is possible to prevent the shield portion 30A from having creases or scratches.
  • the arithmetic average roughness Ra (JISB0601: 1994) of the front surface 301 and the back surface 302 is preferably 10 nm or less, and more preferably 1 nm or more and 8 nm or less.
  • the ten-point average roughness Rz (JISB0601: 1994) of the front surface 301 and the back surface 302 is preferably 160 nm or less, and more preferably 50 nm or more and 155 nm or less.
  • the surface antireflection layer 40 is produced.
  • a resin film constituting the surface transparent base material layer 42 is prepared.
  • a coating liquid for forming a hard coat layer is applied onto the resin film, dried and irradiated with ultraviolet rays to form the surface hard coat layer 44.
  • a coating liquid for forming a high refractive index layer is applied onto the surface hard coat layer 44, dried and irradiated with ultraviolet rays to form the surface high refractive index layer 46.
  • a coating liquid for forming a low refractive index layer is applied onto the surface high refractive index layer 46, dried, and irradiated with ultraviolet rays to form the surface low refractive index layer 45. In this way, the surface antireflection layer 40 can be obtained.
  • the back surface antireflection layer 50 is manufactured.
  • a resin film constituting the back surface transparent base material layer 52 is prepared.
  • a coating liquid for forming a hard coat layer is applied onto the resin film, dried and irradiated with ultraviolet rays to form the back surface hard coat layer 54.
  • a coating liquid for forming a high refractive index layer is applied onto the back surface hard coat layer 54, dried and irradiated with ultraviolet rays to form the back surface high refractive index layer 56.
  • a coating liquid for forming a low refractive index layer is applied onto the back surface high refractive index layer 56, dried, and irradiated with ultraviolet rays to form the back surface low refractive index layer 55.
  • the back surface antireflection layer 50 can be obtained.
  • the front surface antireflection layer 40 and the back surface antireflection layer 50 are adhered to each other via the transparent adhesive layer 31 to produce a transparent laminated film 30.
  • the transparent laminated film 30 can be produced.
  • the front surface antireflection layer 40 and the back surface antireflection layer 50 are produced by the same method as the method for producing the front surface antireflection layer 40 and the back surface antireflection layer 50.
  • the core layer 32 is prepared.
  • the surface antireflection layer 40 is adhered to one side surface of the core layer 32 via the first transparent adhesive layer 31a.
  • the back surface antireflection layer 50 is adhered to the surface opposite to one side of the core layer 32 via the second transparent adhesive layer 31b. In this way, the transparent laminated film 30 shown in FIGS. 3C and 3D can be produced.
  • the front surface protective film 61 is attached to the front surface 301 of the obtained transparent laminated film 30, and the back surface protective film 62 is attached to the back surface 302.
  • the front surface protective film 61 and the back surface protective film 62 each include a bonding layer (not shown), and may be attached to the transparent laminated film 30 by this bonding layer.
  • the transparent laminated film 60 with a protective film can be produced.
  • the front surface antireflection layer 40 and the back surface antireflection layer 50 are formed before the front surface antireflection layer 40 and the back surface antireflection layer 50 are bonded to each other via the transparent adhesive layer 31. May be attached separately to each.
  • the transparent laminated film 60 with a protective film is processed into a predetermined shape.
  • the transparent laminated film 60 with a protective film may be processed by punching using a bik mold, cutting using a drill, or laser processing using a laser. From the viewpoint of processing speed and productivity, the transparent laminated film 60 with a protective film is preferably processed by punching.
  • the front surface protective film 61 and the back surface protective film 62 are removed from the transparent laminated film 60 with a protective film processed into a predetermined shape.
  • the transparent laminated film 30 processed into a predetermined shape can be obtained.
  • the face shield 10 shown in FIG. 1 can be obtained.
  • the transparent laminated film 30 includes a front surface antireflection layer 40 constituting the front surface 301 and a back surface antireflection layer 50 constituting the back surface 302.
  • a front surface antireflection layer 40 constituting the front surface 301
  • a back surface antireflection layer 50 constituting the back surface 302.
  • the visibility of the mouth of the wearer H can be improved, and smooth communication between the wearer H and others can be achieved. Further, for example, the wearer H wearing the face shield 10 provided with the shield portion 30A made of the transparent laminated film 30 is prevented from feeling uncomfortable or tired due to the light reflected on the back surface 302 of the transparent laminated film 30. can.
  • the transparent laminated film 30 described above can achieve the following effects. No deterioration occurs even after 100 times of alcohol wiping and disinfection. Characters drawn with oil-based ink can be easily wiped off. Even when rubbed 100 times with an H pencil, it is possible to prevent the surface from being scratched. It is possible to wipe off the attached fingerprints and no residue remains after wiping. The ability to achieve the above-mentioned effects will be described in Examples described later.
  • the transparent laminated film 30 further includes a transparent adhesive layer 31 for adhering the front surface antireflection layer 40 and the back surface antireflection layer 50.
  • the transparent laminated film 30 including the front surface antireflection layer 40 constituting the front surface 301 and the back surface antireflection layer 50 constituting the back surface 302 can be easily manufactured.
  • the transparent adhesive layer 31 contains an acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive.
  • the transparent laminated film 30 further includes a core layer 32 located between the front surface antireflection layer 40 and the back surface antireflection layer 50. This makes it possible to improve the durability and handleability of the transparent laminated film 30.
  • the core layer 32 is made of polyethylene terephthalate.
  • the durability of the transparent laminated film 30 can be further improved. Therefore, in particular, when the transparent laminated film 30 is provided with the opening 33a as shown in FIGS. 2E and 2F, it is possible to prevent the transparent laminated film 30 from breaking from the opening 33a as a starting point.
  • the shield portion 30A transparent laminated film 30
  • the transparent laminated film 30 is repeatedly attached to and detached from the holding member 20, or when the transparent laminated film 30 is violently attached and detached, it is possible to prevent the transparent laminated film 30 from breaking from the opening 33a.
  • the transparent laminated film 30 adheres the first transparent adhesive layer 31a for adhering the front surface antireflection layer 40 and the core layer 32, and the core layer 32 and the back surface antireflection layer 50. It is further provided with a second transparent adhesive layer 31b. As a result, the transparent laminated film 30 provided with the core layer 32 located between the front surface antireflection layer 40 and the back surface antireflection layer 50 can be easily manufactured.
  • the first transparent adhesive layer 31a and the second transparent adhesive layer 31b each contain an acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive.
  • the transparent laminated film 30 including the front surface antireflection layer 40 constituting the front surface 301, the back surface antireflection layer 50 constituting the back surface 302, and the core layer 32 is produced, the transparency is maintained and the transparency is maintained.
  • a transparent laminated film 30 having good optical characteristics can be obtained.
  • the surface antireflection layer 40 has a surface antireflection functional layer 41 arranged in order from the front surface 301 to the back surface 302, and a surface transparent base material layer 42.
  • the back surface antireflection layer 50 has a back surface antireflection function layer 51 arranged in order from the back surface 302 toward the front surface 301, and a back surface transparent base material layer 52.
  • the front surface antireflection functional layer 41 is a coating layer coated on the front surface transparent base material layer 42, and the back surface antireflection function layer 51 is on the back surface transparent base material layer 52. It is a coated coating layer.
  • the front surface antireflection function layer 41 and the back surface antireflection function layer 51 are coating layers, the thicknesses of the front surface reflection prevention function layer 41 and the back surface antireflection function layer 51 can be easily controlled, and the transparent laminated film 30 can be easily controlled. Desired functions such as light reflectance and total light transmittance can be easily controlled.
  • the front surface antireflection function layer 41 and the back surface antireflection function layer 51 are each made of a cured product containing an acrylic monomer.
  • the front surface antireflection function layer 41 and the back surface antireflection function layer 51 with high uniformity can be formed even by processing in a short time.
  • both high hardness and good optical performance can be achieved at the same time.
  • the surface antireflection functional layer 41 includes a surface refraction layer 43 arranged in order from the front surface 301 to the back surface 302, and a surface hard coat layer 44.
  • the back surface antireflection function layer 51 includes a back surface refraction layer 53 arranged in order from the back surface 302 toward the front surface 301, and a back surface hard coat layer 54. This makes it possible to improve the scratch resistance of the front surface antireflection layer 40 and the back surface antireflection layer 50, while reducing the light reflectance of the front surface antireflection layer 40 and the back surface antireflection layer 50.
  • the surface hard coat layer 44 is a coating layer coated on the surface transparent base material layer 42, and the surface refraction layer 43 is a coating coated on the surface hard coat layer 44.
  • the back surface hard coat layer 54 is a coating layer coated on the back surface transparent base material layer 52, and the back surface refractive layer 53 is a coating layer coated on the back surface hard coat layer 54.
  • the thickness of each layer can be easily controlled, and the light reflection of the transparent laminated film 30 can be easily controlled. Desired functions such as rate and total light transmittance can be easily controlled.
  • the surface refractive index layer 43 includes a surface low refractive index layer 45 arranged in order from the front surface 301 toward the back surface 302, and a surface high refractive index layer 46.
  • the back surface refractive index layer 53 includes a back surface low refractive index layer 55 arranged in order from the back surface 302 toward the front surface 301, and a back surface high refractive index layer 56.
  • the front surface high refractive index layer 46 includes a first surface high refractive index layer 47 arranged in order from the front surface 301 toward the back surface 302, and a second surface high refractive index layer 48.
  • the back surface high refractive index layer 56 includes a first back surface high refractive index layer 57 arranged in order from the back surface 302 toward the front surface 301, and a second back surface high refractive index layer 58.
  • the refractive index of the first surface high refractive index layer 47 is higher than that of the second surface high refractive index layer 48. Further, the refractive index of the first back surface high refractive index layer 57 is higher than that of the second back surface high refractive index layer 58.
  • the refractive index difference between the surface high refractive index layer 46 and the surface low refractive index layer 45 can be increased, the refractive index of the surface antireflection layer 40 can be lowered, and the surface high refractive index layer 46 and the surface hard coat can be reduced. The difference in refractive index from the layer 44 can be reduced, and the occurrence of interference fringes can be suppressed.
  • the refractive index difference between the back surface high refractive index layer 56 and the back surface low refractive index layer 55 can be increased, the refractive index of the back surface antireflection layer 50 can be lowered, and the back surface high refractive index layer 56 and the back surface hard coat layer can be reduced.
  • the difference in refractive index from 54 can be reduced, and the occurrence of interference fringes can be suppressed.
  • the front surface transparent base material layer 42 and the back surface transparent base material layer 52 contain triacetyl cellulose or polyethylene terephthalate. Thereby, the transparency of the front surface transparent base material layer 42 and the back surface transparent base material layer 52 can be improved. Further, when the front surface transparent base material layer 42 and the back surface transparent base material layer 52 contain triacetyl cellulose, the flexibility of the front surface transparent base material layer 42 and the back surface transparent base material layer 52 can be effectively improved. can. Therefore, when the shield portion 30A made of the transparent laminated film 30 is bent, it is possible to prevent the shield portion 30A from having creases or scratches.
  • the shield portion 30A even when the size of the shield portion 30A is increased, it is possible to prevent the shield portion 30A from having creases or scratches. Therefore, since the front surface transparent base material layer 42 and the back surface transparent base material layer 52 contain triacetyl cellulose, a large-sized shield portion 30A can be easily produced.
  • the transparent laminated film 30 has a restorative function. As a result, even when the transparent laminated film 30 is bent or rolled, the transparent laminated film 30 can be restored to a flat shape without causing creases or scratches on the transparent laminated film 30.
  • the reflectance of light is 1.0% or less, and the total light transmittance is 90% or more. This makes it possible to further improve the visibility when the transparent laminated film 30 is viewed from the front surface 301 side, and further improve the visibility when the transparent laminated film 30 is viewed from the back surface 302 side.
  • the transparent laminated film 30 is used for the face shield 10 that protects the face F of the wearer H.
  • the face shield 10 that can suppress the wearer H from feeling uncomfortable or tired while improving the visibility of the face F of the wearer H.
  • the opening 33a has a radius of curvature of 0.5 mm or more at all points on the peripheral edge.
  • the stress is concentrated on a part of the peripheral edge of the opening 33a, and it is possible to prevent the transparent laminated film 30 from breaking from the opening 33a as a starting point.
  • the transparent laminated film 30 is used as the shield portion 30A of the face shield 10 and the opening 33a is used as the above-mentioned engaged portion 33, the following effects can be obtained. It is possible to prevent the transparent laminated film 30 from breaking due to the contact of the engaging portion 29 with the transparent laminated film 30 near the opening 33a.
  • the transparent laminated film 30 Is suppressed from breaking from the opening 33a. Further, when the operation of disengaging the engaged portion 33 and the engaging portion 29 or the operation of engaging the engaged portion 33 with the engaging portion 29 is roughly performed, the transparent laminated film 30 opens. Breaking from 33a as a starting point is also suppressed.
  • the opening 33a has an oval shape, an elliptical shape, or a rounded corner shape.
  • the transparent laminated film 30 is used as the shield portion 30A of the face shield 10 and the opening 33a is used as the above-mentioned engaged portion 33, the following effects can be obtained. It is possible to more effectively prevent the transparent laminated film 30 from breaking due to the contact of the engaging portion 29 with the transparent laminated film 30 near the opening 33a.
  • the size of the transparent laminated film 30 is 180-400 mm in the vertical direction (the direction in which the central axis CL is stretched) and the lateral direction (in the direction of the central axis CL) in FIG. 2C1 for the purpose of protecting the entire face. It may have a height and width of 180-400 mm in the direction perpendicular to the stretching direction). More preferably, it is 200-300 mm in the vertical direction and 220-300 mm in the horizontal direction.
  • the transparent laminated film 60 with a protective film includes the transparent laminated film 30 according to the present embodiment, the surface protective film 61 that protects the surface 301 of the transparent laminated film 30, and the transparent laminated film 30. It is provided with a back surface protective film 62 that protects the back surface 302 of the above. This makes it possible to prevent the front surface 301 and the back surface 302 of the transparent laminated film 30 from being scratched when the transparent laminated film 30 is processed. Further, when the transparent laminated film 30 is shipped and transported, it is possible to prevent the front surface 301 and the back surface 302 from being contaminated by foreign matter or the like.
  • the holding member 20 of the face shield 10 is a so-called eyeglass frame type in the above-described embodiment
  • the present invention is not limited to this.
  • the holding member 20 may be a so-called hair band type, a headband type, or the like.
  • the holding member 20 may have a band 25 that covers the head of the wearer H in a circumferential shape.
  • the material of the band 25 may be an elastic body such as rubber as well as resin and cardboard.
  • the holding member 20 may have a protective member 26 attached to the band 25 and in contact with the forehead of the wearer H.
  • the protective member 26 preferably contains a cushioning material such as a sponge.
  • the band 25 covers only a part of the head of the wearer H, but the band 25 may cover the entire circumference of the head of the wearer H.
  • the shield portion 30A covers the entire face F of the wearer H
  • the present invention is not limited to this.
  • the shield portion 30A transparent laminated film 30
  • the holding member 20 is connected to the chin pad 27 that abuts on the chin J of the wearer H and the chin pad 27, and is hooked on the ear E of the wearer H. It may have only one (shown) and.
  • the material of the jaw pad 27 may be resin, cardboard, or the like.
  • the hook portion 28 may be a string-shaped member, and the material of the hook portion 28 may be an elastic body such as rubber.
  • the shield portion 30A covers the mouth M and the nose N of the wearer H. As a result, it is possible to suppress the attachment of saliva and other droplets due to sneezing and coughing of the wearer H to the face of another person, and it is possible to improve the visibility of the mouth of the wearer H. Can facilitate smooth communication.
  • the shield portion 30A may cover only the vicinity of the mouth M without covering the nose N of the wearer H.
  • the transparent laminated film 30 may be used as a partition for partitioning the space of the room R.
  • the transparent laminated film 30 may be suspended from, for example, a rod-shaped member B attached to the wall W, or may be suspended from a ceiling (not shown).
  • Example A1 First, the transparent laminated film 30 shown in FIG. 3A was produced. At this time, first, the surface antireflection layer 40 was prepared. When producing the surface antireflection layer 40, first, a triacetyl cellulose film (refractive index 1.49) having a thickness of 60 ⁇ m was prepared as the surface transparent base material layer 42. Next, a coating liquid for forming a hard coat layer having the following formulation was applied onto the triacetyl cellulose film, dried and irradiated with ultraviolet rays to form a surface hard coat layer 44 having a thickness of 10 ⁇ m, a refractive index of 1.54 and a pencil hardness of 2H. ..
  • a coating liquid for forming a high refractive index layer of the following formulation was applied onto the surface hard coat layer 44, dried and irradiated with ultraviolet rays to form a surface high refractive index layer 46 having a thickness of 150 nm and a refractive index of 1.63.
  • a coating liquid for forming a low refractive index layer of the following formulation is applied onto the surface high refractive index layer 46, dried and irradiated with ultraviolet rays to form a surface low refractive index layer 45 having a thickness of 100 nm and a refractive index of 1.30.
  • a surface antireflection layer 40 was obtained.
  • BASF Irgacure 127, 2-hydroxy-1- ⁇ 4- [4- (2-hydroxy-2-methylpropionyl) benzyl] phenyl ⁇ -2-methylpropan-1-one
  • ⁇ Preparation of coating liquid for forming a high refractive index layer> 0.1 part by mass of a photopolymerization initiator (BASF, Irgacure 127) and 92.6 parts by mass of a diluting solvent (methyl isobutyl ketone / cyclohexanone / methyl ethyl ketone 4/2/4) were added, and the mixture was stirred until there was no undissolved residue. .. 1.25 parts by mass of a photo-curing resin (Beam Set 577 manufactured by Arakawa Chemical Co., Ltd.) was added thereto, and the mixture was stirred until there was no undissolved residue.
  • a photo-curing resin Beam Set 577 manufactured by Arakawa Chemical Co., Ltd.
  • ⁇ Preparation of coating liquid for forming a low refractive index layer> 0.2 parts by mass of a photopolymerization initiator (Irgacure 127, manufactured by BASF) and 91.1 parts by mass of a diluting solvent (MIBK / AN 7/3) were added, and the mixture was stirred until there was no undissolved residue.
  • a photocurable resin (KAYARAD-PET-30 manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), 7.6 parts by mass of hollow silica particles (solid content 20% by mass, average primary particle diameter 60 nm), and a leveling agent (large).
  • 0.1 parts by mass of Seikabeam 10-28 (MB) manufactured by Nisseika Kogyo Co., Ltd. was added and stirred to prepare a coating liquid for forming a low refractive index layer.
  • the back surface antireflection layer 50 was produced.
  • a triacetyl cellulose film (refractive index 1.49) having a thickness of 60 ⁇ m was prepared as the back surface transparent base material layer 52.
  • the coating liquid for forming a hard coat layer of the above formulation was applied onto the triacetyl cellulose film, dried and irradiated with ultraviolet rays to form a back surface hard coat layer 54 having a thickness of 10 ⁇ m, a refractive index of 1.54 and a pencil hardness of 2H. ..
  • the coating liquid for forming a high refractive index layer of the above formulation was applied onto the back surface hard coat layer 54, dried and irradiated with ultraviolet rays to form a back surface high refractive index layer 56 having a thickness of 150 nm and a refractive index of 1.63.
  • the coating liquid for forming a low refractive index layer of the above formulation is applied onto the back surface high refractive index layer 56, dried and irradiated with ultraviolet rays to form a back surface low refractive index layer 55 having a thickness of 100 nm and a refractive index of 1.30.
  • the back surface antireflection layer 50 was obtained.
  • the front surface antireflection layer 40 and the back surface antireflection layer 50 were adhered to each other via a transparent adhesive layer (Panaclean series PD-S1, thickness 25 ⁇ m manufactured by Panac Co., Ltd.) to prepare a transparent laminated film 30.
  • the layer structure of the obtained transparent laminated film 30 is as follows. Low bending / High bending / Hard coat / TAC / Stickiness / TAC / Hard coat / High bending / Low bending In the above, "low bending” means a front surface low refractive index layer or a back surface low refractive index layer (hereinafter,). Similarly).
  • high bending means a front surface high refractive index layer or a back surface high refractive index layer (the same shall apply hereinafter).
  • hard coat means a front surface hard coat layer or a back surface hard coat layer (the same shall apply hereinafter).
  • TAC means a triacetyl cellulose film (the same applies hereinafter).
  • blunty means a transparent adhesive layer.
  • a sample having a size of 20 mm ⁇ 20 mm was cut out from the obtained transparent laminated film 30.
  • a black resin plate was brought into close contact with the back surface of the sample.
  • the surface of the sample was irradiated with light so that the incident angle was 5 °.
  • the wavelengths of the light were set to 450 nm, 550 nm and 650 nm, and the surface of the sample was irradiated with the light for each wavelength.
  • the reflection spectrum of light was measured using a spectrophotometer (V-7100, manufactured by JASCO Corporation), and the reflectance of light at each wavelength was calculated.
  • a sample having a size of 20 mm ⁇ 20 mm was cut out from the obtained transparent laminated film 30.
  • the surface of the sample was irradiated with light so that the incident angle was 90 °.
  • the wavelengths of the light were set to 450 nm, 550 nm and 650 nm, and the surface of the sample was irradiated with the light for each wavelength.
  • the transmittance of light was measured using a spectrophotometer (V-7100, manufactured by JASCO Corporation), and the transmittance of light at each wavelength was calculated.
  • the face shield 10 shown in FIG. 1 was produced using the obtained transparent laminated film 30.
  • five experimenters were randomly selected from men and women over the age of 22. Then, five selected experimenters performed office work with the face shield 10 attached. After that, we interviewed five experimenters who had done the office work for one hour to see if they had the impression that they were wearing the face shield 10.
  • the face shield 10 shown in FIG. 1 was produced using the obtained transparent laminated film 30.
  • five experimenters were randomly selected from men and women over the age of 22. Then, the visibility of the facial expressions of the five experimenters wearing the face shield 10 was confirmed. At this time, the facial expression of the experimenter was observed from a distance of about 1 m to 2 m from the experimenter in a general indoor environment illuminated by a fluorescent lamp. In addition, the observer observed the facial expression of the experimenter while moving about 20 ° to the left and right around the surface 301 of the face shield 10 from the state facing the experimenter.
  • a measuring instrument 700 was prepared.
  • a tensile compression tester MCT-2150 manufactured by A & D Co., Ltd.
  • the measuring instrument 700 includes a pair of support bases 710 and an indenter 720.
  • a pair of support bases 710 were arranged apart from each other, and the sample S was placed on the support bases 710.
  • the sample S was deformed by pressing the indenter 720 against the sample S.
  • the distance D2 between the tip of the indenter 720 and the upper end of the support base 710 that is, the amount of deformation of the sample S
  • the load applied to the indenter 720 is applied to the transparent laminated film 30.
  • the bending stress was used.
  • the distance between the pair of support pedestals 710 is 10 mm
  • the support pedestal 710 has a semi-circular shape with an upper end shape having a radius of 5 mm in a cross section along the direction in which the support pedestals 710 are separated from each other and the vertical direction. 710 was used.
  • a support base 710 having a semi-circular tip shape having a radius of 5 mm was used in a cross section along the direction in which the support bases 710 are separated from each other and in the vertical direction.
  • the face shield 10 shown in FIG. 1 was produced using the obtained transparent laminated film 30.
  • five experimenters were randomly selected from men and women over the age of 22.
  • five selected experimenters pressed the shield portion 30A of the face shield 10 against the shoulders and chest of the experimenter by moving the neck greatly while wearing the face shield 10.
  • we interviewed the experimenter about the strength of the repulsive force from the shield portion 30A when the shield portion 30A hits the shoulder or chest (the strength of the impression that hinders the movement of the neck).
  • the face shield 10 shown in FIG. 1 was produced using the obtained transparent laminated film 30.
  • a drop test was performed on the face shield 10.
  • one temple portion 21 of the holding member 20 of the face shield 10 was picked, and the face shield 10 was lifted so that the temple portion 21 had a height of 170 mm from the ground. After that, the face shield 10 was freely dropped on the ground. In this way, a drop test was performed on the face shield 10. Then, such a drop test was repeated 10 times, and it was confirmed whether or not there was a change in the appearance of the face shield 10.
  • the obtained transparent laminated film 30 was picked with a finger to attach a fingerprint to the transparent laminated film 30.
  • the attached fingerprint was wiped off with Kimwipe S-200 (trade name).
  • the fingerprints were wiped off with the Kimwipe S-200 in a dry state without impregnating the Kimwipe S-200 with a chemical such as alcohol.
  • such a test was repeated three times, and it was confirmed whether or not the transparent laminated film 30 after wiping off the fingerprint was scratched. In the three tests, fingerprints were attached to the same positions by pinching substantially the same portion of the transparent laminated film 30 with a finger.
  • the transparent laminated film 30 was scratched when the pencil was rubbed against the transparent laminated film 30.
  • the lower surface of the core was flattened by rubbing with sandpaper.
  • the pencil is rubbed against the transparent laminated film 30 with the pencil tilted with respect to the surface 301 so that the angle between the lower surface of the core and the surface 301 of the transparent laminated film 30 is about 45 °. Wearing.
  • the pencil when the pencil is rubbed against the transparent laminated film 30, the pencil is placed on the transparent laminated film 30 so that the moving distance of the pencil is about 3 cm and the amount of dent on the surface 301 of the face shield 10 is about 5 mm or more and about 10 mm. Rubbed against. Then, such a test was repeated 100 times, and it was confirmed whether or not the transparent laminated film 30 after rubbing the pencil was scratched.
  • the surface 301 of the transparent laminated film 30 was wiped with Kimwipe S-200 (trade name) soaked with sufficient ethanol.
  • the surface 301 of the transparent laminated film 30 was wiped so that the Kimwipe S-200 came into contact with the end surface located between the front surface 301 and the back surface 302 of the transparent laminated film 30.
  • such a test was repeated 100 times, and it was confirmed whether or not there was a change in the appearance of the transparent laminated film 30.
  • the alcohol spray bottle (capacity 30 ml) was filled with colored ink (Shachihata replenishment ink (Capless 9 / X stamper XLR-20N red 20 ml)).
  • colored ink Shachihata replenishment ink (Capless 9 / X stamper XLR-20N red 20 ml)
  • A3 paper was attached to the wall surface.
  • an experimenter wearing the face shield 10 faced a position 50 cm away from the wall surface.
  • the spray was placed between the experimenter's mouth and the face shield 10 so that the spray nozzles faced the wall surface.
  • the colored ink was sprayed from the spray. It was confirmed whether or not colored ink had adhered to the paper attached to the wall surface after spraying.
  • the UV transmittance measurement test was carried out in the same manner as the above-mentioned transmittance measurement test except that the wavelength of the irradiated light was 380 nm.
  • Example A2 The transparent laminated film 30 was produced in the same manner as in Example A1 except that the transparent laminated film 30 shown in FIG. 3C was produced. Further, in the same manner as in Example A1, a reflectance measurement test, a transmission rate measurement test, a wearability evaluation test, a visibility evaluation test, a bending stress measurement test, a contact evaluation test, a drop strength evaluation test, and a scratch resistance evaluation test, An alcohol resistance evaluation test, a splash prevention functionality evaluation test, a UV transmittance measurement test, and an antifouling property evaluation test were conducted.
  • the front surface antireflection layer 40 and the back surface antireflection layer 50 were produced in the same manner as in Example A1. Further, in parallel with the production of the front surface antireflection layer 40 and the back surface antireflection layer 50, a triacetyl cellulose film (refractive index 1.49) having a thickness of 60 ⁇ m was prepared as the core layer 32.
  • the front surface antireflection layer 40 and the core layer 32 are adhered to each other via the first transparent adhesive layer 31a (Panaclean series PD-S1, thickness 25 ⁇ m manufactured by Panac Co., Ltd.), and the core layer 32 and the back surface antireflection are prevented.
  • the layers 50 were bonded to each other via a second transparent adhesive layer 31b (Panaclean series PD-S1, manufactured by Panac Co., Ltd., thickness 25 ⁇ m) to prepare a transparent laminated film 30.
  • the layer structure of the obtained transparent laminated film 30 is as follows. Low bending / High bending / Hard coat / TAC / Sticky / TAC / Sticky / TAC / Hard coat / High bending / Low bending
  • Example 1 The transmittance measurement test was carried out in the same manner as in Example A1 except that a commercially available transparent film (YF-850L (trade name) manufactured by Yamamoto Optical Co., Ltd.) was used without producing the transparent laminated film 30. Transmittance measurement test, wearability evaluation test, visibility evaluation test, bending stress measurement test, contact evaluation test, drop strength evaluation test, scratch resistance evaluation test, alcohol resistance evaluation test, splash prevention functionality evaluation test, UV transmission A rate measurement test and an antifouling property evaluation test were conducted.
  • YF-850L trade name
  • the cross section of the transparent film according to Comparative Example 1 was analyzed by SEM, it was found to have a three-layer structure in which a resin layer having a thickness of 3 ⁇ m was laminated above and below a resin layer having a thickness of 150 ⁇ m.
  • a resin layer having a thickness of 3 ⁇ m was laminated above and below a resin layer having a thickness of 150 ⁇ m.
  • the upper and lower resin layers of the three-layer transparent film according to Comparative Example 1 were observed at a magnification of 30,000 times, a cone having a height of 210-220 nm was observed on the surface side of each of the upper and lower resin layers. Many convex shapes were confirmed.
  • Example 2 The transmittance measurement test was carried out in the same manner as in Example A1 except that a commercially available transparent film (YF-800L (trade name) manufactured by Yamamoto Optical Co., Ltd.) was used without producing the transparent laminated film 30. Transmittance measurement test, wearability evaluation test, visibility evaluation test, bending stress measurement test, contact evaluation test, drop strength evaluation test, scratch resistance evaluation test, alcohol resistance evaluation test, splash prevention functionality evaluation test, UV transmission A rate measurement test and an antifouling property evaluation test were conducted.
  • YF-800L trade name
  • Table 1 shows the results of the reflectance measurement test.
  • Table 2 shows the results of the transmittance measurement test.
  • Table 3 shows the results of the wearability evaluation test, the visibility evaluation test, the bending stress measurement test, the contact property evaluation test, and the drop strength evaluation test.
  • Table 4 shows the results of the scratch resistance evaluation test, the alcohol resistance evaluation test, and the splash prevention functionality evaluation test.
  • Table 5 shows the results of the UV transmittance measurement test and the antifouling property evaluation test.
  • indicates that the wearer cannot be seen on the transparent laminated film or the transparent film (hereinafter, simply referred to as the transparent laminated film, etc.), and the face shield is mounted. It means that it was a hearing result that there was no impression that it was.
  • x is a hearing result that the wearer can be seen on the transparent laminated film, which hinders the work and gives the impression that the face shield is worn, which makes the person feel tired. It means that there was.
  • means that the facial expression of the wearer could be clearly confirmed.
  • x means that the observer is reflected on the transparent laminated film or the like, so that the confirmation of the facial expression of the wearer is hindered regardless of the angle at which the wearer is visually recognized.
  • is a hearing result that the repulsive force from the shield portion 30A is weak even when the shield portion hits the wearer's shoulder or chest. It means that there was. “ ⁇ ” means that when the shield portion hits the wearer's shoulder or chest, the repulsive force from the shield portion is a little strong.
  • means that no deformation or scratches were confirmed on the transparent laminated film of the face shield.
  • means that the fingerprint could be wiped off without causing scratches on the transparent laminated film or the like.
  • x means that when the fingerprint is wiped off, the transparent laminated film or the like is scratched, and the transparent laminated film or the like has an appearance that becomes cloudy due to fine scratches.
  • means that the transparent laminated film or the like was not scratched. Further, “ ⁇ ” means that a thin scratch has occurred on the transparent laminated film or the like. Further, “x” means that the transparent laminated film or the like is deeply scratched and the appearance of the transparent laminated film or the like is deteriorated.
  • means that the appearance of the transparent laminated film or the like did not change.
  • x means that the transparent laminated film or the like is discolored and the appearance is deteriorated.
  • the reflectance of light having a wavelength of 550 nm was 0.5%. Further, in the transparent film according to Comparative Example 2, the reflectance of light having a wavelength of 550 nm was 8.7%. On the other hand, in the transparent laminated film 30 according to Example A1 and Example A2, the reflectance of light having a wavelength of 550 nm was 0.1%. As described above, in the transparent laminated film 30 according to Example A1 and Example A2, the reflectance of light having a wavelength of 550 nm could be reduced.
  • the reflectance of light having a wavelength of 450 nm is 0.4%
  • the reflectance of light having a wavelength of 450 nm is 0.5% and 0.4%.
  • Met the reflectance of light could be reduced at each of the wavelengths of light of 450 nm, 550 nm and 650 nm. Therefore, it was found that the transparent laminated film 30 according to the present embodiment can reduce the reflectance of light.
  • the light transmittance was 90% or less in each of the cases where the wavelength of light was 450 nm, 550 nm and 650 nm.
  • the light transmittance was 96% or more in each of the cases where the wavelength of light was 450 nm, 550 nm and 650 nm.
  • the light transmittance could be improved at each of the light wavelengths of 450 nm, 550 nm and 650 nm.
  • the transparent laminated film 30 includes the front surface antireflection layer 40 constituting the front surface 301 and the back surface antireflection layer 50 constituting the back surface 302, the light transmittance is high as in Comparative Example 1. It was possible to obtain the same transmittance as the film. Therefore, it was found that the transparent laminated film 30 according to the present embodiment can improve the light transmittance.
  • the bending stress of the transparent film according to Comparative Example 2 was 0.79 N / 20 mm.
  • the bending stress was 0.24N / 20mm and 0.41N / 20mm.
  • the bending stress could be reduced. That is, it was found that the transparent laminated film 30 according to Example A1 and Example A2 can improve the flexibility.
  • the transparent laminated film 30 includes the front surface antireflection layer 40 constituting the front surface 301 and the back surface antireflection layer 50 constituting the back surface 302, the film has a low bending stress as in Comparative Example 1. The same bending stress could be obtained. Therefore, it has been found that the transparent laminated film 30 according to the present embodiment can prevent the shield portion 30A from having creases or scratches when the shield portion 30A made from the transparent laminated film 30 is bent. ..
  • the transparent laminated film 30 according to Examples A1 and A2 when the pencil was rubbed against the transparent laminated film 30, the transparent laminated film 30 was not scratched. As described above, in the transparent laminated film 30 according to Examples A1 and A2, it was possible to suppress the deterioration of the scratch resistance of the transparent laminated film 30.
  • the transparent film according to Comparative Example 1 had a UV transmittance of 97.0%, and the transparent film according to Comparative Example 2 had a UV transmittance of 81.8%.
  • the UV transmittance was 0.1%, respectively.
  • the UV transmittance could be reduced. This means that the wearer H can be less likely to get sunburned even when the wearer H is outdoors in an environment exposed to direct sunlight.
  • the oil-based ink could not be wiped off with the transparent films according to Comparative Example 1 and Comparative Example 2, and the lines were clearly left.
  • the transparent laminated film 30 according to Example A1 and Example A2 the oil-based ink could be wiped off, and the line disappeared after wiping off.
  • the oil-based ink that is difficult to remove could be easily removed. As a result, even if dirt adheres to the face shield 10, the dirt can be easily wiped off from the face shield 10, and the face shield 10 can be easily restored to a clean state.
  • Example B1 A transparent laminated film 30 was prepared in the same manner as in Example A2 except that a polyethylene terephthalate film having a thickness of 50 ⁇ m (manufactured by Toray Industries, Inc., Lumirror (registered trademark) 50U483 (trade name)) was prepared as the core layer 32. .. Further, in the same manner as in Example A1, the reflectance measurement test, the transmittance measurement test, the wearability evaluation test, the visibility evaluation test, the drop strength evaluation test, the scratch resistance evaluation test, the alcohol resistance evaluation test, and the splash prevention functionality. An evaluation test and a UV transmittance measurement test were conducted.
  • the face shield 10 shown in FIG. 1 was produced using the obtained transparent laminated film 30.
  • an operation of disengaging the engaged portion 33 (opening 33a) provided in the shield portion 30A and the engaging portion 29 provided in the holding member 20, and the engaged portion 33 and the engaging portion 29 are performed.
  • the operation of engaging with was repeated.
  • the opening of the shield portion 30A is performed. It was verified whether or not a break occurred in the vicinity of 33a.
  • the opening 33a had a radius of curvature of 0.5 mm or more at all points on the peripheral edge.
  • the width w1 of the opening 33a in the major axis direction was 11 mm.
  • the width w2 of the opening 33a in the minor axis direction was 4 mm.
  • the curve 33c of the opening 33a had a shape corresponding to a part of a circle having a radius of 2 mm.
  • a first gripping tool 810 and a second gripping tool 820 capable of sandwiching and gripping the transparent laminated film 30 from both sides in the thickness direction DA were prepared. Then, a part of the transparent laminated film 30 was gripped by each of the first gripping tool 810 and the second gripping tool 820 as shown in FIG. Specifically, the first gripping tool 810 was used to grip the portion of the curve 33c of the opening 33a including the point P1 forming the end portion of the opening 33a in the long axis direction. Further, the second gripping tool 820 was used to grip the portion including the point P2 where the curve 33c and the straight line 33b gripped by the first gripping tool 810 are connected.
  • the second gripping tool 820 was gradually moved in the thickness direction DA of the transparent laminated film 30.
  • the movement of the second gripper 820 in the thickness direction DA was performed until the transparent laminated film 30 broke.
  • the load applied to the first gripping tool 810 when the transparent laminated film 30 was broken and the amount of movement of the second gripping tool 820 when the transparent laminated film 30 was broken were measured.
  • the load applied to the first gripping tool 810 when the transparent laminated film 30 breaks is referred to as a breaking stress.
  • the amount of movement of the second gripper 820 from the initial position when the transparent laminated film 30 is broken is referred to as the amount of movement at break. It is considered that the larger the stress at break and the movement amount at break of the transparent laminated film 30, the stronger the durability of the transparent laminated film 30 against the load applied in the vicinity of the opening 33a.
  • Example B2 A transparent laminated film 30 was prepared in the same manner as in Example A2 except that a polyethylene terephthalate film having a thickness of 75 ⁇ m (manufactured by Toray Industries, Inc., Lumirror (registered trademark) 75U34 (trade name)) was prepared as the core layer 32. .. Further, in the same manner as in Example A1, the reflectance measurement test, the transmittance measurement test, the wearability evaluation test, the visibility evaluation test, the drop strength evaluation test, the scratch resistance evaluation test, the alcohol resistance evaluation test, and the splash prevention functionality. An evaluation test and a UV transmittance measurement test were conducted.
  • Example B3 As the core layer 32, a polyethylene terephthalate film having a thickness of 60 ⁇ m (Cosmo Shine (registered trademark) SRF TA060 (trade name) manufactured by Toyobo Co., Ltd.) was prepared, and the transparent laminated film 30 was prepared in the same manner as in Example A2. Made. Further, in the same manner as in Example A1, the reflectance measurement test, the transmittance measurement test, the wearability evaluation test, the visibility evaluation test, the drop strength evaluation test, the scratch resistance evaluation test, the alcohol resistance evaluation test, and the splash prevention functionality. An evaluation test and a UV transmittance measurement test were conducted.
  • Example B4 A transparent laminated film 30 was prepared in the same manner as in Example A2 except that a polyethylene terephthalate film having a thickness of 50 ⁇ m (Cosmo Shine (registered trademark) A4160 (trade name) manufactured by Toyobo Co., Ltd.) was prepared as the core layer 32. did. Further, in the same manner as in Example A1, the reflectance measurement test, the transmittance measurement test, the wearability evaluation test, the visibility evaluation test, the drop strength evaluation test, the scratch resistance evaluation test, the alcohol resistance evaluation test, and the splash prevention functionality. An evaluation test and a UV transmittance measurement test were conducted.
  • Example B5 A transparent laminated film 30 was prepared in the same manner as in Example A2 except that a polyethylene terephthalate film having a thickness of 100 ⁇ m (Cosmo Shine (registered trademark) A4160 (trade name) manufactured by Toyobo Co., Ltd.) was prepared as the core layer 32. did. Further, in the same manner as in Example A1, the reflectance measurement test, the transmittance measurement test, the wearability evaluation test, the visibility evaluation test, the drop strength evaluation test, the scratch resistance evaluation test, the alcohol resistance evaluation test, and the splash prevention functionality. An evaluation test and a UV transmittance measurement test were conducted.
  • Example B6 A transparent laminated film 30 was prepared in the same manner as in Example A2 except that a polyethylene terephthalate film having a thickness of 100 ⁇ m (Cosmo Shine (registered trademark) A4360 (trade name) manufactured by Toyobo Co., Ltd.) was prepared as the core layer 32. did. Further, in the same manner as in Example A1, the reflectance measurement test, the transmittance measurement test, the wearability evaluation test, the visibility evaluation test, the drop strength evaluation test, the scratch resistance evaluation test, the alcohol resistance evaluation test, and the splash prevention functionality. An evaluation test and a UV transmittance measurement test were conducted.
  • Example 3 The transmittance measurement test was carried out in the same manner as in Example A1 except that a commercially available transparent film (manufactured by Sharp Corporation, FG-10F 10M (trade name)) was used without producing the transparent laminated film 30.
  • a transmittance measurement test, a wearability evaluation test, a visibility evaluation test, a drop strength evaluation test, a scratch resistance evaluation test, an alcohol resistance evaluation test, a splash prevention functionality evaluation test, and a UV transmittance measurement test were performed.
  • the cross section of the transparent film according to the comparative example was analyzed by SEM, it was found to have a three-layer structure in which a resin layer having a thickness of about 2 ⁇ m was laminated above and below a resin layer having a thickness of 187 ⁇ m.
  • the upper and lower resin layers each had a large number of convex shapes having a substantially triangular cross section having a height of about 300 nm.
  • Example 4 The transmittance measurement test was carried out in the same manner as in Example A1 except that a commercially available transparent film (Hirax AirSheald pro (trade name) manufactured by Hiraoka Kogyo Co., Ltd.) was used without producing the transparent laminated film 30.
  • a transmittance measurement test, a wearability evaluation test, a visibility evaluation test, a drop strength evaluation test, a scratch resistance evaluation test, an alcohol resistance evaluation test, a splash prevention functionality evaluation test, and a UV transmittance measurement test were performed.
  • a resin layer having a thickness of 30 ⁇ m was laminated on one surface of the resin layer having a thickness of 186 ⁇ m, and the thickness was increased on the resin layer having a thickness of 30 ⁇ m.
  • a resin layer having a thickness of 50 ⁇ m is laminated, a layer having a thickness of about 2 ⁇ m containing particles is laminated on the resin layer having a thickness of 50 ⁇ m, and a thickness of 30 ⁇ m is also formed on the other surface of the resin layer having a thickness of 186 ⁇ m.
  • the resin layer, the resin layer having a thickness of 50 ⁇ m, and the layer having a thickness of about 2 ⁇ m were laminated in this order.
  • the layer having a thickness of about 2 ⁇ m had a different appearance between a region having a thickness of 1.8 ⁇ m on the resin layer side having a thickness of 50 ⁇ m and a region having a thickness of 0.2 ⁇ m located on the surface side of the transparent film. ..
  • Tables 6 to 10 The results of Examples B1 to B6, Comparative Example 3 and Comparative Example 4 are shown in Tables 6 to 10.
  • Table 6 shows the results of the reflectance measurement test.
  • Table 7 shows the results of the transmittance measurement test.
  • Table 8 shows the results of the wearability evaluation test, the visibility evaluation test, the drop intensity evaluation test, and the UV transmittance measurement test.
  • Table 9 shows the results of the scratch resistance evaluation test, the alcohol resistance evaluation test, and the splash prevention functionality evaluation test.
  • Table 10 shows the results of the pseudo-fracture test and the attachment / detachment test in Example B1.
  • the reflectance of light having a wavelength of 550 nm was 8.7%. Further, as shown in Table 6, in the transparent film according to Comparative Example 4, the reflectance of light having a wavelength of 550 nm was 1.5%.
  • the transparent laminated film 30 according to Example B1 the reflectance of light having a wavelength of 550 nm was 0.1%. Further, in the transparent laminated film 30 according to Example B2, the reflectance of light having a wavelength of 550 nm was 0.4%. Further, in the transparent laminated film 30 according to Example B3, the reflectance of light having a wavelength of 550 nm was 0.3%.
  • the reflectance of light having a wavelength of 550 nm was 0.8%. Further, in the transparent laminated film 30 according to Example B5, the reflectance of light having a wavelength of 550 nm was 0.6%. Further, in the transparent laminated film 30 according to Example B6, the reflectance of light having a wavelength of 550 nm was 0.4%. As described above, in the transparent laminated film 30 according to Examples B1 to B6, the reflectance of light having a wavelength of 550 nm could be reduced as compared with Comparative Example 2 and Comparative Example 4.
  • the reflectance of light having a wavelength of 450 nm is 0.3%, 0.6%, 0.6%, 1.1%, 0.9%
  • the reflectance of light having a wavelength of 650 nm was 0.7%, 1.0%, 0.7%, 1.2%, 1.1%, and 1.0%.
  • the reflectance of light could be reduced when the wavelengths of light were 450 nm, 550 nm and 650 nm, respectively. Therefore, it was found that the transparent laminated film 30 according to Examples B1 to B6 can reduce the reflectance of light.
  • the light transmittance was 90% or less in each of the cases where the wavelength of light was 450 nm, 550 nm and 650 nm.
  • the light transmittance is larger than 95% when the light wavelengths are 450 nm, 550 nm and 650 nm, respectively. It was.
  • the light transmittance could be improved at each of the light wavelengths of 450 nm, 550 nm and 650 nm.
  • the transparent laminated film 30 includes the front surface antireflection layer 40 constituting the front surface 301 and the back surface antireflection layer 50 constituting the back surface 302, the light transmittance is high as in Comparative Example 1. It was possible to obtain a transmittance close to that of a film. Therefore, it was found that the transparent laminated film 30 according to Examples B1 to B6 can improve the light transmittance.
  • the transparent film according to Comparative Example 1 has a UV transmittance of 97.0%
  • the transparent film according to Comparative Example 2 has a UV transmittance of 81.8%.
  • the UV transmittance was 92.5% in the transparent film made by.
  • the transparent laminated film 30 according to Examples B1 to B6 the UV transmittance was 0.1%, respectively.
  • the UV transmittance could be reduced. This means that the wearer H can be less likely to get sunburned even when the wearer H is outdoors in an environment exposed to direct sunlight.
  • the stress at break was 32.5 N in the transparent laminated film 30 according to Example B1. Further, in the transparent laminated film 30 according to Example B1, the amount of movement at break was 10.3 mm. From the comparison between the result of the attachment / detachment test and the result of the pseudo-break test, if the stress at break of the transparent laminated film 30 constituting the shield portion 30A is 32.5 N or more, or the movement amount at break is 10.3 mm or more, the shield is shielded. It was found that the occurrence of breakage in the portion 30A can be suppressed. For example, if the stress at break of the transparent laminated film 30 constituting the shield portion 30A is larger than 20 N or the movement amount at break is larger than 9 mm, it is considered that the breakage of the shield portion 30A can be suppressed.
  • FIGS. 9 to 11J a second embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 9 to 11J.
  • the second embodiment shown in FIGS. 9 to 11J is different from the first embodiment in that the shield portion 30A (transparent laminated film 30) mainly has the print layer 330.
  • the same parts as those in the first embodiment are designated by the same reference numerals, and detailed description thereof will be omitted.
  • the shield portion 30A (transparent laminated film 30) has a print layer 330.
  • the print layer 330 is provided at a position overlapping the cheek C of the wearer H in front view.
  • the print layer 330 is provided in a region where the length L of the shield portion 30A from the central axis CL is 100 mm or less in a state where the shield portion 30A is removed from the holding member 20.
  • the print layer 330 can be overlapped with the cheek C of the wearer H while the wearer H is wearing the face shield 10.
  • the print layer 330 may display, for example, information such as a pattern such as a character, a figure, or a mark, or characters. In the illustrated example, the print layer 330 displays a star, moon or flower pattern. Further, it is preferable that the print layer 330 is provided at a position that does not overlap with the eyes of the wearer H in the front view.
  • the transparent laminated film 60 with a protective film includes the transparent laminated film 30 according to the present embodiment, the surface protective film 61 that protects the surface 301 of the transparent laminated film 30, and the transparent laminated film 30. It is provided with a back surface protective film 62 that protects the back surface 302 of the above.
  • the front surface protective film 61 and the back surface protective film 62 suppress the scratches on the front surface 301 and the back surface 302 of the transparent laminated film 30, and prevent the front surface 301 and the back surface 302 from being contaminated by foreign matter or the like. Play a role.
  • the front surface protective film 61 and the back surface protective film 62 are detachably attached to the transparent laminated film 30.
  • the front surface protective film 61 and the back surface protective film 62 each include a bonding layer (not shown), and the bonding layer may be attached to the transparent laminated film 30.
  • the adhesive strength of the bonding layer may be, for example, about 0.05 N / 25 mm or more and 5 N / 25 mm or less.
  • the front surface protective film 61 and the back surface protective film 62 are each peeled off from the transparent laminated film 30.
  • the material of the front surface protective film 61 and the back surface protective film 62 may be, for example, a film made of a polyester resin or a polyolefin such as polyethylene or polypropylene.
  • the transparent laminated film 30 may be used for the face shield 10 that protects the face F of the wearer H.
  • the transparent laminated film 30 has a front surface 301 and a back surface 302, and the core layer 32 and a part of the surface of the core layer 32 on the front surface 301 side or the back surface 302 side. It includes at least a print layer 330 that covers a part of the surface.
  • the transparent laminated film 30 is provided on one side of the core layer 32 and is provided on the front surface antireflection layer 40 constituting the front surface 301 and on the other side of the core layer 32 to form the back surface antireflection layer 302. It has a layer 50 and so on. Further, the transparent laminated film 30 has a first transparent adhesive layer 31a for adhering the front surface antireflection layer 40 and the core layer 32, and a second transparent adhesive layer 31b for adhering the core layer 32 and the back surface antireflection layer 50. Further may be provided.
  • the transparent laminated film 30 has a front surface antireflection layer 40, a first transparent adhesive layer 31a, and a printing layer from the front surface 301 to the back surface 302.
  • the 330, the core layer 32, the second transparent adhesive layer 31b, and the back surface antireflection layer 50 are provided in this order.
  • the surface antireflection layer 40 is exposed outward from the surface 301 side.
  • the back surface antireflection layer 50 is exposed outward from the back surface 302 side.
  • the transparent laminated film 30 includes a front surface antireflection layer 40, a first transparent adhesive layer 31a, and a core layer 32 from the front surface 301 to the back surface 302.
  • the print layer 330, the second transparent adhesive layer 31b, and the back surface antireflection layer 50 are provided in this order.
  • the surface antireflection layer 40 is exposed outward from the surface 301 side.
  • the back surface antireflection layer 50 is exposed outward from the back surface 302 side.
  • the transparent laminated film 30 has a front surface antireflection layer 40, a printing layer 330, a first transparent adhesive layer 31a, a core layer 32, and a first layer from the front surface 301 to the back surface 302.
  • the two transparent adhesive layers 31b and the back surface antireflection layer 50 are provided in this order.
  • the surface antireflection layer 40 is exposed outward from the surface 301 side.
  • the back surface antireflection layer 50 is exposed outward from the back surface 302 side.
  • the transparent laminated film 30 has a surface antireflection layer 40, a first transparent adhesive layer 31a, a core layer 32, and a second transparent adhesive layer 31b from the front surface 301 to the back surface 302.
  • the print layer 330 and the back surface antireflection layer 50 are provided in this order.
  • the surface antireflection layer 40 is exposed outward from the surface 301 side.
  • the back surface antireflection layer 50 is exposed outward from the back surface 302 side.
  • the surface antireflection layer 40 has a surface antireflection functional layer 41 arranged in order from the front surface 301 to the back surface 302, and a surface transparent base material layer 42.
  • the surface antireflection function layer 41 includes a surface refraction layer 43 arranged in order from the front surface 301 to the back surface 302, and a surface hard coat layer 44.
  • the surface refractive index layer 43 includes a surface low refractive index layer 45 arranged in order from the front surface 301 to the back surface 302, and a surface high refractive index layer 46. May be good. Further, as shown in FIGS.
  • the front surface high refractive index layer 46 includes a first surface high refractive index layer 47 and a second surface high refractive index layer 48 arranged in order from the front surface 301 to the back surface 302. And may be included.
  • the surface antireflection layer 40 has a surface antireflection functional layer 41 and a surface transparent base material layer 42, and the surface antireflection functional layer 41 is a surface refraction layer 43. And the surface hard coat layer 44.
  • the surface refractive index layer 43 may include a surface low refractive index layer 45 or the like.
  • the back surface antireflection layer 50 has a back surface antireflection function layer 51 arranged in order from the back surface 302 toward the front surface 301, and a back surface transparent base material layer 52.
  • the back surface antireflection function layer 51 includes a back surface refraction layer 53 arranged in order from the back surface 302 toward the front surface 301, and a back surface hard coat layer 54.
  • the back surface refractive index layer 53 includes a back surface low refractive index layer 55 arranged in order from the back surface 302 toward the front surface 301, and a back surface high refractive index layer 56. May be good. Further, as shown in FIGS.
  • the back surface high refractive index layer 56 includes a first back surface high refractive index layer 57 arranged in order from the back surface 302 toward the front surface 301, and a second back surface high refractive index layer 58. And may be included.
  • the back surface antireflection layer 50 has a back surface antireflection function layer 51 and a back surface transparent base material layer 52, and the back surface antireflection function layer 51 is a back surface refraction layer 53.
  • the back surface hard coat layer 54 are included.
  • the back surface refractive index layer 53 may include a back surface low refractive index layer 55 or the like.
  • the transparent laminated film 30 does not have to include the core layer 32.
  • the transparent laminated film 30 has a front surface antireflection layer 40, a printing layer 330, a transparent adhesive layer 31, and a back surface antireflection layer 50 from the front surface 301 to the back surface 302. And may be provided in this order.
  • the surface antireflection layer 40 is exposed outward from the surface 301 side.
  • the back surface antireflection layer 50 is exposed outward from the back surface 302 side.
  • the transparent laminated film 30 has a front surface antireflection layer 40, a transparent adhesive layer 31, a printing layer 330, and a back surface antireflection layer 50 from the front surface 301 to the back surface 302. You may prepare in order. Also in this case, in the transparent laminated film 30, the surface antireflection layer 40 is exposed outward from the surface 301 side. Further, in the transparent laminated film 30, the back surface antireflection layer 50 is exposed outward from the back surface 302 side.
  • the surface antireflection layer 40 has a surface antireflection functional layer 41 and a surface transparent base material layer 42, and the surface antireflection functional layer 41 is a surface refraction layer 43. And the surface hard coat layer 44.
  • the back surface antireflection layer 50 has a back surface antireflection function layer 51 and a back surface transparent base material layer 52, and the back surface antireflection function layer 51 includes a back surface refraction layer 53 and a back surface hard coat layer 54. .. In this case, although not shown, in the surface antireflection layer 40, as shown in FIGS.
  • the surface refractive index layer 43 may include the surface low refractive index layer 45 and the like, and the back surface antireflection layer 50 may be included.
  • the back surface refractive index layer 53 the back surface low refractive index layer 55 and the like may be included.
  • the front surface antireflection layer 40 and the back surface antireflection layer 50 may have a structure other than the above-mentioned layer structure, or may be each made of a resin film.
  • a low-reflection film manufactured by Sharp Corporation, FG-10MR1
  • the front surface antireflection layer 40 and the back surface antireflection layer 50 may have a structure in which irregularities are formed on the surface of a resin provided on a transparent substrate, which is generally known as moth eye.
  • the resin having irregularities may be provided only on one side of the transparent base material, or may be provided on both sides.
  • the surface refractive index layer 43 is composed of only the surface low refractive index layer 45.
  • the back surface refractive index layer 53 may be composed of only the back surface low refractive index layer 55.
  • the print layer 330 is a layer on which a pattern or the like is printed, and is a layer for improving the design of the transparent laminated film 30.
  • the printing layer 330 contains one or more of ordinary ink vehicles as a main component, and if necessary, a plasticizer, a stabilizer, an antioxidant, a light stabilizer, an ultraviolet absorber, a curing agent, a cross-linking agent, and the like.
  • a plasticizer e.g., ethylene glycol dimethoxysulfate, poly(ethylene glycol)
  • a stabilizer e.g., ethylene glycol dimethoxysulfate, poly(ethylene glycol)
  • an ultraviolet absorber e.g., ethylene glycol dimethoxysulfate, ethylene glycol dimethoxysulfate, ethylene glycol dimethoxysulfate, ethylene glycol dimethoxysulfate, ethylene glycol dimethoxysulfate, ethylene glycol dimethoxys
  • Examples of such an ink vehicle include linseed oil, cutting oil, soybean oil, hydrocarbon oil, rosin, rosin ester, rosin-modified resin, shelac, alkyd resin, phenolic resin, maleic acid resin, natural resin, and hydrocarbon.
  • the printing method may be letterpress printing, screen printing, transfer printing, flexographic printing, inkjet printing or other printing methods.
  • the transparent laminated film 30 described above has a visual reflectance Y value of 0.0% or more and 2.0% or less, and 0.1% or more and 1.0% or less in a region where the print layer 330 is not provided. Is preferable. In the region where the print layer 330 is not provided, the visible reflectance Y value is 0.0% or more and 2.0% or less, so that the region where the print layer 330 is not provided in the transparent laminated film 30 is covered. It can be made inconspicuous, and the print layer 330 can be made conspicuous. In this way, by making the area where the print layer 330 is not provided conspicuous, the observer who visually recognizes the print layer 330 has the impression that the character or the like formed by the print layer 330 is floating in the air. Can be given.
  • the face shield 10 according to the present embodiment can display a design different from the conventional one. Therefore, the design of the face shield can be improved.
  • the visual reflectance Y value can be measured by the following method. First, the front surface 301 or the back surface 302 of the transparent laminated film 30 is irradiated with light so that the incident angle is 5 °. Then, the visual reflectance Y value can be measured based on the specularly reflected light of the incident light.
  • the visual reflectance Y value means the visual reflectance Y value of the CIE 1931 standard color system.
  • the transparent laminated film 30 has a reflectance of 2% or less of light having a wavelength of 550 nm and a total light transmittance (JISK7361-1: 1997) of 90% or more in a region where the print layer 330 is not provided. Is preferable. Further, it is more preferable that the transparent laminated film 30 has a total light transmittance of 92% or more. Further, the transparent laminated film 30 preferably has a haze (JISK7136: 2000) of 3.0% or less, more preferably 2.5% or less, and further preferably 2.0% or less.
  • the transparent laminated film 30 described above preferably has a transmittance of 1.0% or less in the ultraviolet region having a wavelength of 380 nm or less in a region where the print layer 330 is not provided.
  • the arithmetic average roughness Ra (JIS B0601: 1994) of the front surface 301 and the back surface 302 is preferably 10 nm or less, and more preferably 1 nm or more and 8 nm or less.
  • the ten-point average roughness Rz (JIS B0601: 1994) of the front surface 301 and the back surface 302 is preferably 160 nm or less, and more preferably 50 nm or more and 155 nm or less.
  • the core layer 32 provided with the print layer 330 is manufactured.
  • a polyethylene terephthalate film is prepared as the core layer 32.
  • the print layer 330 is formed on the core layer 32 by, for example, gravure printing.
  • the surface antireflection layer 40 and the core layer 32 are adhered to each other via the first transparent adhesive layer 31a, and the core layer 32 and the back surface antireflection layer 50 are adhered to each other via the second transparent adhesive layer 31b.
  • the transparent laminated film 30 is manufactured. In this way, the transparent laminated film 30 can be produced.
  • the transparent laminated film 30 includes at least a core layer 32 and a print layer 330 provided on one surface of the core layer 32 and covering a part of the core layer 32. ing. Further, in the region where the print layer 330 is not provided, the visual reflectance Y value is 0.0% or more and 2.0% or less. As a result, in the transparent laminated film 30, the area where the print layer 330 is not provided can be made inconspicuous, and the print layer 330 can be made inconspicuous. In this way, by making the area where the print layer 330 is not provided conspicuous, the observer who visually recognizes the print layer 330 has the impression that the character or the like formed by the print layer 330 is floating in the air. Can be given.
  • the print layer 330 in the region where the print layer 330 is not provided, when the visual reflectance Y value is 0.0% or more and 2.0% or less, the print layer 330 becomes difficult to see due to the reflected light. It can be suppressed. Further, depending on the angle at which the observer visually recognizes the print layer 330, it is possible to give the observer the impression that the character or the like is printed directly on the face F.
  • the face shield 10 according to the present embodiment can display a design different from the conventional one. Therefore, the design of the face shield 10 can be improved. Further, since the print layer 330 can be made to stand out, characters and symbol information can be clearly displayed on the face shield 10.
  • the transparent laminated film 30 has a reflectance of light having a wavelength of 550 nm of 2% or less and a total light transmittance of 90 in a region where the print layer 330 is not provided. % Or more. As a result, the area where the print layer 330 is not provided can be made less noticeable. In addition, the visibility of the face F of the wearer H can be improved.
  • the transmittance in the ultraviolet region having a wavelength of 380 nm or less is 1.0% or less in the region where the print layer 330 is not provided.
  • the core layer 32 contains polyethylene terephthalate. Thereby, the transparency of the core layer 32 can be improved.
  • the transparent laminated film 30 is provided on one side of the core layer 32, and is provided on the surface antireflection layer 40 constituting the surface 301 and on the other side of the core layer 32. Further, a back surface antireflection layer 50 constituting the back surface 302 is provided.
  • a back surface antireflection layer 50 constituting the back surface 302 is provided.
  • the wearer H wearing the face shield 10 when the wearer H wearing the face shield 10 is visually recognized, the visibility of the face F of the wearer H can be improved. Therefore, the visibility of the mouth of the wearer H can be improved, and smooth communication between the wearer H and others can be achieved. Further, for example, the wearer H wearing the face shield 10 provided with the shield portion 30A made of the transparent laminated film 30 is prevented from feeling uncomfortable or tired due to the light reflected on the back surface 302 of the transparent laminated film 30. can do.
  • the transparent laminated film 30 described above can achieve the following effects. No deterioration occurs even after 100 times of alcohol wiping and disinfection. Characters drawn with oil-based ink can be easily wiped off. Even when rubbed 100 times with an H pencil, it is possible to prevent the surface from being scratched. It is possible to wipe off the attached fingerprints and no residue remains after wiping. The ability to achieve the above-mentioned effects will be described in Examples described later.
  • the transparent laminated film 30 is used for the face shield 10 that protects the face F of the wearer H.
  • the face shield 10 can display a design different from the conventional one, so that the design of the face shield can be improved.
  • the holding member 20 of the face shield 10 is a so-called eyeglass frame type in the above-described embodiment
  • the present invention is not limited to this.
  • the holding member 20 may be a so-called hair band type, a headband type, or the like.
  • the holding member 20 may have a band 25 that covers the head of the wearer H in a circumferential shape.
  • the material of the band 25 may be an elastic body such as rubber as well as resin and cardboard.
  • the holding member 20 may have a protective member 26 attached to the band 25 and in contact with the forehead of the wearer H.
  • the protective member 26 preferably contains a cushioning material such as a sponge.
  • the band 25 covers only a part of the head of the wearer H, but the band 25 may cover the entire circumference of the head of the wearer H.
  • the shield portion 30A covers the entire face F of the wearer H
  • the present invention is not limited to this.
  • the shield portion 30A transparent laminated film 30
  • the holding member 20 is connected to the chin pad 27 that abuts on the chin J of the wearer H and the chin pad 27, and is hooked on the ear E of the wearer H. It may have only one (shown) and.
  • the material of the jaw pad 27 may be resin, cardboard, or the like.
  • the hook portion 28 may be a string-shaped member, and the material of the hook portion 28 may be an elastic body such as rubber.
  • the shield portion 30A covers the mouth M and the nose N of the wearer H.
  • the shield portion 30A may cover only the vicinity of the mouth M without covering the nose N of the wearer H.
  • the transparent laminated film 30 may be attached to the pair of temple portions 21 as an accessory.
  • a pair of through holes 35 are formed in the transparent laminated film 30, and the temple portion 21 is inserted into the through holes 35 so that the transparent laminated film 30 becomes the temple portion 21. It may be attached to.
  • the width (horizontal distance in FIG. 15) of the transparent laminated film 30 may be about 50 mm, and the length (vertical distance in FIG. 15) may be about 200 mm.
  • Example C1 First, the transparent laminated film 30 shown in FIG. 11A was produced. At this time, first, the surface antireflection layer 40 was prepared. When producing the surface antireflection layer 40, first, a triacetyl cellulose film (refractive index 1.49) having a thickness of 60 ⁇ m was prepared as the surface transparent base material layer 42. Next, a coating liquid for forming a hard coat layer having the following formulation was applied onto the triacetyl cellulose film, dried and irradiated with ultraviolet rays to form a surface hard coat layer 44 having a thickness of 10 ⁇ m, a refractive index of 1.54 and a pencil hardness of 2H. ..
  • a coating liquid for forming a high refractive index layer of the following formulation was applied onto the surface hard coat layer 44, dried and irradiated with ultraviolet rays to form a surface high refractive index layer 46 having a thickness of 150 nm and a refractive index of 1.63.
  • a coating liquid for forming a low refractive index layer of the following formulation is applied onto the surface high refractive index layer 46, dried and irradiated with ultraviolet rays to form a surface low refractive index layer 45 having a thickness of 100 nm and a refractive index of 1.30.
  • a surface antireflection layer 40 was obtained.
  • BASF Irgacure 127, 2-hydroxy-1- ⁇ 4- [4- (2-hydroxy-2-methylpropionyl) benzyl] phenyl ⁇ -2-methylpropan-1-one
  • ⁇ Preparation of coating liquid for forming a high refractive index layer> 0.1 part by mass of a photopolymerization initiator (BASF, Irgacure 127) and 92.6 parts by mass of a diluting solvent (methyl isobutyl ketone / cyclohexanone / methyl ethyl ketone 4/2/4) were added, and the mixture was stirred until there was no undissolved residue. .. 1.25 parts by mass of a photo-curing resin (Beam Set 577 manufactured by Arakawa Chemical Co., Ltd.) was added thereto, and the mixture was stirred until there was no undissolved residue.
  • a photo-curing resin Beam Set 577 manufactured by Arakawa Chemical Co., Ltd.
  • ⁇ Preparation of coating liquid for forming a low refractive index layer> 0.2 parts by mass of a photopolymerization initiator (Irgacure 127, manufactured by BASF) and 91.1 parts by mass of a diluting solvent (MIBK / AN 7/3) were added, and the mixture was stirred until there was no undissolved residue.
  • a photocurable resin (KAYARAD-PET-30 manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), 7.6 parts by mass of hollow silica particles (solid content 20% by mass, average primary particle diameter 60 nm), and a leveling agent (large).
  • 0.1 parts by mass of Seikabeam 10-28 (MB) manufactured by Nisseika Kogyo Co., Ltd. was added and stirred to prepare a coating liquid for forming a low refractive index layer.
  • the back surface antireflection layer 50 was produced.
  • a triacetyl cellulose film (refractive index 1.49) having a thickness of 60 ⁇ m was prepared as the back surface transparent base material layer 52.
  • the coating liquid for forming a hard coat layer of the above formulation was applied onto the triacetyl cellulose film, dried and irradiated with ultraviolet rays to form a back surface hard coat layer 54 having a thickness of 10 ⁇ m, a refractive index of 1.54 and a pencil hardness of 2H. ..
  • the coating liquid for forming a high refractive index layer of the above formulation was applied onto the back surface hard coat layer 54, dried and irradiated with ultraviolet rays to form a back surface high refractive index layer 56 having a thickness of 150 nm and a refractive index of 1.63.
  • the coating liquid for forming a low refractive index layer of the above formulation is applied onto the back surface high refractive index layer 56, dried and irradiated with ultraviolet rays to form a back surface low refractive index layer 55 having a thickness of 100 nm and a refractive index of 1.30.
  • the back surface antireflection layer 50 was obtained.
  • a polyethylene terephthalate film having a thickness of 12 ⁇ m (refractive index 1.58) on which the print layer 330 is formed as the print layer 330 and the core layer 32. -1.70) was prepared.
  • the surface antireflection layer 40 and the core layer 32 on which the printing layer 330 is formed are adhered to each other via the first transparent adhesive layer 31a (Panaclean series PD-S1, manufactured by Panac Co., Ltd., thickness 25 ⁇ m).
  • the core layer 32 on which the printing layer 330 is formed and the back surface antireflection layer 50 are bonded to each other via a second transparent adhesive layer 31b (Panaclean series PD-S1, thickness 25 ⁇ m manufactured by Panac Co., Ltd.) to be transparently laminated.
  • a film 30 was produced.
  • the layer structure of the obtained transparent laminated film 30 is as follows.
  • low bending refers to the front surface low refractive index layer or the back surface low refractive index layer. Means (same below).
  • high bending means a front surface high refractive index layer or a back surface high refractive index layer (the same shall apply hereinafter).
  • hard coat means a front surface hard coat layer or a back surface hard coat layer (the same shall apply hereinafter).
  • TAC means a triacetyl cellulose film (the same applies hereinafter).
  • adhesive means a transparent adhesive layer (the same applies hereinafter).
  • printing means a printing layer (the same applies hereinafter).
  • PET means a polyethylene terephthalate film (same below).
  • the surface of the sample was irradiated with light so that the incident angle was 85 ° (the surface parallel to the film surface was 0 °; the same applies hereinafter).
  • the visual reflectance Y value was obtained by calculating from the reflection spectrum using a spectrophotometer (manufactured by JASCO Corporation, V-7100).
  • the wavelengths of the light were set to 450 nm, 550 nm and 650 nm, and the surface of the sample was irradiated with light for each of the wavelengths of light.
  • the reflection spectrum of light was measured using a spectrophotometer (V-7100, manufactured by JASCO Corporation), and the reflectance of light at each wavelength was calculated.
  • the face shield 10 shown in FIG. 9 was produced using the obtained transparent laminated film 30.
  • the print layer 330 of the face shield 10 was observed, and the design of the face shield was evaluated.
  • a sample having a size of 20 mm ⁇ 20 mm was cut out from the obtained transparent laminated film 30.
  • the surface of the sample was irradiated with light so that the incident angle was 85 °.
  • the wavelengths of the light were set to 450 nm, 550 nm and 650 nm, and the surface of the sample was irradiated with the light for each wavelength.
  • the transmittance of light was measured using a spectrophotometer (V-7100, manufactured by JASCO Corporation), and the transmittance of light at each wavelength was calculated.
  • the face shield 10 shown in FIG. 9 was produced using the obtained transparent laminated film 30.
  • five experimenters were randomly selected from men and women over the age of 22. Then, five selected experimenters performed office work with the face shield 10 attached. After that, we interviewed five experimenters who had done the office work for one hour to see if they had the impression that they were wearing the face shield 10.
  • the face shield 10 shown in FIG. 9 was produced using the obtained transparent laminated film 30.
  • five experimenters were randomly selected from men and women over the age of 22. Then, the visibility of the facial expressions of the five experimenters wearing the face shield 10 was confirmed. At this time, the facial expression of the experimenter was observed from a distance of about 1 m to 2 m from the experimenter in a general indoor environment illuminated by a fluorescent lamp. In addition, the observer observed the facial expression of the experimenter while moving about 20 ° to the left and right around the surface 301 of the face shield 10 from the state facing the experimenter.
  • the face shield 10 shown in FIG. 9 was produced using the obtained transparent laminated film 30.
  • a drop test was performed on the face shield 10.
  • one temple portion 21 of the holding member 20 of the face shield 10 was picked, and the face shield 10 was lifted so that the temple portion 21 had a height of 170 mm from the ground. After that, the face shield 10 was freely dropped on the ground. In this way, a drop test was performed on the face shield 10. Then, such a drop test was repeated 10 times, and it was confirmed whether or not there was a change in the appearance of the face shield 10.
  • the obtained transparent laminated film 30 was picked with a finger to attach a fingerprint to the transparent laminated film 30.
  • the attached fingerprint was wiped off with Kimwipe S-200 (trade name).
  • the fingerprints were wiped off with the Kimwipe S-200 in a dry state without impregnating the Kimwipe S-200 with a chemical such as alcohol.
  • such a test was repeated three times, and it was confirmed whether or not the transparent laminated film 30 after wiping off the fingerprint was scratched. In the three tests, fingerprints were attached to the same positions by pinching substantially the same portion of the transparent laminated film 30 with a finger.
  • the transparent laminated film 30 was scratched when the pencil was rubbed against the transparent laminated film 30.
  • the lower surface of the core was flattened by rubbing with sandpaper.
  • the pencil is rubbed against the transparent laminated film 30 with the pencil tilted with respect to the surface 301 so that the angle between the lower surface of the core and the surface 301 of the transparent laminated film 30 is about 45 °. Wearing.
  • the pencil when the pencil is rubbed against the transparent laminated film 30, the pencil is placed on the transparent laminated film 30 so that the moving distance of the pencil is about 3 cm and the amount of dent on the surface 301 of the face shield 10 is about 5 mm or more and about 10 mm. Rubbed against. Then, such a test was repeated 100 times, and it was confirmed whether or not the transparent laminated film 30 after rubbing the pencil was scratched.
  • the surface 301 of the transparent laminated film 30 was wiped with Kimwipe S-200 (trade name) soaked with sufficient ethanol.
  • the surface 301 of the transparent laminated film 30 was wiped so that the Kimwipe S-200 came into contact with the end surface located between the front surface 301 and the back surface 302 of the transparent laminated film 30.
  • such a test was repeated 100 times, and it was confirmed whether or not there was a change in the appearance of the transparent laminated film 30.
  • the alcohol spray bottle (capacity 30 ml) was filled with colored ink (Shachihata replenishment ink (Capless 9 / X stamper XLR-20N red 20 ml)).
  • colored ink Shachihata replenishment ink (Capless 9 / X stamper XLR-20N red 20 ml)
  • A3 paper was attached to the wall surface.
  • an experimenter wearing the face shield 10 faced a position 50 cm away from the wall surface.
  • the spray was placed between the experimenter's mouth and the face shield 10 so that the spray nozzles faced the wall surface.
  • the colored ink was sprayed from the spray. It was confirmed whether or not colored ink had adhered to the paper attached to the wall surface after spraying.
  • the UV transmittance measurement test was carried out in the same manner as the above-mentioned transmittance measurement test except that the wavelength of the irradiated light was 380 nm.
  • Example C2 Using a commercially available low-reflection film (FG-10MR1 manufactured by Sharp Co., Ltd.), the low-reflection film and the core layer 32 on which the printing layer 330 is formed are formed on the first transparent adhesive layer 31a (Panac Co., Ltd., Pana).
  • the second transparent adhesive layer 31b (Panaclean, manufactured by Panac Co., Ltd.) is attached to the surface of the core layer 32 to which the above-mentioned low-reflection film is not adhered.
  • the transmittance measurement test and design were the same as in Example C1, except that a commercially available low-reflection film (manufactured by Sharp Co., Ltd., FG-10MR1) was adhered via the series PD-S1, thickness 25 ⁇ m). Evaluation test, transmittance measurement test, wearability evaluation test, visibility evaluation test, drop strength evaluation test, scratch resistance evaluation test, alcohol resistance evaluation test, splash prevention functionality evaluation test, UV transmittance measurement test and stain resistance An evaluation test was conducted.
  • the resin layer having a thickness of 187 ⁇ m was 2 to 3 ⁇ m above and below the resin layer having a thickness of 187 ⁇ m, and the resin layer having irregularities on the surface side was laminated 3 It was a layered structure.
  • Comparative Example C1 A commercially available transparent film (YF-800L (trade name) manufactured by Yamamoto Optical Co., Ltd.) and a transparent adhesive layer (Panaclean series PD-S1, 25 ⁇ m thick) on which the printing layer is formed are used. Reflectance measurement test, design evaluation test, transmittance measurement test, wearability evaluation test, visibility evaluation test, drop strength evaluation test, scratch resistance in the same manner as in Example C1 except that they were adhered to each other through. An evaluation test, an alcohol resistance evaluation test, a splash prevention functionality evaluation test, a UV transmittance measurement test, and an antifouling property evaluation test were conducted.
  • Comparative Example C2 A commercially available low-reflection film (manufactured by Sharp Co., Ltd., FG-10MR1) and a core layer on which a printed layer is formed are bonded to each other via a transparent adhesive layer (manufactured by Panac Co., Ltd., Panaclean series PD-S1, thickness 25 ⁇ m). Reflectance measurement test, design evaluation test, transmittance measurement test, wearability evaluation test, visibility evaluation test, drop strength evaluation test, scratch resistance evaluation test, resistance An alcohol property evaluation test, a splash prevention functionality evaluation test, a UV transmittance measurement test, and an antifouling property evaluation test were performed.
  • Table 11 shows the results of the reflectance measurement test and the design evaluation test.
  • Table 12 shows the results of the transmittance measurement test.
  • Table 13 shows the results of the wearability evaluation test, the visibility evaluation test, and the drop strength evaluation test.
  • Table 14 shows the results of the scratch resistance evaluation test, the alcohol resistance evaluation test, and the splash prevention functionality evaluation test.
  • Table 15 shows the results of the UV transmittance measurement test and the antifouling property evaluation test.
  • means that in the transparent laminated film 30 of the face shield 10, the area where the print layer 330 is not provided is not conspicuous, and the print layer 330 is conspicuous. do. “ ⁇ ” means that the area where the print layer is not provided becomes conspicuous depending on the viewing angle of the face shield and the surrounding lighting environment, and the print layer is inconspicuous. Further, “x” means that in the transparent laminated film of the face shield, the area where the print layer is not provided is conspicuous, and the print layer is not conspicuous.
  • is a hearing result that the wearer cannot be seen on the transparent laminated film 30 and there is no impression that the face shield is worn.
  • “ ⁇ ” indicates that the wearer is not always reflected on the transparent laminated film due to factors such as the surrounding lighting environment or the orientation of the wearer's face, giving the impression that the wearer is wearing a face shield. It means that it was a result of hearing that it was sometimes held and felt tired although it was weak.
  • "x” is a hearing result that the wearer can be seen on the transparent laminated film, which hinders the work and gives the impression that the face shield is worn, which makes the person feel tired. It means that.
  • means that the facial expression of the wearer could be clearly confirmed.
  • means that the observer is reflected on the transparent laminated film depending on the viewing angle of the wearer, which hinders the confirmation of the wearer's facial expression.
  • x means that the observer is reflected on the transparent laminated film, so that the confirmation of the facial expression of the wearer is hindered regardless of the angle at which the wearer is visually recognized.
  • means that no deformation or scratches were confirmed on the transparent laminated film of the face shield.
  • means that the transparent laminated film was not scratched. Further, “ ⁇ ” means that a thin scratch has occurred on the transparent laminated film. Further, “x” means that the transparent laminated film is deeply scratched and the appearance of the transparent laminated film is deteriorated.
  • means that the appearance of the transparent laminated film did not change.
  • x means that the transparent laminated film is discolored and the appearance is deteriorated.
  • the transparent laminated film according to Comparative Example C1 has a visual reflectance Y value of 8.6%
  • the transparent laminated film according to Comparative Example C2 has a visual reflectance Y value of 3. It was 0.7%.
  • the visual reflectance Y value is 0.6%
  • the visual reflectance Y value is 0.7%. Met.
  • the visual reflectance Y value could be reduced. Therefore, it was found that in the transparent laminated film 30, the area where the print layer 330 is not provided can be made inconspicuous.
  • the transparent laminated film according to Comparative Example C1 has a reflectance of 8.6% for light having a wavelength of 550 nm, and the transparent laminated film according to Comparative Example C2 reflects light having a wavelength of 550 nm. The rate was 3.6%.
  • the transparent laminated film 30 according to Example C1 the reflectance of light having a wavelength of 550 nm is 0.6%, and in the transparent laminated film 30 according to Example C2, the reflectance of light having a wavelength of 550 nm is high. It was 0.7%.
  • the reflectance of light having a wavelength of 550 nm could be reduced.
  • the reflectances of light having a wavelength of 450 nm are 0.8% and 0.7%, respectively, and the reflectances of light having a wavelength of 650 nm are respectively. It was 1.0% and 0.6%.
  • the reflectance of light could be reduced when the wavelength of light was 450 nm, 550 nm and 650 nm, respectively. Therefore, it was found that the transparent laminated film 30 according to the present embodiment can reduce the reflectance of light.
  • the face shield according to Comparative Example C1 the area where the print layer was not provided was conspicuous, and the print layer was not conspicuous. Further, in the face shield according to Comparative Example C1, the area where the print layer is not provided becomes conspicuous depending on the angle at which the face shield is visually recognized and the surrounding lighting environment, and the print layer is inconspicuous. On the other hand, in the face shield according to Example C1 and Example C2, the area where the print layer 330 is not provided is not conspicuous, and the print layer 330 can be conspicuous. As described above, it was found that the face shield 10 according to Examples C1 and C2 can display a design different from the conventional one, and can improve the design of the face shield.
  • the light transmittance is 87.7% and 93.7% when the wavelength of light is 450 nm, and the light transmittance is 87.7%.
  • the wavelength was 550 nm
  • the light transmittance was 89.2% and 95.4%
  • the wavelength of light was 650 nm
  • the light transmittance was 90.8% and 96.7%. ..
  • the transparent laminated film 30 according to Example C1 and Example C2 when the wavelength of light is 450 nm, the transmittance of light is 94.7% and 96.4%, and the wavelength of light is 550 nm.
  • the transparent laminated film 30 according to the present embodiment can improve the light transmittance.
  • the transparent laminated film 30 according to Example C1 did not change the appearance of the transparent laminated film 30. As described above, in the transparent laminated film 30 according to Example C1, it was possible to suppress the deterioration of the scratch alcohol resistance of the transparent laminated film 30.
  • the transparent laminated film 30 according to Example C1 had a UV transmittance of 0.1%. As described above, in the transparent laminated film 30 according to Example C1, the UV transmittance could be reduced. This means that the wearer H can be less likely to get sunburned even when the wearer H is outdoors in an environment exposed to direct sunlight.
  • the oil-based ink could be wiped off with the transparent laminated film 30 according to Example C1, and the line disappeared after wiping.
  • the oil-based ink that is difficult to remove could be easily removed.
  • the dirt can be easily wiped off from the face shield 10, and the face shield 10 can be easily restored to a clean state.
  • FIGS. 16 to 23 The first embodiment of the third embodiment shown in FIGS. 16 to 23 is different from the first embodiment in that the first curved surface 77a is mainly formed on the shield portion 30A. ..
  • FIGS. 16 to 23 the same parts as those in the first embodiment or the same parts as those in the second embodiment are designated by the same reference numerals, and detailed description thereof will be omitted.
  • the holding member 200 is equipped with a pair of temple portions 210 including an ear hook portion 220 attached to the ear E of the wearer H and a pair of temple portions 210. It has a connecting portion 230 (see FIGS. 16 and 18) that connects to each other from the rear of the person H.
  • the ear hook portion 220 of the temple portion 210 extends in a substantially arc shape.
  • the face shield 10 is attached to the wearer H by the ear hook portion 220 coming into contact with the wearer's ear E from above. In this implementation mode, only the ear hook portion 220 of the face shield 10 can come into contact with the wearer H.
  • the temple portion 210 of the holding member 200 is provided in front of the ear hook portion 220 and includes a pair of mounting portions 250 for holding the shield portion 30A.
  • the mounting portion 250 is inserted into an opening 80, which will be described later, formed in the transparent laminated film 30.
  • the mounting portion 250 may be formed by bending the tip of a rod-shaped member described later.
  • the mounting portion 250 includes a first protruding portion 260 and a second protruding portion 270 located in front of the first protruding portion 260.
  • the first protruding portion 260 is formed by the tip of a rod-shaped member, and protrudes in the horizontal direction toward the side away from the face F of the wearer H. As a result, it is possible to prevent the first protruding portion 260 from coming into contact with the face F of the wearer H.
  • the first protruding portion 260 is formed by the tip of the rod-shaped member, and the height of the first protruding portion 260 is equal to the diameter of the rod-shaped member.
  • the second protruding portion 270 is configured by folding a rod-shaped member, and protrudes along the horizontal direction toward the side away from the face F of the wearer H. This makes it possible to prevent the second protrusion 270 from coming into contact with the face F of the wearer H. As described above, the second protruding portion 270 is configured by folding the rod-shaped member, and the height of the second protruding portion 270 is at least twice the diameter of the rod-shaped member.
  • the holding member 200 holds the shield portion 30A so as to be movable in the vertical direction.
  • a play is provided between the first protrusion 260 and the first opening 81 described later, and a play is provided between the second protrusion 270 and the second opening 82 described later.
  • the play between the second protrusion 270 and the second opening 82 described later may be larger than the play between the first protrusion 260 and the first opening 81 described later. Further, there may be almost no play between the first protruding portion 260 and the first opening 81 described later. Even in this case, the shield portion 30A can move in the vertical direction so as to rotate about the central axis of the first protrusion 260.
  • the holding member 200 according to the present embodiment is made of a metal rod-shaped member, and as described above, the holding member 200 according to the present embodiment allows only the ear hook portion 220 to come into contact with the wearer H. It is configured in. Even in the holding member 200 having such a simple configuration, the shield portion 30A is attached to the face of the wearer H by attaching the weight 240 for adjusting the inclination of the temple portion 210 with respect to the horizontal direction to the connecting portion 230. It is possible to suppress contact with F. Therefore, the face shield 10 having the desired performance can be manufactured at low cost.
  • the temple portion 210 and the connecting portion 230 are integrally molded.
  • the holding member 200 is made of a metal rod-shaped member.
  • the bar-shaped member is composed of a round bar.
  • the diameter of the round bar may be, for example, 1 mm or more and 5 mm or less, and preferably 2 mm or more and 3 mm or less.
  • the diameter of the round bar is 2 mm or more, it is possible to suppress a decrease in the strength of the holding member 200. Further, when the diameter of the round bar is 3 mm or less, the weight of the holding member 200 can be reduced.
  • the metal constituting the rod-shaped member is preferably aluminum.
  • the holding member 200 can be easily formed.
  • the weight of the holding member 200 can be reduced.
  • the metal may be stainless steel, titanium, or the like.
  • the holding member 200 may be made of a resin rod-shaped member. As a result, the weight of the holding member 200 can be further reduced.
  • the resin material used for the holding member 200 can be selected from resin materials used for general purposes.
  • the resin may consist of a resin selected from polyethylene terephthalate, polycarbonate, and acrylic resin.
  • the ratio (A2 / A1) of the area A2 of the holding member 200 to the face area A1 of the mannequin is the ratio (A2 / A1) of the face area A1 of the mannequin. , 0.1% or more and 5% or less is preferable.
  • the holding member 200 is not concealed by the mannequin in front view. It is preferable that the tip of 200 can be visually recognized.
  • the ratio in order to be able to hold the shield portion 30A in front of the wearer H, the ratio can be 0.1% or more. Further, when the ratio is 5% or less, the holding member 200 can be made inconspicuous when the wearer H wears the face shield 10.
  • front view means that the wearer H wears the face shield 10 so that the portion of the pair of temple portions 210 located in front of the ear hook portion 220 is horizontal.
  • the shield portion 30A transparent laminated film 30
  • the shield portion 30A transparent laminated film 30
  • the pair of temple portions 210 may extend in parallel with each other in front of the ear hook portion 220. As a result, it is possible to prevent the portion of the pair of temple portions 210 located in front of the ear hook portion 220 from coming into contact with the head (for example, temple) of the wearer H. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the head of the wearer H from being tightened by the pair of temple portions 210. As a result, the wearer H can be prevented from feeling uncomfortable, and the wearer H can wear the face shield 10 without feeling stress. Further, as shown in FIG. 18B, the pair of temple portions 210 may be extended in front of the ear hook portion 220 so that the distance between the pair of temple portions 210 becomes longer toward the front. Also in this case, it is possible to prevent the portion of the pair of temple portions 210 located in front of the ear hook portion 220 from coming into contact with the head (for example, temple) of the wearer H.
  • the force required to expand the temple portions 210 in the direction away from each other so that the distance between the tips of the temple portions 210 is 130 mm is 0.01 N or more and 3.0 N or less. preferable.
  • the force can be measured using a tensile tester (MCT-2150 (product name) manufactured by A & D Co., Ltd.).
  • the weight of such a holding member 200 is preferably 20 g or less. As a result, the wearer H can wear the face shield 10 without feeling stress.
  • the shield portion 30A suppresses that droplets such as saliva due to sneezing and coughing of the wearer H adhere to the face of another person, and that droplets such as saliva due to sneezing and coughing of another person adhere to the face F of the wearer H. Play a role.
  • the shield portion 30A is made of a transparent laminated film 30. In this embodiment, the shield portion 30A covers the entire face F of the wearer H. The shield portion 30A may cover only a part of the face F of the wearer H.
  • the transparent laminated film 30 constituting the shield portion 30A has an upper side 71, a lower side 72 facing the upper side 71, and a pair of side sides 73 extending between the upper side 71 and the lower side 72. It has a rectangular shape (see FIG. 23) having and.
  • first cut portions 74a are formed on the lower side 72.
  • three first cut portions 74a are formed, and each of the first cut portions 74a is formed by cutting out the transparent laminated film 30 in a V shape.
  • a through hole 78a that penetrates the transparent laminated film 30 in the thickness direction is formed at the tip of the V-shape.
  • the shape of the first cut portion 74a is arbitrary, and for example, the first cut portion 74a may be formed by cutting the transparent laminated film 30 in a straight line.
  • first engaging portion 75a is formed on one side of the first cut portion 74a (right side shown in FIG. 23), and the first engaging portion 75a is formed on the other side of the first cut portion 74a (left side shown in FIG. 23).
  • a first locking portion 76a for locking is formed.
  • the first engaging portion 75a is formed on one side of each first notch portion 74a, and in this embodiment, three first engaging portions 75a are formed.
  • each first engaging portion 75a is formed by a projecting piece provided so as to project from the lower side 72 toward the upper side 71, respectively.
  • the first locking portion 76a is formed on the other side of each first notch portion 74a, and in this embodiment, three first locking portions 76a are formed.
  • each of the first locking portions 76a is formed by through holes penetrating the transparent laminated film 30 in the thickness direction, and the through holes constituting the first locking portion 76a are rectangular. It has a shape.
  • the present invention is not limited to this, and the through hole constituting the first locking portion 76a may have an arbitrary shape such as a circular shape, an elliptical shape, or a polygonal shape with rounded corners.
  • the first curved surface 77a (FIG. 19) is curved so as to be convex toward the side away from the wearer H in the vicinity of the lower side 72. , 20 and 22) are formed.
  • the droplets scattered downward adhere to the first curved surface 77a. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the droplets from falling below the face shield 10. As a result, it is possible to prevent the droplets scattered downward from adhering to the surrounding structures.
  • the region where the first curved surface 77a is formed becomes when an impact is applied to the region. It is easy to be elastically deformed. Therefore, even if the face shield 10 is dropped, the region where the first curved surface 77a is formed is elastically deformed, so that the region can absorb the impact of the drop. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the face shield 10 from being damaged.
  • the first curved surface 77a may be a three-dimensional curved surface.
  • the "three-dimensional curved surface” means a surface that is partially or wholly curved around each of a plurality of axes that are not parallel to each other.
  • the first curved surface 77a may be entirely curved so that its vertical cross-sectional shape becomes convex toward the side away from the wearer H at an arbitrary position, and its horizontal cross-sectional shape may be formed at an arbitrary position. However, it may be bent so as to be convex toward the side away from the wearer H.
  • a plurality of second cut portions 74b are formed on the upper side 71.
  • three second cut portions 74b are formed, and each of the second cut portions 74b is formed by cutting out the transparent laminated film 30 in a V shape.
  • a through hole 78b is formed at the tip of the V-shape.
  • the shape of the second cut portion 74b is arbitrary, and for example, the second cut portion 74b may be formed by cutting the transparent laminated film 30 in a straight line.
  • the second engaging portion 75b is formed on one side of the second cut portion 74b (left side shown in FIG. 23), and the second engaging portion 75b is formed on the other side of the second cut portion 74b (right side shown in FIG. 23).
  • a second locking portion 76b is formed to lock the above.
  • the second engaging portion 75b is formed on one side of each second notch portion 74b, and in this embodiment, three second engaging portions 75b are formed.
  • each second engaging portion 75b is formed by a projecting piece provided so as to project from the upper side 71 toward the lower side 72, respectively.
  • the second locking portion 76b is formed on the other side of each second notch portion 74b, and in this embodiment, three second locking portions 76b are formed.
  • each of the second locking portions 76b is formed by through holes penetrating the transparent laminated film 30 in the thickness direction, and the through holes constituting the second locking portion 76b are rectangular. It has a shape.
  • the present invention is not limited to this, and the through hole constituting the second locking portion 76b may have an arbitrary shape such as a circular shape, an elliptical shape, or a polygonal shape with rounded corners.
  • the second curved surface 77b (FIG. 19) is curved so as to be convex toward the side away from the wearer H in the vicinity of the upper side 71. , 21 and 22) are formed.
  • the droplets scattered upward adhere to the second curved surface 77b. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the droplets from being scattered from above the face shield 10 to the surroundings. As a result, it is possible to prevent the scattered droplets from adhering to the surrounding structures.
  • the second curved surface 77b is formed in the vicinity of the upper side 71, the head of the wearer H can be covered by the second curved surface 77b, and the wearer H can be effectively protected from the droplets scattered from the outside. It can be protected.
  • the second curved surface 77b may be a three-dimensional curved surface.
  • the second curved surface 77b may be entirely curved so that its vertical cross-sectional shape becomes convex toward the side away from the wearer H at an arbitrary position, and its horizontal cross-sectional shape may be formed at an arbitrary position. However, it may be bent so as to be convex toward the side away from the wearer H.
  • the first curved surface 77a and the second A third curved surface 77c that is curved so as to be convex toward the side away from the wearer H is formed between the curved surface 77b and the wearer H.
  • the droplets scattered in the direction facing the wearer and in the left-right direction as seen from the wearer adhere to the third curved surface 77c. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the droplets from scattering from the side of the face shield 10 to the surroundings. As a result, it is possible to prevent the scattered droplets from adhering to the surrounding structures.
  • the third curved surface 77c has a linear shape in a vertical cross section.
  • the third curved surface 77c may be a two-dimensional curved surface.
  • the "two-dimensional curved surface” is a curved surface that is two-dimensionally curved around a single axis, or is two-dimensionally curved with the same or different curvatures around a plurality of axes parallel to each other. Means a curved surface.
  • the vertical cross-sectional shape of the third curved surface 77c may be a linear shape at an arbitrary position
  • the horizontal cross-sectional shape of the third curved surface 77c may be convex toward the side away from the wearer H at an arbitrary position. It may be bent to.
  • the transparent laminated film 30 is formed with an opening 80 into which the mounting portion 250 is inserted.
  • the openings 80 are formed in the vicinity of the pair of side sides 73, respectively.
  • Each opening 80 includes a first opening 81 into which the first protrusion 260 is inserted and a second opening 82 into which the second protrusion 270 is inserted.
  • each opening 80 comprises two first openings 81 and two second openings 82, respectively.
  • the curvature of the first curved surface 77a, the second curved surface 77b, and the third curved surface 77c of the shield portion 30A can be easily increased. It can be changed to.
  • Each first opening 81 penetrates the transparent laminated film 30 in the thickness direction. Further, each of the first openings 81 has a shape corresponding to the first protrusion 260. In this embodiment, the first opening 81 has a circular shape having a diameter slightly larger than the diameter of the rod-shaped member constituting the first protrusion 260.
  • Each second opening 82 penetrates the transparent laminated film 30 in the thickness direction. Further, each of the second openings 82 has a rectangular shape extending in the vertical direction. In this embodiment, the height of the second opening 82 is higher than the height of the second protrusion 270, and as described above, there is play between the second protrusion 270 and the second opening 82. Is to be provided. In the illustrated example, in one opening 80, the shapes of the second openings 82 are different from each other. That is, in one opening 80, the height of one second opening 82 is higher than the height of the other second opening 82. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and in one opening 80, the shapes of the second openings 82 may be equal to each other.
  • the opening 80 is formed in the region where the third curved surface 77c is formed. Then, as described above, the third curved surface 77c is curved so as to be convex toward the side away from the wearer H. Therefore, by inserting the pair of mounting portions 250 into the opening 80 from the back surface (the surface on the wearer H side) side of the transparent laminated film 30, the holding member 200 described above can easily hold the transparent laminated film 30. It has become like.
  • the transparent laminated film 60 with a protective film is processed into a predetermined shape.
  • the transparent laminated film 60 with a protective film may be processed by punching using a bik mold, cutting using a drill, or laser processing using a laser. From the viewpoint of processing speed and productivity, the transparent laminated film 60 with a protective film is preferably processed by punching.
  • the front surface protective film 61 and the back surface protective film 62 are removed from the transparent laminated film 60 with a protective film processed into a predetermined shape.
  • the transparent laminated film 30 processed into a predetermined shape is obtained (see FIG. 23).
  • the first engaging portion 75a is locked to the first locking portion 76a
  • the second engaging portion 75b is locked to the second locking portion 76b.
  • the first curved surface 77a, the second curved surface 77b, and the third curved surface 77c are formed on the transparent laminated film 30. In this way, the shield portion 30A is assembled.
  • the holding member 200 is produced.
  • the holding member 200 shown in FIG. 16 is manufactured by bending an aluminum rod-shaped member.
  • the mounting portion 250 of the holding member 200 is inserted into the opening 80 formed in the transparent laminated film 30.
  • the face shield 10 shown in FIG. 16 is obtained.
  • a plurality of first cut portions 74a are formed on the lower side 72 of the transparent laminated film 30 constituting the shield portion 30A. Further, a first engaging portion 75a is formed on one side of the first cut portion 74a, and a first locking portion 76a for locking the first engaging portion 75a is formed on the other side of the first cut portion 74a. There is. Then, by locking the first engaging portion 75a to the first locking portion 76a, a first curved surface 77a that is curved so as to be convex toward the side away from the wearer H is formed in the vicinity of the lower side 72. ing. As a result, the droplets scattered downward adhere to the first curved surface 77a. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the droplets from falling below the face shield 10. As a result, it is possible to prevent the droplets scattered downward from adhering to the surrounding structure.
  • the region where the first curved surface 77a is formed becomes when an impact is applied to the region. It is easy to be elastically deformed. Therefore, even if the face shield 10 is dropped, the region where the first curved surface 77a is formed is elastically deformed, so that the region can absorb the impact of the drop. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the face shield 10 from being damaged.
  • a plurality of second cut portions 74b are formed on the upper side 71 of the transparent laminated film 30. Further, a second engaging portion 75b is formed on one side of the second cut portion 74b, and a second locking portion 76b for locking the second engaging portion 75b is formed on the other side of the second cut portion 74b. There is. Then, by locking the second engaging portion 75b to the second locking portion 76b, a second curved surface 77b that is curved so as to be convex toward the side away from the wearer H is formed in the vicinity of the upper side 71. ing. As a result, the droplets scattered upward adhere to the second curved surface 77b.
  • the second curved surface 77b is formed in the vicinity of the upper side 71, the head of the wearer H can be covered by the second curved surface 77b, and the wearer H can be covered from the droplets scattered from the outside (above). Can be effectively protected.
  • the first engaging portion 75a is locked to the first locking portion 76a
  • the second engaging portion 75b is locked to the second locking portion 76b.
  • a third curved surface 77c that curves so as to be convex toward the side away from the wearer H is formed between the first curved surface 77a and the second curved surface 77b.
  • the third curved surface 77c has a linear shape in a vertical cross section.
  • the holding member 200 has a pair of temple portions 210 including an ear hook portion 220 mounted on the ear E of the wearer H and a pair of temple portions 210 from behind the wearer H. It has a connecting portion 230 to be connected. Further, in front of the wearer H, no other member extending between the pair of temple portions 210 is arranged. As a result, when the wearer H wears spectacles, it is possible to prevent the spectacles from interfering with the holding member 200. Further, since no other member extending between the pair of temple portions 210 is arranged in front of the wearer H, it is possible to prevent the holding member 200 from becoming conspicuous. Therefore, it is possible to provide the face shield 10 that can reduce the wearing feeling.
  • the pair of temple portions 210 extend in parallel with each other in front of the ear hook portion 220, or the distance between the pair of temple portions 210 increases as the temple portions 210 extend toward the front. It extends like this. As a result, it is possible to prevent the portion of the pair of temple portions 210 located in front of the ear hook portion 220 from coming into contact with the wearer H. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the head of the wearer H from being tightened by the pair of temple portions 210. As a result, the wearer H can be prevented from feeling uncomfortable, and the wearer H can wear the face shield 10 without feeling stress.
  • a weight 240 for adjusting the inclination of the temple portion 210 with respect to the horizontal direction is attached to the connecting portion 230.
  • the holding member 200 is made of a metal rod-shaped member. As a result, even if the face shield 10 is dropped, it is possible to prevent the holding member 200 from being damaged.
  • the metal constituting the rod-shaped member is aluminum.
  • the holding member 200 can be easily formed.
  • the weight of the holding member 200 can be reduced.
  • the holding member 200 includes a pair of mounting portions 250 for holding the transparent laminated film 30, and the mounting portions 250 are located in the vicinity of the pair of side sides 73 of the transparent laminated film 30.
  • An opening 80 to be inserted is formed. In this case, by inserting the mounting portion 250 into the opening 80, the holding member 200 can easily hold the transparent laminated film 30.
  • the holding member 200 holds the transparent laminated film 30 so as to be movable in the vertical direction.
  • the shield portion 30A moves with respect to the holding member 200, so that an impact is applied from the face shield 10 to the wearer H.
  • the present invention is not limited to this.
  • the second curved surface 77b and the third curved surface 77c may not be formed on the transparent laminated film 30.
  • the connecting portion 230 may be provided separately from the temple portion 210. Then, the connecting portion 230 may adjust the inclination of the temple portion 210 with respect to the horizontal direction.
  • the connecting portion 230 may include a main body portion 23a extending in a substantially arc shape and engaging portions 23b provided at both ends of the main body portion 23a. Of these, through holes 23c may be formed in the engaging portions 23b, respectively. Then, the connecting portion 230 may be configured to be attached to the temple portion 210 by inserting the temple portion 210 into the through hole 23c. In this case, for example, by adjusting the position of the connecting portion 230 with respect to the temple portion 210, the inclination of the temple portion 210 with respect to the horizontal direction can be adjusted by the weight of the connecting portion 230.
  • the shape of the through hole 23c may be circular in front view, and is preferably a polygonal shape such as a quadrangular shape. Since the shape of the through hole 23c is a polygonal shape in the front view, the connecting portion 230 can stably hold the temple portion 210, and the inclination of the temple portion 210 with respect to the horizontal direction can be kept at a desired inclination. In this case, in the cross section along the direction orthogonal to the longitudinal direction of the temple portion 210, the cross-sectional shape of the temple portion 210 is preferably a polygonal shape such as a quadrangular shape.
  • the connecting portion 230 is provided separately from the temple portion 210, and the inclination of the temple portion 210 with respect to the horizontal direction is adjusted. As a result, it is possible to prevent the shield portion 30A from coming into contact with the face F of the wearer H. Further, when the connecting portion 230 is provided separately from the temple portion 210, the size of the connecting portion 230 can be changed according to the size of the head of the wearer H. Then, by appropriately changing the size of the connecting portion 230, it is possible to prevent the head of the wearer H from being tightened by the pair of temple portions 210. As a result, the wearer H can be prevented from feeling uncomfortable, and the wearer H can wear the face shield 10 without feeling stress.
  • FIGS. 26 to 31 a second embodiment of the third embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 26 to 31.
  • the second embodiment of the third embodiment shown in FIGS. 26 to 31 is mainly different from the first embodiment in the configuration of the shield portion (transparent laminated film).
  • the same parts as those in the first embodiment are designated by the same reference numerals, and detailed description thereof will be omitted.
  • the transparent laminated film 30 constituting the shield portion 30A is between the upper side 71, the lower side 72 facing the upper side 71, and the upper side 71 and the lower side 72. It has a rectangular shape (see FIG. 31) having a pair of side sides 73 extending to the surface.
  • a first lower panel 91a and a second lower panel 92a arranged along the extending direction of the lower side 72 are provided in the vicinity of the lower side 72.
  • a lower fixing panel 95a for fixing the first lower panel 91a and the second lower panel 92a is provided on the upper side 71 side of the first lower panel 91a and the second lower panel 92a.
  • the first lower panel 91a and the second lower panel 92a each have a pentagonal shape with one corner of a rectangle cut out in front view. Specifically, the first lower panel 91a has a pentagonal shape in which the upper right corner of the rectangle is cut out in the front view. On the other hand, the second lower panel 92a has a pentagonal shape in which the upper left corner of the rectangle is cut out in the front view. The first lower panel 91a and the second lower panel 92a are symmetrical with respect to the first lower notch 101a described later.
  • the lower fixed panel 95a has a triangular shape when viewed from the front.
  • the first lower panel 91a and the second lower panel 92a are separated from each other by the first lower notch 101a penetrating the transparent laminated film 30.
  • the first lower cut portion 101a is formed along the extending direction (vertical direction in FIG. 31) of the side side 73.
  • the first lower panel 91a and the lower fixing panel 95a are separated from each other by the second lower notch 102a penetrating the transparent laminated film 30. Further, the second lower panel 92a and the lower fixing panel 95a are separated from each other by a third lower notch 103a penetrating the transparent laminated film 30.
  • the second lower cut portion 102a and the third lower cut portion 103a are inclined in both the extending direction of the lower side 72 (horizontal direction in FIG. 31) and the extending direction of the side side 73 (vertical direction in FIG. 31, respectively). It is formed along the direction of The third lower cut portion 103a and the fourth lower cut portion 104a are connected to each other and are connected to the first lower cut portion 101a, respectively.
  • the first lower panel 91a and the second lower panel 92a are fixed to the lower fixing panel 95a so as to be convex toward the side away from the wearer H in the vicinity of the lower side 72.
  • a curved first lower curved surface 96a (see FIGS. 26, 27, 28 and 30) is formed.
  • the region where the first lower curved surface 96a is formed is when an impact is applied to the region. In addition, it is easily deformed elastically. Therefore, even if the face shield 10 is dropped, the region where the first lower curved surface 96a is formed is elastically deformed, so that the region can absorb the impact of the drop. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the face shield 10 from being damaged.
  • the first lower curved surface 96a may be a three-dimensional curved surface.
  • the first lower curved surface 96a may be bent as a whole so that its vertical cross-sectional shape becomes convex toward the side away from the wearer H at an arbitrary position, and its horizontal cross section may be formed at an arbitrary position.
  • the shape may be bent so as to be convex toward the side away from the wearer H.
  • the third lower panel 93a and the fourth are arranged on the lower side 72 side (outside) of the first lower panel 91a and the second lower panel 92a along the extending direction of the lower side 72 (left-right direction in FIG. 31).
  • a lower panel 94a is provided.
  • the "outside” means the side away from the center of the transparent laminated film 30.
  • the third lower panel 93a and the fourth lower panel 94a each have an L-shape in front view.
  • the third lower panel 93a and the fourth lower panel 94a are symmetrical with respect to the fourth lower notch 104a, which will be described later.
  • the third lower panel 93a and the fourth lower panel 94a are separated from each other by the fourth lower cut portion 104a penetrating the transparent laminated film 30.
  • the fourth lower cut portion 104a extends from the lower side 72. Further, the fourth lower cut portion 104a is formed along the extending direction (vertical direction in FIG. 31) of the side side 73.
  • the fourth lower cut portion 104a is connected to the first lower cut portion 101a.
  • the first lower panel 91a and the third lower panel 93a are separated from each other by a fifth lower notch 105a penetrating the transparent laminated film 30. Further, the second lower panel 92a and the fourth lower panel 94a are separated from each other by the sixth lower cut portion 106a penetrating the transparent laminated film 30.
  • the fifth lower cut portion 105a and the sixth lower cut portion 106a are each formed along the extending direction (left-right direction in FIG. 31) of the lower side 72.
  • the fifth lower cut portion 105a and the sixth lower cut portion 106a are connected to each other and are connected to the first lower cut portion 101a and the fourth lower cut portion 104a, respectively.
  • first lower panel 91a and the third lower panel 93a are separated from each other by the seventh lower notch portion 107a penetrating the transparent laminated film 30.
  • the seventh lower cut portion 107a is formed along the extending direction (vertical direction in FIG. 31) of the side side 73.
  • the seventh lower notch 107a is connected to the fifth lower notch 105a.
  • the second lower panel 92a and the fourth lower panel 94a are separated from each other by the eighth lower cut portion 108a penetrating the transparent laminated film 30.
  • the eighth lower cut portion 108a is formed along the extending direction (vertical direction in FIG. 31) of the side side 73.
  • the eighth lower cut portion 108a is connected to the sixth lower cut portion 106a.
  • the third lower panel 93a and the fourth lower panel 94a are convex to the outside of the first lower curved surface 96a toward the side away from the wearer H.
  • a second lower curved surface 97a that is curved so as to be formed is formed.
  • the second lower curved surface 97a may be a three-dimensional curved surface.
  • the second lower curved surface 97a may be bent as a whole so that its vertical cross-sectional shape becomes convex toward the side away from the wearer H at an arbitrary position, and its horizontal cross section may be formed at an arbitrary position.
  • the shape may be bent so as to be convex toward the side away from the wearer H.
  • the fixing member 100a may be, for example, a stapler. Further, the fixing member 100a may be an adhesive, a tape, a clip or the like.
  • a first upper panel 91b and a second upper panel 92b arranged along the extending direction of the upper side 71 are provided in the vicinity of the upper side 71.
  • an upper fixing panel 95b for fixing the first upper panel 91b and the second upper panel 92b is provided on the lower side 72 side of the first upper panel 91b and the second upper panel 92b.
  • the first upper panel 91b and the second upper panel 92b each have a pentagonal shape in which one corner of a rectangle is cut out in a front view.
  • the first upper panel 91b has a pentagonal shape in which the lower right corner of the rectangle is cut out in the front view.
  • the second upper panel 92b has a pentagonal shape in which the lower left corner of the rectangle is cut out in the front view.
  • the first upper panel 91b and the second upper panel 92b are symmetrical with respect to the first upper notch 101b described later.
  • the upper fixed panel 95b has a triangular shape when viewed from the front.
  • the first upper panel 91b and the second upper panel 92b are separated from each other by the first upper notch 101b penetrating the transparent laminated film 30.
  • the first upper cut portion 101b is formed along the extending direction (vertical direction in FIG. 31) of the side side 73.
  • the first upper panel 91b and the upper fixing panel 95b are separated from each other by the second upper notch 102b penetrating the transparent laminated film 30. Further, the second upper panel 92b and the upper fixing panel 95b are separated from each other by a third upper notch 103b penetrating the transparent laminated film 30.
  • the second upper notch 102b and the third upper notch 103b are inclined in both the extending direction of the upper side 71 (horizontal direction in FIG. 31) and the extending direction of the side 73 (vertical direction in FIG. 31), respectively. It is formed along the direction of
  • the third upper notch 103b and the fourth upper notch 104b are connected to each other and are connected to the first upper notch 101b, respectively.
  • the wearer H is effective from the droplets scattered from the outside. It is designed to be protected.
  • the first upper curved surface 96b may be a three-dimensional curved surface.
  • the first upper curved surface 96b may be bent as a whole so that its vertical cross-sectional shape becomes convex toward the side away from the wearer H at an arbitrary position, and its horizontal cross section may be formed at an arbitrary position.
  • the shape may be bent so as to be convex toward the side away from the wearer H.
  • the third upper panel 93b and the fourth are arranged along the extending direction (left-right direction in FIG. 31) of the upper side 71 on the upper side 71 side (outside) of the first upper panel 91b and the second upper panel 92b.
  • An upper panel 94b is provided.
  • the third upper panel 93b and the fourth upper panel 94b each have an L-shape in front view.
  • the third upper panel 93b and the fourth upper panel 94b are symmetrical with respect to the fourth upper notch 104b described later.
  • the third upper panel 93b and the fourth upper panel 94b are separated from each other by the fourth upper notch 104b penetrating the transparent laminated film 30.
  • the fourth upper cut portion 104b extends from the upper side 71. Further, the fourth upper cut portion 104b is formed along the extending direction (vertical direction in FIG. 31) of the side side 73.
  • the fourth upper notch 104b is connected to the first upper notch 101b.
  • the first upper panel 91b and the third upper panel 93b are separated from each other by a fifth upper notch 105b penetrating the transparent laminated film 30. Further, the second upper panel 92b and the fourth upper panel 94b are separated from each other by the sixth upper notch portion 106b penetrating the transparent laminated film 30.
  • the fifth upper cut portion 105b and the sixth upper cut portion 106b are each formed along the extending direction (left-right direction in FIG. 31) of the upper side 71.
  • the fifth upper notch 105b and the sixth upper notch 106b are connected to each other and are connected to the first upper notch 101b and the fourth upper notch 104b, respectively.
  • first upper panel 91b and the third upper panel 93b are separated from each other by the seventh upper notch portion 107b penetrating the transparent laminated film 30.
  • the seventh upper cut portion 107b is formed along the extending direction (vertical direction in FIG. 31) of the side side 73.
  • the seventh upper notch 107b is connected to the fifth upper notch 105b.
  • the second upper panel 92b and the fourth upper panel 94b are separated from each other by the eighth upper notch 108b penetrating the transparent laminated film 30.
  • the eighth upper cut portion 108b is formed along the extending direction (vertical direction in FIG. 31) of the side side 73.
  • the eighth upper notch 108b is connected to the sixth upper notch 106b.
  • the third upper panel 93b and the fourth upper panel 94b are convex to the outside of the first upper curved surface 96b toward the side away from the wearer H.
  • the second upper curved surface 97b that curves so as to be formed is formed.
  • the second upper curved surface 97b is formed in the vicinity of the upper side 71, the head of the wearer H can be covered by the second upper curved surface 97b, and the wearer H is effective from the droplets scattered from the outside. It is designed to be protected.
  • the second upper curved surface 97b may be a three-dimensional curved surface.
  • the second upper curved surface 97b may be bent as a whole so that its vertical cross-sectional shape becomes convex toward the side away from the wearer H at an arbitrary position, and its horizontal cross section may be formed at an arbitrary position.
  • the shape may be bent so as to be convex toward the side away from the wearer H.
  • the first lower curvature is formed by fixing the first lower panel 91a and the second lower panel 92a to the lower fixing panel 95a and fixing the first upper panel 91b and the second upper panel 92b to the upper fixing panel 95b.
  • An intermediate curved surface 98 that curves so as to be convex toward the side away from the wearer H is formed between the surface 96a and the first upper curved surface 96b.
  • the intermediate curved surface 98 has a linear shape in a vertical cross section.
  • the size of the face shield 10 (particularly the size in the front-rear direction) from becoming too large. Therefore, when the wearer H moves his / her head, it is possible to prevent the transparent laminated film 30 constituting the shield portion 30A from coming into contact with surrounding structures or others. Further, since it is possible to prevent the size of the face shield 10 from becoming too large, even if the wearer H is wearing the face shield 10, the wearer H can concentrate on the work without feeling stress.
  • the intermediate curved surface 98 may be a two-dimensional curved surface.
  • the intermediate curved surface 98 may have a linear cross-sectional shape at an arbitrary position, and the horizontal cross-sectional shape may be convex toward the side away from the wearer H at an arbitrary position. It may be bent to.
  • the fixing member 100b may be, for example, a stapler. Further, the fixing member 100b may be an adhesive, a tape, a clip or the like.
  • front view means that the wearer H wears the face shield 10 so that the portion of the pair of temple portions 210 located in front of the ear hook portion 220 is horizontal.
  • the intermediate curved surface of the normal direction of the intermediate curved surface 98 is in contact with the upper end. It means to see the face shield 10 from the normal direction in the horizontal central portion 99 (see FIG. 27) of 98.
  • the front and rear positions of the shield portion 30A can be adjusted.
  • the opening 80 is formed in the region where the intermediate curved surface 98 is formed. Then, as described above, the intermediate curved surface 98 is curved so as to be convex toward the side away from the wearer H. Therefore, by inserting the pair of mounting portions 250 into the opening 80 from the back surface (the surface on the wearer H side) side of the transparent laminated film 30, the holding member 200 described above can easily hold the transparent laminated film 30. It has become like.
  • the first lower panel 91a and the second lower panel 92a arranged along the extending direction of the lower side 72 are provided in the vicinity of the lower side 72.
  • a lower fixing panel 95a for fixing the first lower panel 91a and the second lower panel 92a is provided on the upper side 71 side of the first lower panel 91a and the second lower panel 92a.
  • the first lower panel 91a and the second lower panel 92a are separated from each other by the first lower cut portion 101a penetrating the transparent laminated film 30.
  • the first lower panel 91a and the lower fixing panel 95a are separated from each other by the second lower notch 102a penetrating the transparent laminated film 30.
  • the second lower panel 92a and the lower fixing panel 95a are separated from each other by the third lower notch 103a penetrating the transparent laminated film 30. Then, by fixing the first lower panel 91a and the second lower panel 92a to the lower fixing panel 95a in a state where the first lower panel 91a and the second lower panel 92a are overlapped with each other, the first lower panel 91a and the second lower panel 92a are fixed to the lower fixing panel 95a so as to be convex toward the side away from the wearer H in the vicinity of the lower side 72.
  • a curved first lower curved surface 96a is formed. As a result, the droplets scattered downward adhere to the first lower curved surface 96a. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the droplets from falling below the face shield 10. As a result, it is possible to prevent the droplets scattered downward from adhering to the surrounding structure.
  • the region where the first lower curved surface 96a is formed is when an impact is applied to the region. In addition, it is easily deformed elastically. Therefore, even if the face shield 10 is dropped, the region where the first lower curved surface 96a is formed is elastically deformed, so that the region can absorb the impact of the drop. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the face shield 10 from being damaged.
  • the third lower panel 93a and the fourth lower panel 94a are arranged on the lower side 72 side of the first lower panel 91a and the second lower panel 92a along the extending direction of the lower side 72. Is provided. Further, the third lower panel 93a and the fourth lower panel 94a are separated from each other by the fourth lower cut portion 104a penetrating the transparent laminated film 30. Further, the first lower panel 91a and the third lower panel 93a are separated from each other by a fifth lower notch 105a penetrating the transparent laminated film 30. Further, the second lower panel 92a and the fourth lower panel 94a are separated from each other by the sixth lower cut portion 106a penetrating the transparent laminated film 30.
  • the third lower panel 93a and the fourth lower panel 94a are convex to the outside of the first lower curved surface 96a toward the side away from the wearer H.
  • a second lower curved surface 97a that is curved so as to be is formed.
  • the fourth lower notch portion 104a extends from the lower side 72.
  • the curvature of the second lower curved surface 97a formed by the third lower panel 93a and the fourth lower panel 94a can be increased. Therefore, the second lower curved surface 97a easily covers the chin of the wearer H from below. As a result, it is possible to more effectively prevent the droplets from falling below the face shield 10. Therefore, it is possible to more effectively prevent the droplets scattered downward from adhering to the surrounding structure.
  • the first upper panel 91b and the second upper panel 92b arranged along the extending direction of the upper side 71 are provided in the vicinity of the upper side 71.
  • an upper fixing panel 95b for fixing the first upper panel 91b and the second upper panel 92b is provided on the lower side 72 side of the first upper panel 91b and the second upper panel 92b.
  • the first upper panel 91b and the second upper panel 92b are separated from each other by the first upper notch 101b penetrating the transparent laminated film 30.
  • the first upper panel 91b and the upper fixing panel 95b are separated from each other by the second upper notch 102b penetrating the transparent laminated film 30.
  • the second upper panel 92b and the upper fixing panel 95b are separated from each other by the third upper notch 103b penetrating the transparent laminated film 30. Then, by fixing the first upper panel 91b and the second upper panel 92b to the upper fixing panel 95b in a state where the first upper panel 91b and the second upper panel 92b are overlapped with each other, the first upper panel 91b and the second upper panel 92b are fixed to the upper fixing panel 95b so as to be convex toward the side away from the wearer H in the vicinity of the upper side 71. A curved first upper curved surface 96b is formed. As a result, the droplets scattered upward adhere to the first upper curved surface 96b.
  • the first upper curved surface 96b is formed in the vicinity of the upper side 71, the head of the wearer H can be covered by the first upper curved surface 96b, and the wearer H is effective from the droplets scattered from the outside. Can be protected.
  • the third upper panel 93b and the fourth upper panel 94b are arranged on the upper side 71 side of the first upper panel 91b and the second upper panel 92b along the extending direction of the upper side 71. Is provided. Further, the third upper panel 93b and the fourth upper panel 94b are separated from each other by the fourth upper notch portion 104b penetrating the transparent laminated film 30. Further, the first upper panel 91b and the third upper panel 93b are separated from each other by a fifth upper notch 105b penetrating the transparent laminated film 30.
  • the second upper panel 92b and the fourth upper panel 94b are separated from each other by the sixth upper notch 106b penetrating the transparent laminated film 30. Then, by fixing the third upper panel 93b and the fourth upper panel 94b to the upper fixing panel 95b in a state where the third upper panel 93b and the fourth upper panel 94b are overlapped with each other, the third upper panel 93b and the fourth upper panel 94b are convex to the outside of the first upper curved surface 96b toward the side away from the wearer H. A second upper curved surface 97b that is curved so as to be is formed. As a result, the droplets scattered upward adhere to the first upper curved surface 96b and the second upper curved surface 97b.
  • the second upper curved surface 97b is formed in the vicinity of the upper side 71, the head of the wearer H can be covered by the second upper curved surface 97b, and the wearer H is effective from the droplets scattered from the outside. Can be protected.
  • the fourth upper notch portion 104b extends from the upper side 71.
  • the curvature of the second upper curved surface 97b formed by the third upper panel 93b and the fourth upper panel 94b can be increased. Therefore, the second upper curved surface 97b easily covers the head of the wearer H from above.
  • the wearer H can be more effectively protected from droplets scattered from the outside.
  • the first lower panel 91a and the second lower panel 92a are fixed to the lower fixing panel 95a
  • the first upper panel 91b and the second upper panel 92b are fixed to the upper fixing panel 95b.
  • an intermediate curved surface 98 that curves so as to be convex toward the side away from the wearer H is formed between the first lower curved surface 96a and the first upper curved surface 96b.
  • the droplets scattered in the direction facing the wearer H and in the left-right direction as seen from the wearer H adhere to the curved surface 98 of the intermediate portion. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the droplets from scattering from the side of the face shield 10 to the surroundings. As a result, it is possible to prevent the scattered droplets from adhering to the surrounding structure.
  • the curved surface 98 of the intermediate portion has a linear shape in a vertical cross section.
  • FIGS. 32 to 37 the configuration of the shield portion (transparent laminated film) is mainly different from that of the second embodiment.
  • the same parts as those in the first embodiment mode or the second embodiment mode are designated by the same reference numerals, and detailed description thereof will be omitted.
  • the transparent laminated film 30 constituting the shield portion 30A is located between the upper side 71, the lower side 72 facing the upper side 71, and the upper side 71 and the lower side 72. It has a rectangular shape (see FIG. 37) having a pair of extending side sides 73.
  • the shield portion 30A (transparent laminated film 30) has a pair of second mountain fold portions 121a extending from the lower side 72 and a pair of second fold portions extending from the lower side 72 and provided between the pair of second mountain fold portions 121a.
  • a valley fold portion 122a is formed.
  • the pair of first mountain fold portions 121b and the pair of second mountain fold portions 121a extend along the extending direction (vertical direction in FIG. 37) of the side sides 73, respectively. Further, the pair of first valley fold portions 122b extend along a direction inclined in the extending direction of the side side 73 so as to be separated from each other from the upper side 71 side toward the lower side 72 side. Further, the pair of second valley fold portions 122a extend along a direction inclined in the extending direction of the side side 73 so as to be separated from each other from the lower side 72 side toward the upper side 71 side.
  • the transparent laminated film 30 is provided above the front surface 150 and the front surface 150, and is folded rearward from the front surface 150.
  • the top surface 151 may be formed (see FIGS. 32, 33, 35 and 36).
  • the droplets scattered upward adhere to the upper surface 151. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the droplets from being scattered from above the face shield 10 to the surroundings. As a result, it is possible to prevent the scattered droplets from adhering to the surrounding structure.
  • the head surface of the wearer H can be covered by the upper surface 151, and the wearer H can be effectively protected from the droplets scattered from the outside (upper side).
  • the transparent laminated film 30 is provided on the front surface 150 and below the front surface 150 by folding along the pair of second mountain fold portions 121a and the pair of second valley fold portions 122a, and is folded rearward from the front surface 150.
  • the lower surface 152 may be formed (see FIGS. 32, 33, 34 and 36). As a result, the droplets scattered downward adhere to the lower surface 152. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the droplets from falling below the face shield 10. As a result, it is possible to prevent the droplets scattered downward from adhering to the surrounding structure.
  • the transparent laminated film 30 is folded along the pair of first mountain fold portions 121b and the pair of first valley fold portions 122b, and along the pair of second mountain fold portions 121a and the pair of second valley fold portions 122a.
  • a side surface 153 extending rearward from the front surface 150 is formed on the side surface of the front surface 150.
  • the front surface 150 has a rectangular shape in front view. Further, the front surface 150 may be a flat surface.
  • the upper surface 151 and the lower surface 152 are folded so as to be orthogonal to the front surface 150 in the side view.
  • the upper surface 151 and the lower surface 152 may be flat surfaces, respectively.
  • the side surface 153 is connected to the front surface 150, the upper surface 151, and the lower surface 152.
  • the portion near the upper surface 151 and the lower surface 152 may be a three-dimensional curved surface, and the other portion may be a two-dimensional curved surface.
  • the transparent laminated film 30 may be fixed by, for example, a fixing member (not shown) when it is folded along the pair of first mountain fold portions 121b or the like.
  • the fixing member may be, for example, a staple, an adhesive, a tape, a clip, or the like.
  • front view means that the wearer H wears the face shield 10 so that the portion of the pair of temple portions 210 located in front of the ear hook portion 220 is horizontal.
  • the normal line in the central portion 150a see FIG. 33
  • It means looking at the face shield 10 from the direction.
  • the front and rear positions of the shield portion 30A can be adjusted. There is.
  • the opening 80 is formed in the region where the side surface 153 is formed. Then, as described above, the side surface 153 extends rearward from the front surface 150. Therefore, by inserting the pair of mounting portions 250 into the opening 80 from the back surface (the surface on the wearer H side) side of the transparent laminated film 30, the holding member 200 described above can easily hold the transparent laminated film 30. It has become like.
  • the transparent laminated film 30 is provided between the pair of first mountain fold portions 121b extending from the upper side 71 and the pair of first mountain fold portions 121b extending from the upper side 71.
  • a pair of first valley fold portions 122b is formed.
  • the pair of first mountain fold portions 121b extend along the extending direction of the side side 73.
  • the pair of first valley fold portions 122b extend along a direction inclined in the extending direction of the side side 73 so as to be separated from each other from the upper side 71 side toward the lower side 72 side.
  • the transparent laminated film 30 is provided above the front surface 150 and the front surface 150, and is folded rearward from the front surface 150.
  • the upper surface 151 is formed.
  • the droplets scattered upward adhere to the upper surface 151. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the droplets from being scattered from above the face shield 10 to the surroundings. As a result, it is possible to prevent the scattered droplets from adhering to the surrounding structure.
  • the head surface of the wearer H can be covered by the upper surface 151, and the wearer H can be effectively protected from the droplets scattered from the outside (upper side).
  • the transparent laminated film 30 is provided with a pair of second mountain fold portions 121a extending from the lower side 72 and a pair of second mountain fold portions 121a extending from the lower side 72 and provided between the pair of second mountain fold portions 121a.
  • a second valley fold portion 122a is formed.
  • the pair of second mountain fold portions 121a extend along the extending direction of the side side 73.
  • the pair of second valley fold portions 122a extend along a direction inclined in the extending direction of the side side 73 so as to be separated from each other from the lower side 72 side toward the upper side 71 side.
  • the transparent laminated film 30 is provided on the front surface 150 and below the front surface 150, and is folded rearward from the front surface 150.
  • the lower surface 152 is formed.
  • the droplets scattered downward adhere to the lower surface 152. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the droplets from falling below the face shield 10. As a result, it is possible to prevent the droplets scattered downward from adhering to the surrounding structure.
  • the transparent laminated film 30 is folded along the pair of first mountain fold portions 121b and the pair of first valley fold portions 122b, and the pair of second mountain fold portions 121a and the pair of first mountain fold portions 121a.
  • a side surface 153 extending rearward from the front surface 150 is formed on the side of the front surface 150.
  • the droplets scattered in the direction facing the wearer H and in the left-right direction as seen from the wearer H adhere to the side surface 153. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the droplets from scattering from the side of the face shield 10 to the surroundings. As a result, it is possible to prevent the scattered droplets from adhering to the surrounding structure.
  • Example D1 First, the transparent laminated film 30 shown in FIG. 3A was produced. At this time, first, the surface antireflection layer 40 was prepared. When producing the surface antireflection layer 40, first, a triacetyl cellulose film (refractive index 1.49) having a thickness of 60 ⁇ m was prepared as the surface transparent base material layer 42. Next, a coating liquid for forming a hard coat layer having the following formulation was applied onto the triacetyl cellulose film, dried and irradiated with ultraviolet rays to form a surface hard coat layer 44 having a thickness of 10 ⁇ m, a refractive index of 1.54 and a pencil hardness of 2H. ..
  • a coating liquid for forming a high refractive index layer of the following formulation was applied onto the surface hard coat layer 44, dried and irradiated with ultraviolet rays to form a surface high refractive index layer 46 having a thickness of 150 nm and a refractive index of 1.63.
  • a coating liquid for forming a low refractive index layer according to the following formulation is applied onto the surface high refractive index layer 46, dried and irradiated with ultraviolet rays to form a surface low refractive index layer 45 having a thickness of 100 nm and a refractive index of 1.30.
  • a surface antireflection layer 40 was obtained.
  • BASF Irgacure 127, 2-hydroxy-1- ⁇ 4- [4- (2-hydroxy-2-methylpropionyl) benzyl] phenyl ⁇ -2-methylpropan-1-one
  • ⁇ Preparation of coating liquid for forming a high refractive index layer> 0.1 part by mass of photopolymerization initiator (BASF, Irgacure 127) and 92.6 parts by mass of diluting solvent (methyl isobutyl ketone / cyclohexanone / methyl ethyl ketone 4/2/4) were added, and the mixture was stirred until there was no undissolved residue. .. 1.25 parts by mass of a photo-curing resin (Beam Set 577 manufactured by Arakawa Chemical Co., Ltd.) was added thereto, and the mixture was stirred until there was no undissolved residue.
  • a photo-curing resin Beam Set 577 manufactured by Arakawa Chemical Co., Ltd.
  • ⁇ Preparation of coating liquid for forming a low refractive index layer> 0.2 parts by mass of a photopolymerization initiator (Irgacure 127, manufactured by BASF) and 91.1 parts by mass of a diluting solvent (MIBK / AN 7/3) were added, and the mixture was stirred until there was no undissolved residue.
  • a photocurable resin (KAYARAD-PET-30 manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), 7.6 parts by mass of hollow silica particles (solid content 20% by mass, average primary particle diameter 60 nm), and a leveling agent (large).
  • 0.1 parts by mass of Seika Beam 10-28 (MB) manufactured by Nisseika Kogyo Co., Ltd. was added and stirred to prepare a coating liquid for forming a low refractive index layer.
  • the back surface antireflection layer 50 was produced.
  • a triacetyl cellulose film (refractive index 1.49) having a thickness of 60 ⁇ m was prepared as the back surface transparent base material layer 52.
  • the coating liquid for forming a hard coat layer of the above formulation was applied onto the triacetyl cellulose film, dried and irradiated with ultraviolet rays to form a back surface hard coat layer 54 having a thickness of 10 ⁇ m, a refractive index of 1.54 and a pencil hardness of 2H. ..
  • the coating liquid for forming a high refractive index layer of the above formulation was applied onto the back surface hard coat layer 54, dried and irradiated with ultraviolet rays to form a back surface high refractive index layer 56 having a thickness of 150 nm and a refractive index of 1.63.
  • the coating liquid for forming a low refractive index layer of the above formulation is applied onto the back surface high refractive index layer 56, dried and irradiated with ultraviolet rays to form a back surface low refractive index layer 55 having a thickness of 100 nm and a refractive index of 1.30.
  • the back surface antireflection layer 50 was obtained.
  • the front surface antireflection layer 40 and the back surface antireflection layer 50 were adhered to each other via a transparent adhesive layer (Panaclean series PD-S1, thickness 25 ⁇ m manufactured by Panac Co., Ltd.) to prepare a transparent laminated film 30.
  • the layer structure of the obtained transparent laminated film 30 is as follows. Low bending / High bending / Hard coat / TAC / Stickiness / TAC / Hard coat / High bending / Low bending In the above, "low bending” means a front surface low refractive index layer or a back surface low refractive index layer (hereinafter,). Similarly).
  • high bending means a front surface high refractive index layer or a back surface high refractive index layer (the same shall apply hereinafter).
  • hard coat means a front surface hard coat layer or a back surface hard coat layer (the same shall apply hereinafter).
  • TAC means a triacetyl cellulose film (the same applies hereinafter).
  • blunty means a transparent adhesive layer.
  • a sample having a size of 20 mm ⁇ 20 mm was cut out from the obtained transparent laminated film 30.
  • a black resin plate was brought into close contact with the back surface of the sample.
  • the surface of the sample was irradiated with light so that the incident angle was 5 °.
  • the wavelength of the light was set to 550 nm, and the surface of the sample was irradiated with the light.
  • the reflection spectrum of light was measured using a spectrophotometer (V-7100, manufactured by JASCO Corporation), and the reflectance of light was calculated.
  • the face shield 10 shown in FIG. 26 was produced using the obtained transparent laminated film 30.
  • five experimenters were randomly selected from men and women over the age of 22. Then, the visibility of the facial expressions of the five experimenters wearing the face shield 10 was confirmed. At this time, the facial expression of the experimenter was observed from a distance of about 1 m to 2 m from the experimenter in a general indoor environment illuminated by a fluorescent lamp. In addition, the observer observed the facial expression of the experimenter while moving about 20 ° to the left and right around the surface 301 of the face shield 10 from the state facing the experimenter.
  • the alcohol spray bottle (capacity 30 ml) was filled with deionized water.
  • a doll with a through hole from the back of the head to the mouth was prepared.
  • the face shield 10 was attached to the head of the doll.
  • a coarse particle counter ZN-PD-S (product name) manufactured by OMRON Corporation
  • a tube was attached to the measuring part (that is, the suction port) of the coarse particle counter. Then, the tube was installed so that the tip of the tube was placed near the mouth of the doll between the doll and the shield portion 30A.
  • the spray is filled from a position where the horizontal position is 1 m away from the face shield 10 and the vertical position is the same as the vertical position of the upper side 71 of the transparent laminated film 30 constituting the shield portion 30A.
  • Deionized water was sprayed.
  • the number of floating ink particles was counted by the coarse particle counter. At this time, the number of particles having an ink particle size of 5 ⁇ m or more and 50 ⁇ m or less was counted.
  • the deionized water filled in the spray was sprayed from the through hole from the back of the head to the mouth of the doll. Then, the number of floating ink particles was counted by the coarse particle counter. At this time, the number of particles having an ink particle size of 5 ⁇ m or more and 50 ⁇ m or less was counted.
  • Example D2 A reflectance measurement test, a visibility evaluation test, and a splash prevention functionality evaluation test were performed in the same manner as in Example D1 except that the face shield 10 shown in FIG. 32 was produced.
  • Example D1 A splash prevention functionality evaluation test was conducted in the same manner as in Example D1 except that the face shield was not attached to the doll.
  • Example D2 The reflectance measurement test, visibility evaluation test, and the same as in Example D1 except that a commercially available face shield (YF-850L (trade name) manufactured by Yamamoto Optical Co., Ltd.) containing a transparent film was used. A splash prevention functionality evaluation test was conducted.
  • a commercially available face shield YF-850L (trade name) manufactured by Yamamoto Optical Co., Ltd.
  • Example D3 Reflectance measurement test, visibility evaluation test and droplets are the same as in Example D1 except that a commercially available face shield (manufactured by Sharp Corporation, FG-F10M (trade name)) containing a transparent film is used. A preventive functionality evaluation test was conducted.
  • Example D4 Reflectance measurement test, visibility evaluation test and splash prevention are the same as in Example D1 except that a commercially available face shield (manufactured by Miyamoto Co., Ltd., hallo (trade name)) containing a transparent film is used. A functionality evaluation test was conducted.
  • indicates that the wearer cannot be seen on the transparent laminated film or the transparent film (hereinafter, simply referred to as a transparent laminated film or the like), and the face shield is attached. It means that it was a hearing result that there was no impression.
  • x indicates that the wearer's reflection on the transparent laminated film etc. can be seen, which hinders the work and gives the impression that the face shield is worn, resulting in a feeling of fatigue. It means that there was.
  • the reflectances of light having a wavelength of 550 nm were 0.4% and 0.5%, respectively. Further, in the transparent film of the face shield according to Comparative Example D4, the reflectance of light having a wavelength of 550 nm was 8.0%. On the other hand, in the transparent laminated film of the face shield according to Example D1 and Example D2, the reflectance of light having a wavelength of 550 nm was 0.2%. As described above, in the face shield according to Example D1 and Example D2, the reflectance of light having a wavelength of 550 nm could be reduced.
  • the number of particles that fell directly under the face shield was about 800 or more.
  • the number of particles that fell directly under the face shield 10 was 62.
  • the number of particles that fell directly under the face shield 10 was 35.
  • the face shield 10 according to Examples D1 and D2 also has the same face shield 10 as the face shield according to Comparative Examples D2 to D4.
  • the number of particles that fell 30 cm forward was 3 or less.
  • the number of particles that fell 30 cm forward from the face shield 10 was 0. Therefore, it was found that even in the face shield 10 on which the first lower curved surface 96a and the first upper curved surface 96b are formed, it is possible to suppress the scattering of droplets of a specific size in front of the wearer H of the face shield 10. ..
  • Example E1 First, the face shield 10 shown in FIG. 26 was manufactured. At this time, the holding member 200 was manufactured from an aluminum round bar. The diameter of the round bar was 2 mm. Further, in the front view, the ratio (A2 / A1) of the area A2 of the holding member 200 to the area A1 of the shield portion 30A (transparent laminated film 30) was 0.1%.
  • the face shield 10 was attached to the head of the doll.
  • the holding member 200 of the face shield 10 was observed from a distance of about 1 m to 2 m from the doll in a general indoor environment illuminated by a fluorescent lamp. Then, it was evaluated how much the holding member 200 was recognized.
  • the face shield 10 was attached to the head of the doll. Then, the horizontal distance from the mouth of the doll to the shield portion 30A was measured. Further, the face shield 10 was repeatedly attached to and detached from the doll 20 times, and the difference between the maximum value and the minimum value of the horizontal distance was calculated.
  • Example E2 Visibility evaluation was carried out in the same manner as in Example E1 except that the holding member shown in FIG. 24 was manufactured, the holding member 200 was manufactured from the acrylic resin round bar, and the diameter of the round bar was 3 mm. A test, a tightening property evaluation test, and a misalignment prevention property evaluation test were performed.
  • Comparative Example E1 Visibility evaluation test, tightening property evaluation test, and misalignment prevention property evaluation in the same manner as in Example E1 except that a commercially available face shield (YF-850L (trade name) manufactured by Yamamoto Optical Co., Ltd.) was used. A test was conducted.
  • a commercially available face shield YF-850L (trade name) manufactured by Yamamoto Optical Co., Ltd.
  • the width of the temporal bone was measured above the ears of the experimenter, and the average value was calculated. The average value was about 130 mm.
  • the force required to spread the holding member was measured so that the distance between the parts corresponding to the temporal bones of the holding member of the face shield was 130 mm.
  • Comparative Example E2 Visibility evaluation test, tightening property evaluation test, and misalignment prevention property evaluation test in the same manner as in Comparative Example E1 except that a commercially available face shield (FG-F10M (trade name) manufactured by Sharp Corporation) was used. Was done.
  • FG-F10M commercially available face shield
  • Example E3 Visibility evaluation test, tightening property evaluation test and misalignment prevention property evaluation in the same manner as in Example E1 except that a commercially available face shield (HIRAX AIR SHIELD (trade name) manufactured by Hiraoka Kogyo Co., Ltd.) was used. A test was conducted.
  • HIRAX AIR SHIELD trade name manufactured by Hiraoka Kogyo Co., Ltd.
  • Example E4 Visibility evaluation test, tightening property evaluation test and misalignment prevention property evaluation test were conducted in the same manner as in Example E1 except that a commercially available face shield (manufactured by Miyamoto Co., Ltd., hallo (trade name)) was used. went.
  • the holding member was conspicuous in the face shield according to Comparative Examples E1 to E3.
  • the hearing result was that the holding member was inconspicuous and there was no impression that the face shield 10 was attached.
  • the wearing feeling of the face shield 10 could be reduced.
  • the difference between the maximum value and the minimum value of the horizontal distance from the mouth portion of the doll to the shield portion 30A was 10 mm.
  • the misalignment of the face shield 10 can be suppressed even when the face shield 10 is repeatedly attached and detached. Therefore, it was found that the face shield 10 according to Example E1 and Example E2 can enhance the diffusion prevention function.

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Vascular Medicine (AREA)
  • Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Ophthalmology & Optometry (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Physical Education & Sports Medicine (AREA)
  • Textile Engineering (AREA)
  • Laminated Bodies (AREA)

Abstract

A transparent laminated film (30) comprises a front surface anti-reflection layer (40) that constitutes a front surface (301) and a back surface anti-reflection layer (50) that constitutes a back surface (302).

Description

透明積層フィルム、保護フィルム付き透明積層フィルムおよびフェイスシールドTransparent laminated film, transparent laminated film with protective film and face shield
 本開示は、透明積層フィルム、保護フィルム付き透明積層フィルムおよびフェイスシールドに関する。 This disclosure relates to a transparent laminated film, a transparent laminated film with a protective film, and a face shield.
 従来より、くしゃみや咳による唾液等の飛沫が対面者の顔面に付着することを防止するためのフェイスシールドが知られている(例えば、特許文献1参照)。特許文献1には、装着者の顔の前方に設けられるシールド部と、シールド部を保持するためのフレームからなるフェイスシールドが開示されている。 Conventionally, a face shield for preventing droplets such as saliva due to sneezing or coughing from adhering to the face of a face-to-face person has been known (see, for example, Patent Document 1). Patent Document 1 discloses a face shield including a shield portion provided in front of the wearer's face and a frame for holding the shield portion.
登録実用新案第3227450号公報Registered Utility Model No. 3227450
 ところで、このようなフェイスシールドでは、シールド部において光が反射することにより、装着者の表情が見えにくくなる可能性がある。このように、装着者の表情が見えにくくなった場合、例えば、ホテルのフロント業務や金融機関の相談窓口等、対面業務で互いの表情を見ながらコミュニェーションをとる際に、コミニーケションの質が下がってしまうおそれがある。さらには、光の反射により、装着者が周囲の構造物等を視認しにくくなる影響がある。このため、運転や組み立て作業など、対象物を視認しながら行う作業において、作業の効率を高めるとともに、作業者の安全性を向上させるために、視認性を向上させることが求められている。これらの理由から、例えばフェイスシールドでは光の反射による見えにくさを改善することが求められている。 By the way, with such a face shield, the facial expression of the wearer may be difficult to see due to the reflection of light at the shield portion. In this way, when the facial expression of the wearer becomes difficult to see, for example, when communicating while looking at each other's facial expressions in face-to-face work such as hotel front desk work or financial institution consultation desk, communication There is a risk that the quality of the product will deteriorate. Further, the reflection of light has an effect that it becomes difficult for the wearer to visually recognize the surrounding structures and the like. For this reason, in work such as driving and assembling work while visually recognizing an object, it is required to improve the visibility in order to improve the efficiency of the work and the safety of the worker. For these reasons, for example, face shields are required to improve the invisibleness due to light reflection.
 また、このようなフェイスシールドは、イベント会場の従業員等が装着する場合もある。この場合、イベントを盛り上げるために、フェイスシールドに意匠性が求められる場合もある。また、イベント会場における一体感を高めるために、イベントの参加者が顔にペイントを施す場合もある。この場合、参加者の顔面にインキ等が直接塗られる場合が多く、顔面上への意匠形成に時間がかかり、かつ、イベント終了後のペイントの除去に更に手間がかかる可能性もある。このため、意匠性を向上させることができるフェイスシールドが求められている。 In addition, such a face shield may be worn by employees at the event venue. In this case, the face shield may be required to have a design in order to liven up the event. In addition, event participants may paint their faces to enhance the sense of unity at the event venue. In this case, ink or the like is often applied directly to the face of the participant, it takes time to form a design on the face, and it may take more time to remove the paint after the event. Therefore, there is a demand for a face shield that can improve the design.
 また、フェイスシールドは、医療現場などでも使用されている。そして、例えば、医療現場などで厳密な防疫用品の管理が求められる場合等には、装着者の所属や、防疫用品等の使用開始日時などを示す情報をフェイスシールドに明確に表示することが望まれている。 Face shields are also used in medical settings. Then, for example, when strict management of epidemic prevention products is required in a medical field, it is desired to clearly display information indicating the affiliation of the wearer and the start date and time of use of the epidemic prevention products on the face shield. It is rare.
 また、くしゃみや咳による唾液等の飛沫は、装着者に対面する方向だけでなく、装着者から見た左右方向および上下方向に飛散する場合もある。また、飛沫が下方に飛散した場合、装着者が使用する構造物(テーブル等)に飛沫が付着する可能性があり、装着者が使用する構造物が汚染されてしまうおそれがある。 In addition, droplets such as saliva due to sneezing or coughing may be scattered not only in the direction facing the wearer but also in the left-right direction and the up-down direction as seen from the wearer. Further, when the droplets are scattered downward, the droplets may adhere to the structure (table or the like) used by the wearer, and the structure used by the wearer may be contaminated.
 さらに、フェイスシールドを装着する装着者が眼鏡をかけていた場合、眼鏡とフェイスシールドのフレームとが干渉してしまう場合がある。また、フレームが、装着者の前方を横切る部材を含んでいる場合、フレームが目立ち過ぎてしまい、装着者を視認する他者が違和感を覚える場合がある。 Furthermore, if the wearer wearing the face shield wears glasses, the glasses and the frame of the face shield may interfere with each other. Further, when the frame includes a member that crosses the front of the wearer, the frame may be too conspicuous, and another person who visually recognizes the wearer may feel a sense of discomfort.
 本開示は、このような点を考慮してなされたものであり、光の反射を効果的に抑制することが可能な、透明積層フィルム、保護フィルム付き透明積層フィルムおよびフェイスシールドを提供することを目的とする。 The present disclosure has been made in consideration of such a point, and provides a transparent laminated film, a transparent laminated film with a protective film, and a face shield capable of effectively suppressing light reflection. The purpose.
 また、本開示は、このような点を考慮してなされたものであり、意匠性を向上させるか、または文字や記号情報を明確に表示することが可能な、透明積層フィルム、保護フィルム付き透明積層フィルムおよびフェイスシールドを提供することを目的とする。 In addition, the present disclosure has been made in consideration of such points, and is transparent with a transparent laminated film and a protective film, which can improve the design or clearly display characters and symbol information. It is an object of the present invention to provide a laminated film and a face shield.
 また、本開示は、このような点を考慮してなされたものであり、下方に飛散した飛沫が周囲の構造物に付着することを抑制することが可能な、フェイスシールドおよび透明積層フィルムを提供することを目的とする。 Further, the present disclosure has been made in consideration of such a point, and provides a face shield and a transparent laminated film capable of suppressing downward droplets from adhering to surrounding structures. The purpose is to do.
 また、本開示は、他者から飛散した飛沫が、装着者に付着することを抑制することが可能な、フェイスシールドおよび透明積層フィルムを提供することを目的とする。 Another object of the present disclosure is to provide a face shield and a transparent laminated film capable of suppressing the adhesion of droplets scattered from others to the wearer.
 さらに、本開示は、このような点を考慮してなされたものであり、装着者が眼鏡をかけていた場合であっても、眼鏡と保持部材とが干渉してしまうことを抑制し、かつ、保持部材が目立ってしまうことを抑制することが可能な、フェイスシールドを提供することを目的とする。 Further, the present disclosure has been made in consideration of such a point, and suppresses the interference between the spectacles and the holding member even when the wearer wears the spectacles, and also , It is an object of the present invention to provide a face shield capable of suppressing the holding member from becoming conspicuous.
 一実施の形態による透明積層フィルムは、表面を構成する表面反射防止層と、裏面を構成する裏面反射防止層とを備える、透明積層フィルムである。 The transparent laminated film according to one embodiment is a transparent laminated film including a front surface antireflection layer constituting the front surface and a back surface antireflection layer constituting the back surface.
 一実施の形態による透明積層フィルムにおいて、透明積層フィルムは、前記表面反射防止層と前記裏面反射防止層との間に位置するコア層を更に備えていてもよい。 In the transparent laminated film according to the embodiment, the transparent laminated film may further include a core layer located between the front surface antireflection layer and the back surface antireflection layer.
 一実施の形態による透明積層フィルムにおいて、前記コア層は、ポリエチレンテレフタレートからなっていてもよい。 In the transparent laminated film according to the embodiment, the core layer may be made of polyethylene terephthalate.
 一実施の形態による透明積層フィルムにおいて、透明積層フィルムは、前記表面反射防止層と前記コア層とを接着する第1透明接着層と、前記コア層と前記裏面反射防止層とを接着する第2透明接着層とを更に備えていてもよい。 In the transparent laminated film according to one embodiment, the transparent laminated film has a first transparent adhesive layer that adheres the front surface antireflection layer and the core layer, and a second that adheres the core layer and the back surface antireflection layer. A transparent adhesive layer may be further provided.
 一実施の形態による透明積層フィルムにおいて、前記第1透明接着層および前記第2透明接着層は、それぞれアクリル系粘着剤を含んでいてもよい。 In the transparent laminated film according to the embodiment, the first transparent adhesive layer and the second transparent adhesive layer may each contain an acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive.
 一実施の形態による透明積層フィルムにおいて、透明積層フィルムは、前記表面反射防止層と前記裏面反射防止層とを接着する透明接着層を更に備えていてもよい。 In the transparent laminated film according to the embodiment, the transparent laminated film may further include a transparent adhesive layer for adhering the front surface antireflection layer and the back surface antireflection layer.
 一実施の形態による透明積層フィルムにおいて、前記透明接着層は、アクリル系粘着剤を含んでいてもよい。 In the transparent laminated film according to the embodiment, the transparent adhesive layer may contain an acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive.
 一実施の形態による透明積層フィルムにおいて、前記表面反射防止層は、表面から裏面に向かって順に配置された表面反射防止機能層と、表面透明基材層とを有し、前記裏面反射防止層は、裏面から表面に向かって順に配置された裏面反射防止機能層と、裏面透明基材層とを有していてもよい。 In the transparent laminated film according to one embodiment, the front surface antireflection layer has a surface antireflection functional layer arranged in order from the front surface to the back surface, and a front surface transparent base material layer, and the back surface antireflection layer is , The back surface antireflection functional layer arranged in order from the back surface to the front surface, and the back surface transparent base material layer may be provided.
 一実施の形態による透明積層フィルムにおいて、前記表面反射防止機能層は、前記表面透明基材層上にコーティングされたコーティング層であり、前記裏面反射防止機能層は、前記裏面透明基材層上にコーティングされたコーティング層であってもよい。 In the transparent laminated film according to one embodiment, the front surface antireflection functional layer is a coating layer coated on the front surface transparent base material layer, and the back surface antireflection functional layer is on the back surface transparent base material layer. It may be a coated coating layer.
 一実施の形態による透明積層フィルムにおいて、前記表面反射防止機能層および前記裏面反射防止機能層は、それぞれ電離放射線硬化性樹脂組成物の硬化物からなっていてもよい。 In the transparent laminated film according to the embodiment, the front surface antireflection functional layer and the back surface antireflection functional layer may each be made of a cured product of an ionizing radiation curable resin composition.
 一実施の形態による透明積層フィルムにおいて、前記電離放射線硬化性樹脂組成物が、(メタ)アクリレート系化合物を含んでいてもよい。 In the transparent laminated film according to the embodiment, the ionizing radiation curable resin composition may contain a (meth) acrylate compound.
 一実施の形態による透明積層フィルムにおいて、前記表面反射防止機能層は、表面から裏面に向かって順に配置された表面屈折層と、表面ハードコート層とを含み、前記裏面反射防止機能層は、裏面から表面に向かって順に配置された裏面屈折層と、裏面ハードコート層とを含んでいてもよい。 In the transparent laminated film according to one embodiment, the front surface antireflection functional layer includes a surface refraction layer arranged in order from the front surface to the back surface and a front surface hard coat layer, and the back surface antireflection functional layer is a back surface. It may include a back surface refraction layer and a back surface hard coat layer arranged in order from the surface to the front surface.
 一実施の形態による透明積層フィルムにおいて、前記表面ハードコート層は、前記表面透明基材層上にコーティングされたコーティング層であり、前記表面屈折層は、前記表面ハードコート層上にコーティングされたコーティング層であり、前記裏面ハードコート層は、前記裏面透明基材層上にコーティングされたコーティング層であり、前記裏面屈折層は、前記裏面ハードコート層上にコーティングされたコーティング層であってもよい。 In the transparent laminated film according to one embodiment, the surface hard coat layer is a coating layer coated on the surface transparent base material layer, and the surface refraction layer is a coating coated on the surface hard coat layer. The back surface hard coat layer may be a coating layer coated on the back surface transparent base material layer, and the back surface refractive layer may be a coating layer coated on the back surface hard coat layer. ..
 一実施の形態による透明積層フィルムにおいて、前記表面屈折層は、表面から裏面に向かって順に配置された表面低屈折率層と、表面高屈折率層とを含み、前記裏面屈折層は、裏面から表面に向かって順に配置された裏面低屈折率層と、裏面高屈折率層とを含んでいてもよい。 In the transparent laminated film according to one embodiment, the front surface refractive index layer includes a front surface low refractive index layer and a front surface high refractive index layer arranged in order from the front surface to the back surface, and the back surface refractive index layer is from the back surface. A back surface low refractive index layer and a back surface high refractive index layer arranged in order toward the front surface may be included.
 一実施の形態による透明積層フィルムにおいて、前記表面高屈折率層は、表面から裏面に向かって順に配置された第1表面高屈折率層と、第2表面高屈折率層とを含み、前記裏面高屈折率層は、裏面から表面に向かって順に配置された第1裏面高屈折率層と、第2裏面高屈折率層とを含んでいてもよい。 In the transparent laminated film according to one embodiment, the front surface high refractive index layer includes a first surface high refractive index layer and a second surface high refractive index layer arranged in order from the front surface to the back surface, and the back surface thereof. The high refractive index layer may include a first back surface high refractive index layer and a second back surface high refractive index layer arranged in order from the back surface to the front surface.
 一実施の形態による透明積層フィルムにおいて、前記第1表面高屈折率層の屈折率は、前記第2表面高屈折率層の屈折率よりも高く、前記第1裏面高屈折率層の屈折率は、前記第2裏面高屈折率層の屈折率よりも高くてもよい。 In the transparent laminated film according to the embodiment, the refractive index of the first surface high refractive index layer is higher than the refractive index of the second surface high refractive index layer, and the refractive index of the first back surface high refractive index layer is higher. , It may be higher than the refractive index of the second back surface high refractive index layer.
 一実施の形態による透明積層フィルムにおいて、前記表面透明基材層および前記裏面透明基材層は、トリアセチルセルロースまたはポリエチレンテレフタレートを含んでいてもよい。 In the transparent laminated film according to the embodiment, the front surface transparent base material layer and the back surface transparent base material layer may contain triacetyl cellulose or polyethylene terephthalate.
 一実施の形態による透明積層フィルムにおいて、前記表面透明基材層および前記裏面透明基材層は、一方がトリアセチルセルロースを含み、他方がポリエステルを含んでいてもよい。 In the transparent laminated film according to one embodiment, the front surface transparent base material layer and the back surface transparent base material layer may contain triacetyl cellulose on one side and polyester on the other side.
 一実施の形態による透明積層フィルムにおいて、前記表面透明基材層および前記裏面透明基材層は、それぞれポリエステルを含んでいてもよい。 In the transparent laminated film according to the embodiment, the front surface transparent base material layer and the back surface transparent base material layer may each contain polyester.
 一実施の形態による透明積層フィルムにおいて、厚みが、40μm以上500μm以下であってもよい。 The thickness of the transparent laminated film according to the embodiment may be 40 μm or more and 500 μm or less.
 一実施の形態による透明積層フィルムは、復元性機能を有していてもよい。 The transparent laminated film according to the embodiment may have a restorative function.
 一実施の形態による透明積層フィルムにおいて、光の反射率が、1.0%以下であり、全光線透過率が、90%以上であってもよい。 In the transparent laminated film according to one embodiment, the reflectance of light may be 1.0% or less, and the total light transmittance may be 90% or more.
 一実施の形態による透明積層フィルムにおいて、波長380nm以下の紫外域の透過率が、1.0%以下であってもよい。 In the transparent laminated film according to the embodiment, the transmittance in the ultraviolet region having a wavelength of 380 nm or less may be 1.0% or less.
 一実施の形態による透明積層フィルムにおいて、曲げ応力が、6N/20mm以下であってもよい。 In the transparent laminated film according to one embodiment, the bending stress may be 6N / 20 mm or less.
 一実施の形態による透明積層フィルムは、装着者の顔面を保護するフェイスシールドに用いられてもよい。 The transparent laminated film according to the embodiment may be used as a face shield that protects the wearer's face.
 一実施の形態による透明積層フィルムには開口が形成されており、前記開口は、周縁のすべての点において曲率半径が0.5mm以上であってもよい。 An opening is formed in the transparent laminated film according to the embodiment, and the opening may have a radius of curvature of 0.5 mm or more at all points on the peripheral edge.
 一実施の形態による透明積層フィルムにおいて、前記開口は、長円形状、楕円形状または隅丸方形状をもっていてもよい。 In the transparent laminated film according to the embodiment, the opening may have an oval shape, an elliptical shape, or a rounded corner shape.
 一実施の形態による保護フィルム付き透明積層フィルムは、一実施の形態による透明積層フィルムと、前記透明積層フィルムの前記表面を保護する表面保護フィルムと、前記透明積層フィルムの前記裏面を保護する裏面保護フィルムとを備える、保護フィルム付き透明積層フィルムである。 The transparent laminated film with a protective film according to one embodiment includes a transparent laminated film according to one embodiment, a front surface protective film that protects the front surface of the transparent laminated film, and a back surface protection that protects the back surface of the transparent laminated film. A transparent laminated film with a protective film, which comprises a film.
 一実施の形態によるフェイスシールドは、装着者の顔面を保護するフェイスシールドにおいて、前記装着者に装着される保持部材と、前記保持部材に取り付けられ、前記装着者の前記顔面の少なくとも一部を覆う、一実施の形態による透明積層フィルムとを備える、フェイスシールドである。 The face shield according to one embodiment is a face shield that protects the wearer's face, and is attached to the holding member and the holding member to cover at least a part of the wearer's face. , A face shield comprising a transparent laminated film according to one embodiment.
 一実施の形態によるフェイスシールドにおいて、前記保持部材は、前記装着者の耳に当接する一対のテンプル部と、前記一対のテンプル部を互いに連結するフロント部と、前記フロント部から下方に延び、前記装着者の鼻に当接する一対のパッド部とを有していてもよい。 In the face shield according to the embodiment, the holding member extends downward from the pair of temples that abut on the wearer's ears, the front portion that connects the pair of temples to each other, and the front portion. It may have a pair of pad portions that come into contact with the wearer's nose.
 一実施の形態によるフェイスシールドにおいて、前記保持部材は、前記装着者の頭部を周状に覆うバンドを有していてもよい。 In the face shield according to the embodiment, the holding member may have a band that covers the wearer's head in a circumferential shape.
 一実施の形態によるフェイスシールドにおいて、前記保持部材は、前記装着者の顎に当接する顎パッドと、前記顎パッドに連結されるとともに、前記装着者の耳に引っ掛けられる一対の引っ掛け部とを有し、前記透明積層フィルムは、前記装着者の口を少なくとも覆ってもよい。 In the face shield according to one embodiment, the holding member has a chin pad that abuts on the wearer's chin and a pair of hooking portions that are connected to the chin pad and hooked on the wearer's ears. However, the transparent laminated film may at least cover the wearer's chin.
 一実施の形態による透明積層フィルムは、表面と裏面とを有する透明積層フィルムであって、コア層と、前記コア層の前記表面側の面の一部または前記裏面側の面の一部を覆う印刷層とを少なくとも備え、前記印刷層が設けられていない領域において、視感反射率Y値が、0.0%以上2.0%以下である、透明積層フィルムである。 The transparent laminated film according to one embodiment is a transparent laminated film having a front surface and a back surface, and covers a core layer and a part of the front surface side surface or a part of the back surface side surface of the core layer. A transparent laminated film having at least a print layer and having a visual reflectance Y value of 0.0% or more and 2.0% or less in a region where the print layer is not provided.
 一実施の形態による透明積層フィルムにおいて、前記印刷層が設けられていない領域において、波長が550nmの光の反射率が、2%以下であり、全光線透過率が、90%以上であってもよい。 In the transparent laminated film according to one embodiment, even if the reflectance of light having a wavelength of 550 nm is 2% or less and the total light transmittance is 90% or more in the region where the print layer is not provided. good.
 一実施の形態による透明積層フィルムにおいて、前記印刷層が設けられていない領域において、波長380nm以下の紫外域の透過率が、1.0%以下であってもよい。 In the transparent laminated film according to the embodiment, the transmittance in the ultraviolet region having a wavelength of 380 nm or less may be 1.0% or less in the region where the print layer is not provided.
 一実施の形態による透明積層フィルムにおいて、前記コア層は、ポリエチレンテレフタレートを含んでいてもよい。 In the transparent laminated film according to the embodiment, the core layer may contain polyethylene terephthalate.
 一実施の形態による透明積層フィルムにおいて、前記コア層の一方の側に設けられ、前記表面を構成する表面反射防止層と、前記コア層の他方の側に設けられ、前記裏面を構成する裏面反射防止層とを更に備え、前記印刷層は、前記コア層と、前記表面反射防止層との間に設けられていてもよい。 In the transparent laminated film according to one embodiment, a surface antireflection layer provided on one side of the core layer and constituting the front surface and a back surface reflection provided on the other side of the core layer and constituting the back surface. The print layer may be further provided with an anti-reflection layer, and the print layer may be provided between the core layer and the surface anti-reflection layer.
 一実施の形態による透明積層フィルムにおいて、前記コア層の一方の側に設けられ、前記表面を構成する表面反射防止層と、前記コア層の他方の側に設けられ、前記裏面を構成する裏面反射防止層とを更に備え、前記印刷層は、前記コア層と、前記裏面反射防止層との間に設けられていてもよい。 In the transparent laminated film according to one embodiment, a surface antireflection layer provided on one side of the core layer and constituting the front surface and a back surface reflection provided on the other side of the core layer and constituting the back surface. The print layer may be further provided with an antireflection layer, and the print layer may be provided between the core layer and the back surface antireflection layer.
 一実施の形態による透明積層フィルムにおいて、透明積層フィルムは、前記表面反射防止層と前記コア層とを接着する第1透明接着層と、前記コア層と前記裏面反射防止層とを接着する第2透明接着層とを更に備えていてもよい。 In the transparent laminated film according to one embodiment, the transparent laminated film has a first transparent adhesive layer that adheres the front surface antireflection layer and the core layer, and a second that adheres the core layer and the back surface antireflection layer. A transparent adhesive layer may be further provided.
 一実施の形態による透明積層フィルムにおいて、前記第1透明接着層および前記第2透明接着層は、それぞれアクリル系粘着剤を含んでいてもよい。 In the transparent laminated film according to the embodiment, the first transparent adhesive layer and the second transparent adhesive layer may each contain an acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive.
 一実施の形態による透明積層フィルムは、表面を構成する表面反射防止層と、裏面を構成する裏面反射防止層と、前記表面反射防止層と、前記裏面反射防止層との間に設けられ、前記表面反射防止層の一部を覆う印刷層とを備え、前記印刷層が設けられていない領域において、視感反射率Y値が、0.0%以上2.0%以下である、透明積層フィルムである。 The transparent laminated film according to the embodiment is provided between the front surface antireflection layer constituting the front surface, the back surface antireflection layer constituting the back surface, the front surface antireflection layer, and the back surface antireflection layer. A transparent laminated film having a print layer that covers a part of the surface antireflection layer and having a visual reflectance Y value of 0.0% or more and 2.0% or less in a region where the print layer is not provided. Is.
 一実施の形態による透明積層フィルムにおいて、前記印刷層が設けられていない領域において、波長が550nmの光の反射率が、2%以下であり、全光線透過率が、90%以上であってもよい。 In the transparent laminated film according to one embodiment, even if the reflectance of light having a wavelength of 550 nm is 2% or less and the total light transmittance is 90% or more in the region where the print layer is not provided. good.
 一実施の形態による透明積層フィルムにおいて、前記印刷層が設けられていない領域において、波長380nm以下の紫外域の透過率が、1.0%以下であってもよい。 In the transparent laminated film according to the embodiment, the transmittance in the ultraviolet region having a wavelength of 380 nm or less may be 1.0% or less in the region where the print layer is not provided.
 一実施の形態による透明積層フィルムにおいて、前記表面反射防止層は、前記表面から前記裏面に向かって順に配置された表面反射防止機能層と、表面透明基材層とを有し、前記裏面反射防止層は、前記裏面から前記表面に向かって順に配置された裏面反射防止機能層と、裏面透明基材層とを有していてもよい。 In the transparent laminated film according to one embodiment, the front surface antireflection layer has a surface antireflection functional layer arranged in order from the front surface toward the back surface, and a front surface transparent base material layer, and the back surface antireflection layer is provided. The layer may have a back surface antireflection functional layer arranged in order from the back surface toward the front surface, and a back surface transparent base material layer.
 一実施の形態による透明積層フィルムにおいて、前記表面反射防止機能層は、前記表面透明基材層上にコーティングされたコーティング層であり、前記裏面反射防止機能層は、前記裏面透明基材層上にコーティングされたコーティング層であってもよい。 In the transparent laminated film according to one embodiment, the front surface antireflection functional layer is a coating layer coated on the front surface transparent base material layer, and the back surface antireflection functional layer is on the back surface transparent base material layer. It may be a coated coating layer.
 一実施の形態による透明積層フィルムにおいて、前記表面反射防止機能層および前記裏面反射防止機能層は、それぞれ電離放射線硬化性樹脂組成物の硬化物からなっていてもよい。 In the transparent laminated film according to the embodiment, the front surface antireflection functional layer and the back surface antireflection functional layer may each be made of a cured product of an ionizing radiation curable resin composition.
 一実施の形態による透明積層フィルムにおいて、前記電離放射線硬化性樹脂組成物が、(メタ)アクリレート系化合物を含んでいてもよい。 In the transparent laminated film according to the embodiment, the ionizing radiation curable resin composition may contain a (meth) acrylate compound.
 一実施の形態による透明積層フィルムにおいて、前記表面反射防止機能層は、前記表面から前記裏面に向かって順に配置された表面屈折層と、表面ハードコート層とを含み、前記裏面反射防止機能層は、前記裏面から前記表面に向かって順に配置された裏面屈折層と、裏面ハードコート層とを含んでいてもよい。 In the transparent laminated film according to one embodiment, the front surface antireflection functional layer includes a surface refraction layer arranged in order from the front surface toward the back surface, and a front surface hard coat layer, and the back surface antireflection functional layer is , The back surface refractive layer arranged in order from the back surface toward the front surface, and the back surface hard coat layer may be included.
 一実施の形態による透明積層フィルムにおいて、前記表面ハードコート層は、前記表面透明基材層上にコーティングされたコーティング層であり、前記表面屈折層は、前記表面ハードコート層上にコーティングされたコーティング層であり、前記裏面ハードコート層は、前記裏面透明基材層上にコーティングされたコーティング層であり、前記裏面屈折層は、前記裏面ハードコート層上にコーティングされたコーティング層であってもよい。 In the transparent laminated film according to one embodiment, the surface hard coat layer is a coating layer coated on the surface transparent base material layer, and the surface refraction layer is a coating coated on the surface hard coat layer. The back surface hard coat layer may be a coating layer coated on the back surface transparent base material layer, and the back surface refractive layer may be a coating layer coated on the back surface hard coat layer. ..
 一実施の形態による透明積層フィルムにおいて、前記表面屈折層は、前記表面から前記裏面に向かって順に配置された表面低屈折率層と、表面高屈折率層とを含み、前記裏面屈折層は、前記裏面から前記表面に向かって順に配置された裏面低屈折率層と、裏面高屈折率層とを含んでいてもよい。 In the transparent laminated film according to one embodiment, the front surface refractive index layer includes a front surface low refractive index layer and a front surface high refractive index layer arranged in order from the front surface toward the back surface, and the back surface refractive index layer is: A back surface low refractive index layer and a back surface high refractive index layer arranged in order from the back surface toward the front surface may be included.
 一実施の形態による透明積層フィルムにおいて、前記表面高屈折率層は、前記表面から前記裏面に向かって順に配置された第1表面高屈折率層と、第2表面高屈折率層とを含み、前記裏面高屈折率層は、前記裏面から前記表面に向かって順に配置された第1裏面高屈折率層と、第2裏面高屈折率層とを含んでいてもよい。 In the transparent laminated film according to one embodiment, the surface high refractive index layer includes a first surface high refractive index layer and a second surface high refractive index layer arranged in order from the front surface toward the back surface. The back surface high refractive index layer may include a first back surface high refractive index layer and a second back surface high refractive index layer arranged in order from the back surface toward the front surface.
 一実施の形態による透明積層フィルムにおいて、前記第1表面高屈折率層の屈折率は、前記第2表面高屈折率層の屈折率よりも高く、前記第1裏面高屈折率層の屈折率は、前記第2裏面高屈折率層の屈折率よりも高くてもよい。 In the transparent laminated film according to the embodiment, the refractive index of the first surface high refractive index layer is higher than the refractive index of the second surface high refractive index layer, and the refractive index of the first back surface high refractive index layer is higher. , It may be higher than the refractive index of the second back surface high refractive index layer.
 一実施の形態による透明積層フィルムにおいて、前記表面透明基材層および前記裏面透明基材層は、トリアセチルセルロースまたはポリエチレンテレフタレートを含んでいてもよい。 In the transparent laminated film according to the embodiment, the front surface transparent base material layer and the back surface transparent base material layer may contain triacetyl cellulose or polyethylene terephthalate.
 一実施の形態による透明積層フィルムにおいて、前記表面透明基材層および前記裏面透明基材層は、一方がトリアセチルセルロースを含み、他方がポリエステルを含んでいてもよい。 In the transparent laminated film according to one embodiment, the front surface transparent base material layer and the back surface transparent base material layer may contain triacetyl cellulose on one side and polyester on the other side.
 一実施の形態による透明積層フィルムにおいて、前記表面透明基材層および前記裏面透明基材層は、それぞれポリエステルを含んでいてもよい。 In the transparent laminated film according to the embodiment, the front surface transparent base material layer and the back surface transparent base material layer may each contain polyester.
 一実施の形態による透明積層フィルムにおいて、厚みが、40μm以上500μm以下であってもよい。 The thickness of the transparent laminated film according to the embodiment may be 40 μm or more and 500 μm or less.
 一実施の形態による透明積層フィルムは、復元性機能を有していてもよい。 The transparent laminated film according to the embodiment may have a restorative function.
 一実施の形態による透明積層フィルムは、装着者の顔面を保護するフェイスシールドに用いられてもよい。 The transparent laminated film according to the embodiment may be used as a face shield that protects the wearer's face.
 一実施の形態による保護フィルム付き透明積層フィルムは、一実施の形態による透明積層フィルムと、前記透明積層フィルムの前記表面を保護する表面保護フィルムと、前記透明積層フィルムの前記裏面を保護する裏面保護フィルムとを備える、保護フィルム付き透明積層フィルムである。 The transparent laminated film with a protective film according to one embodiment includes a transparent laminated film according to one embodiment, a front surface protective film that protects the front surface of the transparent laminated film, and a back surface protection that protects the back surface of the transparent laminated film. A transparent laminated film with a protective film, which comprises a film.
 一実施の形態によるフェイスシールドは、装着者の顔面を保護するフェイスシールドにおいて、前記装着者に装着される保持部材と、前記保持部材に取り付けられ、前記装着者の前記顔面の少なくとも一部を覆う、一実施の形態による透明積層フィルムとを備える、フェイスシールドである。 The face shield according to one embodiment is a face shield that protects the wearer's face, and is attached to the holding member and the holding member to cover at least a part of the wearer's face. , A face shield comprising a transparent laminated film according to one embodiment.
 一実施の形態によるフェイスシールドにおいて、正面視において、前記印刷層は、前記装着者の頬に重なる位置に設けられてもよい。 In the face shield according to the embodiment, the print layer may be provided at a position overlapping the cheek of the wearer in front view.
 一実施の形態によるフェイスシールドにおいて、前記装着者が前記フェイスシールドを装着した状態において、前記装着者の鼻と前記保持部材との間の距離は、100mm以下であってもよい。 In the face shield according to the embodiment, the distance between the wearer's nose and the holding member may be 100 mm or less when the wearer wears the face shield.
 一実施の形態によるフェイスシールドにおいて、前記保持部材は、前記装着者の耳に当接する一対のテンプル部と、前記一対のテンプル部を互いに連結するフロント部と、前記フロント部から下方に延び、前記装着者の鼻に当接する一対のパッド部とを有していてもよい。 In the face shield according to the embodiment, the holding member extends downward from the pair of temples that abut on the wearer's ears, the front portion that connects the pair of temples to each other, and the front portion. It may have a pair of pad portions that come into contact with the wearer's nose.
 一実施の形態によるフェイスシールドにおいて、前記保持部材は、前記装着者の頭部を周状に覆うバンドを有していてもよい。 In the face shield according to the embodiment, the holding member may have a band that covers the wearer's head in a circumferential shape.
 一実施の形態によるフェイスシールドにおいて、前記保持部材は、前記装着者の顎に当接する顎パッドと、前記顎パッドに連結されるとともに、前記装着者の耳に引っ掛けられる一対の引っ掛け部とを有し、前記透明積層フィルムは、前記装着者の口を少なくとも覆ってもよい。 In the face shield according to one embodiment, the holding member has a chin pad that abuts on the wearer's chin and a pair of hooking portions that are connected to the chin pad and hooked on the wearer's ears. However, the transparent laminated film may at least cover the wearer's chin.
 一実施の形態によるフェイスシールドは、装着者の顔面を保護するフェイスシールドにおいて、前記装着者に装着される保持部材と、前記保持部材に取り付けられ、前記装着者の前記顔面の少なくとも一部を覆う透明積層フィルムとを備え、前記透明積層フィルムは、上辺と、前記上辺に対向する下辺と、前記上辺と前記下辺との間に延びる一対の側辺とを有する矩形状をもち、少なくとも前記下辺に、複数の第1切り込み部が形成されており、前記第1切り込み部の一側に第1係合部が形成され、前記第1切り込み部の他側に前記第1係合部を係止する第1係止部が形成されており、前記第1係合部を前記第1係止部に係止することにより、前記下辺の近傍に、前記装着者から遠ざかる側に凸となるように湾曲する第1湾曲面が形成されている、フェイスシールドである。 The face shield according to one embodiment is a face shield that protects the wearer's face, and is attached to the holding member and the holding member to cover at least a part of the wearer's face. A transparent laminated film is provided, wherein the transparent laminated film has a rectangular shape having an upper side, a lower side facing the upper side, and a pair of side sides extending between the upper side and the lower side, and at least on the lower side. , A plurality of first cut portions are formed, a first engaging portion is formed on one side of the first cut portion, and the first engaging portion is locked on the other side of the first cut portion. A first locking portion is formed, and by locking the first engaging portion to the first locking portion, the first engaging portion is curved so as to be convex toward the side away from the wearer in the vicinity of the lower side. A face shield on which a first curved surface is formed.
 一実施の形態によるフェイスシールドにおいて、前記上辺に、複数の第2切り込み部が形成されており、前記第2切り込み部の一側に第2係合部が形成され、前記第2切り込み部の他側に前記第2係合部を係止する第2係止部が形成されており、前記第2係合部を前記第2係止部に係止することにより、前記上辺の近傍に、前記装着者から遠ざかる側に凸となるように湾曲する第2湾曲面が形成されていてもよい。 In the face shield according to one embodiment, a plurality of second cut portions are formed on the upper side thereof, a second engaging portion is formed on one side of the second cut portion, and the other of the second cut portions is formed. A second locking portion for locking the second engaging portion is formed on the side, and by locking the second engaging portion to the second locking portion, the said A second curved surface that is curved so as to be convex toward the side away from the wearer may be formed.
 一実施の形態によるフェイスシールドにおいて、前記第1係合部を前記第1係止部に係止し、かつ、前記第2係合部を前記第2係止部に係止することにより、前記第1湾曲面と前記第2湾曲面との間に、前記装着者から遠ざかる側に凸となるように湾曲する第3湾曲面が形成されていてもよい。 In the face shield according to the embodiment, the first engaging portion is locked to the first locking portion, and the second engaging portion is locked to the second locking portion. A third curved surface that curves so as to be convex toward the wearer may be formed between the first curved surface and the second curved surface.
 一実施の形態によるフェイスシールドにおいて、前記第3湾曲面は、垂直断面において、直線形状をもっていてもよい。 In the face shield according to the embodiment, the third curved surface may have a linear shape in a vertical cross section.
 一実施の形態によるフェイスシールドは、装着者の顔面を保護するフェイスシールドにおいて、前記装着者に装着される保持部材と、前記保持部材に取り付けられ、前記装着者の前記顔面の少なくとも一部を覆う透明積層フィルムとを備え、前記透明積層フィルムは、上辺と、前記上辺に対向する下辺と、前記上辺と前記下辺との間に延びる一対の側辺とを有する矩形状をもち、前記下辺の近傍に、前記下辺の延在方向に沿って配置された第1下部パネルおよび第2下部パネルが設けられ、前記第1下部パネルおよび第2下部パネルよりも前記上辺側に、前記第1下部パネルおよび前記第2下部パネルを固定する下部固定パネルが設けられ、前記第1下部パネルおよび前記第2下部パネルは、前記透明積層フィルムを貫通する第1下部切り込み部によって互いに分離され、前記第1下部パネルおよび前記下部固定パネルは、前記透明積層フィルムを貫通する第2下部切り込み部によって互いに分離され、前記第2下部パネルおよび前記下部固定パネルは、前記透明積層フィルムを貫通する第3下部切り込み部によって互いに分離され、前記第1下部パネルと前記第2下部パネルとを互いに重ね合わせた状態で、前記下部固定パネルに固定することにより、前記下辺の近傍に、前記装着者から遠ざかる側に凸となるように湾曲する第1下部湾曲面が形成されている、フェイスシールドである。 The face shield according to one embodiment is a face shield that protects the wearer's face, and is attached to the holding member and the holding member to cover at least a part of the wearer's face. The transparent laminated film includes a transparent laminated film, and the transparent laminated film has a rectangular shape having an upper side, a lower side facing the upper side, and a pair of side sides extending between the upper side and the lower side, and is in the vicinity of the lower side. A first lower panel and a second lower panel arranged along the extending direction of the lower side are provided, and the first lower panel and the first lower panel are provided on the upper side side of the first lower panel and the second lower panel. A lower fixing panel for fixing the second lower panel is provided, and the first lower panel and the second lower panel are separated from each other by a first lower notch portion penetrating the transparent laminated film, and the first lower panel is separated from each other. And the lower fixing panel is separated from each other by a second lower notch penetrating the transparent laminated film, and the second lower panel and the lower fixing panel are separated from each other by a third lower notch penetrating the transparent laminated film. The first lower panel and the second lower panel are separated from each other and fixed to the lower fixing panel in a state where the first lower panel and the second lower panel are overlapped with each other so as to be convex in the vicinity of the lower side toward the side away from the wearer. It is a face shield in which a first lower curved surface curved to the surface is formed.
 一実施の形態によるフェイスシールドにおいて、前記第1下部パネルおよび第2下部パネルよりも前記下辺側に、前記下辺の延在方向に沿って配置された第3下部パネルおよび第4下部パネルが設けられ、前記第3下部パネルおよび前記第4下部パネルは、前記透明積層フィルムを貫通する第4下部切り込み部によって互いに分離され、前記第1下部パネルおよび前記第3下部パネルは、前記透明積層フィルムを貫通する第5下部切り込み部によって互いに分離され、前記第2下部パネルおよび前記第4下部パネルは、前記透明積層フィルムを貫通する第6下部切り込み部によって互いに分離され、前記第3下部パネルと前記第4下部パネルとを互いに重ね合わせた状態で、前記下部固定パネルに固定することにより、前記第1下部湾曲面の外側に、前記装着者から遠ざかる側に凸となるように湾曲する第2下部湾曲面が形成されていてもよい。 In the face shield according to one embodiment, a third lower panel and a fourth lower panel arranged along the extending direction of the lower side are provided on the lower side of the first lower panel and the second lower panel. The third lower panel and the fourth lower panel are separated from each other by a fourth lower notch portion penetrating the transparent laminated film, and the first lower panel and the third lower panel penetrate the transparent laminated film. The second lower panel and the fourth lower panel are separated from each other by the fifth lower cut portion, and the third lower panel and the fourth lower panel are separated from each other by the sixth lower cut portion penetrating the transparent laminated film. A second lower curved surface that bends to the outside of the first lower curved surface so as to be convex toward the side away from the wearer by fixing the lower panel to the lower fixed panel in a state of being overlapped with each other. May be formed.
 一実施の形態によるフェイスシールドにおいて、前記第4下部切り込み部は、前記下辺から延びていてもよい。 In the face shield according to the embodiment, the fourth lower notch may extend from the lower side.
 一実施の形態によるフェイスシールドにおいて、前記上辺の近傍に、前記上辺の延在方向に沿って配置された第1上部パネルおよび第2上部パネルが設けられ、前記第1上部パネルおよび第2上部パネルよりも前記下辺側に、前記第1上部パネルおよび前記第2上部パネルを固定する上部固定パネルが設けられ、前記第1上部パネルおよび前記第2上部パネルは、前記透明積層フィルムを貫通する第1上部切り込み部によって互いに分離され、前記第1上部パネルおよび前記上部固定パネルは、前記透明積層フィルムを貫通する第2上部切り込み部によって互いに分離され、前記第2上部パネルおよび前記上部固定パネルは、前記透明積層フィルムを貫通する第3上部切り込み部によって互いに分離され、前記第1上部パネルと前記第2上部パネルとを互いに重ね合わせた状態で、前記上部固定パネルに固定することにより、前記上辺の近傍に、前記装着者から遠ざかる側に凸となるように湾曲する第1上部湾曲面が形成されていてもよい。 In the face shield according to one embodiment, a first upper panel and a second upper panel arranged along the extending direction of the upper side are provided in the vicinity of the upper side, and the first upper panel and the second upper panel are provided. An upper fixing panel for fixing the first upper panel and the second upper panel is provided on the lower side thereof, and the first upper panel and the second upper panel penetrate the transparent laminated film. The first upper panel and the upper fixing panel are separated from each other by the upper notch, the second upper panel and the upper fixing panel are separated from each other by the second upper notch penetrating the transparent laminated film, and the second upper panel and the upper fixing panel are separated from each other. The first upper panel and the second upper panel are separated from each other by a third upper notch portion penetrating the transparent laminated film, and the first upper panel and the second upper panel are overlapped with each other and fixed to the upper fixing panel in the vicinity of the upper side. In addition, a first upper curved surface that is curved so as to be convex toward the side away from the wearer may be formed.
 一実施の形態によるフェイスシールドにおいて、前記第1上部パネルおよび第2上部パネルよりも前記上辺側に、前記上辺の延在方向に沿って配置された第3上部パネルおよび第4上部パネルが設けられ、前記第3上部パネルおよび前記第4上部パネルは、前記透明積層フィルムを貫通する第4上部切り込み部によって互いに分離され、前記第1上部パネルおよび前記第3上部パネルは、前記透明積層フィルムを貫通する第5上部切り込み部によって互いに分離され、前記第2上部パネルおよび前記第4上部パネルは、前記透明積層フィルムを貫通する第6上部切り込み部によって互いに分離され、前記第3上部パネルと前記第4上部パネルとを互いに重ね合わせた状態で、前記上部固定パネルに固定することにより、前記第1上部湾曲面の外側に、前記装着者から遠ざかる側に凸となるように湾曲する第2上部湾曲面が形成されていてもよい。 In the face shield according to one embodiment, a third upper panel and a fourth upper panel arranged along the extending direction of the upper side are provided on the upper side side of the first upper panel and the second upper panel. The third upper panel and the fourth upper panel are separated from each other by a fourth upper notch portion penetrating the transparent laminated film, and the first upper panel and the third upper panel penetrate the transparent laminated film. The second upper panel and the fourth upper panel are separated from each other by the fifth upper notch, and the third upper panel and the fourth upper panel are separated from each other by the sixth upper notch penetrating the transparent laminated film. A second upper curved surface that curves outward from the first upper curved surface so as to be convex toward the side away from the wearer by fixing the upper panel to the upper fixing panel in a state of being overlapped with each other. May be formed.
 一実施の形態によるフェイスシールドにおいて、前記第4上部切り込み部は、前記上辺から延びていてもよい。 In the face shield according to the embodiment, the fourth upper notch may extend from the upper side.
 一実施の形態によるフェイスシールドにおいて、前記第1下部パネルと前記第2下部パネルとを前記下部固定パネルに固定し、かつ、前記第1上部パネルと前記第2上部パネルとを前記上部固定パネルに固定することにより、前記第1下部湾曲面と前記第1上部湾曲面との間に、前記装着者から遠ざかる側に凸となるように湾曲する中間部湾曲面が形成されていてもよい。 In the face shield according to the embodiment, the first lower panel and the second lower panel are fixed to the lower fixing panel, and the first upper panel and the second upper panel are fixed to the upper fixing panel. By fixing, an intermediate curved surface that curves so as to be convex toward the wearer may be formed between the first lower curved surface and the first upper curved surface.
 一実施の形態によるフェイスシールドにおいて、前記中間部湾曲面は、垂直断面において、直線形状をもっていてもよい。 In the face shield according to the embodiment, the curved surface of the intermediate portion may have a linear shape in a vertical cross section.
 一実施の形態によるフェイスシールドは、装着者の顔面を保護するフェイスシールドにおいて、前記装着者に装着される保持部材と、前記保持部材に取り付けられ、前記装着者の前記顔面の少なくとも一部を覆う透明積層フィルムとを備え、前記透明積層フィルムは、上辺と、前記上辺に対向する下辺と、前記上辺と前記下辺との間に延びる一対の側辺とを有する矩形状をもち、前記透明積層フィルムに、前記上辺から延びる一対の第1山折り部と、前記上辺から延びるとともに、一対の前記第1山折り部間に設けられた一対の第1谷折り部とが形成されており、一対の前記第1山折り部は、前記側辺の延在方向に沿って延び、一対の前記第1谷折り部は、前記上辺側から前記下辺側に向かうにつれて互いに離間するように、前記側辺の延在方向に傾斜する方向に沿って延び、前記透明積層フィルムを、一対の前記第1山折り部および一対の前記第1谷折り部に沿って折り畳むことにより、前面と、前記前面の上方に設けられ、前記前面から後方に折り畳まれた上面とが形成されている、フェイスシールドである。 The face shield according to one embodiment is a face shield that protects the wearer's face, and is attached to the holding member and the holding member to cover at least a part of the wearer's face. The transparent laminated film includes a transparent laminated film, and the transparent laminated film has a rectangular shape having an upper side, a lower side facing the upper side, and a pair of side sides extending between the upper side and the lower side, and the transparent laminated film. A pair of first mountain fold portions extending from the upper side and a pair of first valley fold portions extending from the upper side and provided between the pair of the first mountain fold portions are formed therein. The first mountain fold portion extends along the extending direction of the side side, and the pair of the first valley fold portions are separated from each other from the upper side side toward the lower side side. Extending along a direction inclined in the extending direction, the transparent laminated film is folded along the pair of the first mountain folds and the pair of the first valley folds to the front surface and above the front surface. It is a face shield provided and formed with an upper surface folded from the front surface to the rear.
 一実施の形態によるフェイスシールドは、装着者の顔面を保護するフェイスシールドにおいて、前記装着者に装着される保持部材と、前記保持部材に取り付けられ、前記装着者の前記顔面の少なくとも一部を覆う透明積層フィルムとを備え、前記透明積層フィルムは、上辺と、前記上辺に対向する下辺と、前記上辺と前記下辺との間に延びる一対の側辺とを有する矩形状をもち、前記透明積層フィルムに、前記下辺から延びる一対の第2山折り部と、前記下辺から延びるとともに、一対の前記第2山折り部間に設けられた一対の第2谷折り部とが形成されており、一対の前記第2山折り部は、前記側辺の延在方向に沿って延び、一対の前記第2谷折り部は、前記下辺側から前記上辺側に向かうにつれて互いに離間するように、前記側辺の延在方向に傾斜する方向に沿って延び、前記透明積層フィルムを、一対の前記第2山折り部および一対の前記第2谷折り部に沿って折り畳むことにより、前面と、前記前面の下方に設けられ、前記前面から後方に折り畳まれた下面とが形成されている、フェイスシールドである。 The face shield according to one embodiment is a face shield that protects the wearer's face, and is attached to the holding member and the holding member to cover at least a part of the wearer's face. The transparent laminated film includes a transparent laminated film, and the transparent laminated film has a rectangular shape having an upper side, a lower side facing the upper side, and a pair of side sides extending between the upper side and the lower side, and the transparent laminated film. A pair of second mountain fold portions extending from the lower side and a pair of second valley fold portions extending from the lower side and provided between the pair of the second mountain fold portions are formed therein. The second mountain fold portion extends along the extending direction of the side side, and the pair of the second valley fold portions are separated from each other from the lower side side toward the upper side side. Extending along a direction inclined in the extending direction, the transparent laminated film is folded along the pair of the second mountain folds and the pair of the second valley folds to the front surface and the lower side of the front surface. It is a face shield provided and formed with a lower surface folded from the front surface to the rear.
 一実施の形態によるフェイスシールドにおいて、前記透明積層フィルムに、前記上辺から延びる一対の第1山折り部と、前記上辺から延びるとともに、一対の前記第1山折り部間に設けられた一対の第1谷折り部とが形成されており、一対の前記第1山折り部は、前記側辺の延在方向に沿って延び、一対の前記第1谷折り部は、前記上辺側から前記下辺側に向かうにつれて互いに離間するように、前記側辺の延在方向に傾斜する方向に沿って延び、前記透明積層フィルムを、一対の前記第1山折り部および一対の前記第1谷折り部に沿って折り畳むことにより、前記前面の上方に設けられ、前記前面から後方に折り畳まれた上面が形成されていてもよい。 In the face shield according to the embodiment, the transparent laminated film has a pair of first mountain fold portions extending from the upper side and a pair of first mountain fold portions extending from the upper side and provided between the pair of first mountain fold portions. A valley fold portion is formed, the pair of the first mountain fold portions extend along the extending direction of the side side, and the pair of the first valley fold portions are from the upper side to the lower side. The transparent laminated film extends along a direction inclined in the extending direction of the side side so as to be separated from each other toward the direction of the transparent laminated film along the pair of the first mountain folds and the pair of the first valley folds. By folding the front surface, an upper surface may be provided above the front surface and folded rearward from the front surface.
 一実施の形態によるフェイスシールドにおいて、前記透明積層フィルムを、一対の前記第1山折り部および一対の前記第1谷折り部に沿って折り畳むとともに、一対の前記第2山折り部および一対の前記第2谷折り部に沿って折り畳むことにより、前記前面の側方に、前記前面から後方に広がる側面が形成されていてもよい。 In the face shield according to the embodiment, the transparent laminated film is folded along the pair of the first mountain folds and the pair of the first valley folds, and the pair of the second mountain folds and the pair of the above. By folding along the second valley fold portion, a side surface extending rearward from the front surface may be formed on the side surface of the front surface.
 一実施の形態によるフェイスシールドにおいて、前記保持部材は、前記透明積層フィルムを保持するための一対の取付部を含み、前記透明積層フィルムの前記一対の側辺の近傍に、それぞれ前記取付部が挿入される開口部が形成されていてもよい。 In the face shield according to the embodiment, the holding member includes a pair of mounting portions for holding the transparent laminated film, and the mounting portions are inserted in the vicinity of the pair of side sides of the transparent laminated film. The opening to be formed may be formed.
 一実施の形態によるフェイスシールドにおいて、前記保持部材は、前記透明積層フィルムを上下方向に移動可能に保持してもよい。 In the face shield according to the embodiment, the holding member may hold the transparent laminated film so as to be movable in the vertical direction.
 一実施の形態によるフェイスシールドにおいて、前記透明積層フィルムの光の反射率が、1.0%以下であってもよい。 In the face shield according to the embodiment, the light reflectance of the transparent laminated film may be 1.0% or less.
 一実施の形態による透明積層フィルムは、装着者の顔面を保護するフェイスシールドに用いられる透明積層フィルムであって、上辺と、前記上辺に対向する下辺と、前記上辺と前記下辺との間に延びる一対の側辺とを有する矩形状をもち、少なくとも前記下辺に、複数の第1切り込み部が形成されており、前記第1切り込み部の一側に第1係合部が形成され、前記第1切り込み部の他側に前記第1係合部を係止する第1係止部が形成されており、前記第1係合部を前記第1係止部に係止することにより、前記下辺の近傍に、前記装着者から遠ざかる側に凸となるように湾曲する第1湾曲面が形成される、透明積層フィルムである。 The transparent laminated film according to one embodiment is a transparent laminated film used for a face shield that protects the wearer's face, and extends between an upper side, a lower side facing the upper side, and the upper side and the lower side. It has a rectangular shape having a pair of side sides, and a plurality of first cut portions are formed at least on the lower side, and a first engagement portion is formed on one side of the first cut portion, and the first A first locking portion for locking the first engaging portion is formed on the other side of the notch portion, and by locking the first engaging portion to the first locking portion, the lower side thereof is formed. It is a transparent laminated film in which a first curved surface that curves so as to be convex toward the side away from the wearer is formed in the vicinity thereof.
 一実施の形態による透明積層フィルムにおいて、前記上辺に、複数の第2切り込み部が形成されており、前記第2切り込み部の一側に第2係合部が形成され、前記第2切り込み部の他側に前記第2係合部を係止する第2係止部が形成されており、前記第2係合部を前記第2係止部に係止することにより、前記上辺の近傍に、前記装着者から遠ざかる側に凸となるように湾曲する第2湾曲面が形成されてもよい。 In the transparent laminated film according to one embodiment, a plurality of second cut portions are formed on the upper side thereof, and a second engaging portion is formed on one side of the second cut portion, and the second cut portion is formed. A second locking portion for locking the second engaging portion is formed on the other side, and by locking the second engaging portion to the second locking portion, the second engaging portion is placed in the vicinity of the upper side. A second curved surface that is curved so as to be convex toward the side away from the wearer may be formed.
 一実施の形態による透明積層フィルムにおいて、前記第1係合部を前記第1係止部に係止し、かつ、前記第2係合部を前記第2係止部に係止することにより、前記第1湾曲面と前記第2湾曲面との間に、前記装着者から遠ざかる側に凸となるように湾曲する第3湾曲面が形成されてもよい。 In the transparent laminated film according to one embodiment, the first engaging portion is locked to the first locking portion, and the second engaging portion is locked to the second locking portion. A third curved surface that curves so as to be convex toward the wearer may be formed between the first curved surface and the second curved surface.
 一実施の形態による透明積層フィルムにおいて、前記第3湾曲面は、垂直断面において、直線形状をもっていてもよい。 In the transparent laminated film according to the embodiment, the third curved surface may have a linear shape in a vertical cross section.
 一実施の形態による透明積層フィルムは、装着者の顔面を保護するフェイスシールドに用いられる透明積層フィルムであって、上辺と、前記上辺に対向する下辺と、前記上辺と前記下辺との間に延びる一対の側辺とを有する矩形状をもち、前記下辺の近傍に、前記下辺の延在方向に沿って配置された第1下部パネルおよび第2下部パネルが設けられ、前記第1下部パネルおよび第2下部パネルよりも前記上辺側に、前記第1下部パネルおよび前記第2下部パネルを固定する下部固定パネルが設けられ、前記第1下部パネルおよび前記第2下部パネルは、前記透明積層フィルムを貫通する第1下部切り込み部によって互いに分離され、前記第1下部パネルおよび前記下部固定パネルは、前記透明積層フィルムを貫通する第2下部切り込み部によって互いに分離され、前記第2下部パネルおよび前記下部固定パネルは、前記透明積層フィルムを貫通する第3下部切り込み部によって互いに分離され、前記第1下部パネルと前記第2下部パネルとを互いに重ね合わせた状態で、前記下部固定パネルに固定することにより、前記下辺の近傍に、前記装着者から遠ざかる側に凸となるように湾曲する第1下部湾曲面が形成される、透明積層フィルムである。 The transparent laminated film according to one embodiment is a transparent laminated film used for a face shield that protects the wearer's face, and extends between the upper side, the lower side facing the upper side, and the upper side and the lower side. It has a rectangular shape having a pair of side sides, and a first lower panel and a second lower panel arranged along the extending direction of the lower side are provided in the vicinity of the lower side, and the first lower panel and the first lower panel are provided. 2. A lower fixing panel for fixing the first lower panel and the second lower panel is provided on the upper side of the lower panel, and the first lower panel and the second lower panel penetrate the transparent laminated film. The first lower panel and the lower fixing panel are separated from each other by the first lower notch, and the second lower panel and the lower fixing panel are separated from each other by the second lower notch penetrating the transparent laminated film. Is separated from each other by a third lower notch portion penetrating the transparent laminated film, and the first lower panel and the second lower panel are overlapped with each other and fixed to the lower fixing panel. It is a transparent laminated film in which a first lower curved surface that curves so as to be convex toward the side away from the wearer is formed in the vicinity of the lower side.
 一実施の形態による透明積層フィルムにおいて、前記第1下部パネルおよび第2下部パネルよりも前記下辺側に、前記下辺の延在方向に沿って配置された第3下部パネルおよび第4下部パネルが設けられ、前記第3下部パネルおよび前記第4下部パネルは、前記透明積層フィルムを貫通する第4下部切り込み部によって互いに分離され、前記第1下部パネルおよび前記第3下部パネルは、前記透明積層フィルムを貫通する第5下部切り込み部によって互いに分離され、前記第2下部パネルおよび前記第4下部パネルは、前記透明積層フィルムを貫通する第6下部切り込み部によって互いに分離され、前記第3下部パネルと前記第4下部パネルとを互いに重ね合わせた状態で、前記下部固定パネルに固定することにより、前記第1下部湾曲面の外側に、前記装着者から遠ざかる側に凸となるように湾曲する第2下部湾曲面が形成されてもよい。 In the transparent laminated film according to one embodiment, a third lower panel and a fourth lower panel arranged along the extending direction of the lower side are provided on the lower side of the first lower panel and the second lower panel. The third lower panel and the fourth lower panel are separated from each other by a fourth lower notch portion penetrating the transparent laminated film, and the first lower panel and the third lower panel have the transparent laminated film. The second lower panel and the fourth lower panel are separated from each other by the fifth lower cut portion penetrating the transparent laminated film, and the third lower panel and the fourth lower panel are separated from each other by the sixth lower cut portion penetrating the transparent laminated film. 4 By fixing the lower panel to the lower fixing panel in a state of being overlapped with each other, the second lower curved surface is curved so as to be convex to the side away from the wearer to the outside of the first lower curved surface. A surface may be formed.
 一実施の形態による透明積層フィルムにおいて、前記第4下部切り込み部は、前記下辺から延びていてもよい。 In the transparent laminated film according to the embodiment, the fourth lower cut portion may extend from the lower side.
 一実施の形態による透明積層フィルムにおいて、前記上辺の近傍に、前記上辺の延在方向に沿って配置された第1上部パネルおよび第2上部パネルが設けられ、前記第1上部パネルおよび第2上部パネルよりも前記下辺側に、前記第1上部パネルおよび前記第2上部パネルを固定する上部固定パネルが設けられ、前記第1上部パネルおよび前記第2上部パネルは、前記透明積層フィルムを貫通する第1上部切り込み部によって互いに分離され、前記第1上部パネルおよび前記上部固定パネルは、前記透明積層フィルムを貫通する第2上部切り込み部によって互いに分離され、前記第2上部パネルおよび前記上部固定パネルは、前記透明積層フィルムを貫通する第3上部切り込み部によって互いに分離され、前記第1上部パネルと前記第2上部パネルとを互いに重ね合わせた状態で、前記上部固定パネルに固定することにより、前記上辺の近傍に、前記装着者から遠ざかる側に凸となるように湾曲する第1上部湾曲面が形成されてもよい。 In the transparent laminated film according to one embodiment, a first upper panel and a second upper panel arranged along the extending direction of the upper side are provided in the vicinity of the upper side, and the first upper panel and the second upper part are provided. An upper fixing panel for fixing the first upper panel and the second upper panel is provided on the lower side of the panel, and the first upper panel and the second upper panel penetrate the transparent laminated film. The first upper panel and the upper fixing panel are separated from each other by one upper notch, the first upper panel and the upper fixing panel are separated from each other by a second upper notch penetrating the transparent laminated film, and the second upper panel and the upper fixing panel are separated from each other. The first upper panel and the second upper panel are separated from each other by a third upper notch portion penetrating the transparent laminated film, and are fixed to the upper fixing panel in a state where the first upper panel and the second upper panel are overlapped with each other. A first upper curved surface that curves so as to be convex toward the side away from the wearer may be formed in the vicinity.
 一実施の形態による透明積層フィルムにおいて、前記第1上部パネルおよび第2上部パネルよりも前記上辺側に、前記上辺の延在方向に沿って配置された第3上部パネルおよび第4上部パネルが設けられ、前記第3上部パネルおよび前記第4上部パネルは、前記透明積層フィルムを貫通する第4上部切り込み部によって互いに分離され、前記第1上部パネルおよび前記第3上部パネルは、前記透明積層フィルムを貫通する第5上部切り込み部によって互いに分離され、前記第2上部パネルおよび前記第4上部パネルは、前記透明積層フィルムを貫通する第6上部切り込み部によって互いに分離され、前記第3上部パネルと前記第4上部パネルとを互いに重ね合わせた状態で、前記上部固定パネルに固定することにより、前記第1上部湾曲面の外側に、前記装着者から遠ざかる側に凸となるように湾曲する第2上部湾曲面が形成されてもよい。 In the transparent laminated film according to one embodiment, a third upper panel and a fourth upper panel arranged along the extending direction of the upper side are provided on the upper side side of the first upper panel and the second upper panel. The third upper panel and the fourth upper panel are separated from each other by a fourth upper notch portion penetrating the transparent laminated film, and the first upper panel and the third upper panel have the transparent laminated film. The second upper panel and the fourth upper panel are separated from each other by the fifth upper notch portion penetrating the transparent laminated film, and the third upper panel and the fourth upper panel are separated from each other by the sixth upper notch portion penetrating the transparent laminated film. 4 By fixing the upper panel to the upper fixing panel in a state of being overlapped with each other, the second upper bending is curved so as to be convex to the outside of the first upper curved surface toward the side away from the wearer. A surface may be formed.
 一実施の形態による透明積層フィルムにおいて、前記第4上部切り込み部は、前記上辺から延びていてもよい。 In the transparent laminated film according to the embodiment, the fourth upper cut portion may extend from the upper side.
 一実施の形態による透明積層フィルムにおいて、前記第1下部パネルと前記第2下部パネルとを前記下部固定パネルに固定し、かつ、前記第1上部パネルと前記第2上部パネルとを前記上部固定パネルに固定することにより、前記第1下部湾曲面と前記第1上部湾曲面との間に、前記装着者から遠ざかる側に凸となるように湾曲する中間部湾曲面が形成されてもよい。 In the transparent laminated film according to the embodiment, the first lower panel and the second lower panel are fixed to the lower fixing panel, and the first upper panel and the second upper panel are fixed to the upper fixing panel. By fixing to, an intermediate curved surface that curves so as to be convex toward the wearer may be formed between the first lower curved surface and the first upper curved surface.
 一実施の形態による透明積層フィルムにおいて、前記中間部湾曲面は、垂直断面において、直線形状をもっていてもよい。 In the transparent laminated film according to the embodiment, the curved surface of the intermediate portion may have a linear shape in a vertical cross section.
 一実施の形態による透明積層フィルムは、装着者の顔面を保護するフェイスシールドに用いられる透明積層フィルムであって、上辺と、前記上辺に対向する下辺と、前記上辺と前記下辺との間に延びる一対の側辺とを有する矩形状をもち、前記上辺から延びる一対の第1山折り部と、前記上辺から延びるとともに、一対の前記第1山折り部間に設けられた一対の第1谷折り部とが形成されており、一対の前記第1山折り部は、前記側辺の延在方向に沿って延び、一対の前記第1谷折り部は、前記上辺側から前記下辺側に向かうにつれて互いに離間するように、前記側辺の延在方向に傾斜する方向に沿って延び、一対の前記第1山折り部および一対の前記第1谷折り部に沿って折り畳むことにより、前面と、前記前面の上方に設けられ、前記前面から後方に折り畳まれた上面とが形成される、透明積層フィルムである。 The transparent laminated film according to one embodiment is a transparent laminated film used for a face shield that protects the wearer's face, and extends between the upper side, the lower side facing the upper side, and the upper side and the lower side. It has a rectangular shape with a pair of side sides, a pair of first mountain folds extending from the upper side, and a pair of first valley folds extending from the upper side and provided between the pair of first mountain folds. The portions are formed, and the pair of the first mountain fold portions extend along the extending direction of the side sides, and the pair of the first valley fold portions extend from the upper side to the lower side. The front surface and said It is a transparent laminated film provided above the front surface and formed with an upper surface folded from the front surface to the rear.
 一実施の形態による透明積層フィルムは、装着者の顔面を保護するフェイスシールドに用いられる透明積層フィルムであって、上辺と、前記上辺に対向する下辺と、前記上辺と前記下辺との間に延びる一対の側辺とを有する矩形状をもち、前記下辺から延びる一対の第2山折り部と、前記下辺から延びるとともに、一対の前記第2山折り部間に設けられた一対の第2谷折り部とが形成されており、一対の前記第2山折り部は、前記側辺の延在方向に沿って延び、一対の前記第2谷折り部は、前記下辺側から前記上辺側に向かうにつれて互いに離間するように、前記側辺の延在方向に傾斜する方向に沿って延び、一対の前記第2山折り部および一対の前記第2谷折り部に沿って折り畳むことにより、前面と、前記前面の下方に設けられ、前記前面から後方に折り畳まれた下面とが形成される、透明積層フィルムである。 The transparent laminated film according to one embodiment is a transparent laminated film used for a face shield that protects the wearer's face, and extends between the upper side, the lower side facing the upper side, and the upper side and the lower side. It has a rectangular shape with a pair of side sides, a pair of second mountain folds extending from the lower side, and a pair of second valley folds extending from the lower side and provided between the pair of second mountain folds. The portions are formed, and the pair of the second mountain fold portions extend along the extending direction of the side sides, and the pair of the second valley fold portions extend from the lower side to the upper side. The front surface and said It is a transparent laminated film provided below the front surface and formed with a lower surface folded from the front surface to the rear.
 一実施の形態による透明積層フィルムにおいて、前記上辺から延びる一対の第1山折り部と、前記上辺から延びるとともに、一対の前記第1山折り部間に設けられた一対の第1谷折り部とが形成されており、一対の前記第1山折り部は、前記側辺の延在方向に沿って延び、一対の前記第1谷折り部は、前記上辺側から前記下辺側に向かうにつれて互いに離間するように、前記側辺の延在方向に傾斜する方向に沿って延び、一対の前記第1山折り部および一対の前記第1谷折り部に沿って折り畳むことにより、前記前面の上方に設けられ、前記前面から後方に折り畳まれた上面が形成されてもよい。 In the transparent laminated film according to one embodiment, a pair of first mountain fold portions extending from the upper side and a pair of first valley fold portions extending from the upper side and provided between the pair of first mountain fold portions. Is formed, the pair of the first mountain folds extends along the extending direction of the side, and the pair of the first valley folds are separated from each other from the upper side toward the lower side. As such, it extends above the front surface by extending along a direction inclined in the extending direction of the side surface and folding along the pair of the first mountain folds and the pair of the first valley folds. An upper surface that is folded backward from the front surface may be formed.
 一実施の形態による透明積層フィルムにおいて、一対の前記第1山折り部および一対の前記第1谷折り部に沿って折り畳むとともに、一対の前記第2山折り部および一対の前記第2谷折り部に沿って折り畳むことにより、前記前面の側方に、前記前面から後方に広がる側面が形成されてもよい。 In the transparent laminated film according to the embodiment, the pair of the first mountain fold portions and the pair of the first valley fold portions are folded, and the pair of the second mountain fold portions and the pair of the second valley fold portions are folded. By folding along the front surface, a side surface extending rearward from the front surface may be formed on the side surface of the front surface.
 一実施の形態による透明積層フィルムにおいて、光の反射率が、1.0%以下であってもよい。 In the transparent laminated film according to one embodiment, the reflectance of light may be 1.0% or less.
 一実施の形態によるフェイスシールドは、装着者の顔面を保護するフェイスシールドにおいて、前記装着者に装着される保持部材と、前記保持部材に取り付けられ、前記装着者の前記顔面の少なくとも一部を覆う透明積層フィルムとを備え、前記透明積層フィルムは、上辺と、前記上辺に対向する下辺と、前記上辺と前記下辺との間に延びる一対の側辺とを有する矩形状をもち、前記下辺の近傍を湾曲させることにより、前記下辺の近傍に、前記装着者から遠ざかる側に凸となるように湾曲する第1湾曲面が形成されている、フェイスシールドである。 The face shield according to one embodiment is a face shield that protects the wearer's face, and is attached to the holding member and the holding member to cover at least a part of the wearer's face. The transparent laminated film includes a transparent laminated film, and the transparent laminated film has a rectangular shape having an upper side, a lower side facing the upper side, and a pair of side sides extending between the upper side and the lower side, and is in the vicinity of the lower side. This is a face shield in which a first curved surface that is curved so as to be convex toward the side away from the wearer is formed in the vicinity of the lower side of the face shield.
 一実施の形態によるフェイスシールドは、装着者の顔面を保護するフェイスシールドにおいて、前記装着者に装着される保持部材と、前記保持部材に取り付けられ、前記装着者の前記顔面の少なくとも一部を覆う透明積層フィルムとを備え、前記透明積層フィルムは、上辺と、前記上辺に対向する下辺と、前記上辺と前記下辺との間に延びる一対の側辺とを有する矩形状をもち、前記上辺の近傍を湾曲させることにより、前記上辺の近傍に、前記装着者から遠ざかる側に凸となるように湾曲する第2湾曲面が形成されている、フェイスシールドである。 The face shield according to one embodiment is a face shield that protects the wearer's face, and is attached to the holding member and the holding member to cover at least a part of the wearer's face. The transparent laminated film includes a transparent laminated film, and the transparent laminated film has a rectangular shape having an upper side, a lower side facing the upper side, and a pair of side sides extending between the upper side and the lower side, and is in the vicinity of the upper side. Is a face shield in which a second curved surface that is curved so as to be convex toward the side away from the wearer is formed in the vicinity of the upper side of the face shield.
 一実施の形態による透明積層フィルムは、装着者の顔面を保護するフェイスシールドに用いられる透明積層フィルムであって、上辺と、前記上辺に対向する下辺と、前記上辺と前記下辺との間に延びる一対の側辺とを有する矩形状をもち、前記下辺の近傍を湾曲させることにより、前記下辺の近傍に、前記装着者から遠ざかる側に凸となるように湾曲する第1湾曲面が形成される、透明積層フィルムである。 The transparent laminated film according to one embodiment is a transparent laminated film used for a face shield that protects the wearer's face, and extends between the upper side, the lower side facing the upper side, and the upper side and the lower side. By having a rectangular shape having a pair of side sides and bending the vicinity of the lower side, a first curved surface that is curved so as to be convex toward the side away from the wearer is formed in the vicinity of the lower side. , A transparent laminated film.
 一実施の形態による透明積層フィルムは、装着者の顔面を保護するフェイスシールドに用いられる透明積層フィルムであって、上辺と、前記上辺に対向する下辺と、前記上辺と前記下辺との間に延びる一対の側辺とを有する矩形状をもち、前記上辺の近傍を湾曲させることにより、前記上辺の近傍に、前記装着者から遠ざかる側に凸となるように湾曲する第2湾曲面が形成される、透明積層フィルムである。 The transparent laminated film according to one embodiment is a transparent laminated film used for a face shield that protects the wearer's face, and extends between the upper side, the lower side facing the upper side, and the upper side and the lower side. By having a rectangular shape having a pair of side sides and bending the vicinity of the upper side, a second curved surface that is curved so as to be convex toward the side away from the wearer is formed in the vicinity of the upper side. , A transparent laminated film.
 一実施の形態によるフェイスシールドは、装着者の顔面を保護するフェイスシールドにおいて、前記装着者に装着される保持部材と、前記保持部材に取り付けられ、前記装着者の前記顔面の少なくとも一部を覆う透明積層フィルムとを備え、前記保持部材は、前記装着者の耳に装着される耳掛け部を含む一対のテンプル部と、前記一対のテンプル部を前記装着者の後方から互いに連結する連結部とを有し、前記装着者の前方には、一対の前記テンプル部同士の間に延びる他の部材が配置されていない、フェイスシールドである。 The face shield according to one embodiment is a face shield that protects the wearer's face, and is attached to the holding member and the holding member to cover at least a part of the wearer's face. The holding member includes a transparent laminated film, and the holding member includes a pair of temple portions including an ear hook portion to be attached to the wearer's ear, and a connecting portion for connecting the pair of temple portions to each other from the rear of the wearer. In front of the wearer, no other member extending between the pair of temples is arranged, which is a face shield.
 一実施の形態によるフェイスシールドにおいて、一対の前記テンプル部は、前記耳掛け部よりも前方において、互いに平行に延びているか、または、前方に向かうにつれて、一対の前記テンプル部間の距離が長くなるように延びていてもよい。 In the face shield according to one embodiment, the pair of temples extend in parallel with each other in front of the ear hook, or the distance between the pair of temples increases as the temples move forward. It may be extended as such.
 一実施の形態によるフェイスシールドにおいて、各々の前記テンプル部の先端間の距離が130mmとなるように、各々の前記テンプル部を互いに離間する方向に広げるために必要な力は、0.01N以上3.0N以下であることが好ましい。 In the face shield according to one embodiment, the force required to widen each temple portion in a direction away from each other so that the distance between the tips of the temple portions is 130 mm is 0.01 N or more 3 It is preferably 0.0 N or less.
 一実施の形態によるフェイスシールドにおいて、前記連結部に、水平方向に対する前記テンプル部の傾きを調整する錘が取り付けられていてもよい。 In the face shield according to the embodiment, a weight for adjusting the inclination of the temple portion with respect to the horizontal direction may be attached to the connecting portion.
 一実施の形態によるフェイスシールドにおいて、前記テンプル部および前記連結部は、一体に成形されていてもよい。 In the face shield according to the embodiment, the temple portion and the connecting portion may be integrally molded.
 一実施の形態によるフェイスシールドにおいて、前記連結部は、前記テンプル部とは別体に設けられ、水平方向に対する前記テンプル部の傾きを調整してもよい。 In the face shield according to the embodiment, the connecting portion may be provided separately from the temple portion, and the inclination of the temple portion with respect to the horizontal direction may be adjusted.
 一実施の形態によるフェイスシールドにおいて、前記保持部材は、金属製の棒状部材からなっていてもよい。 In the face shield according to the embodiment, the holding member may be made of a metal rod-shaped member.
 一実施の形態によるフェイスシールドにおいて、前記金属は、アルミニウムであってもよい。 In the face shield according to the embodiment, the metal may be aluminum.
 一実施の形態によるフェイスシールドにおいて、前記保持部材は、樹脂製の棒状部材からなっていてもよい。 In the face shield according to the embodiment, the holding member may be made of a resin rod-shaped member.
 一実施の形態によるフェイスシールドにおいて、前記樹脂は、ポリエチレンテレフタレート、ポリカーボネート、アクリル樹脂から選ばれる樹脂からなっていてもよい。 In the face shield according to the embodiment, the resin may be made of a resin selected from polyethylene terephthalate, polycarbonate, and acrylic resin.
 一実施の形態によるフェイスシールドにおいて、前記テンプル部は、前記耳掛け部の前方に設けられ、前記透明積層フィルムを保持するための一対の取付部を含み、前記透明積層フィルムに、前記取付部が挿入される開口部が形成されていてもよい。 In the face shield according to the embodiment, the temple portion is provided in front of the ear hook portion and includes a pair of mounting portions for holding the transparent laminated film, and the mounting portion is attached to the transparent laminated film. An opening to be inserted may be formed.
 一実施の形態によるフェイスシールドにおいて、前記保持部材は、前記透明積層フィルムを上下方向に移動可能に保持してもよい。 In the face shield according to the embodiment, the holding member may hold the transparent laminated film so as to be movable in the vertical direction.
 本開示によれば、光の反射を効果的に抑制できる。 According to the present disclosure, the reflection of light can be effectively suppressed.
 また、本開示によれば、透明積層フィルムおよびフェイスシールドの意匠性を向上させるか、または透明積層フィルムおよびフェイスシールドに文字や記号情報を明確に表示できる。 Further, according to the present disclosure, it is possible to improve the design of the transparent laminated film and the face shield, or to clearly display characters and symbol information on the transparent laminated film and the face shield.
 本開示によれば、下方に飛散した飛沫が周囲の構造物に付着することを抑制できる。 According to the present disclosure, it is possible to prevent the droplets scattered downward from adhering to the surrounding structure.
 また、本開示によれば、他者から飛散した飛沫が、装着者に付着することを抑制できる。 Further, according to the present disclosure, it is possible to prevent the droplets scattered from others from adhering to the wearer.
 本開示によれば、装着者が眼鏡をかけていた場合であっても、眼鏡と保持部材とが干渉してしまうことを抑制し、かつ、保持部材が目立ってしまうことを抑制できる。 According to the present disclosure, even when the wearer wears spectacles, it is possible to prevent the spectacles from interfering with the holding member and to prevent the holding member from becoming conspicuous.
図1は、第1の実施の形態によるフェイスシールドを示す斜視図である。FIG. 1 is a perspective view showing a face shield according to the first embodiment. 図2Aは、第1の実施の形態によるフェイスシールドを示す上面図である。FIG. 2A is a top view showing a face shield according to the first embodiment. 図2Bは、第1の実施の形態によるフェイスシールドの保持部材を示す斜視図である。FIG. 2B is a perspective view showing a holding member of the face shield according to the first embodiment. 図2C1は、第1の実施の形態によるフェイスシールドのシールド部を示す正面図である。FIG. 2C1 is a front view showing a shield portion of the face shield according to the first embodiment. 図2C2は、第1の実施の形態によるフェイスシールドを示す正面図である。FIG. 2C2 is a front view showing a face shield according to the first embodiment. 図2Dは、第1の実施の形態によるフェイスシールドを示す側面図である。FIG. 2D is a side view showing a face shield according to the first embodiment. 図2Eは、第1の実施の形態によるフェイスシールドの一部を拡大して示す側面図である。FIG. 2E is an enlarged side view showing a part of the face shield according to the first embodiment. 図2Fは、第1の実施の形態によるフェイスシールドの断面の一部を拡大して示す断面図である。FIG. 2F is an enlarged cross-sectional view showing a part of the cross section of the face shield according to the first embodiment. 図3Aは、第1の実施の形態による保護フィルム付き透明積層フィルムの層構成の一例を示す断面図である。FIG. 3A is a cross-sectional view showing an example of the layer structure of the transparent laminated film with a protective film according to the first embodiment. 図3Bは、第1の実施の形態による保護フィルム付き透明積層フィルムの層構成の一例を示す断面図である。FIG. 3B is a cross-sectional view showing an example of the layer structure of the transparent laminated film with a protective film according to the first embodiment. 図3Cは、第1の実施の形態による保護フィルム付き透明積層フィルムの層構成の一例を示す断面図である。FIG. 3C is a cross-sectional view showing an example of the layer structure of the transparent laminated film with a protective film according to the first embodiment. 図3Dは、第1の実施の形態による保護フィルム付き透明積層フィルムの層構成の一例を示す断面図である。FIG. 3D is a cross-sectional view showing an example of the layer structure of the transparent laminated film with a protective film according to the first embodiment. 図3Eは、第1の実施の形態による透明積層フィルムに形成される開口の形状の一例を示す正面図である。FIG. 3E is a front view showing an example of the shape of the opening formed in the transparent laminated film according to the first embodiment. 図3Fは、第1の実施の形態による透明積層フィルムに形成される開口の形状の一例を示す正面図である。FIG. 3F is a front view showing an example of the shape of the opening formed in the transparent laminated film according to the first embodiment. 図3Gは、第1の実施の形態による透明積層フィルムに形成される開口の形状の一例を示す正面図である。FIG. 3G is a front view showing an example of the shape of the opening formed in the transparent laminated film according to the first embodiment. 図4Aは、第1の実施の形態によるフェイスシールドの変形例を示す斜視図である。FIG. 4A is a perspective view showing a modified example of the face shield according to the first embodiment. 図4Bは、第1の実施の形態によるフェイスシールドの変形例を示す斜視図である。FIG. 4B is a perspective view showing a modified example of the face shield according to the first embodiment. 図5は、第1の実施の形態による透明積層フィルムの使用例を示す斜視図である。FIG. 5 is a perspective view showing an example of using the transparent laminated film according to the first embodiment. 図6は、実施例による曲げ応力測定試験を説明する図である。FIG. 6 is a diagram illustrating a bending stress measurement test according to an embodiment. 図7は、実施例による疑似破断試験に使用する試験片を示す正面図である。FIG. 7 is a front view showing a test piece used for the pseudo-fracture test according to the embodiment. 図8は、実施例による疑似破断試験を説明する図である。FIG. 8 is a diagram illustrating a pseudo-fracture test according to an example. 図9は、第2の実施の形態によるフェイスシールドを示す斜視図である。FIG. 9 is a perspective view showing a face shield according to the second embodiment. 図10は、第2の実施の形態によるフェイスシールドのシールド部を示す正面図である。FIG. 10 is a front view showing a shield portion of the face shield according to the second embodiment. 図11Aは、第2の実施の形態による保護フィルム付き透明積層フィルムの層構成の一例を示す断面図である。FIG. 11A is a cross-sectional view showing an example of the layer structure of the transparent laminated film with a protective film according to the second embodiment. 図11Bは、第2の実施の形態による保護フィルム付き透明積層フィルムの層構成の一例を示す断面図である。FIG. 11B is a cross-sectional view showing an example of the layer structure of the transparent laminated film with a protective film according to the second embodiment. 図11Cは、第2の実施の形態による保護フィルム付き透明積層フィルムの層構成の一例を示す断面図である。FIG. 11C is a cross-sectional view showing an example of the layer structure of the transparent laminated film with a protective film according to the second embodiment. 図11Dは、第2の実施の形態による保護フィルム付き透明積層フィルムの層構成の一例を示す断面図である。FIG. 11D is a cross-sectional view showing an example of the layer structure of the transparent laminated film with a protective film according to the second embodiment. 図11Eは、第2の実施の形態による保護フィルム付き透明積層フィルムの層構成の一例を示す断面図である。FIG. 11E is a cross-sectional view showing an example of the layer structure of the transparent laminated film with a protective film according to the second embodiment. 図11Fは、第2の実施の形態による保護フィルム付き透明積層フィルムの層構成の一例を示す断面図である。FIG. 11F is a cross-sectional view showing an example of the layer structure of the transparent laminated film with a protective film according to the second embodiment. 図11Gは、第2の実施の形態による保護フィルム付き透明積層フィルムの層構成の一例を示す断面図である。FIG. 11G is a cross-sectional view showing an example of the layer structure of the transparent laminated film with a protective film according to the second embodiment. 図11Hは、第2の実施の形態による保護フィルム付き透明積層フィルムの層構成の一例を示す断面図である。FIG. 11H is a cross-sectional view showing an example of the layer structure of the transparent laminated film with a protective film according to the second embodiment. 図11Iは、第2の実施の形態による保護フィルム付き透明積層フィルムの層構成の一例を示す断面図である。FIG. 11I is a cross-sectional view showing an example of the layer structure of the transparent laminated film with a protective film according to the second embodiment. 図11Jは、第2の実施の形態による保護フィルム付き透明積層フィルムの層構成の一例を示す断面図である。FIG. 11J is a cross-sectional view showing an example of the layer structure of the transparent laminated film with a protective film according to the second embodiment. 図12は、第2の実施の形態によるフェイスシールドの変形例を示す斜視図である。FIG. 12 is a perspective view showing a modified example of the face shield according to the second embodiment. 図13は、第2の実施の形態によるフェイスシールドの変形例を示す斜視図である。FIG. 13 is a perspective view showing a modified example of the face shield according to the second embodiment. 図14は、第2の実施の形態による透明積層フィルムの他の使用例を示す斜視図である。FIG. 14 is a perspective view showing another usage example of the transparent laminated film according to the second embodiment. 図15は、図14の透明積層フィルムを示す正面図である。FIG. 15 is a front view showing the transparent laminated film of FIG. 図16は、第3の実施の形態の第1の実施モードによるフェイスシールドを示す斜視図である。FIG. 16 is a perspective view showing a face shield according to the first embodiment of the third embodiment. 図17は、第3の実施の形態の第1の実施モードによるフェイスシールドを示す正面図である。FIG. 17 is a front view showing a face shield according to the first embodiment of the third embodiment. 図18は、第3の実施の形態の第1の実施モードによるフェイスシールドの保持部材を示す斜視図である。FIG. 18 is a perspective view showing a holding member of the face shield according to the first embodiment of the third embodiment. 図18Aは、第3の実施の形態の第1の実施モードによるフェイスシールドの保持部材を示す平面図である。FIG. 18A is a plan view showing a holding member of the face shield according to the first embodiment of the third embodiment. 図18Bは、第3の実施の形態の第1の実施モードによるフェイスシールドの保持部材の他の例を示す平面図である。FIG. 18B is a plan view showing another example of the holding member of the face shield according to the first embodiment of the third embodiment. 図19は、第3の実施の形態の第1の実施モードによる透明積層フィルムであって、組み立てられた状態の透明積層フィルムを示す正面図である。FIG. 19 is a front view showing a transparent laminated film according to the first embodiment of the third embodiment, which is an assembled transparent laminated film. 図20は、第3の実施の形態の第1の実施モードによる透明積層フィルムであって、組み立てられた状態の透明積層フィルムを示す底面図である。FIG. 20 is a bottom view showing a transparent laminated film according to the first embodiment of the third embodiment, and shows an assembled transparent laminated film. 図21は、第3の実施の形態の第1の実施モードによる透明積層フィルムであって、組み立てられた状態の透明積層フィルムを示す平面図である。FIG. 21 is a plan view showing a transparent laminated film according to the first embodiment of the third embodiment, which is an assembled transparent laminated film. 図22は、第3の実施の形態の第1の実施モードによる透明積層フィルムであって、組み立てられた状態の透明積層フィルムを示す側面図である。FIG. 22 is a side view showing a transparent laminated film according to the first embodiment of the third embodiment, which is an assembled transparent laminated film. 図23は、第3の実施の形態の第1の実施モードによる透明積層フィルムを示す展開図である。FIG. 23 is a developed view showing a transparent laminated film according to the first embodiment of the third embodiment. 図24は、第3の実施の形態の第1の実施モードによるフェイスシールドの保持部材の変形例を示す斜視図である。FIG. 24 is a perspective view showing a modified example of the holding member of the face shield according to the first embodiment of the third embodiment. 図25は、第3の実施の形態の第1の実施モードによるフェイスシールドの保持部材の変形例の連結部を示す正面図である。FIG. 25 is a front view showing a connecting portion of a modified example of the holding member of the face shield according to the first embodiment of the third embodiment. 図26は、第3の実施の形態の第2の実施モードによるフェイスシールドを示す斜視図である。FIG. 26 is a perspective view showing a face shield according to the second embodiment of the third embodiment. 図27は、第3の実施の形態の第2の実施モードによるフェイスシールドを示す正面図である。FIG. 27 is a front view showing a face shield according to the second embodiment of the third embodiment. 図28は、第3の実施の形態の第2の実施モードによる透明積層フィルムであって、組み立てられた状態の透明積層フィルムを示す底面図である。FIG. 28 is a bottom view showing the transparent laminated film according to the second embodiment of the third embodiment, and shows the assembled transparent laminated film. 図29は、第3の実施の形態の第2の実施モードによる透明積層フィルムであって、組み立てられた状態の透明積層フィルムを示す平面図である。FIG. 29 is a plan view showing a transparent laminated film according to the second embodiment of the third embodiment, and shows the transparent laminated film in an assembled state. 図30は、第3の実施の形態の第2の実施モードによる透明積層フィルムであって、組み立てられた状態の透明積層フィルムを示す側面図である。FIG. 30 is a side view showing the transparent laminated film according to the second embodiment of the third embodiment, and shows the transparent laminated film in an assembled state. 図31は、第3の実施の形態の第2の実施モードによる透明積層フィルムを示す展開図である。FIG. 31 is a developed view showing a transparent laminated film according to the second embodiment of the third embodiment. 図32は、第3の実施の形態の第3の実施モードによるフェイスシールドを示す斜視図である。FIG. 32 is a perspective view showing a face shield according to the third embodiment of the third embodiment. 図33は、第3の実施の形態の第3の実施モードによるフェイスシールドを示す正面図である。FIG. 33 is a front view showing a face shield according to the third embodiment of the third embodiment. 図34は、第3の実施の形態の第3の実施モードによる透明積層フィルムであって、組み立てられた状態の透明積層フィルムを示す底面図である。FIG. 34 is a bottom view showing the transparent laminated film according to the third embodiment of the third embodiment, and shows the transparent laminated film in an assembled state. 図35は、第3の実施の形態の第3の実施モードによる透明積層フィルムであって、組み立てられた状態の透明積層フィルムを示す平面図である。FIG. 35 is a plan view showing a transparent laminated film according to the third embodiment of the third embodiment, and shows the transparent laminated film in an assembled state. 図36は、第3の実施の形態の第3の実施モードによる透明積層フィルムであって、組み立てられた状態の透明積層フィルムを示す側面図である。FIG. 36 is a side view showing the transparent laminated film according to the third embodiment of the third embodiment, and shows the transparent laminated film in an assembled state. 図37は、第3の実施の形態の第3の実施モードによる透明積層フィルムを示す展開図である。FIG. 37 is a developed view showing a transparent laminated film according to the third embodiment of the third embodiment.
 (第1の実施の形態)
 以下、図面を参照して第1の実施の形態について説明する。図1乃至図3Gは第1の実施の形態を示す図である。以下に示す各図は、模式的に示した図である。そのため、各部の大きさ、形状は理解を容易にするために、適宜誇張している。また、技術思想を逸脱しない範囲において適宜変更して実施できる。なお、以下に示す各図において、同一部分には同一の符号を付しており、一部詳細な説明を省略する場合がある。また、本明細書中に記載する各部材の寸法等の数値および材料名は、実施の形態としての一例であり、これに限定されることなく、適宜選択して使用できる。本明細書において、形状や幾何学的条件を特定する用語、例えば平行や直交、垂直等の用語については、厳密に意味するところに加え、実質的に同じ状態も含めて解釈することとする。
(First Embodiment)
Hereinafter, the first embodiment will be described with reference to the drawings. 1 to 3G are diagrams showing the first embodiment. Each figure shown below is a diagram schematically shown. Therefore, the size and shape of each part are exaggerated as appropriate to facilitate understanding. In addition, it can be changed and implemented as appropriate within the range that does not deviate from the technical idea. In each of the figures shown below, the same parts are designated by the same reference numerals, and some detailed description may be omitted. Further, the numerical values such as the dimensions of each member and the material names described in the present specification are examples of the embodiments, and the present invention is not limited to these, and can be appropriately selected and used. In the present specification, terms that specify a shape or a geometric condition, such as parallel, orthogonal, and vertical, are to be interpreted to include substantially the same state in addition to the strict meaning.
 フェイスシールド
 まず、図1および図2Aにより、本実施の形態による透明積層フィルム30を備えるフェイスシールド10について説明する。このフェイスシールド10は、装着者Hの顔面Fを保護するためのものである。
Face Shield First, the face shield 10 provided with the transparent laminated film 30 according to the present embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 1 and 2A. The face shield 10 is for protecting the face F of the wearer H.
 図1および図2Aに示すように、フェイスシールド10は、装着者Hに装着される保持部材20と、保持部材20に取り付けられ、装着者Hの顔面Fの少なくとも一部を覆うシールド部30A(透明積層フィルム30)とを備えている。このうち、保持部材20は、装着者Hの耳Eに当接する一対のテンプル部21と、一対のテンプル部21を互いに連結するフロント部22と、フロント部22から下方に延び、装着者Hの鼻Nに当接する一対のパッド部23とを有している。本実施の形態では、保持部材20は、いわゆるメガネフレームタイプとなっている。 As shown in FIGS. 1 and 2A, the face shield 10 has a holding member 20 attached to the wearer H and a shield portion 30A attached to the holding member 20 and covering at least a part of the face F of the wearer H ( It is provided with a transparent laminated film 30). Of these, the holding member 20 extends downward from the pair of temples 21 that abut the ear E of the wearer H, the front portion 22 that connects the pair of temples 21 to each other, and the wearer H. It has a pair of pad portions 23 that come into contact with the nose N. In the present embodiment, the holding member 20 is a so-called eyeglass frame type.
 このような保持部材20は、図2Aに示すように、装着者Hがフェイスシールド10を装着した際に、装着者Hの鼻Nや口等と、シールド部30Aとの間に所望の隙間が形成されるように、シールド部30Aを保持している。 As shown in FIG. 2A, such a holding member 20 has a desired gap between the nose N, mouth, etc. of the wearer H and the shield portion 30A when the wearer H wears the face shield 10. The shield portion 30A is held so as to be formed.
 装着者Hがフェイスシールド10を装着した状態において、装着者Hの鼻Nとシールド部30Aとの間の距離D1(図2A参照)は、3mm以上150mm以下であってもよく、5mm以上100mm以下であることが好ましい。距離D1が3mm以上であることにより、装着者Hが頭部を動かした場合等に、シールド部30Aを構成する透明積層フィルム30が、装着者Hの顔面Fに接触してしまうことを抑制できる。このため、装着者Hがフェイスシールド10を装着した状態であっても、装着者Hがストレスを感じることなく作業に集中できる。また、距離D1が150mm以下であることにより、装着者Hが頭部を動かした場合等に、シールド部30Aを構成する透明積層フィルム30が、周囲の構造物や他人に接触してしまうことを抑制できる。また、距離D1が150mm以下であることにより、フェイスシールド10の重量が大きくなり過ぎることを抑制できる。このため、装着者Hがフェイスシールド10を装着した状態であっても、装着者Hがストレスを感じることなく作業に集中できる。さらに、また、距離D1が150mm以下であることにより、装着者Hのくしゃみや咳による唾液等の飛沫が他人の顔面に付着することや、他人のくしゃみや咳による唾液等の飛沫が装着者Hの顔面に付着することを効果的に抑制できる。また、距離D1が100mm以下であることにより、装着者Hが頭部を動かした場合等に、シールド部30Aを構成する透明積層フィルム30が、周囲の構造物や他人に接触してしまうことを更に効果的に抑制できる。また、距離D1が100mm以下であることにより、フェイスシールド10の重量が大きくなり過ぎることを更に効果的に抑制できる。このため、装着者Hがフェイスシールド10を装着した状態であっても、装着者Hがストレスを感じることなく作業に集中できる。さらに、また、距離D1が100mm以下であることにより、装着者Hのくしゃみや咳による唾液等の飛沫が他人の顔面に付着することや、他人のくしゃみや咳による唾液等の飛沫が装着者Hの顔面に付着することを更に効果的に抑制できる。 When the wearer H wears the face shield 10, the distance D1 (see FIG. 2A) between the wearer H's nose N and the shield portion 30A may be 3 mm or more and 150 mm or less, and 5 mm or more and 100 mm or less. Is preferable. When the distance D1 is 3 mm or more, it is possible to prevent the transparent laminated film 30 constituting the shield portion 30A from coming into contact with the face F of the wearer H when the wearer H moves his / her head. .. Therefore, even if the wearer H wears the face shield 10, the wearer H can concentrate on the work without feeling stress. Further, since the distance D1 is 150 mm or less, when the wearer H moves his / her head, the transparent laminated film 30 constituting the shield portion 30A may come into contact with surrounding structures or others. Can be suppressed. Further, when the distance D1 is 150 mm or less, it is possible to prevent the face shield 10 from becoming too heavy. Therefore, even if the wearer H wears the face shield 10, the wearer H can concentrate on the work without feeling stress. Furthermore, when the distance D1 is 150 mm or less, droplets such as saliva due to sneezing or coughing of the wearer H adhere to the face of another person, and droplets such as saliva due to sneezing or coughing of another person adhere to the face of the wearer H. It can effectively suppress the adhesion to the face of the sneeze. Further, when the distance D1 is 100 mm or less, the transparent laminated film 30 constituting the shield portion 30A may come into contact with surrounding structures or others when the wearer H moves his / her head. It can be suppressed more effectively. Further, when the distance D1 is 100 mm or less, it is possible to more effectively suppress the weight of the face shield 10 from becoming too large. Therefore, even if the wearer H wears the face shield 10, the wearer H can concentrate on the work without feeling stress. Furthermore, when the distance D1 is 100 mm or less, droplets such as saliva due to sneezing or coughing of the wearer H adhere to the face of another person, and droplets such as saliva due to sneezing or coughing of another person adhere to the face of the wearer H. It is possible to more effectively suppress the adhesion to the face of the sneeze.
 このような保持部材20の材質に制限はないが、柔軟性、軽量化および調達のしやすさなどの観点から、保持部材20は樹脂製であってもよい。保持部材20に用いられる樹脂材質としては、汎用に使用される樹脂材料から選択できる。例えば、樹脂は、ポリエチレンテレフタレート、ポリカーボネート、アクリル樹脂から選ばれる樹脂からなっていてもよい。 The material of the holding member 20 is not limited, but the holding member 20 may be made of resin from the viewpoints of flexibility, weight reduction, ease of procurement, and the like. The resin material used for the holding member 20 can be selected from resin materials used for general purposes. For example, the resin may consist of a resin selected from polyethylene terephthalate, polycarbonate, and acrylic resin.
 シールド部30Aは、装着者Hのくしゃみや咳による唾液等の飛沫が他人の顔面に付着することや、他人のくしゃみや咳による唾液等の飛沫が装着者Hの顔面Fに付着することを抑制する役割を果たす。このシールド部30Aは、透明積層フィルム30によって構成されている。本実施の形態では、シールド部30Aは、装着者Hの顔面Fの全体を覆っている。なお、シールド部30Aが、装着者Hの顔面Fの一部のみを覆っていてもよい。 The shield portion 30A suppresses that droplets such as saliva due to sneezing and coughing of the wearer H adhere to the face of another person, and that droplets such as saliva due to sneezing and coughing of another person adhere to the face F of the wearer H. Play a role. The shield portion 30A is made of a transparent laminated film 30. In the present embodiment, the shield portion 30A covers the entire face F of the wearer H. The shield portion 30A may cover only a part of the face F of the wearer H.
 シールド部30Aの形状は任意であり、シールド部30Aは、長方形状や、角部が丸められた長方形状、楕円形状などをもっていてもよい。シールド部30Aの大きさは、飛沫の飛散防止の観点から一定以上の大きさをもっていることが好ましく、10cm四方の正方形以上の大きさをもっていることが好ましい。また、装着者Hの動作を妨げない観点からは、40cm四方の正方形以下の大きさをもっていることが好ましい。 The shape of the shield portion 30A is arbitrary, and the shield portion 30A may have a rectangular shape, a rectangular shape with rounded corners, an elliptical shape, or the like. The size of the shield portion 30A is preferably a certain size or more from the viewpoint of preventing the scattering of droplets, and preferably a square size of 10 cm square or more. Further, from the viewpoint of not interfering with the operation of the wearer H, it is preferable to have a size of 40 cm square or less.
 このシールド部30Aは、図示しない取付部材を介して保持部材20に取り付けられていてもよい。あるいは、例えば、保持部材20に突起等の係合部が設けられ、かつシールド部30Aに貫通孔等の被係合部が設けられていてもよい。そして、被係合部が係合部に係合することにより、シールド部30Aが保持部材20に取り付けられてもよい。 The shield portion 30A may be attached to the holding member 20 via an attachment member (not shown). Alternatively, for example, the holding member 20 may be provided with an engaging portion such as a protrusion, and the shield portion 30A may be provided with an engaged portion such as a through hole. Then, the shield portion 30A may be attached to the holding member 20 by engaging the engaged portion with the engaging portion.
 保持部材20に設けられる係合部およびシールド部30Aに設けられる被係合部の一例について説明する。 An example of the engaged portion provided in the holding member 20 and the engaged portion provided in the shield portion 30A will be described.
 図2Bは、フェイスシールド10の保持部材20を示す斜視図である。保持部材20は、上述のように一対のテンプル部21とフロント部22とパッド部23とを有する。そして、図2Bに示すように、一対のテンプル部21は、それぞれヒンジ部21aを介してフロント部22に連結されている。これにより、シールド部30Aが保持部材20に取り付けられている状態であっても、一対のテンプル部21は、それぞれ、フロント部22に対して折り畳み可能になるように構成されている。このため、シールド部30Aを保持部材20から取り外すことなく、フェイスシールド10をコンパクトに収納することもできる。また、保持部材20には係合部29が設けられている。図2Bに示す例において、フロント部22は、装着者Hがフェイスシールド10を装着した際に装着者H側に位置する内面22aと、内面22aとは反対側に位置する外面22bとを有する。そして、係合部29はフロント部22の外面22bに設けられている。 FIG. 2B is a perspective view showing the holding member 20 of the face shield 10. As described above, the holding member 20 has a pair of temple portions 21, a front portion 22, and a pad portion 23. Then, as shown in FIG. 2B, the pair of temple portions 21 are connected to the front portion 22 via the hinge portions 21a, respectively. As a result, even when the shield portion 30A is attached to the holding member 20, each of the pair of temple portions 21 is configured to be foldable with respect to the front portion 22. Therefore, the face shield 10 can be compactly stored without removing the shield portion 30A from the holding member 20. Further, the holding member 20 is provided with an engaging portion 29. In the example shown in FIG. 2B, the front portion 22 has an inner surface 22a located on the wearer H side when the wearer H wears the face shield 10, and an outer surface 22b located on the side opposite to the inner surface 22a. The engaging portion 29 is provided on the outer surface 22b of the front portion 22.
 図2Bに示す例において、フロント部22のうち一対のテンプル部21の一方との接続部の付近には、係合部29として第1の係合部291が設けられている。また、フロント部22のうち一対のテンプル部21の他方との接続部の付近には、係合部29として第2の係合部292が設けられている。このように、フロント部22に係合部29を設けることにより、上述したように、シールド部30Aが保持部材20に取り付けられている状態であっても、テンプル部21をフロント部22に対して折り畳むことができる。 In the example shown in FIG. 2B, a first engaging portion 291 is provided as an engaging portion 29 in the vicinity of the connecting portion with one of the pair of temple portions 21 in the front portion 22. Further, a second engaging portion 292 is provided as an engaging portion 29 in the vicinity of the connecting portion of the front portion 22 to the other of the pair of temple portions 21. By providing the engaging portion 29 on the front portion 22 in this way, as described above, even when the shield portion 30A is attached to the holding member 20, the temple portion 21 is attached to the front portion 22. Can be folded.
 また、図2C1は、フェイスシールド10のシールド部30Aを示す正面図である。図2C1に示す例においては、シールド部30Aに、被係合部33として開口33aが形成されている。図2C1に示す例において、シールド部30Aは、角部が丸められた長方形状をもっている。そして、略長方形状のシールド部30Aの一対の短辺(装着者Hがフェイスシールド10を装着した状態において上下方向に延びる辺)のうち一方の付近に、被係合部33として第1の被係合部331が設けられている。また、略長方形状のシールド部30Aの一対の短辺のうち他方の付近に、被係合部33として第2の被係合部332が設けられている。このように、シールド部30Aには、2つの開口33aが形成されている。 Further, FIG. 2C1 is a front view showing the shield portion 30A of the face shield 10. In the example shown in FIG. 2C1, an opening 33a is formed in the shield portion 30A as the engaged portion 33. In the example shown in FIG. 2C1, the shield portion 30A has a rectangular shape with rounded corners. Then, in the vicinity of one of the pair of short sides of the substantially rectangular shield portion 30A (the sides extending in the vertical direction when the wearer H wears the face shield 10), the first covered portion 33 is used as the engaged portion 33. An engaging portion 331 is provided. Further, a second engaged portion 332 is provided as an engaged portion 33 in the vicinity of the other of the pair of short sides of the substantially rectangular shield portion 30A. As described above, the shield portion 30A is formed with two openings 33a.
 この開口33aは、装着者Hがフェイスシールド10を装着した状態において、長軸方向が上下方向に略平行になるように形成されている。開口33aの長軸方向の幅w1は、3mm以上20mm以下であってもよい。また、開口33aの短軸方向の幅w2は、1mm以上10mm以下であってもよい。 The opening 33a is formed so that the major axis direction is substantially parallel to the vertical direction when the wearer H wears the face shield 10. The width w1 of the opening 33a in the major axis direction may be 3 mm or more and 20 mm or less. Further, the width w2 of the opening 33a in the minor axis direction may be 1 mm or more and 10 mm or less.
 また、シールド部30Aのうち、各々の開口33aの外側には、内側に向かって凹む凹部34が形成されている。これにより、図2C2に示すように、シールド部30Aを保持部材20に取り付けた際に、開口33aよりも下方の部分を、下方に向かうにつれて幅が広くなるように広げることができる。このため、シールド部30Aが、装着者Hの口元近傍を確実に覆うことができ、くしゃみや咳による唾液等の飛沫が他人の顔面に付着することや、他人のくしゃみや咳による唾液等の飛沫が装着者Hの顔面に付着することを効果的に抑制できる。この凹部34の高さHは、開口33aの長軸方向の幅w1と同程度であってもよく、3mm以上20mm以下であってもよい。なお、外側とは、シールド部30Aの中心軸線CLから離れる側をいい、内側とは、中心軸線CLに近づく側をいう。 Further, in the shield portion 30A, a recess 34 recessed inward is formed on the outside of each opening 33a. As a result, as shown in FIG. 2C2, when the shield portion 30A is attached to the holding member 20, the portion below the opening 33a can be widened so as to become wider toward the lower side. Therefore, the shield portion 30A can surely cover the vicinity of the wearer H's mouth, and droplets such as saliva due to sneezing or coughing may adhere to the face of another person, or droplets such as saliva due to sneezing or coughing of another person. Can be effectively suppressed from adhering to the face of the wearer H. The height H of the recess 34 may be about the same as the width w1 of the opening 33a in the long axis direction, or may be 3 mm or more and 20 mm or less. The outside means the side of the shield portion 30A away from the central axis CL, and the inside means the side approaching the center axis CL.
 図2Dは、フェイスシールド10を図2Aの方向IIDからみた様子を示す側面図である。第1の被係合部331と第1の係合部291とを係合させ、且つ第2の被係合部332と第2の係合部292とを係合させることによって、図2Dに示すようにシールド部30Aを保持部材20に取り付けることができる。 FIG. 2D is a side view showing the face shield 10 as viewed from the direction IID of FIG. 2A. By engaging the first engaged portion 331 and the first engaging portion 291 and engaging the second engaged portion 332 and the second engaging portion 292, FIG. 2D shows. As shown, the shield portion 30A can be attached to the holding member 20.
 被係合部33と係合部29との係合の具体的態様について、さらに図2Eおよび図2Fにより説明する。図2Eは、図2Dにおいて符号IIEが付された一点鎖線で囲まれた部分を拡大して示す側面図である。図2Fは、図2EのIIF-IIF線に沿った断面の一部を示す図である。図2Fに示す例において、係合部29は、フロント部22から延びる第1腕部29aと、第1腕部29aから延びる第2腕部29bと、第2腕部29bに設けられた突起29cとを有する。このうち第1腕部29aは、装着者Hの顔面Fから離れる側(図2Fの上側)に突出しており、第2腕部29bは、第1腕部29aから前方(図2Fの左方)に向かって突出している。また、突起29cは、第2腕部29bから、装着者Hの顔面Fに向かう側(図2Fの下側)に突出している。このような係合部29は、フロント部22と一体に成形されていてもよい。すなわち、フロント部22および係合部29は、一体成形により形成されていてもよい。この場合、図2Fに示すように開口33aに突起29cが挿入されることによって、被係合部33と係合部29とが係合して、シールド部30Aが保持部材20に取り付けられる。ここで、図2Fに示すように、水平断面において、突起29cの前面29dは、前方(図2Fの左方)に向かうにつれて、第2腕部29bからの突起29cの突出量が徐々に小さくなるように、傾斜していてもよい。これにより、シールド部30Aを保持部材20に取り付ける際に、シールド部30Aのうち、開口33aと凹部34との間の部分が、突起29cを乗り越えやすくなっている。このため、シールド部30Aを保持部材20に容易に取り付けることができる。 The specific mode of engagement between the engaged portion 33 and the engaging portion 29 will be further described with reference to FIGS. 2E and 2F. FIG. 2E is an enlarged side view showing a portion surrounded by the alternate long and short dash line with reference numeral IIE in FIG. 2D. FIG. 2F is a diagram showing a part of a cross section taken along the line IIF-IIF of FIG. 2E. In the example shown in FIG. 2F, the engaging portion 29 includes a first arm portion 29a extending from the front portion 22, a second arm portion 29b extending from the first arm portion 29a, and a protrusion 29c provided on the second arm portion 29b. And have. Of these, the first arm portion 29a protrudes to the side away from the face F of the wearer H (upper side in FIG. 2F), and the second arm portion 29b is anterior to the first arm portion 29a (left side in FIG. 2F). It protrudes toward. Further, the protrusion 29c protrudes from the second arm portion 29b toward the face F of the wearer H (lower side of FIG. 2F). Such an engaging portion 29 may be integrally formed with the front portion 22. That is, the front portion 22 and the engaging portion 29 may be integrally formed. In this case, as shown in FIG. 2F, by inserting the protrusion 29c into the opening 33a, the engaged portion 33 and the engaging portion 29 are engaged with each other, and the shield portion 30A is attached to the holding member 20. Here, as shown in FIG. 2F, in the horizontal cross section, the protrusion amount of the protrusion 29c from the second arm portion 29b gradually decreases as the front surface 29d of the protrusion 29c toward the front (left side in FIG. 2F). As such, it may be inclined. As a result, when the shield portion 30A is attached to the holding member 20, the portion of the shield portion 30A between the opening 33a and the recess 34 can easily get over the protrusion 29c. Therefore, the shield portion 30A can be easily attached to the holding member 20.
 また、水平断面において、突起の後面29eは、前後方向(図2Fの左右方向)に対して直交していてもよい。これにより、保持部材20に取り付けられたシールド部30Aが、保持部材20から意図せずに取り外されてしまうことを抑制できる。 Further, in the horizontal cross section, the rear surface 29e of the protrusion may be orthogonal to the front-rear direction (horizontal direction in FIG. 2F). As a result, it is possible to prevent the shield portion 30A attached to the holding member 20 from being unintentionally removed from the holding member 20.
 保護フィルム付き透明積層フィルム
 次に、本実施の形態による保護フィルム付き透明積層フィルム60について説明する。図3A乃至図3Dは、保護フィルム付き透明積層フィルム60の層構成の一例を示している。図3A乃至図3Dに示すように、保護フィルム付き透明積層フィルム60は、本実施の形態による透明積層フィルム30と、透明積層フィルム30の表面301を保護する表面保護フィルム61と、透明積層フィルム30の裏面302を保護する裏面保護フィルム62とを備えている。
Transparent laminated film with protective film Next, the transparent laminated film 60 with a protective film according to the present embodiment will be described. 3A to 3D show an example of the layer structure of the transparent laminated film 60 with a protective film. As shown in FIGS. 3A to 3D, the transparent laminated film 60 with a protective film includes the transparent laminated film 30 according to the present embodiment, the surface protective film 61 that protects the surface 301 of the transparent laminated film 30, and the transparent laminated film 30. It is provided with a back surface protective film 62 that protects the back surface 302 of the above.
 このうち表面保護フィルム61および裏面保護フィルム62は、それぞれ透明積層フィルム30の表面301および裏面302に傷が付くことを抑制するとともに、表面301および裏面302が異物等によって汚染されることを抑制する役割を果たす。この表面保護フィルム61および裏面保護フィルム62は、それぞれ着脱自在に透明積層フィルム30に取り付けられている。表面保護フィルム61および裏面保護フィルム62は、それぞれ図示しない接合層を含み、この接合層により、透明積層フィルム30に取り付けられていてもよい。なお、接合層の粘着力は、例えば、0.05N/25mm以上5N/25mm以下程度であってもよい。また、上述したフェイスシールド10を使用する際には、表面保護フィルム61および裏面保護フィルム62は、それぞれ透明積層フィルム30から剥がされる。表面保護フィルム61および裏面保護フィルム62の材料は、例えば、ポリエステル樹脂やポリエチレンやポリプロピレンなどのポリオレフィンからなるフィルムであってもよい。 Of these, the front surface protective film 61 and the back surface protective film 62 suppress the scratches on the front surface 301 and the back surface 302 of the transparent laminated film 30, and prevent the front surface 301 and the back surface 302 from being contaminated by foreign matter or the like. Play a role. The front surface protective film 61 and the back surface protective film 62 are detachably attached to the transparent laminated film 30. The front surface protective film 61 and the back surface protective film 62 each include a bonding layer (not shown), and the bonding layer may be attached to the transparent laminated film 30. The adhesive strength of the bonding layer may be, for example, about 0.05 N / 25 mm or more and 5 N / 25 mm or less. Further, when the above-mentioned face shield 10 is used, the front surface protective film 61 and the back surface protective film 62 are each peeled off from the transparent laminated film 30. The material of the front surface protective film 61 and the back surface protective film 62 may be, for example, a film made of a polyester resin or a polyolefin such as polyethylene or polypropylene.
 透明積層フィルム
 次に、本実施の形態による透明積層フィルム30について説明する。透明積層フィルム30は、上述したように、装着者Hの顔面Fを保護するフェイスシールド10に用いられてもよい。図3A乃至図3Dに示すように、透明積層フィルム30は、表面301を構成する表面反射防止層40と、裏面302を構成する裏面反射防止層50とを備えている。また、図3Aおよび図3Bに示すように、透明積層フィルム30は、表面反射防止層40と裏面反射防止層50とを接着する透明接着層31を更に備えていてもよい。
Transparent Laminated Film Next, the transparent laminated film 30 according to the present embodiment will be described. As described above, the transparent laminated film 30 may be used for the face shield 10 that protects the face F of the wearer H. As shown in FIGS. 3A to 3D, the transparent laminated film 30 includes a front surface antireflection layer 40 constituting the front surface 301 and a back surface antireflection layer 50 constituting the back surface 302. Further, as shown in FIGS. 3A and 3B, the transparent laminated film 30 may further include a transparent adhesive layer 31 for adhering the front surface antireflection layer 40 and the back surface antireflection layer 50.
 具体的には、図3Aおよび図3Bに示すように、透明積層フィルム30は、表面301から裏面302に向かって、表面反射防止層40と、透明接着層31と、裏面反射防止層50とをこの順に備えている。この場合、透明積層フィルム30において、表面反射防止層40が、表面301側から外方に露出する。また、透明積層フィルム30において、裏面反射防止層50が、裏面302側から外方に露出する。 Specifically, as shown in FIGS. 3A and 3B, the transparent laminated film 30 has a front surface antireflection layer 40, a transparent adhesive layer 31, and a back surface antireflection layer 50 from the front surface 301 to the back surface 302. It is prepared in this order. In this case, in the transparent laminated film 30, the surface antireflection layer 40 is exposed outward from the surface 301 side. Further, in the transparent laminated film 30, the back surface antireflection layer 50 is exposed outward from the back surface 302 side.
 また、図3Aおよび図3Bに示す例においては、表面反射防止層40は、表面301から裏面302に向かって順に配置された表面反射防止機能層41と、表面透明基材層42とを有している。また、表面反射防止機能層41は、表面301から裏面302に向かって順に配置された表面屈折層43と、表面ハードコート層44とを含んでいる。さらに、表面屈折層43は、表面301から裏面302に向かって順に配置された表面低屈折率層45と、表面高屈折率層46とを含んでいる。ここで、表面高屈折率層46は、図3Bに示すように、表面301から裏面302に向かって順に配置された第1表面高屈折率層47と、第2表面高屈折率層48とを含んでいてもよい。 Further, in the examples shown in FIGS. 3A and 3B, the surface antireflection layer 40 has a surface antireflection functional layer 41 arranged in order from the front surface 301 to the back surface 302, and a surface transparent base material layer 42. ing. Further, the surface antireflection function layer 41 includes a surface refraction layer 43 arranged in order from the front surface 301 to the back surface 302, and a surface hard coat layer 44. Further, the surface refractive index layer 43 includes a surface low refractive index layer 45 arranged in order from the front surface 301 to the back surface 302, and a surface high refractive index layer 46. Here, as shown in FIG. 3B, the front surface high refractive index layer 46 includes a first surface high refractive index layer 47 arranged in order from the front surface 301 toward the back surface 302, and a second surface high refractive index layer 48. It may be included.
 また、図3Aおよび図3Bに示す例においては、裏面反射防止層50は、裏面302から表面301に向かって順に配置された裏面反射防止機能層51と、裏面透明基材層52とを有している。また、裏面反射防止機能層51は、裏面302から表面301に向かって順に配置された裏面屈折層53と、裏面ハードコート層54とを含んでいる。さらに、裏面屈折層53は、裏面302から表面301に向かって順に配置された裏面低屈折率層55と、裏面高屈折率層56とを含んでいる。ここで、図3Bに示すように、裏面高屈折率層56は、裏面302から表面301に向かって順に配置された第1裏面高屈折率層57と、第2裏面高屈折率層58とを含んでいてもよい。 Further, in the examples shown in FIGS. 3A and 3B, the back surface antireflection layer 50 has a back surface antireflection function layer 51 arranged in order from the back surface 302 toward the front surface 301, and a back surface transparent base material layer 52. ing. Further, the back surface antireflection function layer 51 includes a back surface refraction layer 53 arranged in order from the back surface 302 toward the front surface 301, and a back surface hard coat layer 54. Further, the back surface refractive index layer 53 includes a back surface low refractive index layer 55 arranged in order from the back surface 302 toward the front surface 301, and a back surface high refractive index layer 56. Here, as shown in FIG. 3B, the back surface high refractive index layer 56 includes a first back surface high refractive index layer 57 arranged in order from the back surface 302 toward the front surface 301, and a second back surface high refractive index layer 58. It may be included.
 さらに、図3Cおよび図3Dに示すように、透明積層フィルム30は、表面反射防止層40と裏面反射防止層50との間に位置するコア層32を更に備えていてもよい。この場合、透明積層フィルム30は、表面反射防止層40とコア層32とを接着する第1透明接着層31aと、コア層32と裏面反射防止層50とを接着する第2透明接着層31bとを更に備えていてもよい。 Further, as shown in FIGS. 3C and 3D, the transparent laminated film 30 may further include a core layer 32 located between the front surface antireflection layer 40 and the back surface antireflection layer 50. In this case, the transparent laminated film 30 includes a first transparent adhesive layer 31a for adhering the front surface antireflection layer 40 and the core layer 32, and a second transparent adhesive layer 31b for adhering the core layer 32 and the back surface antireflection layer 50. May be further provided.
 具体的には、図3Cおよび図3Dに示すように、透明積層フィルム30は、表面301から裏面302に向かって、表面反射防止層40と、第1透明接着層31aと、コア層32と、第2透明接着層31bと、裏面反射防止層50とをこの順に備えている。この場合においても、透明積層フィルム30において、表面反射防止層40が、表面301側から外方に露出する。また、透明積層フィルム30において、裏面反射防止層50が、裏面302側から外方に露出する。 Specifically, as shown in FIGS. 3C and 3D, the transparent laminated film 30 includes a front surface antireflection layer 40, a first transparent adhesive layer 31a, and a core layer 32 from the front surface 301 to the back surface 302. The second transparent adhesive layer 31b and the back surface antireflection layer 50 are provided in this order. Also in this case, in the transparent laminated film 30, the surface antireflection layer 40 is exposed outward from the surface 301 side. Further, in the transparent laminated film 30, the back surface antireflection layer 50 is exposed outward from the back surface 302 side.
 また、図3Cおよび図3Dに示す例においても、表面反射防止層40は、表面301から裏面302に向かって順に配置された表面反射防止機能層41と、表面透明基材層42とを有している。また、表面反射防止機能層41は、表面301から裏面302に向かって順に配置された表面屈折層43と、表面ハードコート層44とを含んでいる。さらに、表面屈折層43は、表面301から裏面302に向かって順に配置された表面低屈折率層45と、表面高屈折率層46とを含んでいる。ここで、表面高屈折率層46は、図3Dに示すように、表面301から裏面302に向かって順に配置された第1表面高屈折率層47と、第2表面高屈折率層48とを含んでいてもよい。 Further, also in the examples shown in FIGS. 3C and 3D, the surface antireflection layer 40 has a surface antireflection functional layer 41 arranged in order from the front surface 301 to the back surface 302, and a surface transparent base material layer 42. ing. Further, the surface antireflection function layer 41 includes a surface refraction layer 43 arranged in order from the front surface 301 to the back surface 302, and a surface hard coat layer 44. Further, the surface refractive index layer 43 includes a surface low refractive index layer 45 arranged in order from the front surface 301 to the back surface 302, and a surface high refractive index layer 46. Here, as shown in FIG. 3D, the front surface high refractive index layer 46 includes a first surface high refractive index layer 47 arranged in order from the front surface 301 toward the back surface 302, and a second surface high refractive index layer 48. It may be included.
 また、図3Cおよび図3Dに示す例においても、裏面反射防止層50は、裏面302から表面301に向かって順に配置された裏面反射防止機能層51と、裏面透明基材層52とを有している。また、裏面反射防止機能層51は、裏面302から表面301に向かって順に配置された裏面屈折層53と、裏面ハードコート層54とを含んでいる。さらに、裏面屈折層53は、裏面302から表面301に向かって順に配置された裏面低屈折率層55と、裏面高屈折率層56とを含んでいる。ここで、図3Dに示すように、裏面高屈折率層56は、裏面302から表面301に向かって順に配置された第1裏面高屈折率層57と、第2裏面高屈折率層58とを含んでいてもよい。 Further, also in the examples shown in FIGS. 3C and 3D, the back surface antireflection layer 50 has a back surface antireflection function layer 51 arranged in order from the back surface 302 toward the front surface 301, and a back surface transparent base material layer 52. ing. Further, the back surface antireflection function layer 51 includes a back surface refraction layer 53 arranged in order from the back surface 302 toward the front surface 301, and a back surface hard coat layer 54. Further, the back surface refractive index layer 53 includes a back surface low refractive index layer 55 arranged in order from the back surface 302 toward the front surface 301, and a back surface high refractive index layer 56. Here, as shown in FIG. 3D, the back surface high refractive index layer 56 includes a first back surface high refractive index layer 57 arranged in order from the back surface 302 toward the front surface 301, and a second back surface high refractive index layer 58. It may be included.
 上述したように、表面反射防止層40は、表面透明基材層42上に表面高屈折率層46及び表面低屈折率層45を有する基本構成からなっていてもよい。また、上述したように、裏面反射防止層50は、裏面透明基材層52上に裏面高屈折率層56及び裏面低屈折率層55を有する基本構成からなっていてもよい。表面高屈折率層46(裏面高屈折率層56)及び表面低屈折率層45(裏面低屈折率層55)は、光学干渉機能により反射防止機能を付与する役割を果たす。 As described above, the surface antireflection layer 40 may have a basic configuration having a surface high refractive index layer 46 and a surface low refractive index layer 45 on the surface transparent base material layer 42. Further, as described above, the back surface antireflection layer 50 may have a basic configuration having a back surface high refractive index layer 56 and a back surface low refractive index layer 55 on the back surface transparent base material layer 52. The front surface high refractive index layer 46 (back surface high refractive index layer 56) and the front surface low refractive index layer 45 (back surface low refractive index layer 55) play a role of imparting an antireflection function by an optical interference function.
 表面反射防止層40(裏面反射防止層50)は、さらに中屈折率層を設ける等して3層以上の光学干渉機能による反射防止機能を付与してもよいが、あまりに多層構造にすると費用対効果の点から好ましくない。したがって、本実施の形態による表面反射防止層40(裏面反射防止層50)は、表面高屈折率層46(裏面高屈折率層56)及び表面低屈折率層45(裏面低屈折率層55)の2層で光学干渉機能による反射防止機能を付与する構成であることが好ましい。なお、表面反射防止層40(裏面反射防止層50)は、表面ハードコート層44(裏面ハードコート層54)を中屈折率化して、中屈折率層、高屈折率層及び低屈折率層の3層で光学干渉機能による反射防止機能を付与してもよい。 The front surface antireflection layer 40 (back surface antireflection layer 50) may be further provided with a medium refractive index layer to provide an antireflection function due to an optical interference function of three or more layers, but if the structure is too multi-layered, it is cost-effective. It is not preferable from the viewpoint of effect. Therefore, the front surface antireflection layer 40 (back surface antireflection layer 50) according to the present embodiment includes the front surface high refractive index layer 46 (back surface high refractive index layer 56) and the front surface low refractive index layer 45 (back surface low refractive index layer 55). It is preferable that the two layers of the above are configured to provide an antireflection function by an optical interference function. The front surface antireflection layer 40 (back surface antireflection layer 50) has a medium refractive index of the front surface hard coat layer 44 (back surface hard coat layer 54) to form a medium refractive index layer, a high refractive index layer, and a low refractive index layer. The three layers may be provided with an antireflection function by an optical interference function.
 以下、透明積層フィルム30の各層について説明する。 Hereinafter, each layer of the transparent laminated film 30 will be described.
 <表面反射防止層および裏面反射防止層>
 表面反射防止層40は、主として透明積層フィルム30の表面301側から入射する光の反射を抑制するための層である。透明積層フィルム30が表面反射防止層40を備えていることにより、透明積層フィルム30の表面301における光の反射を抑制できる。これにより、例えばフェイスシールド10を装着した装着者Hを視認した際に、装着者Hの顔面Fの視認性を向上させることができる。このため、装着者Hの口元の視認性を向上させることができ、装着者Hと他者との円滑なコミュニケーションを図ることができる。また、裏面反射防止層50は、裏面302側から入射した光の反射だけでなく、表面301側から入射した光の反射を抑制する役割も果たす。
<Front surface anti-reflection layer and back surface anti-reflection layer>
The surface antireflection layer 40 is a layer for suppressing reflection of light incident on the surface 301 side of the transparent laminated film 30 mainly. Since the transparent laminated film 30 includes the surface antireflection layer 40, it is possible to suppress the reflection of light on the surface 301 of the transparent laminated film 30. Thereby, for example, when the wearer H wearing the face shield 10 is visually recognized, the visibility of the face F of the wearer H can be improved. Therefore, the visibility of the mouth of the wearer H can be improved, and smooth communication between the wearer H and others can be achieved. Further, the back surface antireflection layer 50 plays a role of suppressing not only the reflection of the light incident from the back surface 302 side but also the reflection of the light incident from the front surface 301 side.
 一方、裏面反射防止層50は、透明積層フィルム30の裏面302側から入射する光の反射を抑制するための層である。透明積層フィルム30が裏面反射防止層50を備えていることにより、透明積層フィルム30の裏面302における光の反射を抑制できる。これにより、例えばフェイスシールド10を装着した装着者Hが、透明積層フィルム30の裏面302において反射する光によって、不快感や疲労感を覚えることを抑制できる。 On the other hand, the back surface antireflection layer 50 is a layer for suppressing the reflection of light incident on the back surface 302 side of the transparent laminated film 30. Since the transparent laminated film 30 includes the back surface antireflection layer 50, it is possible to suppress the reflection of light on the back surface 302 of the transparent laminated film 30. As a result, for example, the wearer H wearing the face shield 10 can be prevented from feeling uncomfortable or tired due to the light reflected on the back surface 302 of the transparent laminated film 30.
 表面反射防止層40は、上述したように、表面反射防止機能層41と、表面透明基材層42とを有している。また、裏面反射防止層50は、上述したように、裏面反射防止機能層51と、裏面透明基材層52とを有している。ここでは、まず、表面透明基材層42および裏面透明基材層52について説明する。 As described above, the surface antireflection layer 40 has a surface antireflection functional layer 41 and a surface transparent base material layer 42. Further, as described above, the back surface antireflection layer 50 has a back surface antireflection function layer 51 and a back surface transparent base material layer 52. Here, first, the front surface transparent base material layer 42 and the back surface transparent base material layer 52 will be described.
 [表面透明基材層および裏面透明基材層]
 表面透明基材層42および裏面透明基材層52は、例えば、表面反射防止機能層41や裏面反射防止機能層51を支持するとともに、表面反射防止層40および裏面反射防止層50の全体の強度を高めるための層である。表面透明基材層42および裏面透明基材層52の材料は、一般的なフィルムの基材として用いられる透明な材料であれば特に限定されないが、材料コスト、生産性等の観点から、好ましくはプラスチックフィルム、プラスチックシート等を、用途に応じて適宜選択できる。
[Surface transparent base material layer and back surface transparent base material layer]
The front surface transparent base material layer 42 and the back surface transparent base material layer 52 support, for example, the front surface antireflection function layer 41 and the back surface antireflection function layer 51, and the overall strength of the front surface antireflection layer 40 and the back surface antireflection layer 50. It is a layer to enhance. The material of the front surface transparent base material layer 42 and the back surface transparent base material layer 52 is not particularly limited as long as it is a transparent material used as a base material of a general film, but is preferable from the viewpoint of material cost, productivity and the like. A plastic film, a plastic sheet, etc. can be appropriately selected according to the intended use.
 プラスチックフィルム又はプラスチックシートの材料としては、各種の合成樹脂からなる材料が挙げられる。合成樹脂としては、トリアセチルセルロース樹脂(TAC)、ジアセチルセルロース、アセテートブチレートセルロース、セロファン等のセルロース樹脂;ポリエチレンテレフタレート樹脂(PET)、ポリブチレンテレフタレート樹脂、ポリエチレンナフタレート-イソフタレート共重合樹脂、ポリエステル系熱可塑性エラストマー等のポリエステル樹脂;低密度ポリエチレン樹脂(線状低密度ポリエチレン樹脂を含む)、中密度ポリエチレン樹脂、高密度ポリエチレン樹脂、エチレンαオレフィン共重合体、ポリプロピレン樹脂、ポリメチルペンテン樹脂、ポリブテン樹脂、エチレン-プロピレン共重合体、プロピレン-ブテン共重合体、オレフィン系熱可塑性エラストマーあるいは、これらの混合物等のポリオレフィン樹脂;ポリ(メタ)アクリル酸メチル樹脂、ポリ(メタ)アクリル酸エチル樹脂、ポリ(メタ)アクリル酸ブチル樹脂等のアクリル樹脂;ナイロン6又はナイロン66などで代表されるポリアミド樹脂;ポリスチレン樹脂;ポリカーボネート樹脂;ポリアリレート樹脂;又はポリイミド樹脂等が好ましく挙げられる。また、表面透明基材層42および裏面透明基材層52の材料は、シクロオレフィンポリマー(COP)系樹脂、シクロオレフィンコポリマー(COC)系樹脂であってもよい。 Examples of the material of the plastic film or the plastic sheet include materials made of various synthetic resins. Examples of the synthetic resin include cellulose resins such as triacetyl cellulose resin (TAC), diacetyl cellulose, acetate butyrate cellulose, and cellophane; polyethylene terephthalate resin (PET), polybutylene terephthalate resin, polyethylene naphthalate-isophthalate copolymer resin, and polyester. Polyester resin such as based thermoplastic elastomer; low density polyethylene resin (including linear low density polyethylene resin), medium density polyethylene resin, high density polyethylene resin, ethylene α-olefin copolymer, polypropylene resin, polymethylpentene resin, polybutene Polyolefin resins such as resins, ethylene-propylene copolymers, propylene-butene copolymers, olefin-based thermoplastic elastomers, or mixtures thereof; poly (meth) methyl acrylate resin, poly (meth) ethyl acrylate resin, poly Acrylic resin such as (meth) butyl acrylate resin; polyamide resin typified by nylon 6 or nylon 66; polystyrene resin; polycarbonate resin; polyallylate resin; or polyimide resin and the like are preferably mentioned. Further, the material of the front surface transparent base material layer 42 and the back surface transparent base material layer 52 may be a cycloolefin polymer (COP) -based resin or a cycloolefin copolymer (COC) -based resin.
 表面透明基材層42および裏面透明基材層52としては、上記したプラスチックフィルム、プラスチックシートの中から単独で、又は2種以上を選んで混合物として用いることができるが、柔軟性、強靭性、透明性などの観点から、表面透明基材層42および裏面透明基材層52の材料としては、セルロース樹脂、ポリエステル樹脂がより好ましい。また、柔軟性、強靭性、透明性などの観点から、表面透明基材層42および裏面透明基材層52は、トリアセチルセルロース、ポリエチレンテレフタレートを含んでいることが好ましい。表面透明基材層42および裏面透明基材層52をなすポリエチレンテレフタレートとしては、例えば一般的なポリエチレンテレフタレートと比較してヘイズ(JISK7136:2000)の小さい、いわゆる光学PETと呼ばれるポリエチレンテレフタレートを用いることが好ましい。 As the front surface transparent base material layer 42 and the back surface transparent base material layer 52, one of the above-mentioned plastic films and plastic sheets can be used alone, or two or more kinds can be selected and used as a mixture. From the viewpoint of transparency and the like, cellulose resin and polyester resin are more preferable as the materials for the front surface transparent base material layer 42 and the back surface transparent base material layer 52. Further, from the viewpoint of flexibility, toughness, transparency and the like, it is preferable that the front surface transparent base material layer 42 and the back surface transparent base material layer 52 contain triacetyl cellulose and polyethylene terephthalate. As the polyethylene terephthalate forming the front surface transparent base material layer 42 and the back surface transparent base material layer 52, for example, polyethylene terephthalate having a smaller haze (JISK7136: 2000) than general polyethylene terephthalate, so-called optical PET, may be used. preferable.
 表面透明基材層42および裏面透明基材層52の厚みについては、特に制限はなく、用途に応じて適宜選択される。表面透明基材層42および裏面透明基材層52の厚みは、それぞれ5μm以上130μm以下程度であってもよく、耐久性やハンドリング性等を考慮すると、10μm以上100μm以下であることが好ましい。なお、各層の厚みは、それぞれ、例えば、走査型電子顕微鏡(SEM)、透過型電子顕微鏡(TEM)又は走査透過型電子顕微鏡(STEM)を用いて撮影した断面の画像から20箇所の厚みを測定し、20箇所の値の平均値から算出できる。測定する膜厚がμmオーダーの場合、SEMを用いることが好ましく、nmオーダーの場合、TEM又はSTEMを用いることが好ましい。SEMの場合、加速電圧は1kV以上10kV以下、倍率は1000倍以上7000倍以下とすることが好ましく、TEM又はSTEMの場合、加速電圧は10kV以上30kV以下、倍率は5万倍以上30万倍以下とすることが好ましい。なお、以下に説明する各層についても、各層の膜厚は、表面透明基材層42および裏面透明基材層52の膜厚と同様の方法によって測定できる。 The thickness of the front surface transparent base material layer 42 and the back surface transparent base material layer 52 is not particularly limited and may be appropriately selected depending on the intended use. The thickness of the front surface transparent base material layer 42 and the back surface transparent base material layer 52 may be about 5 μm or more and 130 μm or less, respectively, and is preferably 10 μm or more and 100 μm or less in consideration of durability and handleability. The thickness of each layer is measured at 20 points from the cross-sectional image taken with, for example, a scanning electron microscope (SEM), a transmission electron microscope (TEM), or a scanning transmission electron microscope (STEM). However, it can be calculated from the average value of the values at 20 points. When the film thickness to be measured is on the order of μm, it is preferable to use SEM, and when the film thickness is on the order of nm, it is preferable to use TEM or STEM. In the case of SEM, the acceleration voltage is preferably 1 kV or more and 10 kV or less, and the magnification is preferably 1000 times or more and 7,000 times or less. In the case of TEM or STEM, the acceleration voltage is 10 kV or more and 30 kV or less, and the magnification is 50,000 times or more and 300,000 times or less. Is preferable. For each layer described below, the film thickness of each layer can be measured by the same method as the film thickness of the front surface transparent base material layer 42 and the back surface transparent base material layer 52.
 [表面反射防止機能層および裏面反射防止機能層]
 次に、表面反射防止機能層41および裏面反射防止機能層51について説明する。表面反射防止機能層41および裏面反射防止機能層51は、それぞれ表面反射防止層40および裏面反射防止層50に対して、光の反射を抑制する機能を付与する役割を果たす。
[Front surface antireflection function layer and back surface antireflection function layer]
Next, the front surface antireflection function layer 41 and the back surface antireflection function layer 51 will be described. The front surface antireflection function layer 41 and the back surface antireflection function layer 51 play a role of imparting a function of suppressing light reflection to the front surface antireflection layer 40 and the back surface antireflection layer 50, respectively.
 また、表面反射防止機能層41は、表面透明基材層42上にコーティングされたコーティング層であってもよく、裏面反射防止機能層51は、裏面透明基材層52上にコーティングされたコーティング層であってもよい。このように、表面反射防止機能層41および裏面反射防止機能層51がコーティング層であることにより、表面反射防止機能層41および裏面反射防止機能層51の厚みを容易に制御でき、透明積層フィルム30の光の反射率や全光線透過率といった所望の機能を容易に制御できる。 Further, the front surface antireflection functional layer 41 may be a coating layer coated on the front surface transparent base material layer 42, and the back surface antireflection function layer 51 may be a coating layer coated on the back surface transparent base material layer 52. May be. As described above, since the front surface antireflection function layer 41 and the back surface antireflection function layer 51 are coating layers, the thicknesses of the front surface reflection prevention function layer 41 and the back surface antireflection function layer 51 can be easily controlled, and the transparent laminated film 30 can be easily controlled. Desired functions such as light reflectance and total light transmittance can be easily controlled.
 表面反射防止機能層41および裏面反射防止機能層51は、それぞれアクリルモノマーを含む硬化物からなることが好ましい。これにより、短時間の加工によっても均一性が高い表面反射防止機能層41および裏面反射防止機能層51を形成できる。 It is preferable that the front surface antireflection function layer 41 and the back surface antireflection function layer 51 are each made of a cured product containing an acrylic monomer. As a result, the front surface antireflection function layer 41 and the back surface antireflection function layer 51 with high uniformity can be formed even by processing in a short time.
 ここで、表面反射防止機能層41は、上述したように、表面屈折層43と、表面ハードコート層44とを含んでいる。また、裏面反射防止機能層51は、上述したように、裏面屈折層53と、裏面ハードコート層54とを含んでいる。表面ハードコート層44は、表面透明基材層42上にコーティングされたコーティング層であってもよく、表面屈折層43は、表面ハードコート層44上にコーティングされたコーティング層であってもよい。また、裏面ハードコート層54は、裏面透明基材層52上にコーティングされたコーティング層であってもよく、裏面屈折層53は、裏面ハードコート層54上にコーティングされたコーティング層であってもよい。このように、表面屈折層43、表面ハードコート層44、裏面屈折層53および裏面ハードコート層54がコーティング層であることにより、各層の厚みを容易に制御でき、透明積層フィルム30の光の反射率や全光線透過率、場合により色味といった所望の機能を容易に制御できる。 Here, as described above, the surface antireflection functional layer 41 includes the surface refraction layer 43 and the surface hard coat layer 44. Further, as described above, the back surface antireflection function layer 51 includes the back surface refraction layer 53 and the back surface hard coat layer 54. The surface hard coat layer 44 may be a coating layer coated on the surface transparent base material layer 42, and the surface refraction layer 43 may be a coating layer coated on the surface hard coat layer 44. Further, the back surface hard coat layer 54 may be a coating layer coated on the back surface transparent base material layer 52, and the back surface refractive layer 53 may be a coating layer coated on the back surface hard coat layer 54. good. As described above, since the front surface refractive layer 43, the front surface hard coat layer 44, the back surface refractive layer 53, and the back surface hard coat layer 54 are coating layers, the thickness of each layer can be easily controlled, and the light reflection of the transparent laminated film 30 can be easily controlled. Desired functions such as rate, total light transmittance, and in some cases, tint can be easily controlled.
 次に、表面ハードコート層44および裏面ハードコート層54について説明する。 Next, the front surface hard coat layer 44 and the back surface hard coat layer 54 will be described.
 {表面ハードコート層および裏面ハードコート層}
 表面ハードコート層44および裏面ハードコート層54は、表面反射防止層40および裏面反射防止層50の耐擦傷性を向上させる役割を果たす。ここで、ハードコートとは、JISK5600-5-4:1999で規定される鉛筆硬度試験で「H」以上の硬度を示す性質をいう。表面ハードコート層44および裏面ハードコート層54は、例えば、硬化性樹脂組成物を含むハードコート層塗布液から形成できる。硬化性樹脂組成物としては、熱硬化性樹脂組成物又は電離放射線硬化性樹脂組成物が挙げられ、耐擦傷性の観点から電離放射線硬化性樹脂組成物が好ましい。
{Front surface hard coat layer and back surface hard coat layer}
The front surface hard coat layer 44 and the back surface hard coat layer 54 play a role of improving the scratch resistance of the front surface antireflection layer 40 and the back surface antireflection layer 50. Here, the hard coat means a property showing a hardness of "H" or higher in the pencil hardness test specified in JIS K5600-5-4: 1999. The front surface hard coat layer 44 and the back surface hard coat layer 54 can be formed from, for example, a hard coat layer coating liquid containing a curable resin composition. Examples of the curable resin composition include a thermosetting resin composition and an ionizing radiation curable resin composition, and an ionizing radiation curable resin composition is preferable from the viewpoint of scratch resistance.
 熱硬化性樹脂組成物は、少なくとも熱硬化性樹脂を含む組成物であり、加熱により、硬化する樹脂組成物である。熱硬化性樹脂としては、アクリル樹脂、ウレタン樹脂、フェノール樹脂、尿素メラミン樹脂、エポキシ樹脂、不飽和ポリエステル樹脂、シリコーン樹脂等が挙げられる。熱硬化性樹脂組成物には、これら硬化性樹脂に、必要に応じて硬化剤が添加される。 The thermosetting resin composition is a composition containing at least a thermosetting resin, and is a resin composition that is cured by heating. Examples of the thermosetting resin include acrylic resin, urethane resin, phenol resin, urea melamine resin, epoxy resin, unsaturated polyester resin, silicone resin and the like. To the thermosetting resin composition, a curing agent is added to these curable resins as needed.
 電離放射線硬化性樹脂組成物は、電離放射線硬化性官能基を有する化合物(以下、「電離放射線硬化性化合物」ともいう)を含む組成物である。電離放射線硬化性官能基としては、(メタ)アクリロイル基、ビニル基、アリル基等のエチレン性不飽和結合基、及びエポキシ基、オキセタニル基等が挙げられる。電離放射線硬化性化合物としては、エチレン性不飽和結合基を有する化合物が好ましく、エチレン性不飽和結合基を2つ以上有する化合物がより好ましく、中でも、エチレン性不飽和結合基を2つ以上有する、多官能性(メタ)アクリレート系化合物が更に好ましい。多官能性(メタ)アクリレート系化合物としては、モノマー及びオリゴマーのいずれも用いることができる。なお、電離放射線とは、電磁波又は荷電粒子線のうち、分子を重合あるいは架橋し得るエネルギー量子を有する電磁波又は荷電粒子線を意味し、通常、紫外線(UV)又は電子線(EB)が用いられるが、その他、X線、γ線などの電磁波、α線、イオン線などの荷電粒子線も使用可能である。 The ionizing radiation curable resin composition is a composition containing a compound having an ionizing radiation curable functional group (hereinafter, also referred to as "ionizing radiation curable compound"). Examples of the ionizing radiation curable functional group include an ethylenically unsaturated bond group such as a (meth) acryloyl group, a vinyl group and an allyl group, an epoxy group and an oxetanyl group. As the ionizing radiation curable compound, a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond group is preferable, a compound having two or more ethylenically unsaturated bond groups is more preferable, and a compound having two or more ethylenically unsaturated bond groups is particularly preferable. Polyfunctional (meth) acrylate compounds are more preferred. As the polyfunctional (meth) acrylate compound, either a monomer or an oligomer can be used. The ionized radiation means an electromagnetic wave or a charged particle beam having an energy quantum capable of polymerizing or cross-linking a molecule among electromagnetic waves or charged particle beams, and usually, an ultraviolet ray (UV) or an electron beam (EB) is used. However, in addition, electromagnetic waves such as X-rays and γ-rays, and charged particle beams such as α-rays and ion-beams can also be used.
 多官能性(メタ)アクリレート系化合物のうち、2官能(メタ)アクリレート系モノマーとしては、エチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ビスフェノールAテトラエトキシジアクリレート、ビスフェノールAテトラプロポキシジアクリレート、1,6-ヘキサンジオールジアクリレート等が挙げられる。3官能以上の(メタ)アクリレート系モノマーとしては、例えば、トリメチロールプロパントリ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールトリ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールテトラ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールテトラ(メタ)アクリレート、イソシアヌル酸変性トリ(メタ)アクリレート等が挙げられる。また、上記(メタ)アクリレート系モノマーは、分子骨格の一部を変性しているモノマーでもよく、エチレンオキサイド、プロピレンオキサイド、カプロラクトン、イソシアヌル酸、アルキル、環状アルキル、芳香族、ビスフェノール等による変性がなされたモノマーでもよい。 Among the polyfunctional (meth) acrylate compounds, the bifunctional (meth) acrylate monomers include ethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, bisphenol A tetraethoxydiacrylate, bisphenol A tetrapropoxydiacrylate, and 1,6-hexane. Examples thereof include diol diacrylate. Examples of the trifunctional or higher functional (meth) acrylate-based monomer include trimethylolpropane tri (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tri (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate, and di. Examples thereof include pentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate and isocyanuric acid-modified tri (meth) acrylate. The (meth) acrylate-based monomer may be a monomer in which a part of the molecular skeleton is modified, and is modified with ethylene oxide, propylene oxide, caprolactone, isocyanuric acid, alkyl, cyclic alkyl, aromatic, bisphenol and the like. It may be a monomer.
 また、多官能性(メタ)アクリレート系オリゴマーとしては、ウレタン(メタ)アクリレート、エポキシ(メタ)アクリレート、ポリエステル(メタ)アクリレート、ポリエーテル(メタ)アクリレート等のアクリレート系重合体等が挙げられる。ウレタン(メタ)アクリレートは、例えば、多価アルコール及び有機ジイソシアネートとヒドロキシ(メタ)アクリレートとの反応によって得られる。また、好ましいエポキシ(メタ)アクリレートは、3官能以上の芳香族エポキシ樹脂、脂環族エポキシ樹脂、脂肪族エポキシ樹脂等と(メタ)アクリル酸とを反応させて得られる(メタ)アクリレート、2官能以上の芳香族エポキシ樹脂、脂環族エポキシ樹脂、脂肪族エポキシ樹脂等と多塩基酸と(メタ)アクリル酸とを反応させて得られる(メタ)アクリレート、及び2官能以上の芳香族エポキシ樹脂、脂環族エポキシ樹脂、脂肪族エポキシ樹脂等とフェノール類と(メタ)アクリル酸とを反応させて得られる(メタ)アクリレートである。上記電離放射線硬化性化合物は1種を単独で、又は2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。 Examples of the polyfunctional (meth) acrylate-based oligomer include acrylate-based polymers such as urethane (meth) acrylate, epoxy (meth) acrylate, polyester (meth) acrylate, and polyether (meth) acrylate. Urethane (meth) acrylates are obtained, for example, by reacting polyhydric alcohols and organic diisocyanates with hydroxy (meth) acrylates. Further, the preferable epoxy (meth) acrylate is a (meth) acrylate obtained by reacting a (meth) acrylic acid with a trifunctional or higher functional aromatic epoxy resin, an alicyclic epoxy resin, an aliphatic epoxy resin and the like, and a bifunctional one. (Meta) acrylate obtained by reacting the above aromatic epoxy resin, alicyclic epoxy resin, aliphatic epoxy resin, etc. with polybasic acid and (meth) acrylic acid, and bifunctional or higher functional aromatic epoxy resin, It is a (meth) acrylate obtained by reacting an alicyclic epoxy resin, an aliphatic epoxy resin or the like with phenols and (meth) acrylic acid. The ionizing radiation curable compound may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 電離放射線硬化性化合物が紫外線硬化性化合物である場合には、電離放射線硬化性組成物は、光重合開始剤や光重合促進剤等の添加剤を含むことが好ましい。光重合開始剤としては、アセトフェノン、ベンゾフェノン、α-ヒドロキシアルキルフェノン、ミヒラーケトン、ベンゾイン、ベンジルメチルケタール、ベンゾイルベンゾエート、α-アシルオキシムエステル、チオキサンソン類等から選ばれる1種以上が挙げられる。これら光重合開始剤は、融点が100℃以上であることが好ましい。光重合開始剤の融点を100℃以上とすることにより、透明導電膜形成時や結晶化工程の熱により残留した光重合開始剤が昇華し、透明導電膜の低抵抗化が損なわれることを防止できる。後述する高屈折率層及び低屈折率層で光重合開始剤を用いる際も同様である。また、光重合促進剤は、硬化時の空気による重合阻害を軽減させ硬化速度を速めることができる材料であり、例えば、p-ジメチルアミノ安息香酸イソアミルエステル、p-ジメチルアミノ安息香酸エチルエステル等から選ばれる1種以上が挙げられる。 When the ionizing radiation curable compound is an ultraviolet curable compound, the ionizing radiation curable composition preferably contains an additive such as a photopolymerization initiator or a photopolymerization accelerator. Examples of the photopolymerization initiator include one or more selected from acetophenone, benzophenone, α-hydroxyalkylphenone, Michler ketone, benzoin, benzylmethyl ketal, benzoyl benzoate, α-acyloxime ester, thioxanthones and the like. These photopolymerization initiators preferably have a melting point of 100 ° C. or higher. By setting the melting point of the photopolymerization initiator to 100 ° C. or higher, it is possible to prevent the remaining photopolymerization initiator from sublimating during the formation of the transparent conductive film or the heat of the crystallization step, thereby impairing the low resistance of the transparent conductive film. can. The same applies to the case where the photopolymerization initiator is used in the high refractive index layer and the low refractive index layer described later. Further, the photopolymerization accelerator is a material capable of reducing the polymerization inhibition due to air at the time of curing and accelerating the curing rate, and is, for example, from p-dimethylaminobenzoic acid isoamyl ester, p-dimethylaminobenzoic acid ethyl ester and the like. One or more selected species can be mentioned.
 表面ハードコート層44および裏面ハードコート層54の厚みは、それぞれ0.1μm以上100μm以下の範囲にあることが好ましく、0.8μm以上20μm以下の範囲にあることがより好ましい。表面ハードコート層44および裏面ハードコート層54の厚みが、それぞれ上記範囲内にあれば、充分なハードコート性能が得られ、外部からの衝撃に対してクラック等の発生もなく割れにくくなる。 The thickness of the front surface hard coat layer 44 and the back surface hard coat layer 54 is preferably in the range of 0.1 μm or more and 100 μm or less, and more preferably in the range of 0.8 μm or more and 20 μm or less. If the thicknesses of the front surface hard coat layer 44 and the back surface hard coat layer 54 are within the above ranges, sufficient hard coat performance can be obtained, cracks and the like are not generated due to an external impact, and cracks are less likely to occur.
 表面ハードコート層44および裏面ハードコート層54の屈折率は、表面高屈折率層46および裏面高屈折率層56の屈折率より小さいことが好ましく、1.45以上1.70以下であることがより好ましく、1.45以上1.60以下であることがさらに好ましい。表面ハードコート層44および裏面ハードコート層54の屈折率がこのような範囲にあれば、表面ハードコート層44および裏面ハードコート層54が、それぞれ中屈折率層としての役割を有する。これにより、表面ハードコート層44、表面高屈折率層46および表面低屈折率層45の3層による干渉作用、および、裏面ハードコート層54、裏面高屈折率層56および裏面低屈折率層55の3層による干渉作用が可能となる。このため、光の反射を効果的に抑制できる。また、干渉縞を抑制する観点からは、表面ハードコート層44および裏面ハードコート層54の屈折率と、表面透明基材層42および裏面透明基材層52の屈折率との差を小さくすることが好ましい。 The refractive index of the front surface hard coat layer 44 and the back surface hard coat layer 54 is preferably smaller than the refractive index of the front surface high refractive index layer 46 and the back surface high refractive index layer 56, and is 1.45 or more and 1.70 or less. It is more preferably 1.45 or more and 1.60 or less. If the refractive indexes of the front surface hard coat layer 44 and the back surface hard coat layer 54 are in such a range, the front surface hard coat layer 44 and the back surface hard coat layer 54 each have a role as a medium refractive index layer. As a result, the interference action of the three layers of the front surface hard coat layer 44, the front surface high refractive index layer 46 and the front surface low refractive index layer 45, and the back surface hard coat layer 54, the back surface high refractive index layer 56 and the back surface low refractive index layer 55 Interference action by the three layers of is possible. Therefore, the reflection of light can be effectively suppressed. Further, from the viewpoint of suppressing interference fringes, the difference between the refractive index of the front surface hard coat layer 44 and the back surface hard coat layer 54 and the refractive index of the front surface transparent base material layer 42 and the back surface transparent base material layer 52 should be reduced. Is preferable.
 表面ハードコート層44および裏面ハードコート層54に中屈折率層としての役割を付与する手段としては、ハードコート層塗布液に屈折率の高い樹脂を配合する手段と、屈折率の高い粒子を配合する手段が挙げられる。屈折率の高い粒子を配合した場合、該粒子の凝集による白化や塗布欠陥が生じる場合があることから、前者の手段(屈折率の高い樹脂を配合)が好ましい。屈折率の高い樹脂としては、上述した熱硬化性樹脂又は電離放射線硬化性化合物に硫黄、リン、臭素を含有する基や芳香環等を導入した樹脂が挙げられる。屈折率の高い粒子としては、後述する表面高屈折率層46および裏面高屈折率層56に用いる高屈折率粒子と同様の粒子を用いることができる。 As means for imparting the role of the medium refractive index layer to the front surface hard coat layer 44 and the back surface hard coat layer 54, a means for blending a resin having a high refractive index in the hard coat layer coating liquid and a means for blending particles having a high refractive index are blended. Means to do. When particles having a high refractive index are blended, whitening or coating defects may occur due to aggregation of the particles. Therefore, the former means (blended with a resin having a high refractive index) is preferable. Examples of the resin having a high refractive index include the above-mentioned thermosetting resin or a resin in which a group containing sulfur, phosphorus and bromine, an aromatic ring and the like are introduced into the ionizing radiation curable compound. As the particles having a high refractive index, particles similar to the high refractive index particles used for the front surface high refractive index layer 46 and the back surface high refractive index layer 56, which will be described later, can be used.
 表面ハードコート層44および裏面ハードコート層54等の各層の屈折率は、例えば、反射光度計により測定した反射スペクトルと、フレネル係数を用いた多層薄膜の光学モデルから算出した反射スペクトルとのフィッティングにより算出できる。 The refractive index of each layer such as the front surface hard coat layer 44 and the back surface hard coat layer 54 is determined by fitting, for example, a reflection spectrum measured by a reflected photometer and a reflection spectrum calculated from an optical model of a multilayer thin film using a Fresnel coefficient. Can be calculated.
 表面ハードコート層44および裏面ハードコート層54は、上述した硬化性樹脂組成物、必要に応じて配合する紫外線吸収剤やレベリング剤等の添加剤及び希釈溶剤によってハードコート層形成用塗布液を調整し、当該塗布液を透明基材上に従来公知の塗布方法によって塗布、乾燥、必要に応じて電離放射線を照射して硬化することにより形成できる。 For the front surface hard coat layer 44 and the back surface hard coat layer 54, the coating liquid for forming the hard coat layer is adjusted by the above-mentioned curable resin composition, additives such as an ultraviolet absorber and a leveling agent to be blended as necessary, and a diluting solvent. The coating liquid can be formed by applying the coating liquid onto a transparent substrate by a conventionally known coating method, drying the coating liquid, and irradiating the transparent substrate with ionizing radiation as necessary to cure the coating liquid.
 {表面屈折層および裏面屈折層}
 次に、表面屈折層43および裏面屈折層53について説明する。表面屈折層43および裏面屈折層53は、表面反射防止層40および裏面反射防止層50の光の反射率を低下させる役割を果たす。表面屈折層43は、上述したように、表面低屈折率層45と、表面高屈折率層46とを含んでいる。また、裏面屈折層53は、上述したように、裏面低屈折率層55と、裏面高屈折率層56とを含んでいる。ここでは、まず、表面低屈折率層45および裏面低屈折率層55について説明する。
{Front refraction layer and back refraction layer}
Next, the front refraction layer 43 and the back refraction layer 53 will be described. The front surface refraction layer 43 and the back surface refraction layer 53 play a role of reducing the light reflectance of the front surface antireflection layer 40 and the back surface antireflection layer 50. As described above, the surface refractive index layer 43 includes the surface low refractive index layer 45 and the surface high refractive index layer 46. Further, as described above, the back surface refractive index layer 53 includes the back surface low refractive index layer 55 and the back surface high refractive index layer 56. Here, first, the front surface low refractive index layer 45 and the back surface low refractive index layer 55 will be described.
 (表面低屈折率層および裏面低屈折率層)
 表面低屈折率層45および裏面低屈折率層55は、表面高屈折率層46および裏面高屈折率層56上に設けられる層であり、表面高屈折率層46および裏面高屈折率層56との屈折率の差を用いて、干渉作用により表面反射防止層40および裏面反射防止層50の光の反射率を低下させる役割を果たす。表面低屈折率層45および裏面低屈折率層55は、表面反射防止層40および裏面反射防止層50を超低反射率とするために、屈折率が1.26以上1.40以下であることが好ましく、1.28以上1.38以下であることがより好ましく、1.30以上1.32以下であることがさらに好ましい。表面低屈折率層45および裏面低屈折率層55の屈折率を低くすれば低くするほど、表面高屈折率層46および裏面高屈折率層56の屈折率をそれほど高くしなくても表面反射防止層40および裏面反射防止層50の屈折率を低くできる。その一方、表面低屈折率層45および裏面低屈折率層55の屈折率を低くし過ぎると、表面低屈折率層45および裏面低屈折率層55の強度が低下する傾向にある。このため、表面低屈折率層45および裏面低屈折率層55の屈折率をそれぞれ上記範囲とすることにより、表面低屈折率層45および裏面低屈折率層55の強度を保ちつつ、表面高屈折率層46および裏面高屈折率層56の後述する高屈折率粒子の添加量を抑えることができ、色味及び白化を抑制につながる点で好適である。また、表面低屈折率層45および裏面低屈折率層55の厚みは、それぞれ80nm以上120nmであることが好ましく、85nm以上110nmであることがより好ましく、90nm以上105nmであることがさらに好ましい。また、表面低屈折率層45および裏面低屈折率層55は、それぞれ上記屈折率の範囲を満たす複数の層から形成してもよいが、費用対効果の観点から、2層以下が好ましく、単層がより好ましい。
(Front surface low refractive index layer and back surface low refractive index layer)
The front surface low refractive index layer 45 and the back surface low refractive index layer 55 are layers provided on the front surface high refractive index layer 46 and the back surface high refractive index layer 56, and together with the front surface high refractive index layer 46 and the back surface high refractive index layer 56. By using the difference in the refractive index of the above, it plays a role of lowering the light reflectance of the front surface antireflection layer 40 and the back surface antireflection layer 50 by the interference action. The front surface low refractive index layer 45 and the back surface low refractive index layer 55 have a refractive index of 1.26 or more and 1.40 or less in order to make the front surface antireflection layer 40 and the back surface antireflection layer 50 have ultra-low reflectance. Is more preferable, 1.28 or more and 1.38 or less are more preferable, and 1.30 or more and 1.32 or less are further preferable. The lower the refractive index of the front surface low refractive index layer 45 and the back surface low refractive index layer 55, the more the surface reflection prevention without increasing the refractive index of the front surface high refractive index layer 46 and the back surface high refractive index layer 56. The refractive index of the layer 40 and the back surface antireflection layer 50 can be lowered. On the other hand, if the refractive index of the front surface low refractive index layer 45 and the back surface low refractive index layer 55 is too low, the strength of the front surface low refractive index layer 45 and the back surface low refractive index layer 55 tends to decrease. Therefore, by setting the refractive indexes of the front surface low refractive index layer 45 and the back surface low refractive index layer 55 in the above ranges, the surface high refractive index while maintaining the strength of the front surface low refractive index layer 45 and the back surface low refractive index layer 55, respectively. It is preferable in that the amount of high-refractive index particles added to the rate layer 46 and the back surface high-refractive index layer 56, which will be described later, can be suppressed, which leads to suppression of color and whitening. The thickness of the front surface low refractive index layer 45 and the back surface low refractive index layer 55 is preferably 80 nm or more and 120 nm, more preferably 85 nm or more and 110 nm, and further preferably 90 nm or more and 105 nm. Further, the front surface low refractive index layer 45 and the back surface low refractive index layer 55 may be formed from a plurality of layers each satisfying the above-mentioned refractive index range, but from the viewpoint of cost effectiveness, two or less layers are preferable. Layers are more preferred.
 表面低屈折率層45および裏面低屈折率層55を形成する手法としては、ウェット法とドライ法とに大別できる。ウェット法としては、金属アルコキシド等を用いてゾルゲル法により形成する手法、フッ素樹脂のような低屈折率の樹脂を塗工して形成する手法、樹脂組成物に低屈折率粒子を含有させた低屈折率層形成用塗布液を塗工して形成する手法が挙げられる。ドライ法としては、後述する低屈折率粒子の中から所望の屈折率を有する粒子を選び、物理気相成長法又は化学気相成長法により形成する手法が挙げられる。ウェット法は生産効率の点で優れており、本実施の形態においては、ウェット法の中でも、樹脂組成物に低屈折率粒子を含有させた低屈折率層形成用塗布液により形成することが好ましい。 The method for forming the front surface low refractive index layer 45 and the back surface low refractive index layer 55 can be roughly divided into a wet method and a dry method. As the wet method, a method of forming by a sol-gel method using a metal alkoxide or the like, a method of applying a resin having a low refractive index such as a fluororesin to form the resin, and a low refractive index particles contained in the resin composition. A method of forming by applying a coating liquid for forming a refractive index layer can be mentioned. Examples of the dry method include a method of selecting particles having a desired refractive index from low refractive index particles described later and forming them by a physical vapor deposition method or a chemical vapor deposition method. The wet method is excellent in terms of production efficiency, and in the present embodiment, among the wet methods, it is preferable to form the resin composition with a coating liquid for forming a low refractive index layer containing low refractive index particles. ..
 低屈折率粒子は、その屈折率を低下させるため、すなわち反射防止特性を向上させる目的で、好ましく用いられ、シリカやフッ化マグネシウムなどの無機系、又は有機系のいずれであっても制限なく用いることができるが、反射防止特性をより向上させ、かつ良好な表面硬度を確保する観点から、それ自身が空隙を有する構造の粒子が好ましく用いられる。 The low refractive index particles are preferably used for the purpose of lowering the refractive index, that is, improving the antireflection property, and are used without limitation regardless of whether they are inorganic or organic such as silica and magnesium fluoride. However, from the viewpoint of further improving the antireflection property and ensuring good surface hardness, particles having a structure having voids themselves are preferably used.
 それ自身が空隙を有する構造をもつ粒子は、微細な空隙を内部に有しており、例えば、屈折率1.0の空気などの気体が充填されているので、それ自身の屈折率が低い粒子となっている。このような空隙を有する粒子としては、無機系、又は有機系の多孔質粒子、中空粒子などが挙げられ、例えば、多孔質シリカ、中空シリカ粒子、又はアクリル樹脂などが用いられた多孔質ポリマー粒子や中空ポリマー粒子が挙げられる。無機系の粒子としては、特開2001-233611号公報で開示される技術を用いて調製した空隙を有するシリカ粒子などが好ましい一例として挙げられる。また、有機系の粒子としては、特開2002-80503号公報で開示される技術を用いて調製した中空ポリマー粒子などが好ましい一例として挙げられる。上記のような空隙を有するシリカ、又は多孔質シリカは、それらの屈折率が1.18以上1.44以下の範囲にあり、屈折率が1.45程度である一般的なシリカ粒子よりも屈折率が低いため、表面低屈折率層45および裏面低屈折率層55の低屈折率化を図る観点から好ましい。 Particles having a structure having voids themselves have fine voids inside, and are filled with a gas such as air having a refractive index of 1.0, so that the particles themselves have a low refractive index. It has become. Examples of the particles having such voids include inorganic or organic porous particles, hollow particles, and the like, and for example, porous polymer particles using porous silica, hollow silica particles, acrylic resin, or the like. And hollow polymer particles. As the inorganic particles, silica particles having voids prepared by using the technique disclosed in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2001-233611 are preferable examples. Further, as the organic particles, hollow polymer particles prepared by using the technique disclosed in JP-A-2002-80503 are preferable examples. Silica having voids or porous silica as described above has a refractive index in the range of 1.18 or more and 1.44 or less, and is more refracted than general silica particles having a refractive index of about 1.45. Since the rate is low, it is preferable from the viewpoint of reducing the refractive index of the front surface low refractive index layer 45 and the back surface low refractive index layer 55.
 中空状シリカ粒子は、表面低屈折率層45および裏面低屈折率層55の塗膜強度を保持しつつ、その屈折率を下げる機能を有する粒子である。本実施の形態で用いる中空状シリカ粒子は、内部に空洞を有する構造のシリカ粒子である。中空状シリカ粒子は、シリカ粒子本来の屈折率(屈折率n=1.45程度)に比べて、内部の空洞の占有率に反比例して屈折率が低下するシリカ粒子である。このため、中空状シリカ粒子の粒子全体としての屈折率は1.18以上1.44以下となる。 The hollow silica particles are particles having a function of lowering the refractive index while maintaining the coating film strength of the front surface low refractive index layer 45 and the back surface low refractive index layer 55. The hollow silica particles used in the present embodiment are silica particles having a structure having a cavity inside. The hollow silica particles are silica particles whose refractive index decreases in inverse proportion to the occupancy rate of the internal cavity as compared with the original refractive index of the silica particles (refractive index n = about 1.45). Therefore, the refractive index of the hollow silica particles as a whole is 1.18 or more and 1.44 or less.
 中空状シリカ粒子としては、特に限定されず、例えば、外殻を有し、その内部が多孔質または空洞になっている粒子であり、特開平6-330606号公報、特開平7-013137号公報、特開平7-133105号公報、特開2001-233611号公報で開示されている技術を用いて調製したシリカ粒子が挙げられる。 The hollow silica particles are not particularly limited, and are, for example, particles having an outer shell and having a porous or hollow inside thereof, and are JP-A-6-330606 and JP-A-7-0131337. , Silica particles prepared by using the techniques disclosed in JP-A No. 7-133105 and JP-A-2001-233611.
 低屈折率粒子の一次粒子の平均粒子径は、5nm以上200nm以下であることが好ましく、5nm以上100nm以下であることがより好ましく、10nm以上80nm以下であることがさらに好ましい。一次粒子の平均粒子径が上記範囲内にあれば、表面低屈折率層45および裏面低屈折率層55の透明性を損なうことがなく、良好な粒子の分散状態が得られる。特に、低屈折率粒子として中空状粒子を用い、該中空状粒子の平均粒子径が70nm以上80nm以下の粒子は、強度不足とならない外殻の厚みを保持しつつ空隙率を上げて屈折率を低下させることができ、かつ反射率を低くするための、表面低屈折率層45および裏面低屈折率層55の理想的な厚み(約100nm)とのバランスにも優れる点で好適である。 The average particle diameter of the primary particles of the low refractive index particles is preferably 5 nm or more and 200 nm or less, more preferably 5 nm or more and 100 nm or less, and further preferably 10 nm or more and 80 nm or less. When the average particle size of the primary particles is within the above range, the transparency of the front surface low refractive index layer 45 and the back surface low refractive index layer 55 is not impaired, and a good dispersed state of particles can be obtained. In particular, hollow particles are used as the low refractive index particles, and the particles having an average particle diameter of 70 nm or more and 80 nm or less have an increased refractive index while maintaining the thickness of the outer shell that does not cause insufficient strength. It is preferable in that it can be lowered and has an excellent balance with the ideal thickness (about 100 nm) of the front surface low refractive index layer 45 and the back surface low refractive index layer 55 for lowering the reflectance.
 本実施の形態で用いられる低屈折率粒子は、表面処理された粒子であることが好ましい。低屈折率粒子の表面処理としては、シランカップリング剤を用いた表面処理がより好ましく、この中で、(メタ)アクリロイル基を有するシランカップリング剤を用いた表面処理を行うことが好ましい。低屈折率粒子に表面処理を施すことにより、後述するバインダー樹脂との親和性が向上し、粒子の分散が均一となり、粒子同士の凝集が生じにくくなるので、凝集由来の大粒子化による表面低屈折率層45および裏面低屈折率層55の透明化の低下や、層形成用組成物の塗布性、該組成物の塗膜強度の低下が抑制される。 The low refractive index particles used in this embodiment are preferably surface-treated particles. As the surface treatment of the low refractive index particles, a surface treatment using a silane coupling agent is more preferable, and among these, a surface treatment using a silane coupling agent having a (meth) acryloyl group is preferable. By applying a surface treatment to the low refractive index particles, the affinity with the binder resin described later is improved, the dispersion of the particles becomes uniform, and the particles are less likely to aggregate with each other. The decrease in the transparency of the refractive index layer 45 and the back surface low refractive index layer 55, the coatability of the layer-forming composition, and the decrease in the coating strength of the composition are suppressed.
 また、シランカップリング剤が(メタ)アクリロイル基を有した場合、該シランカップリング剤は電離放射線硬化性を有するため、後述するバインダー樹脂と容易に反応するので、層形成用組成物の塗膜中において、低屈折率粒子がバインダー樹脂に良好に固定される。すなわち、低屈折率粒子がバインダー樹脂中で架橋剤としての機能を有することになる。これにより、該塗膜全体の引き締め効果が得られ、バインダー樹脂が本来有する柔軟性を残したまま、表面低屈折率層45および裏面低屈折率層55に優れた表面硬度を付与することが可能となる。従って、表面低屈折率層45および裏面低屈折率層55がそれ自体の柔軟性をいかして変形することにより、外部衝撃に対する吸収力や、復元力を有するため、傷の発生が抑制されて、耐擦傷性に優れた高い表面硬度を有する層となる。 Further, when the silane coupling agent has a (meth) acryloyl group, the silane coupling agent has an ionizing radiation curable property and easily reacts with a binder resin described later. In the medium, the low refractive index particles are well fixed to the binder resin. That is, the low refractive index particles have a function as a cross-linking agent in the binder resin. As a result, the tightening effect of the entire coating film can be obtained, and excellent surface hardness can be imparted to the front surface low refractive index layer 45 and the back surface low refractive index layer 55 while retaining the original flexibility of the binder resin. Will be. Therefore, since the front surface low refractive index layer 45 and the back surface low refractive index layer 55 are deformed by utilizing their own flexibility, they have an absorption force against an external impact and a restoring force, so that the occurrence of scratches is suppressed. It is a layer having high surface hardness with excellent scratch resistance.
 低屈折率粒子の表面処理において好ましく用いられるシランカップリング剤としては、3-(メタ)アクリロキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン、3-(メタ)アクリロキシプロピルトリエトキシシラン、3-(メタ)アクリロキシプロピルメチルジメトキシシラン、3-(メタ)アクリロキシプロピルメチルジエトキシシラン、2-(メタ)アクリロキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン、2-(メタ)アクリロキシプロピルトリエトキシシラン等を例示できる。 Preferred silane coupling agents for surface treatment of low refractive index particles include 3- (meth) acryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3- (meth) acryloxypropyltriethoxysilane, and 3- (meth) acryloxipropyl. Examples thereof include methyldimethoxysilane, 3- (meth) acryloxypropylmethyldiethoxysilane, 2- (meth) acryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 2- (meth) acryloxipropyltriethoxysilane, and the like.
 表面低屈折率層45および裏面低屈折率層55における低屈折率粒子の含有量は、それぞれ表面低屈折率層45および裏面低屈折率層55の樹脂100質量部に対して10質量部以上250質量部以下であることが好ましく、50質量部以上200質量部以下であることがより好ましく、100質量部以上180質量部以下であることがさらに好ましい。低屈折率粒子の含有量が上記範囲内にあれば、良好な反射防止特性と表面硬度とが得られる。また、表面低屈折率層45および裏面低屈折率層55に含まれる全低屈折率粒子に占める中空粒子及び/又は多孔質粒子の割合は、それぞれ70質量%以上であることが好ましく、80質量%以上であることがより好ましく、80質量%以上95質量%以下であることがさらに好ましい。 The content of the low refractive index particles in the front surface low refractive index layer 45 and the back surface low refractive index layer 55 is 10 parts by mass or more and 250 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin of the front surface low refractive index layer 45 and the back surface low refractive index layer 55, respectively. It is preferably 5 parts by mass or less, more preferably 50 parts by mass or more and 200 parts by mass or less, and further preferably 100 parts by mass or more and 180 parts by mass or less. When the content of the low refractive index particles is within the above range, good antireflection properties and surface hardness can be obtained. Further, the ratio of the hollow particles and / or the porous particles to the total low refractive index particles contained in the front surface low refractive index layer 45 and the back surface low refractive index layer 55 is preferably 70% by mass or more, and is preferably 80% by mass. % Or more, more preferably 80% by mass or more and 95% by mass or less.
 層形成用塗布液に含まれる樹脂組成物としては、まず硬化性樹脂組成物が挙げられる。硬化性樹脂組成物としては、表面ハードコート層44および裏面ハードコート層54の説明で例示した材料と同様の材料を用いることができ、電離放射線硬化性樹脂組成物が好適である。また、樹脂組成物として、それ自体が低屈折率性を示す含フッ素ポリマーやフッ素モノマーも好ましく用いられる。含フッ素ポリマーは、少なくとも分子中にフッ素原子を含む重合性化合物の重合体であり、防汚性及び滑り性を付与できる点で好適である。含フッ素ポリマーは、分子中に反応性基を有して硬化性樹脂組成物として機能するポリマーであることが好ましく、電離放射線硬化性反応性基を有して電離放射線硬化性樹脂組成物として機能するポリマーであることがより好ましい。 Examples of the resin composition contained in the layer-forming coating liquid include a curable resin composition. As the curable resin composition, the same materials as those exemplified in the description of the front surface hard coat layer 44 and the back surface hard coat layer 54 can be used, and the ionizing radiation curable resin composition is suitable. Further, as the resin composition, a fluoropolymer or a fluoromonomer which itself exhibits a low refractive index is also preferably used. The fluoropolymer is a polymer of a polymerizable compound containing at least a fluorine atom in the molecule, and is suitable in that it can impart antifouling property and slipperiness. The fluoropolymer is preferably a polymer having a reactive group in the molecule and functioning as a curable resin composition, and has an ionizing radiation curable reactive group and functions as an ionizing radiation curable resin composition. It is more preferable that the polymer is a polymer.
 含フッ素ポリマーとしては、低屈折率層表面の汚れをはじくだけではなく、はじいた汚れの拭取り性を付与するために、フッ素とともにケイ素を含むポリマーであることが好ましく、例えば、共重合体にシリコーン成分を含有させたシリコーン含有フッ化ビニリデン共重合体が好ましく挙げられる。この場合のシリコーン成分としては、(ポリ)ジメチルシロキサン、(ポリ)ジエチルシロキサン、(ポリ)ジフェニルシロキサン、(ポリ)メチルフェニルシロキサン、アルキル変性(ポリ)ジメチルシロキサン、アゾ基含有(ポリ)ジメチルシロキサンや、ジメチルシリコーン、フェニルメチルシリコーン、アルキル・アラルキル変性シリコーン、フルオロシリコーン、ポリエーテル変性シリコーン、脂肪酸エステル変性シリコーン、メチル水素シリコーン、シラノール基含有シリコーン、アルコキシ基含有シリコーン、フェノール基含有シリコーン、メタクリル変性シリコーン、アクリル変性シリコーン、アミノ変性シリコーン、カルボン酸変性シリコーン、カルビノール変性シリコーン、エポキシ変性シリコーン、メルカプト変性シリコーン、フッ素変性シリコーン、ポリエーテル変性シリコーン等が挙げられる。なかでも、シリコーン成分としては、ジメチルシロキサン構造を有する成分が好ましい。 The fluoropolymer is preferably a polymer containing silicon together with fluorine in order not only to repel stains on the surface of the low refractive index layer but also to impart wiping property of the repelled stains, and for example, a copolymer. A silicone-containing vinylidene fluoride copolymer containing a silicone component is preferable. In this case, the silicone components include (poly) dimethylsiloxane, (poly) diethylsiloxane, (poly) diphenylsiloxane, (poly) methylphenylsiloxane, alkyl-modified (poly) dimethylsiloxane, and azo group-containing (poly) dimethylsiloxane. , Dimethyl silicone, phenylmethyl silicone, alkyl / aralkyl-modified silicone, fluorosilicone, polyether-modified silicone, fatty acid ester-modified silicone, methyl hydrogen silicone, silanol group-containing silicone, alkoxy group-containing silicone, phenol group-containing silicone, methacryl-modified silicone, Examples thereof include acrylic-modified silicone, amino-modified silicone, carboxylic acid-modified silicone, carbinol-modified silicone, epoxy-modified silicone, mercapto-modified silicone, fluorine-modified silicone, and polyether-modified silicone. Among them, as the silicone component, a component having a dimethylsiloxane structure is preferable.
 表面低屈折率層45および裏面低屈折率層55は、例えば、低屈折率粒子、樹脂組成物、必要に応じて配合する紫外線吸収剤やレベリング剤等の添加剤及び希釈溶剤によって層形成用塗布液を調整し、当該塗布液を表面高屈折率層46または裏面高屈折率層56上に従来公知の塗布方法によって塗布、乾燥、必要に応じて電離放射線を照射して硬化することにより形成できる。 The front surface low refractive index layer 45 and the back surface low refractive index layer 55 are coated for layer formation with, for example, low refractive index particles, a resin composition, additives such as an ultraviolet absorber and a leveling agent to be blended as necessary, and a diluting solvent. It can be formed by adjusting the liquid, applying the coating liquid on the front surface high refractive index layer 46 or the back surface high refractive index layer 56 by a conventionally known coating method, drying, and irradiating ionizing radiation as necessary to cure. ..
 (表面高屈折率層および裏面高屈折率層)
 表面高屈折率層46および裏面高屈折率層56は、表面低屈折率層45および裏面低屈折率層55との屈折率の差を用いて、干渉作用により表面反射防止層40および裏面反射防止層50の光の反射率を低下させる役割を果たす。表面高屈折率層46および裏面高屈折率層56は、それぞれ、例えば、硬化性樹脂組成物及び高屈折率粒子を含む層形成用塗布液から形成できる。
(Front surface high refractive index layer and back surface high refractive index layer)
The front surface high refractive index layer 46 and the back surface high refractive index layer 56 use the difference in refractive index between the front surface low refractive index layer 45 and the back surface low refractive index layer 55 to prevent the front surface reflection layer 40 and the back surface reflection by an interference action. It serves to reduce the light reflectance of the layer 50. The front surface high refractive index layer 46 and the back surface high refractive index layer 56 can be formed from, for example, a layer-forming coating liquid containing a curable resin composition and high refractive index particles, respectively.
 表面高屈折率層46および裏面高屈折率層56は、表面反射防止層40および裏面反射防止層50を超低反射率化する観点からは屈折率を高くすることが好ましいが、屈折率を高くするには多量の高屈折率粒子が必要となり、高屈折粒子の凝集を招き、白化の原因となる。このため、屈折率は1.55以上1.85以下とすることが好ましく、1.56以上1.70以下とすることがより好ましい。また、表面高屈折率層46および裏面高屈折率層56の厚みは、200nm以下であることが好ましく、50nm以上180nm以下であることがより好ましい。なお、表面高屈折率層46および裏面高屈折率層56が、それぞれ後述する2層構成からなる場合、2層の合計厚みが前記値を満たすことが好ましい。また、表面高屈折率層46および裏面高屈折率層56は、上記屈折率の範囲を満たす複数の層から形成してもよいが、費用対効果の観点から、2層以下が好ましく、単層がより好ましい。 It is preferable that the front surface high refractive index layer 46 and the back surface high refractive index layer 56 have a high refractive index from the viewpoint of making the front surface antireflection layer 40 and the back surface antireflection layer 50 ultra-low refractive index, but the refractive index is high. This requires a large amount of high-refractive index particles, which causes agglomeration of the high-refractive index particles and causes whitening. Therefore, the refractive index is preferably 1.55 or more and 1.85 or less, and more preferably 1.56 or more and 1.70 or less. The thickness of the front surface high refractive index layer 46 and the back surface high refractive index layer 56 is preferably 200 nm or less, and more preferably 50 nm or more and 180 nm or less. When the front surface high refractive index layer 46 and the back surface high refractive index layer 56 each have a two-layer structure described later, it is preferable that the total thickness of the two layers satisfies the above value. Further, the front surface high refractive index layer 46 and the back surface high refractive index layer 56 may be formed from a plurality of layers satisfying the above-mentioned refractive index range, but from the viewpoint of cost effectiveness, two or less layers are preferable, and a single layer is preferable. Is more preferable.
 高屈折率粒子としては、五酸化アンチモン(1.79)、酸化亜鉛(1.90)、酸化チタン(2.3以上2.7以下)、酸化セリウム(1.95)、スズドープ酸化インジウム(1.95以上2.00以下)、アンチモンドープ酸化スズ(1.75以上1.85以下)、酸化イットリウム(1.87)及び酸化ジルコニウム(2.10)等が挙げられる。なお、上記かっこ内は、各粒子の材料の屈折率を示す。これら高屈折率粒子の中では、少量の添加で上記の好適な屈折率を達成する観点から、屈折率が2.0を超える粒子が好ましい。また、五酸化アンチモン、スズドープ酸化インジウム(ITO)、アンチモンドープ酸化スズ(ATO)等の導電性を有する高屈折率粒子は、プラズマ振動数が近赤外域にある自由電子を有し、該自由電子のプラズマ振動を原因として、可視光域の光も一部吸収ないしは反射され、色味を抑制しづらくなる場合がある。このため、高屈折率粒子は非導電性の粒子であることが好ましい。以上のことから、上記に例示した高屈折率粒子の中では、酸化チタン及び酸化ジルコニウムが好適であり、さらに耐光性等の耐久安定性が高いという観点から、酸化ジルコニウムが最適である。なお、表面反射防止層40および裏面反射防止層50に帯電防止性を付与したい場合は、表面高屈折率層46および裏面高屈折率層56を後述のように2層構成として、一方の層に導電性の高屈折率粒子を含有させることが好ましい。 Examples of high refractive index particles include antimony pentoxide (1.79), zinc oxide (1.90), titanium oxide (2.3 or more and 2.7 or less), cerium oxide (1.95), and tin-doped indium oxide (1). .95 or more and 2.00 or less), antimony-doped tin oxide (1.75 or more and 1.85 or less), yttrium oxide (1.87), zirconium oxide (2.10) and the like. The numbers in parentheses indicate the refractive index of the material of each particle. Among these high refractive index particles, particles having a refractive index of more than 2.0 are preferable from the viewpoint of achieving the above-mentioned suitable refractive index with a small amount of addition. Further, high refractive index particles having conductivity such as antimony pentoxide, tin-doped indium oxide (ITO), and antimonated tin oxide (ATO) have free electrons whose plasma frequency is in the near infrared region, and the free electrons. Due to the plasma oscillation of, some light in the visible light region is also absorbed or reflected, and it may be difficult to suppress the tint. Therefore, the high-refractive index particles are preferably non-conductive particles. From the above, among the high-refractive index particles exemplified above, titanium oxide and zirconium oxide are suitable, and zirconium oxide is most suitable from the viewpoint of high durability stability such as light resistance. If it is desired to impart antistatic properties to the front surface antireflection layer 40 and the back surface antireflection layer 50, the front surface high refractive index layer 46 and the back surface high refractive index layer 56 are formed into a two-layer structure as described later, and one of the layers is formed. It is preferable to contain conductive high refractive index particles.
 高屈折率粒子の一次粒子の平均粒子径は、5nm以上200nm以下であることが好ましく、5nm以上100nm以下であることがより好ましく、10nm以上80nm以下であることがさらに好ましい。高屈折率粒子及び後述する低屈折率粒子の一次粒子の平均粒子径は、以下の(1)~(3)の作業により算出できる。
 (1)粒子そのもの、または粒子の分散液を透明基材上に塗布乾燥させた材料について、SEM、TEMまたはSTEMの表面像を撮像する。
 (2)表面像から任意の10個の粒子を抽出し、個々の粒子の長径及び短径を測定し、長径及び短径の平均から個々の粒子の粒子径を算出する。なお、長径は、画面上において最も長い径とし、短径は、長径を構成する線分の中点に直交する線分を引き、該直交する線分が粒子と交わる2点間の距離とする。
 (3)同じサンプルの別画面の撮像において同様の作業を5回行って、合計50個分の粒子の粒子径の数平均から得られる値を平均粒子径とする。
 なお、粒子の平均粒子径を算出する際において、算出する平均粒子径がμmオーダーの場合、SEMを用いることが好ましく、算出する平均粒子径がnmオーダーの場合、TEM又はSTEMを用いることが好ましい。SEMの場合、加速電圧は1kV以上10kV以下、倍率は1000倍以上7000倍以下とすることが好ましく、TEM又はSTEMの場合、加速電圧は10kV以上30kV以下、倍率は5万以上30万倍以下とすることが好ましい。
The average particle size of the primary particles of the high refractive index particles is preferably 5 nm or more and 200 nm or less, more preferably 5 nm or more and 100 nm or less, and further preferably 10 nm or more and 80 nm or less. The average particle size of the primary particles of the high refractive index particles and the low refractive index particles described later can be calculated by the following operations (1) to (3).
(1) The surface image of SEM, TEM, or STEM is imaged with respect to the particles themselves or the material obtained by applying and drying the dispersion liquid of the particles on a transparent substrate.
(2) Arbitrary 10 particles are extracted from the surface image, the major axis and the minor axis of each particle are measured, and the particle size of each particle is calculated from the average of the major axis and the minor axis. The major axis is the longest diameter on the screen, and the minor axis is the distance between two points where the orthogonal line segments intersect with the particles by drawing a line segment orthogonal to the midpoint of the line segment constituting the major axis. ..
(3) The same operation is performed 5 times in the imaging of another screen of the same sample, and the value obtained from the average number of particle sizes of 50 particles in total is taken as the average particle size.
When calculating the average particle size of particles, it is preferable to use SEM when the average particle size to be calculated is on the order of μm, and it is preferable to use TEM or STEM when the average particle size to be calculated is on the order of nm. .. In the case of SEM, the acceleration voltage is preferably 1 kV or more and 10 kV or less, and the magnification is preferably 1000 times or more and 7,000 times or less. It is preferable to do so.
 高屈折率粒子の含有量は、高屈折率化、色味抑制及び白化抑制のバランスの観点から、硬化性樹脂組成物100質量部に対して、30質量部以上400質量部以下であることが好ましく、50質量部以上200質量部以下であることがより好ましく、80質量部以上150質量部以下であることがさらに好ましい。 The content of the high refractive index particles is 30 parts by mass or more and 400 parts by mass or less with respect to 100 parts by mass of the curable resin composition from the viewpoint of the balance of high refractive index, suppression of color tint and suppression of whitening. It is more preferably 50 parts by mass or more and 200 parts by mass or less, and further preferably 80 parts by mass or more and 150 parts by mass or less.
 表面高屈折率層46および裏面高屈折率層56は、高屈折粒子の過度な凝集を抑制するために、分散安定化することが好ましい。分散安定化の手段としては、例えば、ベースとなる高屈折粒子に対して、該粒子よりも表面電荷量が少ない別の高屈折率粒子を添加する手段が挙げられる。該手段によれば、該別の高屈折率粒子の周りにベースとなる高屈折率粒子が適度に集まり、ベースとなる高屈折粒子が過度に凝集することを抑制できる。また、別の分散安定化の手段として、高屈折率粒子として表面処理された粒子を用いたり、層形成用塗布液中に分散剤を添加する手段が挙げられる。 The front surface high refractive index layer 46 and the back surface high refractive index layer 56 are preferably dispersed and stabilized in order to suppress excessive aggregation of the high refractive index particles. Examples of the means for stabilizing the dispersion include means for adding another high-refractive index particle having a surface charge amount smaller than that of the high-refractive index particle as a base. According to the means, the high-refractive index particles as a base can be appropriately gathered around the other high-refractive index particles, and the high-refractive index particles as a base can be prevented from being excessively aggregated. Further, as another means for stabilizing the dispersion, there are means for using surface-treated particles as high refractive index particles and means for adding a dispersant to the coating liquid for layer formation.
 表面高屈折率層46および裏面高屈折率層56を形成する硬化性樹脂組成物としては、表面ハードコート層44および裏面ハードコート層54の説明で例示した材料と同様の材料を用いることができ、電離放射線硬化性樹脂組成物が好適である。また、高屈折率粒子の添加量を過度にすることなく上述した屈折率を得るために、屈折率の高い硬化性樹脂組成物を用いることが好ましい。硬化性樹脂組成物の屈折率は1.54以上1.70以下程度が好ましい。 As the curable resin composition forming the front surface high refractive index layer 46 and the back surface high refractive index layer 56, the same materials as those exemplified in the description of the front surface hard coat layer 44 and the back surface hard coat layer 54 can be used. , An ionizing radiation curable resin composition is suitable. Further, in order to obtain the above-mentioned refractive index without excessively adding the high refractive index particles, it is preferable to use a curable resin composition having a high refractive index. The refractive index of the curable resin composition is preferably about 1.54 or more and 1.70 or less.
 ここで、上述したように、表面高屈折率層46は、第1表面高屈折率層47と、第2表面高屈折率層48とを含んでいてもよい。この場合、第1表面高屈折率層47の屈折率は、第2表面高屈折率層48の屈折率よりも高くすることが好ましい。これにより、表面高屈折率層46と表面低屈折率層45との間の屈折率差を大きくでき、表面反射防止層40の反射率を低くできるとともに、表面高屈折率層46と表面ハードコート層44との屈折率差を小さくでき、干渉縞の発生を抑制できる。 Here, as described above, the surface high refractive index layer 46 may include the first surface high refractive index layer 47 and the second surface high refractive index layer 48. In this case, the refractive index of the first surface high refractive index layer 47 is preferably higher than that of the second surface high refractive index layer 48. As a result, the refractive index difference between the surface high refractive index layer 46 and the surface low refractive index layer 45 can be increased, the refractive index of the surface antireflection layer 40 can be lowered, and the surface high refractive index layer 46 and the surface hard coat can be reduced. The difference in refractive index from the layer 44 can be reduced, and the occurrence of interference fringes can be suppressed.
 また、上述したように、裏面高屈折率層56は、第1裏面高屈折率層57と、第2裏面高屈折率層58とを含んでいてもよい。この場合、表面高屈折率層46の場合と同様に、第1裏面高屈折率層57の屈折率は、第2裏面高屈折率層58の屈折率よりも高くすることが好ましい。これにより、裏面高屈折率層56と裏面低屈折率層55との間の屈折率差を大きくでき、裏面反射防止層50の反射率を低くできるとともに、裏面高屈折率層56と裏面ハードコート層54との屈折率差を小さくでき、干渉縞の発生を抑制できる。 Further, as described above, the back surface high refractive index layer 56 may include the first back surface high refractive index layer 57 and the second back surface high refractive index layer 58. In this case, as in the case of the front surface high refractive index layer 46, the refractive index of the first back surface high refractive index layer 57 is preferably higher than the refractive index of the second back surface high refractive index layer 58. As a result, the refractive index difference between the back surface high refractive index layer 56 and the back surface low refractive index layer 55 can be increased, the refractive index of the back surface antireflection layer 50 can be lowered, and the back surface high refractive index layer 56 and the back surface hard coat can be reduced. The difference in refractive index from the layer 54 can be reduced, and the occurrence of interference fringes can be suppressed.
 また、表面高屈折率層46および裏面高屈折率層56をそれぞれ2層構成とする場合、第1表面高屈折率層47および第1裏面高屈折率層57の屈折率は、それぞれ1.60以上1.85以下であることが好ましく、第2表面高屈折率層48および第2裏面高屈折率層58の屈折率は、それぞれ1.55以上1.70以下であることが好ましい。さらに、上記2層構成において、一方の層に導電性の高屈折率粒子を含有させ、他方の層に非導電性の高屈折率粒子を含有させ、かつ、[導電性高屈折率粒子を含有する層の厚み<非導電性高屈折率粒子を含有する層の厚み]とすることが好ましい。当該構成とすることにより、色味の原因となり得る導電性高屈折率粒子の添加量を抑えつつ帯電防止性を付与できる。また、導電性高屈折率粒子は、層内でネットワーク化させることにより、少ない添加量で帯電防止性を付与し、ひいては色味及び白化を抑制し得る点で好ましい。 When the front surface high refractive index layer 46 and the back surface high refractive index layer 56 are each composed of two layers, the refractive indexes of the first front surface high refractive index layer 47 and the first back surface high refractive index layer 57 are 1.60, respectively. The refractive index of the second front surface high refractive index layer 48 and the second back surface high refractive index layer 58 is preferably 1.55 or more and 1.70 or less, respectively. Further, in the above two-layer structure, one layer contains conductive high-refractive index particles, the other layer contains non-conductive high-refractive index particles, and [contains conductive high-refractive index particles. It is preferable that the thickness of the layer to be formed <the thickness of the layer containing the non-conductive high-refractive index particles]. With this configuration, it is possible to impart antistatic properties while suppressing the amount of conductive high-refractive index particles that may cause color. Further, the conductive high refractive index particles are preferable in that they can be networked in the layer to impart antistatic properties with a small amount of addition, and thus can suppress color tint and whitening.
 表面高屈折率層46および裏面高屈折率層56は、高屈折率粒子、硬化性樹脂組成物、必要に応じて配合する紫外線吸収剤やレベリング剤等の添加剤及び希釈溶剤によって層形成用塗布液を調整し、当該塗布液を表面ハードコート層44または裏面ハードコート層54上に従来公知の塗布方法によって塗布、乾燥、必要に応じて電離放射線を照射して硬化することにより形成できる。 The front surface high refractive index layer 46 and the back surface high refractive index layer 56 are coated for layer formation by using high refractive index particles, a curable resin composition, additives such as an ultraviolet absorber and a leveling agent to be blended as necessary, and a diluting solvent. It can be formed by adjusting the liquid, applying the coating liquid on the front surface hard coat layer 44 or the back surface hard coat layer 54 by a conventionally known coating method, drying, and irradiating ionizing radiation as necessary to cure.
 [透明接着層並びに第1透明接着層および第2透明接着層]
 透明接着層31、第1透明接着層31aおよび第2透明接着層31bといった透明接着層は、表面反射防止層40、裏面反射防止層50、コア層32などを互いに接着するための層である。ここで、本明細書における「透明接着層」は、透明粘着層を含む概念である。透明接着層は、一般に粘着剤として用いられる様々な材料を用いて形成できる。例として、例えば、アクリル系粘着剤、ウレタン系粘着剤、オレフィン系粘着剤、ゴム系粘着剤、シリコーン系粘着剤、ポリエステル系粘着剤を挙げることができる。透明性が高く粘着力を大きくすることのできるアクリル系粘着剤が好ましい。
[Transparent adhesive layer and first transparent adhesive layer and second transparent adhesive layer]
The transparent adhesive layer such as the transparent adhesive layer 31, the first transparent adhesive layer 31a, and the second transparent adhesive layer 31b is a layer for adhering the front surface antireflection layer 40, the back surface antireflection layer 50, the core layer 32, and the like to each other. Here, the "transparent adhesive layer" in the present specification is a concept including a transparent adhesive layer. The transparent adhesive layer can be formed by using various materials generally used as an adhesive. Examples thereof include acrylic adhesives, urethane adhesives, olefin adhesives, rubber adhesives, silicone adhesives, and polyester adhesives. An acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive that has high transparency and can increase the adhesive strength is preferable.
 上記の各粘着剤は、透明度を阻害しない範囲で各種の機能化剤や安定化剤等を含有できる。また、粘着付与剤を配合して粘着力を高めることもできる。また、それぞれの樹脂に合わせてイソシアネート、エポキシ、二重結合含有化合物などの架橋剤を用いて架橋構造とすることができる。 Each of the above adhesives can contain various functionalizing agents, stabilizers and the like as long as the transparency is not impaired. Further, it is also possible to add an adhesive to enhance the adhesive strength. Further, a cross-linking structure can be formed by using a cross-linking agent such as isocyanate, epoxy, or a double bond-containing compound according to each resin.
 透明接着層は、両面を剥離フィルムでラミネートしてあるタイプの粘着剤(OCA、Optical Clear Adhesive)を用いて形成することもできる。市販品を使用することもでき、例えば、光学用透明粘着シートLUCIACSシリーズ(日東電工株式会社製)、高透明両面テープ5400Aシリーズ(積水化学工業株式会社製)、光学粘着シートOpteriaシリーズ(リンテック株式会社製)、SANCUARYシリーズ(株式会社サンエー化研製)、光学透明粘着OADシリーズ(東洋包材株式会社製)、光学用芯無両面テープRAシリーズ(株式会社スミロン製)、パナクリーンシリーズ PD-S1(パナック株式会社製)等を挙げることができる。これら粘着剤の粘着力は一般的に10N/25mm以上である。 The transparent adhesive layer can also be formed by using a type of adhesive (OCA, Optical Clear Adhesive) in which both sides are laminated with a release film. Commercially available products can also be used, for example, optical transparent adhesive sheet LUCIAS series (manufactured by Nitto Denko Co., Ltd.), highly transparent double-sided tape 5400A series (manufactured by Sekisui Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), optical adhesive sheet Optia series (Lintec Corporation). , SANCUARY series (manufactured by Sanei Kaken Co., Ltd.), optical transparent adhesive OAD series (manufactured by Toyo Packaging Materials Co., Ltd.), optical coreless double-sided tape RA series (manufactured by Sumiron Co., Ltd.), Panaclean series PD-S1 (Panac) (Made by Co., Ltd.), etc. The adhesive strength of these adhesives is generally 10 N / 25 mm or more.
 透明接着層の厚みは、特に限定されないが、例えば、2μm以上200μm以下となっていることが好ましい。透明接着層の膜厚が2μm以上であれば、表面反射防止層40と裏面反射防止層50等とを確実に接合でき、また透明接着層の膜厚が200μm以下であれば、透明性(光透過性)を維持できる。透明接着層の膜厚の下限は、5μm以上、10μm以上、または15μm以上であることがより好ましく、上限は、150μm以下、160μm以下、または170μm以下であることがより好ましい。 The thickness of the transparent adhesive layer is not particularly limited, but is preferably 2 μm or more and 200 μm or less, for example. If the thickness of the transparent adhesive layer is 2 μm or more, the front surface antireflection layer 40 and the back surface antireflection layer 50 and the like can be reliably bonded, and if the thickness of the transparent adhesive layer is 200 μm or less, transparency (light). Transparency) can be maintained. The lower limit of the film thickness of the transparent adhesive layer is more preferably 5 μm or more, 10 μm or more, or 15 μm or more, and the upper limit is more preferably 150 μm or less, 160 μm or less, or 170 μm or less.
 透明接着層の形成方法としては、特に限定されず、粘着テープ等の製造に用いられる公知の方法を採用できる。具体的には、上記の透明接着層を形成する各成分を適当な有機溶剤または水に溶解または分散させた粘着剤組成物の塗料を、基材の表面に塗工し、乾燥および硬化する方法、上記の透明接着層を形成する各成分、二重結合含有モノマー、オリゴマー、架橋剤等を無溶剤で基材に塗工した後、放射線等で架橋する方法、押し出しラミネート方法などの任意の方法で形成できる。 The method for forming the transparent adhesive layer is not particularly limited, and a known method used for manufacturing an adhesive tape or the like can be adopted. Specifically, a method of applying a coating material of a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition in which each component forming the above transparent adhesive layer is dissolved or dispersed in an appropriate organic solvent or water to the surface of a base material, and dried and cured. , Any method such as a method of coating each component forming the above transparent adhesive layer, a double bond-containing monomer, an oligomer, a cross-linking agent, etc. on a substrate without solvent and then cross-linking with radiation, an extruded laminating method, etc. Can be formed with.
 OCAを用いる場合は、OCAの軽剥離側の剥離フィルムを剥がして粘着面を基材に貼り合わせるという方法で透明接着層を形成できる。 When OCA is used, a transparent adhesive layer can be formed by peeling off the peeling film on the light peeling side of OCA and attaching the adhesive surface to the substrate.
 [コア層]
 コア層32は、表面反射防止層40および裏面反射防止層50を支持する役割を果たす。コア層32の材料としては、上述した表面透明基材層42および裏面透明基材層52の材料と同様の材料を用いることができる。
[Core layer]
The core layer 32 serves to support the front surface antireflection layer 40 and the back surface antireflection layer 50. As the material of the core layer 32, the same materials as those of the surface transparent base material layer 42 and the back surface transparent base material layer 52 described above can be used.
 一例として、コア層32は、ポリエチレンテレフタレート(PET)からなる。コア層32をなすポリエチレンテレフタレートとしては、例えば一般的なポリエチレンテレフタレートと比較してヘイズ(JISK7136:2000)の小さい、いわゆる光学PETと呼ばれるポリエチレンテレフタレートを用いることが好ましい。コア層32をなすポリエチレンテレフタレートをヘイズの小さいものとすることによって、透明積層フィルム30が白濁して見えてしまうことを抑制できる。コア層32をなすポリエチレンテレフタレートのヘイズは、例えば1.0%以下である。 As an example, the core layer 32 is made of polyethylene terephthalate (PET). As the polyethylene terephthalate forming the core layer 32, for example, it is preferable to use polyethylene terephthalate having a smaller haze (JISK7136: 2000) than general polyethylene terephthalate, so-called optical PET. By setting the polyethylene terephthalate forming the core layer 32 to have a small haze, it is possible to prevent the transparent laminated film 30 from appearing cloudy. The haze of polyethylene terephthalate forming the core layer 32 is, for example, 1.0% or less.
 コア層32の厚みについては、特に制限はなく、用途に応じて適宜選択される。コア層32の厚みは、5μm以上130μm以下程度であってもよく、耐久性やハンドリング性等を考慮すると、10μm以上100μm以下であることが好ましい。 The thickness of the core layer 32 is not particularly limited and may be appropriately selected depending on the intended use. The thickness of the core layer 32 may be about 5 μm or more and 130 μm or less, and is preferably 10 μm or more and 100 μm or less in consideration of durability and handleability.
 ここで、透明積層フィルム30には、開口33aが形成される場合がある。例えば、図2C1に示すように、透明積層フィルム30によってフェイスシールド10のシールド部30Aを構成する場合には、上述した被係合部33として使用するために、透明積層フィルム30に開口33aが形成される。 Here, the transparent laminated film 30 may have an opening 33a. For example, as shown in FIG. 2C1, when the shield portion 30A of the face shield 10 is configured by the transparent laminated film 30, an opening 33a is formed in the transparent laminated film 30 for use as the engaged portion 33 described above. Will be done.
 ここで、図2C1に示すように透明積層フィルム30に開口33aが形成される場合、開口33aは、周縁のすべての点において曲率半径が0.5mm以上であることが好ましい。また、開口33aは、長円形状、楕円形状または隅丸方形状をもつことが好ましい。図3E乃至図3Gは、それぞれ長円形状、楕円形状または隅丸方形状をもつ開口33aの例を示す図である。 Here, when the opening 33a is formed in the transparent laminated film 30 as shown in FIG. 2C1, it is preferable that the opening 33a has a radius of curvature of 0.5 mm or more at all points on the peripheral edge. Further, the opening 33a preferably has an oval shape, an elliptical shape, or a rounded corner shape. 3E to 3G are views showing an example of an opening 33a having an oval shape, an elliptical shape, or a rounded corner shape, respectively.
 ここで、長円形状とは、図3Eに示すように、一対の直線33bと、一対の直線33b同士を接続する円または楕円の一部に相当する曲線33cと、からなる形状をいう。また、隅丸形状とは、図3Gに示すように、長方形の角部33dに丸みがつけられた形状をいう。 Here, the oval shape means a shape consisting of a pair of straight lines 33b and a curve 33c corresponding to a part of a circle or an ellipse connecting the pair of straight lines 33b, as shown in FIG. 3E. Further, the rounded corner shape means a shape in which the corner portion 33d of the rectangle is rounded, as shown in FIG. 3G.
 開口33aが上述の形状を有することによって、透明積層フィルム30が開口33aを起点として破断することが抑制される。 Since the opening 33a has the above-mentioned shape, it is suppressed that the transparent laminated film 30 breaks from the opening 33a as a starting point.
 透明積層フィルム30に開口33aが形成されている場合、保護フィルム付き透明積層フィルム60において、表面保護フィルム61および裏面保護フィルム62には、透明積層フィルム30の開口33aに重なる位置に貫通孔が形成されていてもよい。この場合、表面保護フィルム61および裏面保護フィルム62の貫通孔は、開口33aと同じ形状を有していてもよい。 When the transparent laminated film 30 has an opening 33a, in the transparent laminated film 60 with a protective film, a through hole is formed in the front surface protective film 61 and the back surface protective film 62 at a position overlapping the opening 33a of the transparent laminated film 30. It may have been done. In this case, the through holes of the front surface protective film 61 and the back surface protective film 62 may have the same shape as the opening 33a.
 上述した透明積層フィルム30は、厚みが、60μm以上500μm以下であることが好ましい。透明積層フィルム30厚みが60μm以上であることにより、シールド部30Aの形状を維持できるコシ、強度が得られるので、装着者Hの唾液等の飛沫が他人の顔面に付着することや、他人の唾液等の飛沫が装着者Hの顔面に付着することを効果的に抑制できる。また、透明積層フィルム30の厚みが500μm以下であることにより、透明積層フィルム30の透明性を向上できる。 The thickness of the transparent laminated film 30 described above is preferably 60 μm or more and 500 μm or less. When the thickness of the transparent laminated film 30 is 60 μm or more, the strength and strength that can maintain the shape of the shield portion 30A can be obtained, so that the saliva of the wearer H adheres to the face of another person and the saliva of another person. It is possible to effectively prevent the droplets such as those from adhering to the face of the wearer H. Further, when the thickness of the transparent laminated film 30 is 500 μm or less, the transparency of the transparent laminated film 30 can be improved.
 また、上述した透明積層フィルム30は、復元性機能を有していることが好ましい。これにより、透明積層フィルム30を折り曲げたり丸めたりした際に、透明積層フィルム30は、平坦な形状に復元できる。ここで、復元性機能とは、対象物(透明積層フィルム30)を一定時間屈曲させた後であっても、屈曲させられた対象物に折り目が形成されることなく、対象物が平坦な形状に復元する機能を意味する。 Further, it is preferable that the transparent laminated film 30 described above has a restorative function. As a result, when the transparent laminated film 30 is bent or rolled, the transparent laminated film 30 can be restored to a flat shape. Here, the recoverable function means that even after the object (transparent laminated film 30) is bent for a certain period of time, the bent object does not have creases and the object has a flat shape. Means the ability to restore to.
 上述した透明積層フィルム30は、光の反射率が、1.0%以下であり、全光線透過率(JISK7361-1:1997)が90%以上であることが好ましい。これにより、透明積層フィルム30を表面301側から見た場合の視認性を更に向上させつつ、透明積層フィルム30を裏面302側から見た場合の視認性を更に向上させることができる。また、透明積層フィルム30は、全光線透過率が、92%以上であることがより好ましい。また、透明積層フィルム30は、ヘイズ(JISK7136:2000)が1.2%以下であることが好ましく、1.0%以下であることがより好ましく、0.8%以下であることがさらに好ましい。また、透明積層フィルム30は、ヘイズが0.5%以下であることが好ましく、0.3%以下であることがさらに好ましい。 The transparent laminated film 30 described above preferably has a light reflectance of 1.0% or less and a total light transmittance (JISK7361-1: 1997) of 90% or more. This makes it possible to further improve the visibility when the transparent laminated film 30 is viewed from the front surface 301 side, and further improve the visibility when the transparent laminated film 30 is viewed from the back surface 302 side. Further, it is more preferable that the transparent laminated film 30 has a total light transmittance of 92% or more. Further, the transparent laminated film 30 preferably has a haze (JISK7136: 2000) of 1.2% or less, more preferably 1.0% or less, and further preferably 0.8% or less. Further, the transparent laminated film 30 preferably has a haze of 0.5% or less, and more preferably 0.3% or less.
 なお、一実施の形態による透明積層フィルムにおいて、光の反射率が、550nmにおいて1.0%以下であり、全光線透過率が、90%以上であってもよい。本明細書中において、特に断りなく反射率と記載する場合は550nmの反射率であるとする。 In the transparent laminated film according to the embodiment, the reflectance of light may be 1.0% or less at 550 nm, and the total light transmittance may be 90% or more. In the present specification, when the reflectance is described as 550 nm without particular notice, the reflectance is assumed to be 550 nm.
 上述した透明積層フィルム30は、波長380nm以下の紫外域の透過率が、1.0%以下であることが好ましい。これにより、フェイスシールド10を装着した装着者Hが、直射日光を浴びる環境化で作業した場合であっても、装着者Hが日焼けをしてしまうことを抑制できる。 The transparent laminated film 30 described above preferably has a transmittance of 1.0% or less in the ultraviolet region having a wavelength of 380 nm or less. As a result, even when the wearer H wearing the face shield 10 works in an environment exposed to direct sunlight, it is possible to prevent the wearer H from getting sunburned.
 上記した透明積層フィルム30は、曲げ応力が6N/20mm以下であることが好ましい。これにより、透明積層フィルム30の柔軟性を向上させることができる。このため、透明積層フィルム30では、透明積層フィルム30から作製されたシールド部30Aを折り曲げた際に、シールド部30Aに折り目や傷等が生じてしまうことを抑制できる。 The transparent laminated film 30 described above preferably has a bending stress of 6 N / 20 mm or less. This makes it possible to improve the flexibility of the transparent laminated film 30. Therefore, in the transparent laminated film 30, when the shield portion 30A made from the transparent laminated film 30 is bent, it is possible to prevent the shield portion 30A from having creases or scratches.
 上述した透明積層フィルム30において、表面301および裏面302の算術平均粗さRa(JISB0601:1994)は、それぞれ10nm以下であることが好ましく、1nm以上8nm以下であることがより好ましい。また、表面301および裏面302の十点平均粗さRz(JISB0601:1994)は、160nm以下であることが好ましく、50nm以上155nm以下であることがより好ましい。Ra、Rzが上記範囲であれば、平滑性を有し、耐擦傷性が向上する。 In the above-mentioned transparent laminated film 30, the arithmetic average roughness Ra (JISB0601: 1994) of the front surface 301 and the back surface 302 is preferably 10 nm or less, and more preferably 1 nm or more and 8 nm or less. The ten-point average roughness Rz (JISB0601: 1994) of the front surface 301 and the back surface 302 is preferably 160 nm or less, and more preferably 50 nm or more and 155 nm or less. When Ra and Rz are in the above range, it has smoothness and scratch resistance is improved.
 透明積層フィルム、保護フィルム付き透明積層フィルムおよびフェイスシールドの製造方法
 次に、本実施の形態による透明積層フィルム、保護フィルム付き透明積層フィルムおよびフェイスシールドの製造方法について説明する。ここでは、まず、透明積層フィルム30の製造方法について説明する。
Method for manufacturing transparent laminated film, transparent laminated film with protective film and face shield Next, a method for manufacturing the transparent laminated film, transparent laminated film with protective film and face shield according to the present embodiment will be described. Here, first, a method for manufacturing the transparent laminated film 30 will be described.
 まず、表面反射防止層40を作製する。この際、例えば、まず、表面透明基材層42を構成する樹脂フィルムを準備する。次に、樹脂フィルム上に、ハードコート層形成用塗布液を塗布、乾燥及び紫外線照射し、表面ハードコート層44を形成する。次いで、この表面ハードコート層44上に、高屈折率層形成用塗布液を塗布、乾燥及び紫外線照射し、表面高屈折率層46を形成する。次いで、この表面高屈折率層46上に、低屈折率層形成用塗布液を塗布、乾燥及び紫外線照射し、表面低屈折率層45を形成する。このようにして、表面反射防止層40を得ることができる。 First, the surface antireflection layer 40 is produced. At this time, for example, first, a resin film constituting the surface transparent base material layer 42 is prepared. Next, a coating liquid for forming a hard coat layer is applied onto the resin film, dried and irradiated with ultraviolet rays to form the surface hard coat layer 44. Next, a coating liquid for forming a high refractive index layer is applied onto the surface hard coat layer 44, dried and irradiated with ultraviolet rays to form the surface high refractive index layer 46. Next, a coating liquid for forming a low refractive index layer is applied onto the surface high refractive index layer 46, dried, and irradiated with ultraviolet rays to form the surface low refractive index layer 45. In this way, the surface antireflection layer 40 can be obtained.
 また、裏面反射防止層50を作製する。この際、例えば、まず、裏面透明基材層52を構成する樹脂フィルムを準備する。次に、樹脂フィルム上に、ハードコート層形成用塗布液を塗布、乾燥及び紫外線照射し、裏面ハードコート層54を形成する。次いで、この裏面ハードコート層54上に、高屈折率層形成用塗布液を塗布、乾燥及び紫外線照射し、裏面高屈折率層56を形成する。次いで、この裏面高屈折率層56上に、低屈折率層形成用塗布液を塗布、乾燥及び紫外線照射し、裏面低屈折率層55を形成する。このようにして、裏面反射防止層50を得ることができる。 Also, the back surface antireflection layer 50 is manufactured. At this time, for example, first, a resin film constituting the back surface transparent base material layer 52 is prepared. Next, a coating liquid for forming a hard coat layer is applied onto the resin film, dried and irradiated with ultraviolet rays to form the back surface hard coat layer 54. Next, a coating liquid for forming a high refractive index layer is applied onto the back surface hard coat layer 54, dried and irradiated with ultraviolet rays to form the back surface high refractive index layer 56. Next, a coating liquid for forming a low refractive index layer is applied onto the back surface high refractive index layer 56, dried, and irradiated with ultraviolet rays to form the back surface low refractive index layer 55. In this way, the back surface antireflection layer 50 can be obtained.
 そして、表面反射防止層40および裏面反射防止層50を、透明接着層31を介して互いに接着させて透明積層フィルム30を作製する。このようにして、透明積層フィルム30を作製できる。 Then, the front surface antireflection layer 40 and the back surface antireflection layer 50 are adhered to each other via the transparent adhesive layer 31 to produce a transparent laminated film 30. In this way, the transparent laminated film 30 can be produced.
 図3Cおよび図3Dに示すようにコア層32を備える透明積層フィルム30の製造方法についても説明する。まず、上述した表面反射防止層40および裏面反射防止層50を作製する方法と同様の方法によって、表面反射防止層40および裏面反射防止層50を作製する。また、コア層32を準備する。そして、表面反射防止層40を、第1透明接着層31aを介してコア層32の一側の面に接着させる。また、裏面反射防止層50を、第2透明接着層31bを介してコア層32の一側とは反対側の面に接着させる。このようにして、図3Cおよび図3Dに示す透明積層フィルム30を作製できる。 A method for manufacturing the transparent laminated film 30 including the core layer 32 as shown in FIGS. 3C and 3D will also be described. First, the front surface antireflection layer 40 and the back surface antireflection layer 50 are produced by the same method as the method for producing the front surface antireflection layer 40 and the back surface antireflection layer 50. In addition, the core layer 32 is prepared. Then, the surface antireflection layer 40 is adhered to one side surface of the core layer 32 via the first transparent adhesive layer 31a. Further, the back surface antireflection layer 50 is adhered to the surface opposite to one side of the core layer 32 via the second transparent adhesive layer 31b. In this way, the transparent laminated film 30 shown in FIGS. 3C and 3D can be produced.
 次に、得られた透明積層フィルム30の表面301に表面保護フィルム61を取り付けるとともに、裏面302に裏面保護フィルム62を取り付ける。この際、表面保護フィルム61および裏面保護フィルム62は、それぞれ図示しない接合層を含み、この接合層により、透明積層フィルム30に取り付けられていてもよい。このようにして、保護フィルム付き透明積層フィルム60を作製できる。なお、表面保護フィルム61および裏面保護フィルム62は、表面反射防止層40および裏面反射防止層50が透明接着層31を介して互いに接合される前に、表面反射防止層40および裏面反射防止層50にそれぞれ別個に取りつけられてもよい。 Next, the front surface protective film 61 is attached to the front surface 301 of the obtained transparent laminated film 30, and the back surface protective film 62 is attached to the back surface 302. At this time, the front surface protective film 61 and the back surface protective film 62 each include a bonding layer (not shown), and may be attached to the transparent laminated film 30 by this bonding layer. In this way, the transparent laminated film 60 with a protective film can be produced. In the front surface protective film 61 and the back surface protective film 62, the front surface antireflection layer 40 and the back surface antireflection layer 50 are formed before the front surface antireflection layer 40 and the back surface antireflection layer 50 are bonded to each other via the transparent adhesive layer 31. May be attached separately to each.
 次いで、フェイスシールド10を作製する。 Next, the face shield 10 is manufactured.
 この際、まず、保護フィルム付き透明積層フィルム60を所定の形状に加工する。この場合、保護フィルム付き透明積層フィルム60は、ビク型を用いる打ち抜き加工、ドリルを用いる切削加工、またはレーザーを用いるレーザー加工によって、加工されてもよい。なお、加工速度や生産性の観点からは、保護フィルム付き透明積層フィルム60は、打ち抜き加工によって加工されることが好ましい。 At this time, first, the transparent laminated film 60 with a protective film is processed into a predetermined shape. In this case, the transparent laminated film 60 with a protective film may be processed by punching using a bik mold, cutting using a drill, or laser processing using a laser. From the viewpoint of processing speed and productivity, the transparent laminated film 60 with a protective film is preferably processed by punching.
 次に、所定の形状に加工された保護フィルム付き透明積層フィルム60から、表面保護フィルム61および裏面保護フィルム62を取り外す。これにより、所定の形状に加工された透明積層フィルム30が得られる。 Next, the front surface protective film 61 and the back surface protective film 62 are removed from the transparent laminated film 60 with a protective film processed into a predetermined shape. As a result, the transparent laminated film 30 processed into a predetermined shape can be obtained.
 次いで、所定の形状に加工された透明積層フィルム30を保持部材20に取り付けることにより、図1に示すフェイスシールド10が得られる。 Next, by attaching the transparent laminated film 30 processed into a predetermined shape to the holding member 20, the face shield 10 shown in FIG. 1 can be obtained.
 以上のように本実施の形態によれば、透明積層フィルム30は、表面301を構成する表面反射防止層40と、裏面302を構成する裏面反射防止層50とを備えている。これにより、透明積層フィルム30の表面301側から入射する光の反射、および透明積層フィルム30の裏面302側から入射する光の反射を抑制できる。すなわち、透明積層フィルム30を表面301側から見た場合の視認性を向上させつつ、透明積層フィルム30を裏面302側から見た場合の視認性を向上できる。これにより、例えばフェイスシールド10を装着した装着者Hを視認した際に、装着者Hの顔面Fの視認性を向上できる。このため、装着者Hの口元の視認性を向上でき、装着者Hと他者との円滑なコミュニケーションを図ることができる。また、例えば透明積層フィルム30から作製されたシールド部30Aを備えるフェイスシールド10を装着した装着者Hが、透明積層フィルム30の裏面302において反射する光によって、不快感や疲労感を覚えることを抑制できる。 As described above, according to the present embodiment, the transparent laminated film 30 includes a front surface antireflection layer 40 constituting the front surface 301 and a back surface antireflection layer 50 constituting the back surface 302. As a result, it is possible to suppress the reflection of the light incident from the front surface 301 side of the transparent laminated film 30 and the reflection of the light incident from the back surface 302 side of the transparent laminated film 30. That is, it is possible to improve the visibility when the transparent laminated film 30 is viewed from the front surface 301 side and the visibility when the transparent laminated film 30 is viewed from the back surface 302 side. Thereby, for example, when the wearer H wearing the face shield 10 is visually recognized, the visibility of the face F of the wearer H can be improved. Therefore, the visibility of the mouth of the wearer H can be improved, and smooth communication between the wearer H and others can be achieved. Further, for example, the wearer H wearing the face shield 10 provided with the shield portion 30A made of the transparent laminated film 30 is prevented from feeling uncomfortable or tired due to the light reflected on the back surface 302 of the transparent laminated film 30. can.
 また、上述した透明積層フィルム30では、以下の効果を奏することができる。
 アルコール拭き消毒100回後でも変質をきたさない。
 油性インキで描かれた文字を容易にふき取ることができる。
 H鉛筆で100回擦った場合であっても、表面に傷がつくことを抑制できる。
 付着した指紋を拭き取ることが可能で且つ拭き後が残らない。
 なお、上述した効果を奏することができることは、後述する実施例で説明する。
Further, the transparent laminated film 30 described above can achieve the following effects.
No deterioration occurs even after 100 times of alcohol wiping and disinfection.
Characters drawn with oil-based ink can be easily wiped off.
Even when rubbed 100 times with an H pencil, it is possible to prevent the surface from being scratched.
It is possible to wipe off the attached fingerprints and no residue remains after wiping.
The ability to achieve the above-mentioned effects will be described in Examples described later.
 また、本実施の形態によれば、透明積層フィルム30は、表面反射防止層40と裏面反射防止層50とを接着する透明接着層31を更に備えている。これにより、表面301を構成する表面反射防止層40と、裏面302を構成する裏面反射防止層50とを備える透明積層フィルム30を容易に作製できる。 Further, according to the present embodiment, the transparent laminated film 30 further includes a transparent adhesive layer 31 for adhering the front surface antireflection layer 40 and the back surface antireflection layer 50. As a result, the transparent laminated film 30 including the front surface antireflection layer 40 constituting the front surface 301 and the back surface antireflection layer 50 constituting the back surface 302 can be easily manufactured.
 また、本実施の形態によれば、透明接着層31は、アクリル系粘着剤を含んでいる。これにより、表面301を構成する表面反射防止層40と、裏面302を構成する裏面反射防止層50とを備える透明積層フィルム30を作製した場合に、透明性を維持するとともに、良好な光学特性を有する透明積層フィルム30を得ることができる。 Further, according to the present embodiment, the transparent adhesive layer 31 contains an acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive. As a result, when the transparent laminated film 30 including the front surface antireflection layer 40 constituting the front surface 301 and the back surface antireflection layer 50 constituting the back surface 302 is produced, transparency is maintained and good optical characteristics are obtained. The transparent laminated film 30 having can be obtained.
 また、本実施の形態によれば、透明積層フィルム30は、表面反射防止層40と裏面反射防止層50との間に位置するコア層32を更に備えている。これにより、透明積層フィルム30の耐久性やハンドリング性を向上できる。 Further, according to the present embodiment, the transparent laminated film 30 further includes a core layer 32 located between the front surface antireflection layer 40 and the back surface antireflection layer 50. This makes it possible to improve the durability and handleability of the transparent laminated film 30.
 また、本実施の形態によれば、透明積層フィルム30において、コア層32が、ポリエチレンテレフタレートからなる。これにより、透明積層フィルム30の耐久性をさらに向上できる。このため、特に、透明積層フィルム30に図2Eおよび図2Fに示すように開口33aが設けられている場合に、開口33aを起点として透明積層フィルム30が破断することを抑制できる。特に、保持部材20に対するシールド部30A(透明積層フィルム30)の着脱を繰り返したり、着脱を激しく行ったりした場合に、透明積層フィルム30が開口33aを起点として破断することを抑制できる。 Further, according to the present embodiment, in the transparent laminated film 30, the core layer 32 is made of polyethylene terephthalate. Thereby, the durability of the transparent laminated film 30 can be further improved. Therefore, in particular, when the transparent laminated film 30 is provided with the opening 33a as shown in FIGS. 2E and 2F, it is possible to prevent the transparent laminated film 30 from breaking from the opening 33a as a starting point. In particular, when the shield portion 30A (transparent laminated film 30) is repeatedly attached to and detached from the holding member 20, or when the transparent laminated film 30 is violently attached and detached, it is possible to prevent the transparent laminated film 30 from breaking from the opening 33a.
 また、本実施の形態によれば、透明積層フィルム30は、表面反射防止層40とコア層32とを接着する第1透明接着層31aと、コア層32と裏面反射防止層50とを接着する第2透明接着層31bとを更に備えている。これにより、表面反射防止層40と裏面反射防止層50との間に位置するコア層32を備える透明積層フィルム30を容易に作製できる。 Further, according to the present embodiment, the transparent laminated film 30 adheres the first transparent adhesive layer 31a for adhering the front surface antireflection layer 40 and the core layer 32, and the core layer 32 and the back surface antireflection layer 50. It is further provided with a second transparent adhesive layer 31b. As a result, the transparent laminated film 30 provided with the core layer 32 located between the front surface antireflection layer 40 and the back surface antireflection layer 50 can be easily manufactured.
 また、本実施の形態によれば、第1透明接着層31aおよび第2透明接着層31bは、それぞれアクリル系粘着剤を含んでいる。これにより、表面301を構成する表面反射防止層40と、裏面302を構成する裏面反射防止層50と、コア層32とを備える透明積層フィルム30を作製した場合に、透明性を維持するとともに、良好な光学特性を有する透明積層フィルム30を得ることができる。 Further, according to the present embodiment, the first transparent adhesive layer 31a and the second transparent adhesive layer 31b each contain an acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive. As a result, when the transparent laminated film 30 including the front surface antireflection layer 40 constituting the front surface 301, the back surface antireflection layer 50 constituting the back surface 302, and the core layer 32 is produced, the transparency is maintained and the transparency is maintained. A transparent laminated film 30 having good optical characteristics can be obtained.
 また、本実施の形態によれば、表面反射防止層40は、表面301から裏面302に向かって順に配置された表面反射防止機能層41と、表面透明基材層42とを有している。また、裏面反射防止層50は、裏面302から表面301に向かって順に配置された裏面反射防止機能層51と、裏面透明基材層52とを有している。これにより、表面反射防止層40および裏面反射防止層50の全体の強度を高めつつ、表面反射防止層40および裏面反射防止層50に対して、光の反射を抑制する機能を付与できる。 Further, according to the present embodiment, the surface antireflection layer 40 has a surface antireflection functional layer 41 arranged in order from the front surface 301 to the back surface 302, and a surface transparent base material layer 42. Further, the back surface antireflection layer 50 has a back surface antireflection function layer 51 arranged in order from the back surface 302 toward the front surface 301, and a back surface transparent base material layer 52. As a result, it is possible to impart a function of suppressing light reflection to the front surface antireflection layer 40 and the back surface antireflection layer 50 while increasing the overall strength of the front surface antireflection layer 40 and the back surface antireflection layer 50.
 また、本実施の形態によれば、表面反射防止機能層41は、表面透明基材層42上にコーティングされたコーティング層であり、裏面反射防止機能層51は、裏面透明基材層52上にコーティングされたコーティング層である。このように、表面反射防止機能層41および裏面反射防止機能層51がコーティング層であることにより、表面反射防止機能層41および裏面反射防止機能層51の厚みを容易に制御でき、透明積層フィルム30の光の反射率や全光線透過率といった所望の機能を容易に制御できる。 Further, according to the present embodiment, the front surface antireflection functional layer 41 is a coating layer coated on the front surface transparent base material layer 42, and the back surface antireflection function layer 51 is on the back surface transparent base material layer 52. It is a coated coating layer. As described above, since the front surface antireflection function layer 41 and the back surface antireflection function layer 51 are coating layers, the thicknesses of the front surface reflection prevention function layer 41 and the back surface antireflection function layer 51 can be easily controlled, and the transparent laminated film 30 can be easily controlled. Desired functions such as light reflectance and total light transmittance can be easily controlled.
 また、本実施の形態によれば、表面反射防止機能層41および裏面反射防止機能層51は、それぞれアクリルモノマーを含む硬化物からなっている。これにより、短時間の加工によっても均一性が高い表面反射防止機能層41および裏面反射防止機能層51を形成できる。また、高硬度と良好な光学性能の両立を図ることができる。 Further, according to the present embodiment, the front surface antireflection function layer 41 and the back surface antireflection function layer 51 are each made of a cured product containing an acrylic monomer. As a result, the front surface antireflection function layer 41 and the back surface antireflection function layer 51 with high uniformity can be formed even by processing in a short time. In addition, both high hardness and good optical performance can be achieved at the same time.
 また、本実施の形態によれば、表面反射防止機能層41は、表面301から裏面302に向かって順に配置された表面屈折層43と、表面ハードコート層44とを含んでいる。また、裏面反射防止機能層51は、裏面302から表面301に向かって順に配置された裏面屈折層53と、裏面ハードコート層54とを含んでいる。これにより、表面反射防止層40および裏面反射防止層50の耐擦傷性を向上させつつ、表面反射防止層40および裏面反射防止層50の光の反射率を低下させることができる。 Further, according to the present embodiment, the surface antireflection functional layer 41 includes a surface refraction layer 43 arranged in order from the front surface 301 to the back surface 302, and a surface hard coat layer 44. Further, the back surface antireflection function layer 51 includes a back surface refraction layer 53 arranged in order from the back surface 302 toward the front surface 301, and a back surface hard coat layer 54. This makes it possible to improve the scratch resistance of the front surface antireflection layer 40 and the back surface antireflection layer 50, while reducing the light reflectance of the front surface antireflection layer 40 and the back surface antireflection layer 50.
 また、本実施の形態によれば、表面ハードコート層44は、表面透明基材層42上にコーティングされたコーティング層であり、表面屈折層43は、表面ハードコート層44上にコーティングされたコーティング層であり、裏面ハードコート層54は、裏面透明基材層52上にコーティングされたコーティング層であり、裏面屈折層53は、裏面ハードコート層54上にコーティングされたコーティング層である。このように、表面屈折層43、表面ハードコート層44、裏面屈折層53および裏面ハードコート層54がコーティング層であることにより、各層の厚みを容易に制御でき、透明積層フィルム30の光の反射率や全光線透過率といった所望の機能を容易に制御できる。 Further, according to the present embodiment, the surface hard coat layer 44 is a coating layer coated on the surface transparent base material layer 42, and the surface refraction layer 43 is a coating coated on the surface hard coat layer 44. The back surface hard coat layer 54 is a coating layer coated on the back surface transparent base material layer 52, and the back surface refractive layer 53 is a coating layer coated on the back surface hard coat layer 54. As described above, since the front surface refractive layer 43, the front surface hard coat layer 44, the back surface refractive layer 53, and the back surface hard coat layer 54 are coating layers, the thickness of each layer can be easily controlled, and the light reflection of the transparent laminated film 30 can be easily controlled. Desired functions such as rate and total light transmittance can be easily controlled.
 また、本実施の形態によれば、表面屈折層43は、表面301から裏面302に向かって順に配置された表面低屈折率層45と、表面高屈折率層46とを含んでいる。また、裏面屈折層53は、裏面302から表面301に向かって順に配置された裏面低屈折率層55と、裏面高屈折率層56とを含んでいる。これにより、表面低屈折率層45と表面高屈折率層46との屈折率の差、および裏面低屈折率層55と裏面高屈折率層56との屈折率の差を用いて、干渉作用により表面反射防止層40および裏面反射防止層50の光の反射率をより効果的に低下させることができる。 Further, according to the present embodiment, the surface refractive index layer 43 includes a surface low refractive index layer 45 arranged in order from the front surface 301 toward the back surface 302, and a surface high refractive index layer 46. Further, the back surface refractive index layer 53 includes a back surface low refractive index layer 55 arranged in order from the back surface 302 toward the front surface 301, and a back surface high refractive index layer 56. As a result, the difference in the refractive index between the front surface low refractive index layer 45 and the front surface high refractive index layer 46 and the difference in the refractive index between the back surface low refractive index layer 55 and the back surface high refractive index layer 56 are used by an interference action. The refractive index of the light of the front surface antireflection layer 40 and the back surface antireflection layer 50 can be reduced more effectively.
 また、本実施の形態によれば、表面高屈折率層46は、表面301から裏面302に向かって順に配置された第1表面高屈折率層47と、第2表面高屈折率層48とを含んでいる。また、裏面高屈折率層56は、裏面302から表面301に向かって順に配置された第1裏面高屈折率層57と、第2裏面高屈折率層58とを含んでいる。これにより、表面低屈折率層45と表面高屈折率層46との屈折率の差、および裏面低屈折率層55と裏面高屈折率層56との屈折率の差を用いて、干渉作用により表面反射防止層40および裏面反射防止層50の光の反射率を更に効果的に低下させることができる。 Further, according to the present embodiment, the front surface high refractive index layer 46 includes a first surface high refractive index layer 47 arranged in order from the front surface 301 toward the back surface 302, and a second surface high refractive index layer 48. Includes. Further, the back surface high refractive index layer 56 includes a first back surface high refractive index layer 57 arranged in order from the back surface 302 toward the front surface 301, and a second back surface high refractive index layer 58. As a result, the difference in the refractive index between the front surface low refractive index layer 45 and the front surface high refractive index layer 46 and the difference in the refractive index between the back surface low refractive index layer 55 and the back surface high refractive index layer 56 are used by an interference action. The refractive index of the light of the front surface antireflection layer 40 and the back surface antireflection layer 50 can be further effectively reduced.
 また、本実施の形態によれば、第1表面高屈折率層47の屈折率は、第2表面高屈折率層48の屈折率よりも高くなっている。また、第1裏面高屈折率層57の屈折率は、第2裏面高屈折率層58の屈折率よりも高くなっている。これにより、表面高屈折率層46と表面低屈折率層45との間の屈折率差を大きくでき、表面反射防止層40の反射率を低くできるとともに、表面高屈折率層46と表面ハードコート層44との屈折率差を小さくでき、干渉縞の発生を抑制できる。また、裏面高屈折率層56と裏面低屈折率層55との間の屈折率差を大きくでき、裏面反射防止層50の反射率を低くできるとともに、裏面高屈折率層56と裏面ハードコート層54との屈折率差を小さくでき、干渉縞の発生を抑制できる。 Further, according to the present embodiment, the refractive index of the first surface high refractive index layer 47 is higher than that of the second surface high refractive index layer 48. Further, the refractive index of the first back surface high refractive index layer 57 is higher than that of the second back surface high refractive index layer 58. As a result, the refractive index difference between the surface high refractive index layer 46 and the surface low refractive index layer 45 can be increased, the refractive index of the surface antireflection layer 40 can be lowered, and the surface high refractive index layer 46 and the surface hard coat can be reduced. The difference in refractive index from the layer 44 can be reduced, and the occurrence of interference fringes can be suppressed. Further, the refractive index difference between the back surface high refractive index layer 56 and the back surface low refractive index layer 55 can be increased, the refractive index of the back surface antireflection layer 50 can be lowered, and the back surface high refractive index layer 56 and the back surface hard coat layer can be reduced. The difference in refractive index from 54 can be reduced, and the occurrence of interference fringes can be suppressed.
 また、本実施の形態によれば、表面透明基材層42および裏面透明基材層52は、トリアセチルセルロースまたはポリエチレンテレフタレートを含んでいる。これにより、表面透明基材層42および裏面透明基材層52の透明性を向上できる。また、表面透明基材層42および裏面透明基材層52が、トリアセチルセルロースを含んでいる場合、表面透明基材層42および裏面透明基材層52の柔軟性を効果的に向上させることもできる。このため、透明積層フィルム30から作製されたシールド部30Aを折り曲げた際に、シールド部30Aに折り目や傷等が生じてしまうことを抑制できる。また、シールド部30Aのサイズを大きくした場合であっても、シールド部30Aに折り目や傷等が生じてしまうことを抑制できる。このため、表面透明基材層42および裏面透明基材層52がトリアセチルセルロースを含んでいることにより、サイズの大きいシールド部30Aを容易に作製できる。 Further, according to the present embodiment, the front surface transparent base material layer 42 and the back surface transparent base material layer 52 contain triacetyl cellulose or polyethylene terephthalate. Thereby, the transparency of the front surface transparent base material layer 42 and the back surface transparent base material layer 52 can be improved. Further, when the front surface transparent base material layer 42 and the back surface transparent base material layer 52 contain triacetyl cellulose, the flexibility of the front surface transparent base material layer 42 and the back surface transparent base material layer 52 can be effectively improved. can. Therefore, when the shield portion 30A made of the transparent laminated film 30 is bent, it is possible to prevent the shield portion 30A from having creases or scratches. Further, even when the size of the shield portion 30A is increased, it is possible to prevent the shield portion 30A from having creases or scratches. Therefore, since the front surface transparent base material layer 42 and the back surface transparent base material layer 52 contain triacetyl cellulose, a large-sized shield portion 30A can be easily produced.
 また、本実施の形態によれば、透明積層フィルム30は、復元性機能を有している。これにより、透明積層フィルム30を折り曲げたり丸めたりした場合であっても、透明積層フィルム30に折り目や傷等を生じさせることなく、透明積層フィルム30を平坦な形状に復元できる。 Further, according to the present embodiment, the transparent laminated film 30 has a restorative function. As a result, even when the transparent laminated film 30 is bent or rolled, the transparent laminated film 30 can be restored to a flat shape without causing creases or scratches on the transparent laminated film 30.
 また、本実施の形態によれば、透明積層フィルム30において、光の反射率が、1.0%以下であり、全光線透過率が、90%以上である。これにより、透明積層フィルム30を表面301側から見た場合の視認性を更に向上させつつ、透明積層フィルム30を裏面302側から見た場合の視認性を更に向上できる。 Further, according to the present embodiment, in the transparent laminated film 30, the reflectance of light is 1.0% or less, and the total light transmittance is 90% or more. This makes it possible to further improve the visibility when the transparent laminated film 30 is viewed from the front surface 301 side, and further improve the visibility when the transparent laminated film 30 is viewed from the back surface 302 side.
 また、本実施の形態によれば、透明積層フィルム30は、装着者Hの顔面Fを保護するフェイスシールド10に用いられる。これにより、装着者Hの顔面Fの視認性を向上させつつ、装着者Hが不快感や疲労感を覚えることを抑制できるフェイスシールド10を容易に得ることができる。 Further, according to the present embodiment, the transparent laminated film 30 is used for the face shield 10 that protects the face F of the wearer H. As a result, it is possible to easily obtain the face shield 10 that can suppress the wearer H from feeling uncomfortable or tired while improving the visibility of the face F of the wearer H.
 また、本実施の形態によれば、透明積層フィルム30において、開口33aは、周縁のすべての点において曲率半径が0.5mm以上である。これにより、透明積層フィルム30に応力がかけられた場合に開口33aの周縁の一部に応力が集中してしまい、透明積層フィルム30が開口33aを起点として破断することを、抑制できる。特に、透明積層フィルム30をフェイスシールド10のシールド部30Aとして用い、開口33aを上述の被係合部33として用いる場合に、以下の効果が得られる。開口33a付近の透明積層フィルム30への係合部29の接触によって透明積層フィルム30が破断することを、抑制できる。特に、被係合部33と係合部29との係合を外す操作と被係合部33と係合部29とを係合させる操作とを何度も繰り替えした場合に、透明積層フィルム30が開口33aを起点として破断することが抑制される。また、被係合部33と係合部29との係合を外す操作や被係合部33と係合部29とを係合させる操作を手荒に行った場合に、透明積層フィルム30が開口33aを起点として破断することも抑制される。 Further, according to the present embodiment, in the transparent laminated film 30, the opening 33a has a radius of curvature of 0.5 mm or more at all points on the peripheral edge. As a result, when stress is applied to the transparent laminated film 30, the stress is concentrated on a part of the peripheral edge of the opening 33a, and it is possible to prevent the transparent laminated film 30 from breaking from the opening 33a as a starting point. In particular, when the transparent laminated film 30 is used as the shield portion 30A of the face shield 10 and the opening 33a is used as the above-mentioned engaged portion 33, the following effects can be obtained. It is possible to prevent the transparent laminated film 30 from breaking due to the contact of the engaging portion 29 with the transparent laminated film 30 near the opening 33a. In particular, when the operation of disengaging the engaged portion 33 and the engaging portion 29 and the operation of engaging the engaged portion 33 and the engaging portion 29 are repeated many times, the transparent laminated film 30 Is suppressed from breaking from the opening 33a. Further, when the operation of disengaging the engaged portion 33 and the engaging portion 29 or the operation of engaging the engaged portion 33 with the engaging portion 29 is roughly performed, the transparent laminated film 30 opens. Breaking from 33a as a starting point is also suppressed.
 また、本実施の形態によれば、透明積層フィルム30において、開口33aは、長円形状、楕円形状または隅丸方形状をもつ。これにより、透明積層フィルム30に応力がかけられた場合に開口33aの周縁の一部に応力が集中してしまい、透明積層フィルム30が開口33aを起点として破断することを、より効果的に抑制できる。特に、透明積層フィルム30をフェイスシールド10のシールド部30Aとして用い、開口33aを上述の被係合部33として用いる場合に、以下の効果が得られる。開口33a付近の透明積層フィルム30への係合部29の接触によって透明積層フィルム30が破断することを、より効果的に抑制できる。 Further, according to the present embodiment, in the transparent laminated film 30, the opening 33a has an oval shape, an elliptical shape, or a rounded corner shape. As a result, when stress is applied to the transparent laminated film 30, the stress is concentrated on a part of the peripheral edge of the opening 33a, and the transparent laminated film 30 is more effectively prevented from breaking from the opening 33a. can. In particular, when the transparent laminated film 30 is used as the shield portion 30A of the face shield 10 and the opening 33a is used as the above-mentioned engaged portion 33, the following effects can be obtained. It is possible to more effectively prevent the transparent laminated film 30 from breaking due to the contact of the engaging portion 29 with the transparent laminated film 30 near the opening 33a.
 さらに、本実施の形態によれば透明積層フィルム30の大きさは顔全体を保護する用途において図2C1において縦方向(中心軸線CLの延伸する方向)に180-400mm、横方向(中心軸線CLの延伸する方向に垂直な方向)に180-400mmの高さ、幅を有してもよい。さらに好ましくは縦方向に200-300mm、横方向に220-300mmである。 Further, according to the present embodiment, the size of the transparent laminated film 30 is 180-400 mm in the vertical direction (the direction in which the central axis CL is stretched) and the lateral direction (in the direction of the central axis CL) in FIG. 2C1 for the purpose of protecting the entire face. It may have a height and width of 180-400 mm in the direction perpendicular to the stretching direction). More preferably, it is 200-300 mm in the vertical direction and 220-300 mm in the horizontal direction.
 さらに、本実施の形態によれば、保護フィルム付き透明積層フィルム60は、本実施の形態による透明積層フィルム30と、透明積層フィルム30の表面301を保護する表面保護フィルム61と、透明積層フィルム30の裏面302を保護する裏面保護フィルム62とを備えている。これにより、透明積層フィルム30を加工する際に、透明積層フィルム30の表面301および裏面302に傷が付くことを抑制できる。また、透明積層フィルム30を出荷して搬送する際に、表面301および裏面302が異物等によって汚染されることを抑制できる。 Further, according to the present embodiment, the transparent laminated film 60 with a protective film includes the transparent laminated film 30 according to the present embodiment, the surface protective film 61 that protects the surface 301 of the transparent laminated film 30, and the transparent laminated film 30. It is provided with a back surface protective film 62 that protects the back surface 302 of the above. This makes it possible to prevent the front surface 301 and the back surface 302 of the transparent laminated film 30 from being scratched when the transparent laminated film 30 is processed. Further, when the transparent laminated film 30 is shipped and transported, it is possible to prevent the front surface 301 and the back surface 302 from being contaminated by foreign matter or the like.
 なお、上述した実施の形態において、フェイスシールド10の保持部材20が、いわゆるメガネフレームタイプとなっている例について説明したが、これに限られない。例えば、保持部材20が、いわゆるヘアバンドタイプまたはカチューシャタイプ等であってもよい。この場合、図4Aに示すように、保持部材20は、装着者Hの頭部を周状に覆うバンド25を有していてもよい。このバンド25の材料は、樹脂や厚紙等の他、ゴム等の弾性体であってもよい。さらに、保持部材20は、バンド25に取り付けられ、装着者Hの額に当接する保護部材26を有していてもよい。保護部材26は、スポンジ等のクッション性を有する材料を含んでいることが好ましい。これにより、フェイスシールド10を装着した装着者Hが、不快感を覚えることを抑制できる。なお、図示された例においては、バンド25は、装着者Hの頭部の一部のみを覆っているが、バンド25は、装着者Hの頭部の全周を覆っていてもよい。 Although the example in which the holding member 20 of the face shield 10 is a so-called eyeglass frame type in the above-described embodiment has been described, the present invention is not limited to this. For example, the holding member 20 may be a so-called hair band type, a headband type, or the like. In this case, as shown in FIG. 4A, the holding member 20 may have a band 25 that covers the head of the wearer H in a circumferential shape. The material of the band 25 may be an elastic body such as rubber as well as resin and cardboard. Further, the holding member 20 may have a protective member 26 attached to the band 25 and in contact with the forehead of the wearer H. The protective member 26 preferably contains a cushioning material such as a sponge. As a result, it is possible to prevent the wearer H wearing the face shield 10 from feeling uncomfortable. In the illustrated example, the band 25 covers only a part of the head of the wearer H, but the band 25 may cover the entire circumference of the head of the wearer H.
 また、上述した実施の形態において、シールド部30Aが、装着者Hの顔面Fの全体を覆っている例について説明したが、これに限られない。例えば、図4Bに示すように、シールド部30A(透明積層フィルム30)が、装着者Hの顔面Fの一部のみを覆っていてもよい。この場合、保持部材20は、装着者Hの顎Jに当接する顎パッド27と、顎パッド27とに連結されるとともに、装着者Hの耳Eに引っ掛けられる一対の引っ掛け部28(図4Bでは1つのみ図示)とを有していてもよい。このうち顎パッド27の材料は、樹脂や厚紙等であってもよい。引っ掛け部28は、紐状の部材であってもよく、引っ掛け部28の材料は、例えばゴム等の弾性体であってもよい。本変形例では、シールド部30Aは、装着者Hの口Mおよび鼻Nを覆っている。これにより、装着者Hのくしゃみや咳による唾液等の飛沫が他人の顔面に付着することを抑制できるとともに、装着者Hの口元の視認性を向上させることができ、装着者Hと他者との円滑なコミュニケーションを図ることができる。なお、シールド部30Aは、装着者Hの鼻Nを覆うことなく、口M近傍のみを覆っていてもよい。 Further, in the above-described embodiment, an example in which the shield portion 30A covers the entire face F of the wearer H has been described, but the present invention is not limited to this. For example, as shown in FIG. 4B, the shield portion 30A (transparent laminated film 30) may cover only a part of the face F of the wearer H. In this case, the holding member 20 is connected to the chin pad 27 that abuts on the chin J of the wearer H and the chin pad 27, and is hooked on the ear E of the wearer H. It may have only one (shown) and. Of these, the material of the jaw pad 27 may be resin, cardboard, or the like. The hook portion 28 may be a string-shaped member, and the material of the hook portion 28 may be an elastic body such as rubber. In this modification, the shield portion 30A covers the mouth M and the nose N of the wearer H. As a result, it is possible to suppress the attachment of saliva and other droplets due to sneezing and coughing of the wearer H to the face of another person, and it is possible to improve the visibility of the mouth of the wearer H. Can facilitate smooth communication. The shield portion 30A may cover only the vicinity of the mouth M without covering the nose N of the wearer H.
 また、上述した実施の形態において、透明積層フィルム30が、装着者Hの顔面Fを保護するフェイスシールド10に用いられる例について説明したが、これに限られない。例えば、図5に示すように、透明積層フィルム30が、部屋Rの空間を区画するパーテーションとして用いられてもよい。この場合、透明積層フィルム30は、例えば壁Wに取り付けられた棒状の部材Bから吊されていてもよく、図示しない天井から吊されていてもよい。 Further, in the above-described embodiment, an example in which the transparent laminated film 30 is used for the face shield 10 that protects the face F of the wearer H has been described, but the present invention is not limited to this. For example, as shown in FIG. 5, the transparent laminated film 30 may be used as a partition for partitioning the space of the room R. In this case, the transparent laminated film 30 may be suspended from, for example, a rod-shaped member B attached to the wall W, or may be suspended from a ceiling (not shown).
[実施例]
 次に、上記実施の形態における具体的実施例について述べる。
[Example]
Next, specific examples in the above-described embodiment will be described.
(実施例A1)
 まず、図3Aに示す透明積層フィルム30を作製した。この際、まず、表面反射防止層40を作製した。表面反射防止層40を作製する際、まず、表面透明基材層42として、厚み60μmのトリアセチルセルロースフィルム(屈折率1.49)を準備した。次に、トリアセチルセルロースフィルム上に、下記処方のハードコート層形成用塗布液を塗布、乾燥及び紫外線照射し、厚み10μm、屈折率1.54、鉛筆硬度2Hの表面ハードコート層44を形成した。次いで、この表面ハードコート層44上に、下記処方の高屈折率層形成用塗布液を塗布、乾燥及び紫外線照射し、厚み150nm、屈折率1.63の表面高屈折率層46を形成した。次いで、この表面高屈折率層46上に、下記処方の低屈折率層形成用塗布液を塗布、乾燥及び紫外線照射し、厚み100nm、屈折率1.30の表面低屈折率層45を形成し、表面反射防止層40を得た。
(Example A1)
First, the transparent laminated film 30 shown in FIG. 3A was produced. At this time, first, the surface antireflection layer 40 was prepared. When producing the surface antireflection layer 40, first, a triacetyl cellulose film (refractive index 1.49) having a thickness of 60 μm was prepared as the surface transparent base material layer 42. Next, a coating liquid for forming a hard coat layer having the following formulation was applied onto the triacetyl cellulose film, dried and irradiated with ultraviolet rays to form a surface hard coat layer 44 having a thickness of 10 μm, a refractive index of 1.54 and a pencil hardness of 2H. .. Next, a coating liquid for forming a high refractive index layer of the following formulation was applied onto the surface hard coat layer 44, dried and irradiated with ultraviolet rays to form a surface high refractive index layer 46 having a thickness of 150 nm and a refractive index of 1.63. Next, a coating liquid for forming a low refractive index layer of the following formulation is applied onto the surface high refractive index layer 46, dried and irradiated with ultraviolet rays to form a surface low refractive index layer 45 having a thickness of 100 nm and a refractive index of 1.30. , A surface antireflection layer 40 was obtained.
 <ハードコート層形成用塗布液の調製>
 光重合開始剤(BASF社製、イルガキュア127、2-ヒドロキシ-1-{4-[4-(2-ヒドロキシ-2-メチルプロピオニル)ベンジル]フェニル}-2-メチルプロパン-1-オン)を1.6質量部、希釈溶剤(メチルイソブチルケトン/シクロヘキサノン=8/2)を58.3質量部入れ、溶け残りがなくなるまで撹拌した。ここに光硬化樹脂(荒川化学社製、ビームセット577)を20質量部、及び高屈折率樹脂(DIC株式会社製、ポリライトRX-4800)を20質量部入れ撹拌し、溶け残りがなくなるまで撹拌した。最後にレベリング剤(大日精化工業社製、セイカビーム10-28(MB))を0.1質量部入れ撹拌し、ハードコート層形成用塗布液を調製した。
<Preparation of coating liquid for forming a hard coat layer>
Photopolymerization initiator (BASF, Irgacure 127, 2-hydroxy-1- {4- [4- (2-hydroxy-2-methylpropionyl) benzyl] phenyl} -2-methylpropan-1-one) is 1 .6 parts by mass and 58.3 parts by mass of a diluting solvent (methyl isobutyl ketone / cyclohexanone = 8/2) were added, and the mixture was stirred until there was no undissolved residue. Add 20 parts by mass of a photo-curing resin (Arakawa Chemical Co., Ltd., Beam Set 577) and 20 parts by mass of a high-refractive index resin (Polylite RX-4800, manufactured by DIC Corporation) and stir until there is no undissolved residue. did. Finally, 0.1 parts by mass of a leveling agent (Seika Beam 10-28 (MB) manufactured by Dainichiseika Kogyo Co., Ltd.) was added and stirred to prepare a coating liquid for forming a hard coat layer.
 <高屈折率層形成用塗布液の調製>
 光重合開始剤(BASF社製、イルガキュア127)0.1質量部、希釈溶剤(メチルイソブチルケトン/シクロヘキサノン/メチルエチルケトン=4/2/4)を92.6質量部入れ、溶け残りがなくなるまで撹拌した。ここに光硬化樹脂(荒川化学社製、ビームセット577)を1.25質量部入れ、溶け残りがなくなるまで撹拌した。さらに酸化ジルコニウム(住友大阪セメント社製、MZ-230X、固形分32.5質量%、平均一次粒子径15~50nm)を6質量部、レベリング剤(大日精化工業社製、セイカビーム10-28(MB))0.05質量部をそれぞれ入れ撹拌し、高屈折率層形成用塗布液を調製した。
<Preparation of coating liquid for forming a high refractive index layer>
0.1 part by mass of a photopolymerization initiator (BASF, Irgacure 127) and 92.6 parts by mass of a diluting solvent (methyl isobutyl ketone / cyclohexanone / methyl ethyl ketone = 4/2/4) were added, and the mixture was stirred until there was no undissolved residue. .. 1.25 parts by mass of a photo-curing resin (Beam Set 577 manufactured by Arakawa Chemical Co., Ltd.) was added thereto, and the mixture was stirred until there was no undissolved residue. Furthermore, 6 parts by mass of zirconium oxide (MZ-230X manufactured by Sumitomo Osaka Cement Co., Ltd., solid content 32.5% by mass, average primary particle diameter 15 to 50 nm), leveling agent (manufactured by Dainichiseika Kogyo Co., Ltd., Seika Beam 10-28) MB)) 0.05 parts by mass were added and stirred to prepare a coating liquid for forming a high refractive index layer.
 <低屈折率層形成用塗布液の調製>
 光重合開始剤(BASF社製、イルガキュア127)0.2質量部、希釈溶剤(MIBK/AN=7/3)を91.1質量部入れ、溶け残りがなくなるまで撹拌した。ここに光硬化樹脂(日本化薬社製、KAYARAD-PET-30)1.0質量部、中空シリカ粒子(固形分20質量%、平均一次粒子径60nm)7.6質量部、レベリング剤(大日精化工業社製、セイカビーム10-28(MB))0.1質量部をそれぞれ入れ撹拌し、低屈折率層形成用塗布液を調製した。
<Preparation of coating liquid for forming a low refractive index layer>
0.2 parts by mass of a photopolymerization initiator (Irgacure 127, manufactured by BASF) and 91.1 parts by mass of a diluting solvent (MIBK / AN = 7/3) were added, and the mixture was stirred until there was no undissolved residue. Here, 1.0 part by mass of a photocurable resin (KAYARAD-PET-30 manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), 7.6 parts by mass of hollow silica particles (solid content 20% by mass, average primary particle diameter 60 nm), and a leveling agent (large). 0.1 parts by mass of Seikabeam 10-28 (MB) manufactured by Nisseika Kogyo Co., Ltd. was added and stirred to prepare a coating liquid for forming a low refractive index layer.
 次に、裏面反射防止層50を作製した。裏面反射防止層50を作製する際、まず、裏面透明基材層52として、厚み60μmのトリアセチルセルロースフィルム(屈折率1.49)を準備した。次に、トリアセチルセルロースフィルム上に、上記処方のハードコート層形成用塗布液を塗布、乾燥及び紫外線照射し、厚み10μm、屈折率1.54、鉛筆硬度2Hの裏面ハードコート層54を形成した。次いで、この裏面ハードコート層54上に、上記処方の高屈折率層形成用塗布液を塗布、乾燥及び紫外線照射し、厚み150nm、屈折率1.63の裏面高屈折率層56を形成した。次いで、この裏面高屈折率層56上に、上記処方の低屈折率層形成用塗布液を塗布、乾燥及び紫外線照射し、厚み100nm、屈折率1.30の裏面低屈折率層55を形成し、裏面反射防止層50を得た。 Next, the back surface antireflection layer 50 was produced. When producing the back surface antireflection layer 50, first, a triacetyl cellulose film (refractive index 1.49) having a thickness of 60 μm was prepared as the back surface transparent base material layer 52. Next, the coating liquid for forming a hard coat layer of the above formulation was applied onto the triacetyl cellulose film, dried and irradiated with ultraviolet rays to form a back surface hard coat layer 54 having a thickness of 10 μm, a refractive index of 1.54 and a pencil hardness of 2H. .. Next, the coating liquid for forming a high refractive index layer of the above formulation was applied onto the back surface hard coat layer 54, dried and irradiated with ultraviolet rays to form a back surface high refractive index layer 56 having a thickness of 150 nm and a refractive index of 1.63. Next, the coating liquid for forming a low refractive index layer of the above formulation is applied onto the back surface high refractive index layer 56, dried and irradiated with ultraviolet rays to form a back surface low refractive index layer 55 having a thickness of 100 nm and a refractive index of 1.30. , The back surface antireflection layer 50 was obtained.
 次に、表面反射防止層40および裏面反射防止層50を、透明接着層(パナック株式会社製、パナクリーンシリーズ PD-S1、厚み25μm)を介して互いに接着させて透明積層フィルム30を作製した。得られた透明積層フィルム30の層構成は、以下の通りである。
 低屈/高屈/ハードコート/TAC/粘/TAC/ハードコート/高屈/低屈
 上記において、「低屈」は、表面低屈折率層または裏面低屈折率層を意味している(以下同様)。また、「高屈」は、表面高屈折率層または裏面高屈折率層を意味している(以下同様)。また、「ハードコート」は、表面ハードコート層または裏面ハードコート層を意味している(以下同様)。また、「TAC」は、トリアセチルセルロースフィルムを意味している(以下同様)。さらに、「粘」は透明接着層を意味している。
Next, the front surface antireflection layer 40 and the back surface antireflection layer 50 were adhered to each other via a transparent adhesive layer (Panaclean series PD-S1, thickness 25 μm manufactured by Panac Co., Ltd.) to prepare a transparent laminated film 30. The layer structure of the obtained transparent laminated film 30 is as follows.
Low bending / High bending / Hard coat / TAC / Stickiness / TAC / Hard coat / High bending / Low bending In the above, "low bending" means a front surface low refractive index layer or a back surface low refractive index layer (hereinafter,). Similarly). Further, "high bending" means a front surface high refractive index layer or a back surface high refractive index layer (the same shall apply hereinafter). Further, "hard coat" means a front surface hard coat layer or a back surface hard coat layer (the same shall apply hereinafter). Further, "TAC" means a triacetyl cellulose film (the same applies hereinafter). Further, "sticky" means a transparent adhesive layer.
(1)反射率測定試験
 次に、透明積層フィルム30に対して反射率測定試験を実施した。
(1) Reflectance measurement test Next, a reflectance measurement test was carried out on the transparent laminated film 30.
 この際、まず、得られた透明積層フィルム30から、20mm×20mmサイズのサンプルを切り出した。次に、サンプルの裏面に黒色の樹脂板を密着させた。次いで、サンプルの表面に対して、入射角が5°となるように光を照射した。このとき、光の波長を450nm、550nmおよび650nmとし、それぞれの波長の光ごとに、サンプルの表面に対して光を照射した。そして、分光光度計(日本分光株式会社社製、V-7100)を用いて、光の反射スペクトルを測定し、各波長での光の反射率を算出した。 At this time, first, a sample having a size of 20 mm × 20 mm was cut out from the obtained transparent laminated film 30. Next, a black resin plate was brought into close contact with the back surface of the sample. Next, the surface of the sample was irradiated with light so that the incident angle was 5 °. At this time, the wavelengths of the light were set to 450 nm, 550 nm and 650 nm, and the surface of the sample was irradiated with the light for each wavelength. Then, the reflection spectrum of light was measured using a spectrophotometer (V-7100, manufactured by JASCO Corporation), and the reflectance of light at each wavelength was calculated.
(2)透過率測定試験
 また、透明積層フィルム30に対して透過率測定試験を実施した。
(2) Transmittance measurement test In addition, a transmittance measurement test was conducted on the transparent laminated film 30.
 この際、まず、得られた透明積層フィルム30から、20mm×20mmサイズのサンプルを切り出した。次に、サンプルの表面に対して、入射角が90°となるように光を照射した。このとき、光の波長を450nm、550nmおよび650nmとし、それぞれの波長の光ごとに、サンプルの表面に対して光を照射した。そして、分光光度計(日本分光株式会社社製、V-7100)を用いて、光の透過スペクトルを測定し、各波長での光の透過率を算出した。 At this time, first, a sample having a size of 20 mm × 20 mm was cut out from the obtained transparent laminated film 30. Next, the surface of the sample was irradiated with light so that the incident angle was 90 °. At this time, the wavelengths of the light were set to 450 nm, 550 nm and 650 nm, and the surface of the sample was irradiated with the light for each wavelength. Then, the transmittance of light was measured using a spectrophotometer (V-7100, manufactured by JASCO Corporation), and the transmittance of light at each wavelength was calculated.
(3)装着性評価試験
 また、フェイスシールド10の装着性評価試験を実施した。
(3) Wearability evaluation test In addition, a wearability evaluation test of the face shield 10 was carried out.
 この際、まず、得られた透明積層フィルム30を用いて、図1に示すフェイスシールド10を作製した。次に、22歳以上の男女から、実験者を無作為に5名選出した。そして、選出された実験者5名が、フェイスシールド10を装着した状態で事務作業を行った。その後、事務作業を1時間行った実験者5名に対して、フェイスシールド10を装着している印象が残っているか否かについてヒアリングを行った。 At this time, first, the face shield 10 shown in FIG. 1 was produced using the obtained transparent laminated film 30. Next, five experimenters were randomly selected from men and women over the age of 22. Then, five selected experimenters performed office work with the face shield 10 attached. After that, we interviewed five experimenters who had done the office work for one hour to see if they had the impression that they were wearing the face shield 10.
(4)視認性評価試験
 また、フェイスシールド10の視認性評価試験を実施した。
(4) Visibility evaluation test In addition, a visibility evaluation test of the face shield 10 was carried out.
 この際、まず、得られた透明積層フィルム30を用いて、図1に示すフェイスシールド10を作製した。次に、22歳以上の男女から、実験者を無作為に5名選出した。そして、フェイスシールド10を装着した実験者5名の表情の視認性を確認した。この際、蛍光灯により照明された一般的な室内環境下において、実験者から1m~2m程度離間した距離から、実験者の表情を観察した。また、観察者は、実験者と正対した状態から、フェイスシールド10の表面301を中心として左右に約20°ずつ移動しながら、実験者の表情を観察した。 At this time, first, the face shield 10 shown in FIG. 1 was produced using the obtained transparent laminated film 30. Next, five experimenters were randomly selected from men and women over the age of 22. Then, the visibility of the facial expressions of the five experimenters wearing the face shield 10 was confirmed. At this time, the facial expression of the experimenter was observed from a distance of about 1 m to 2 m from the experimenter in a general indoor environment illuminated by a fluorescent lamp. In addition, the observer observed the facial expression of the experimenter while moving about 20 ° to the left and right around the surface 301 of the face shield 10 from the state facing the experimenter.
(5)曲げ応力測定試験
 また、透明積層フィルム30に対して曲げ応力測定試験を実施した。
(5) Bending stress measurement test In addition, a bending stress measurement test was carried out on the transparent laminated film 30.
 この際、まず、得られた透明積層フィルム30から、20mm×50mmサイズのサンプルSを切り出した。 At this time, first, a sample S having a size of 20 mm × 50 mm was cut out from the obtained transparent laminated film 30.
 また、測定器700を準備した。測定器700としては、引張圧縮試験機(A&D社製、MCT-2150)を用いた。図6に示すように、この測定器700は、一対の支持台710と、圧子720とを備えている。そして、一対の支持台710を互いに離間して配置し、この支持台710上にサンプルSを載置した。次に、圧子720をサンプルSに押し当てることにより、サンプルSを変形させた。そして、圧子720の先端と支持台710の上端との間の距離(すなわち、サンプルSの変形量)D2が2mmとなった際に、圧子720に加えられている荷重を、透明積層フィルム30の曲げ応力とした。ここで、一対の支持台710間の距離は10mmとし、支持台710としては、支持台710が互いに離間する方向および上下方向に沿った断面において、上端形状が半径5mmの半円形をもつ支持台710を用いた。また、圧子720としては、支持台710が互いに離間する方向および上下方向に沿った断面において、先端形状が半径5mmの半円形をもつ支持台710を用いた。 Also, a measuring instrument 700 was prepared. As the measuring instrument 700, a tensile compression tester (MCT-2150 manufactured by A & D Co., Ltd.) was used. As shown in FIG. 6, the measuring instrument 700 includes a pair of support bases 710 and an indenter 720. Then, a pair of support bases 710 were arranged apart from each other, and the sample S was placed on the support bases 710. Next, the sample S was deformed by pressing the indenter 720 against the sample S. Then, when the distance D2 between the tip of the indenter 720 and the upper end of the support base 710 (that is, the amount of deformation of the sample S) is 2 mm, the load applied to the indenter 720 is applied to the transparent laminated film 30. The bending stress was used. Here, the distance between the pair of support pedestals 710 is 10 mm, and the support pedestal 710 has a semi-circular shape with an upper end shape having a radius of 5 mm in a cross section along the direction in which the support pedestals 710 are separated from each other and the vertical direction. 710 was used. Further, as the indenter 720, a support base 710 having a semi-circular tip shape having a radius of 5 mm was used in a cross section along the direction in which the support bases 710 are separated from each other and in the vertical direction.
(6)接触性評価試験
 また、フェイスシールド10の接触性評価試験を実施した。
(6) Contact evaluation test In addition, a contact evaluation test of the face shield 10 was carried out.
 この際、まず、得られた透明積層フィルム30を用いて、図1に示すフェイスシールド10を作製した。次に、22歳以上の男女から、実験者を無作為に5名選出した。そして、選出された実験者5名が、フェイスシールド10を装着した状態で首を大きく動かすことにより、フェイスシールド10のシールド部30Aを実験者の肩や胸に押し当てた。その後、実験者に対して、シールド部30Aが肩や胸に当たった時のシールド部30Aからの反発力の強さ(首の動作を妨げる印象の強さ)についてヒアリングした。 At this time, first, the face shield 10 shown in FIG. 1 was produced using the obtained transparent laminated film 30. Next, five experimenters were randomly selected from men and women over the age of 22. Then, five selected experimenters pressed the shield portion 30A of the face shield 10 against the shoulders and chest of the experimenter by moving the neck greatly while wearing the face shield 10. After that, we interviewed the experimenter about the strength of the repulsive force from the shield portion 30A when the shield portion 30A hits the shoulder or chest (the strength of the impression that hinders the movement of the neck).
(7)落下強度評価試験
 また、フェイスシールド10の落下強度評価試験を実施した。
(7) Drop strength evaluation test In addition, a drop strength evaluation test of the face shield 10 was carried out.
 この際、まず、得られた透明積層フィルム30を用いて、図1に示すフェイスシールド10を作製した。次に、フェイスシールド10に対して落下試験を実施した。この際、まず、フェイスシールド10の保持部材20の一方のテンプル部21を摘まみ、当該テンプル部21が地面から170mmの高さになるように、フェイスシールド10を持ち上げた。その後、フェイスシールド10を地面に対して自由落下させた。このようにして、フェイスシールド10に対して落下試験を実施した。そして、このような落下試験を10回繰り返し、フェイスシールド10の外観に変化があるか否かについて確認した。 At this time, first, the face shield 10 shown in FIG. 1 was produced using the obtained transparent laminated film 30. Next, a drop test was performed on the face shield 10. At this time, first, one temple portion 21 of the holding member 20 of the face shield 10 was picked, and the face shield 10 was lifted so that the temple portion 21 had a height of 170 mm from the ground. After that, the face shield 10 was freely dropped on the ground. In this way, a drop test was performed on the face shield 10. Then, such a drop test was repeated 10 times, and it was confirmed whether or not there was a change in the appearance of the face shield 10.
(8)耐傷性評価試験
 また、透明積層フィルム30の耐傷性評価試験を実施した。
(8) Scratch resistance evaluation test In addition, a scratch resistance evaluation test of the transparent laminated film 30 was carried out.
 この際、まず、得られた透明積層フィルム30を指で摘まむことにより、透明積層フィルム30に指紋を付着させた。次に、付着した指紋をキムワイプS-200(商品名)で拭き取った。この際、キムワイプS-200に対してアルコール等の薬剤等を含ませることなく、乾燥した状態のキムワイプS-200を用いて指紋を拭き取った。そして、このような試験を3回繰り返し、指紋を拭き取った後の透明積層フィルム30に傷が生じていたか否かについて確認した。なお、3回の試験では、透明積層フィルム30の略同一部分を指で摘まむことにより、同じ位置に指紋を付着させた。 At this time, first, the obtained transparent laminated film 30 was picked with a finger to attach a fingerprint to the transparent laminated film 30. Next, the attached fingerprint was wiped off with Kimwipe S-200 (trade name). At this time, the fingerprints were wiped off with the Kimwipe S-200 in a dry state without impregnating the Kimwipe S-200 with a chemical such as alcohol. Then, such a test was repeated three times, and it was confirmed whether or not the transparent laminated film 30 after wiping off the fingerprint was scratched. In the three tests, fingerprints were attached to the same positions by pinching substantially the same portion of the transparent laminated film 30 with a finger.
 また、透明積層フィルム30に対して鉛筆を擦りつけた際に、透明積層フィルム30に傷が生じていたか否かについて確認した。この際、硬度Hの鉛筆の心を5mm程度出した後、紙ヤスリで擦ることにより、芯の下面を平らにした。次に、芯の下面と透明積層フィルム30の表面301との間の角度が約45°となるように、鉛筆を表面301に対して傾けた状態で、鉛筆を透明積層フィルム30に対して擦りつけた。また、鉛筆を透明積層フィルム30に対して擦りつける際、鉛筆の移動距離が約3cm、フェイスシールド10の表面301の凹み量が約5mm以上約10mm程度となるように、鉛筆を透明積層フィルム30に対して擦りつけた。そして、このような試験を100回繰り返し、鉛筆を擦りつけた後の透明積層フィルム30に傷が生じていたか否かについて確認した。 Further, it was confirmed whether or not the transparent laminated film 30 was scratched when the pencil was rubbed against the transparent laminated film 30. At this time, after pulling out the center of a pencil having a hardness of H by about 5 mm, the lower surface of the core was flattened by rubbing with sandpaper. Next, the pencil is rubbed against the transparent laminated film 30 with the pencil tilted with respect to the surface 301 so that the angle between the lower surface of the core and the surface 301 of the transparent laminated film 30 is about 45 °. Wearing. Further, when the pencil is rubbed against the transparent laminated film 30, the pencil is placed on the transparent laminated film 30 so that the moving distance of the pencil is about 3 cm and the amount of dent on the surface 301 of the face shield 10 is about 5 mm or more and about 10 mm. Rubbed against. Then, such a test was repeated 100 times, and it was confirmed whether or not the transparent laminated film 30 after rubbing the pencil was scratched.
(9)耐アルコール性評価試験
 また、透明積層フィルム30の耐アルコール性評価試験を実施した。
(9) Alcohol resistance evaluation test In addition, an alcohol resistance evaluation test of the transparent laminated film 30 was carried out.
 この際、まず、エタノールを十分含ませたキムワイプS-200(商品名)を用いて、透明積層フィルム30の表面301を拭いた。この際、キムワイプS-200が、透明積層フィルム30の表面301と裏面302との間に位置する端面に接触するように、透明積層フィルム30の表面301を拭いた。そして、このような試験を100回繰り返し、透明積層フィルム30の外観に変化があるか否かについて確認した。 At this time, first, the surface 301 of the transparent laminated film 30 was wiped with Kimwipe S-200 (trade name) soaked with sufficient ethanol. At this time, the surface 301 of the transparent laminated film 30 was wiped so that the Kimwipe S-200 came into contact with the end surface located between the front surface 301 and the back surface 302 of the transparent laminated film 30. Then, such a test was repeated 100 times, and it was confirmed whether or not there was a change in the appearance of the transparent laminated film 30.
(10)飛沫防止機能性評価試験
 また、透明積層フィルム30の飛沫防止機能性評価試験を実施した。
(10) Splash Prevention Functionality Evaluation Test In addition, a splash prevention functionality evaluation test of the transparent laminated film 30 was carried out.
 この際、まず、アルコールスプレーボトル(容量30ml)に、有色インキ(シャチハタ補充インク(キャップレス9・Xスタンパー用 XLR-20N 赤 20ml))を充填した。次に、壁面にA3の紙を貼り付けた。次いで、フェイスシールド10を装着した実験者が、壁面から50cm離れた位置に正対した。次に、スプレーのノズルが壁面側を向くように、実験者の口とフェイスシールド10との間にスプレーを配置した。その後、スプレーから有色インキを噴霧した。噴霧後に壁面に貼り付けられた紙に有色インキが付着していたか否かについて確認した。 At this time, first, the alcohol spray bottle (capacity 30 ml) was filled with colored ink (Shachihata replenishment ink (Capless 9 / X stamper XLR-20N red 20 ml)). Next, A3 paper was attached to the wall surface. Next, an experimenter wearing the face shield 10 faced a position 50 cm away from the wall surface. Next, the spray was placed between the experimenter's mouth and the face shield 10 so that the spray nozzles faced the wall surface. Then, the colored ink was sprayed from the spray. It was confirmed whether or not colored ink had adhered to the paper attached to the wall surface after spraying.
(11)UV透過率測定試験
 また、透明積層フィルム30のUV透過率測定試験を実施した。
(11) UV Transmittance Measurement Test In addition, a UV transmittance measurement test of the transparent laminated film 30 was carried out.
 この際、照射する光の波長が380nmであったこと、以外は上述した透過率測定試験と同様にして、UV透過率測定試験を実施した。 At this time, the UV transmittance measurement test was carried out in the same manner as the above-mentioned transmittance measurement test except that the wavelength of the irradiated light was 380 nm.
(12)防汚性評価試験
 また、透明積層フィルム30の防汚性評価試験を実施した。
(12) Antifouling property evaluation test In addition, an antifouling property evaluation test of the transparent laminated film 30 was carried out.
 この際、まず、得られた透明積層フィルム30の表面301に油性マジック、ゼブラ株式会社製マッキーで線を書き、直後にキムワイプS-200(商品名)で拭き取った。この際、キムワイプS-200に対してアルコール等の薬剤等を含ませることなく、乾燥した状態のキムワイプS-200を用いて指紋を拭き取った。 At this time, first, a line was drawn on the surface 301 of the obtained transparent laminated film 30 with an oil-based marker, McKee manufactured by Zebra Co., Ltd., and immediately after that, it was wiped off with Kimwipe S-200 (trade name). At this time, the fingerprints were wiped off with the Kimwipe S-200 in a dry state without impregnating the Kimwipe S-200 with a chemical such as alcohol.
(実施例A2)
 図3Cに示す透明積層フィルム30を作製したこと、以外は実施例A1と同様にして、透明積層フィルム30を作製した。また、実施例A1と同様にして、反射率測定試験、透過率測定試験、装着性評価試験、視認性評価試験、曲げ応力測定試験、接触性評価試験、落下強度評価試験、耐傷性評価試験、耐アルコール性評価試験、飛沫防止機能性評価試験、UV透過率測定試験および防汚性評価試験を行った。
(Example A2)
The transparent laminated film 30 was produced in the same manner as in Example A1 except that the transparent laminated film 30 shown in FIG. 3C was produced. Further, in the same manner as in Example A1, a reflectance measurement test, a transmission rate measurement test, a wearability evaluation test, a visibility evaluation test, a bending stress measurement test, a contact evaluation test, a drop strength evaluation test, and a scratch resistance evaluation test, An alcohol resistance evaluation test, a splash prevention functionality evaluation test, a UV transmittance measurement test, and an antifouling property evaluation test were conducted.
 図3Cに示す透明積層フィルム30を作製する際、実施例A1と同様に、表面反射防止層40および裏面反射防止層50を作製した。また、表面反射防止層40および裏面反射防止層50を作製することと並行して、コア層32として、厚み60μmのトリアセチルセルロースフィルム(屈折率1.49)を準備した。 When the transparent laminated film 30 shown in FIG. 3C was produced, the front surface antireflection layer 40 and the back surface antireflection layer 50 were produced in the same manner as in Example A1. Further, in parallel with the production of the front surface antireflection layer 40 and the back surface antireflection layer 50, a triacetyl cellulose film (refractive index 1.49) having a thickness of 60 μm was prepared as the core layer 32.
 次に、表面反射防止層40およびコア層32を第1透明接着層31a(パナック株式会社製、パナクリーンシリーズ PD-S1、厚み25μm)を介して互いに接着させるとともに、コア層32および裏面反射防止層50を第2透明接着層31b(パナック株式会社製、パナクリーンシリーズ PD-S1、厚み25μm)を介して互いに接着させて透明積層フィルム30を作製した。得られた透明積層フィルム30の層構成は、以下の通りである。
 低屈/高屈/ハードコート/TAC/粘/TAC/粘/TAC/ハードコート/高屈/低屈
Next, the front surface antireflection layer 40 and the core layer 32 are adhered to each other via the first transparent adhesive layer 31a (Panaclean series PD-S1, thickness 25 μm manufactured by Panac Co., Ltd.), and the core layer 32 and the back surface antireflection are prevented. The layers 50 were bonded to each other via a second transparent adhesive layer 31b (Panaclean series PD-S1, manufactured by Panac Co., Ltd., thickness 25 μm) to prepare a transparent laminated film 30. The layer structure of the obtained transparent laminated film 30 is as follows.
Low bending / High bending / Hard coat / TAC / Sticky / TAC / Sticky / TAC / Hard coat / High bending / Low bending
(比較例1)
 透明積層フィルム30を作製することなく、市販品の透明フィルム(山本光学株式会社製、YF-850L(商品名))を使用したこと、以外は実施例A1と同様にして、反射率測定試験、透過率測定試験、装着性評価試験、視認性評価試験、曲げ応力測定試験、接触性評価試験、落下強度評価試験、耐傷性評価試験、耐アルコール性評価試験、飛沫防止機能性評価試験、UV透過率測定試験および防汚性評価試験を行った。
(Comparative Example 1)
The transmittance measurement test was carried out in the same manner as in Example A1 except that a commercially available transparent film (YF-850L (trade name) manufactured by Yamamoto Optical Co., Ltd.) was used without producing the transparent laminated film 30. Transmittance measurement test, wearability evaluation test, visibility evaluation test, bending stress measurement test, contact evaluation test, drop strength evaluation test, scratch resistance evaluation test, alcohol resistance evaluation test, splash prevention functionality evaluation test, UV transmission A rate measurement test and an antifouling property evaluation test were conducted.
 ここで、比較例1による透明フィルムの断面をSEMにて分析したところ、厚さ150μmの樹脂層の上下に厚さ3μmの樹脂層が積層された3層構成であった。なお、比較例1による3層構成の透明フィルムの上下の樹脂層を、3万倍に倍率を上げて観察したところ、上下の樹脂層のそれぞれの表面側に、高さ210-220nmの円錐状の凸形状が多数確認された。 Here, when the cross section of the transparent film according to Comparative Example 1 was analyzed by SEM, it was found to have a three-layer structure in which a resin layer having a thickness of 3 μm was laminated above and below a resin layer having a thickness of 150 μm. When the upper and lower resin layers of the three-layer transparent film according to Comparative Example 1 were observed at a magnification of 30,000 times, a cone having a height of 210-220 nm was observed on the surface side of each of the upper and lower resin layers. Many convex shapes were confirmed.
(比較例2)
 透明積層フィルム30を作製することなく、市販品の透明フィルム(山本光学株式会社製、YF-800L(商品名))を使用したこと、以外は実施例A1と同様にして、反射率測定試験、透過率測定試験、装着性評価試験、視認性評価試験、曲げ応力測定試験、接触性評価試験、落下強度評価試験、耐傷性評価試験、耐アルコール性評価試験、飛沫防止機能性評価試験、UV透過率測定試験および防汚性評価試験を行った。
(Comparative Example 2)
The transmittance measurement test was carried out in the same manner as in Example A1 except that a commercially available transparent film (YF-800L (trade name) manufactured by Yamamoto Optical Co., Ltd.) was used without producing the transparent laminated film 30. Transmittance measurement test, wearability evaluation test, visibility evaluation test, bending stress measurement test, contact evaluation test, drop strength evaluation test, scratch resistance evaluation test, alcohol resistance evaluation test, splash prevention functionality evaluation test, UV transmission A rate measurement test and an antifouling property evaluation test were conducted.
 ここで、比較例2による透明フィルムの断面をSEMにて分析したところ、厚さ200μmの単一な樹脂層であった。 Here, when the cross section of the transparent film according to Comparative Example 2 was analyzed by SEM, it was a single resin layer having a thickness of 200 μm.
 以上の結果を表1乃至表4に示す。表1は、反射率測定試験の結果を示している。また、表2は、透過率測定試験の結果を示している。また、表3は、装着性評価試験、視認性評価試験、曲げ応力測定試験、接触性評価試験および落下強度評価試験の結果を示している。また、表4は、耐傷性評価試験、耐アルコール性評価試験および飛沫防止機能性評価試験の結果を示している。さらに、表5は、UV透過率測定試験および防汚性評価試験の結果を示している。 The above results are shown in Tables 1 to 4. Table 1 shows the results of the reflectance measurement test. Table 2 shows the results of the transmittance measurement test. Table 3 shows the results of the wearability evaluation test, the visibility evaluation test, the bending stress measurement test, the contact property evaluation test, and the drop strength evaluation test. Table 4 shows the results of the scratch resistance evaluation test, the alcohol resistance evaluation test, and the splash prevention functionality evaluation test. Furthermore, Table 5 shows the results of the UV transmittance measurement test and the antifouling property evaluation test.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000001
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000001
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000002
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000002
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000003
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000003
 上記表3の装着性評価試験の欄において、「○」は、透明積層フィルムまたは透明フィルム(以下、単に透明積層フィルム等と記す)への装着者の映り込みが見えなく、フェイスシールドを装着している印象がないといったヒアリング結果であったことを意味する。また、「×」は、透明積層フィルム等への装着者の映り込みが見えてしまうため、作業の妨げになるとともに、フェイスシールドを装着している印象があり、疲労感を感じるといったヒアリング結果であったことを意味する。 In the column of the wearability evaluation test in Table 3 above, "○" indicates that the wearer cannot be seen on the transparent laminated film or the transparent film (hereinafter, simply referred to as the transparent laminated film, etc.), and the face shield is mounted. It means that it was a hearing result that there was no impression that it was. In addition, "x" is a hearing result that the wearer can be seen on the transparent laminated film, which hinders the work and gives the impression that the face shield is worn, which makes the person feel tired. It means that there was.
 また、上記表3の視認性評価試験の欄において、「○」は、装着者の表情を鮮明に確認できたことを意味する。また、「×」は、透明積層フィルム等へ観察者が映り込んでしまうため、装着者を視認する角度によらず、装着者の表情の確認が妨げられたことを意味する。 Further, in the column of the visibility evaluation test in Table 3 above, "○" means that the facial expression of the wearer could be clearly confirmed. Further, “x” means that the observer is reflected on the transparent laminated film or the like, so that the confirmation of the facial expression of the wearer is hindered regardless of the angle at which the wearer is visually recognized.
 また、上記表3の接触性評価試験の欄において、「○」は、シールド部が装着者の肩や胸に当たった場合であっても、シールド部30Aからの反発力が弱いといったヒアリング結果であったことを意味する。「△」は、シールド部が装着者の肩や胸に当たった場合に、シールド部からの反発力が少し強いといったヒアリング結果であったことを意味する。 Further, in the column of the contact evaluation test in Table 3 above, "○" is a hearing result that the repulsive force from the shield portion 30A is weak even when the shield portion hits the wearer's shoulder or chest. It means that there was. “Δ” means that when the shield portion hits the wearer's shoulder or chest, the repulsive force from the shield portion is a little strong.
 さらに、上記表3の落下強度評価試験の欄において、「○」は、フェイスシールドの透明積層フィルム等に変形や傷が確認されなかったことを意味する。 Furthermore, in the drop strength evaluation test column of Table 3 above, "○" means that no deformation or scratches were confirmed on the transparent laminated film of the face shield.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000004
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000004
 上記表4の耐傷性評価試験の「指紋」の欄において、「○」は、透明積層フィルム等に傷を生じさせることなく指紋を拭き取ることができたことを意味する。また、「×」は、指紋を拭き取った際に、透明積層フィルム等に傷が生じ、細かい傷により透明積層フィルム等が白く濁るような外観になったことを意味する。 In the "fingerprint" column of the scratch resistance evaluation test in Table 4 above, "○" means that the fingerprint could be wiped off without causing scratches on the transparent laminated film or the like. Further, "x" means that when the fingerprint is wiped off, the transparent laminated film or the like is scratched, and the transparent laminated film or the like has an appearance that becomes cloudy due to fine scratches.
 また、上記表4の耐傷性評価試験の「鉛筆」の欄において、「○」は、透明積層フィルム等に傷が生じなかったことを意味する。また、「△」は、透明積層フィルム等に薄い傷が生じたことを意味する。さらに、「×」は、透明積層フィルム等に濃い傷が生じ、透明積層フィルム等の外観が悪化したことを意味する。 Further, in the "pencil" column of the scratch resistance evaluation test in Table 4 above, "○" means that the transparent laminated film or the like was not scratched. Further, "Δ" means that a thin scratch has occurred on the transparent laminated film or the like. Further, "x" means that the transparent laminated film or the like is deeply scratched and the appearance of the transparent laminated film or the like is deteriorated.
 また、上記表4の耐アルコール性評価試験の欄において、「○」は、透明積層フィルム等の外観に変化が生じなかったことを意味する。また、「×」は、透明積層フィルム等が変色し、外観が悪化したことを意味する。 Further, in the column of the alcohol resistance evaluation test in Table 4 above, "○" means that the appearance of the transparent laminated film or the like did not change. Further, "x" means that the transparent laminated film or the like is discolored and the appearance is deteriorated.
 さらに、上記表4の飛沫防止機能性評価試験の欄において「〇」は、紙に有色インキの付着が見られなったことを意味する。また、「×」は、紙に有色インキの付着が見られたことを意味する。 Furthermore, in the column of the splash prevention functionality evaluation test in Table 4 above, "○" means that the colored ink was not attached to the paper. Further, "x" means that colored ink was observed on the paper.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000005
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000005
 上記表5の防汚性評価試験の欄において、「○」は、拭き取り後に線が消えたことを意味する。また、「×」は、油性インキを拭き取れることができず、線がはっきりと残ったことを意味する。 In the column of the antifouling property evaluation test in Table 5 above, "○" means that the line disappeared after wiping. Further, "x" means that the oil-based ink could not be wiped off and the line remained clearly.
 この結果、表1に示すように、比較例1による透明フィルムでは、波長が550nmの光の反射率が0.5%であった。また、比較例2による透明フィルムでは、波長が550nmの光の反射率が8.7%であった。これに対して、実施例A1および実施例A2による透明積層フィルム30では、波長が550nmの光の反射率が0.1%であった。このように、実施例A1および実施例A2による透明積層フィルム30では、波長が550nmの光の反射率を低減できた。また、実施例A1および実施例A2による透明積層フィルム30では、波長が450nmの光の反射率が0.4%であり、波長が450nmの光の反射率が0.5%、0.4%であった。このように、実施例A1および実施例A2による透明積層フィルム30では、光の波長が450nm、550nmおよび650nmのそれぞれの場合において、光の反射率を低減できた。このため、本実施の形態による透明積層フィルム30では、光の反射率を低減できることがわかった。 As a result, as shown in Table 1, in the transparent film according to Comparative Example 1, the reflectance of light having a wavelength of 550 nm was 0.5%. Further, in the transparent film according to Comparative Example 2, the reflectance of light having a wavelength of 550 nm was 8.7%. On the other hand, in the transparent laminated film 30 according to Example A1 and Example A2, the reflectance of light having a wavelength of 550 nm was 0.1%. As described above, in the transparent laminated film 30 according to Example A1 and Example A2, the reflectance of light having a wavelength of 550 nm could be reduced. Further, in the transparent laminated film 30 according to Examples A1 and A2, the reflectance of light having a wavelength of 450 nm is 0.4%, and the reflectance of light having a wavelength of 450 nm is 0.5% and 0.4%. Met. As described above, in the transparent laminated film 30 according to Example A1 and Example A2, the reflectance of light could be reduced at each of the wavelengths of light of 450 nm, 550 nm and 650 nm. Therefore, it was found that the transparent laminated film 30 according to the present embodiment can reduce the reflectance of light.
 また、表2に示すように、比較例2による透明フィルムでは、光の波長が450nm、550nmおよび650nmのそれぞれの場合において、光の透過率が90%以下であった。これに対して、実施例A1および実施例A2による透明積層フィルム30では、光の波長が450nm、550nmおよび650nmのそれぞれの場合において、光の透過率が96%以上であった。このように、実施例A1および実施例A2による透明積層フィルム30では、光の波長が450nm、550nmおよび650nmのそれぞれの場合において、光の透過率を向上させることができた。とりわけ、透明積層フィルム30が表面301を構成する表面反射防止層40と、裏面302を構成する裏面反射防止層50とを備える場合であっても、比較例1のように光の透過率が高いフィルムと同等の透過率を得ることができた。このため、本実施の形態による透明積層フィルム30では、光の透過率を向上させることができることがわかった。 Further, as shown in Table 2, in the transparent film according to Comparative Example 2, the light transmittance was 90% or less in each of the cases where the wavelength of light was 450 nm, 550 nm and 650 nm. On the other hand, in the transparent laminated film 30 according to Example A1 and Example A2, the light transmittance was 96% or more in each of the cases where the wavelength of light was 450 nm, 550 nm and 650 nm. As described above, in the transparent laminated film 30 according to Example A1 and Example A2, the light transmittance could be improved at each of the light wavelengths of 450 nm, 550 nm and 650 nm. In particular, even when the transparent laminated film 30 includes the front surface antireflection layer 40 constituting the front surface 301 and the back surface antireflection layer 50 constituting the back surface 302, the light transmittance is high as in Comparative Example 1. It was possible to obtain the same transmittance as the film. Therefore, it was found that the transparent laminated film 30 according to the present embodiment can improve the light transmittance.
 また、表3に示すように、装着性評価試験において、比較例2による透明フィルムでは、透明フィルムへの装着者の映り込みが見えてしまうため、作業の妨げになるとともに、フェイスシールドを装着している印象があり、疲労感を感じるといったヒアリング結果であった。一方、実施例A1および実施例A2では、透明積層フィルム30への装着者の映り込みが見えなく、フェイスシールドを装着している印象がないといったヒアリング結果であった。このように、実施例A1および実施例A2による透明積層フィルム30では、透明積層フィルム30への装着者の映り込みを低減でき、フェイスシールド10を装着した装着者が、疲労感を覚えることを抑制できた。 Further, as shown in Table 3, in the wearability evaluation test, in the transparent film according to Comparative Example 2, the reflection of the wearer on the transparent film can be seen, which hinders the work and attaches the face shield. It was a hearing result that I had the impression that I was feeling tired. On the other hand, in Examples A1 and A2, the hearing result was that the wearer could not be seen on the transparent laminated film 30 and there was no impression that the face shield was worn. As described above, in the transparent laminated film 30 according to Examples A1 and A2, the reflection of the wearer on the transparent laminated film 30 can be reduced, and the wearer wearing the face shield 10 is prevented from feeling tired. did it.
 また、表3に示すように、視認性評価試験において、比較例2による透明フィルムでは、透明フィルムへ観察者が映り込んでしまうため、装着者を視認する角度によらず、装着者の表情の確認が妨げられた。一方、実施例A1および実施例A2による透明積層フィルム30では、装着者の表情を鮮明に確認できた。 Further, as shown in Table 3, in the visibility evaluation test, in the transparent film according to Comparative Example 2, the observer is reflected on the transparent film, so that the wearer's facial expression is expressed regardless of the viewing angle of the wearer. Confirmation was hindered. On the other hand, in the transparent laminated film 30 according to Example A1 and Example A2, the facial expression of the wearer could be clearly confirmed.
 また、表3に示すように、比較例2による透明フィルムでは、曲げ応力が0.79N/20mmであった。これに対して、実施例A1および実施例A2による透明積層フィルム30では、曲げ応力が0.24N/20mm、0.41N/20mmであった。このように、実施例A1および実施例A2による透明積層フィルム30では、曲げ応力を低減できた。すなわち、実施例A1および実施例A2による透明積層フィルム30では、柔軟性を向上させることができることがわかった。とりわけ、透明積層フィルム30が表面301を構成する表面反射防止層40と、裏面302を構成する裏面反射防止層50とを備える場合であっても、比較例1のように曲げ応力が低いフィルムと同等の曲げ応力を得ることができた。このため、本実施の形態による透明積層フィルム30では、透明積層フィルム30から作製されたシールド部30Aを折り曲げた際に、シールド部30Aに折り目や傷等が生じてしまうことを抑制できることがわかった。 Further, as shown in Table 3, the bending stress of the transparent film according to Comparative Example 2 was 0.79 N / 20 mm. On the other hand, in the transparent laminated film 30 according to Example A1 and Example A2, the bending stress was 0.24N / 20mm and 0.41N / 20mm. As described above, in the transparent laminated film 30 according to Example A1 and Example A2, the bending stress could be reduced. That is, it was found that the transparent laminated film 30 according to Example A1 and Example A2 can improve the flexibility. In particular, even when the transparent laminated film 30 includes the front surface antireflection layer 40 constituting the front surface 301 and the back surface antireflection layer 50 constituting the back surface 302, the film has a low bending stress as in Comparative Example 1. The same bending stress could be obtained. Therefore, it has been found that the transparent laminated film 30 according to the present embodiment can prevent the shield portion 30A from having creases or scratches when the shield portion 30A made from the transparent laminated film 30 is bent. ..
 また、表3に示すように、接触性評価試験において、比較例2によるフェイスシールドでは、シールド部が装着者の肩や胸に当たった場合に、シールド部からの反発力が少し強いといったヒアリング結果であった。一方、実施例A1および実施例A2によるフェイスシールド10では、シールド部30Aが装着者の肩や胸に当たった場合であっても、シールド部30Aからの反発力が弱いといったヒアリング結果であった。このため、シールド部30Aが装着者の肩や胸に当たった場合であっても、装着者が不快感を覚えることを抑制でき、装着者がストレスを感じることなく作業に集中できることがわかった。 Further, as shown in Table 3, in the contact evaluation test, in the face shield according to Comparative Example 2, when the shield portion hits the wearer's shoulder or chest, the repulsive force from the shield portion is a little strong. Met. On the other hand, in the face shield 10 according to Examples A1 and A2, the hearing result was that the repulsive force from the shield portion 30A was weak even when the shield portion 30A hit the wearer's shoulder or chest. Therefore, it was found that even when the shield portion 30A hits the wearer's shoulder or chest, the wearer can be prevented from feeling uncomfortable, and the wearer can concentrate on the work without feeling stress.
 さらに、表3に示すように、落下強度評価試験において、実施例A1および実施例A2によるフェイスシールド10では、フェイスシールド10の透明積層フィルム30に変形や傷が確認されなかった。このように、透明積層フィルム30が表面301を構成する表面反射防止層40と、裏面302を構成する裏面反射防止層50とを備える場合であっても、比較例1および比較例2のように表面反射防止層40および裏面反射防止層50を備えない透明フィルムと比較して、落下強度が低下してしまうことを抑制できることがわかった。 Further, as shown in Table 3, in the drop strength evaluation test, no deformation or scratches were confirmed on the transparent laminated film 30 of the face shield 10 in the face shield 10 according to Examples A1 and A2. As described above, even when the transparent laminated film 30 includes the front surface antireflection layer 40 constituting the front surface 301 and the back surface antireflection layer 50 constituting the back surface 302, as in Comparative Example 1 and Comparative Example 2. It was found that the drop strength could be suppressed from being lowered as compared with the transparent film not provided with the front surface antireflection layer 40 and the back surface antireflection layer 50.
 また、表4に示すように、耐傷性評価試験において、比較例1による透明フィルムでは、指紋を拭き取った際に、透明フィルムに傷が生じ、細かい傷により透明フィルムが白く濁るような外観になっていた。一方、実施例A1および実施例A2による透明積層フィルム30では、透明積層フィルム30に傷を生じさせることなく指紋を拭き取ることができた。また、比較例1による透明フィルムでは、透明フィルムに対して鉛筆を擦りつけた際に、透明フィルムに薄い傷が生じていた。また、比較例2による透明フィルムでは、透明フィルムに対して鉛筆を擦りつけた際に、透明フィルムに濃い傷が生じ、透明フィルムの外観が悪化していた。一方、実施例A1および実施例A2による透明積層フィルム30では、透明積層フィルム30に対して鉛筆を擦りつけた際に、透明積層フィルム30に傷が生じなかった。このように、実施例A1および実施例A2による透明積層フィルム30では、透明積層フィルム30の耐傷性が低下してしまうことを抑制できた。 Further, as shown in Table 4, in the scratch resistance evaluation test, in the transparent film according to Comparative Example 1, when the fingerprint was wiped off, the transparent film was scratched, and the transparent film became cloudy due to fine scratches. Was there. On the other hand, in the transparent laminated film 30 according to Examples A1 and A2, fingerprints could be wiped off without causing scratches on the transparent laminated film 30. Further, in the transparent film according to Comparative Example 1, when a pencil was rubbed against the transparent film, a thin scratch was generated on the transparent film. Further, in the transparent film according to Comparative Example 2, when a pencil was rubbed against the transparent film, the transparent film was deeply scratched and the appearance of the transparent film was deteriorated. On the other hand, in the transparent laminated film 30 according to Examples A1 and A2, when the pencil was rubbed against the transparent laminated film 30, the transparent laminated film 30 was not scratched. As described above, in the transparent laminated film 30 according to Examples A1 and A2, it was possible to suppress the deterioration of the scratch resistance of the transparent laminated film 30.
 また、表4に示すように、耐アルコール性評価試験において、比較例1による透明フィルムでは、透明フィルムが変色し、外観が悪化していた。一方、実施例A1および実施例A2による透明積層フィルム30では、透明積層フィルム30の外観に変化が生じなかった。このように、実施例A1および実施例A2による透明積層フィルム30では、透明積層フィルム30の耐傷アルコール性が低下してしまうことを抑制できた。 Further, as shown in Table 4, in the alcohol resistance evaluation test, in the transparent film according to Comparative Example 1, the transparent film was discolored and the appearance was deteriorated. On the other hand, in the transparent laminated film 30 according to Examples A1 and A2, the appearance of the transparent laminated film 30 did not change. As described above, in the transparent laminated film 30 according to Examples A1 and A2, it was possible to suppress the deterioration of the scratch alcohol resistance of the transparent laminated film 30.
 さらに、表4に示すように、飛沫防止機能性評価試験において、実施例A1および実施例A2によるフェイスシールド10においても、特定サイズの飛沫がフェイスシールド10の装着者Hの前方に飛散することを防ぐことができた。 Further, as shown in Table 4, in the splash prevention functionality evaluation test, even in the face shield 10 according to Examples A1 and A2, droplets of a specific size are scattered in front of the wearer H of the face shield 10. I was able to prevent it.
 また、表5に示すように、比較例1による透明フィルムでは、UV透過率が97.0%であり、比較例2による透明フィルムでは、UV透過率が81.8%であった。これに対して、実施例A1および実施例A2による透明積層フィルム30では、UV透過率がそれぞれ0.1%であった。このように、実施例A1および実施例A2による透明積層フィルム30では、UV透過率を低減させることができた。これは、装着者Hが、屋外で直射日光を浴びる環境にいた場合であっても、装着者Hが日焼けをしにくくすることができることを意味する。 Further, as shown in Table 5, the transparent film according to Comparative Example 1 had a UV transmittance of 97.0%, and the transparent film according to Comparative Example 2 had a UV transmittance of 81.8%. On the other hand, in the transparent laminated film 30 according to Example A1 and Example A2, the UV transmittance was 0.1%, respectively. As described above, in the transparent laminated film 30 according to Example A1 and Example A2, the UV transmittance could be reduced. This means that the wearer H can be less likely to get sunburned even when the wearer H is outdoors in an environment exposed to direct sunlight.
 さらに、表5に示すように、防汚性評価試験において、比較例1および比較例2による透明フィルムでは、油性インキを拭き取れることができず、線がはっきりと残っていた。一方、実施例A1および実施例A2による透明積層フィルム30では、油性インキを拭き取ることができ、拭き取り後に線が消えていた。このように、実施例A1および実施例A2による透明積層フィルム30では、落としにくい油性インキを容易に落とすことができた。これにより、フェイスシールド10に汚れが付着した場合でも、当該汚れをフェイスシールド10から容易に拭き取ることができ、フェイスシールド10を清浄な状態に容易に回復できる。 Further, as shown in Table 5, in the antifouling property evaluation test, the oil-based ink could not be wiped off with the transparent films according to Comparative Example 1 and Comparative Example 2, and the lines were clearly left. On the other hand, in the transparent laminated film 30 according to Example A1 and Example A2, the oil-based ink could be wiped off, and the line disappeared after wiping off. As described above, in the transparent laminated film 30 according to Example A1 and Example A2, the oil-based ink that is difficult to remove could be easily removed. As a result, even if dirt adheres to the face shield 10, the dirt can be easily wiped off from the face shield 10, and the face shield 10 can be easily restored to a clean state.
 また、以下の実施例B1乃至実施例B6並びに比較例3および比較例4により、ポリエチレンテレフタレートからなるコア層32を備える透明積層フィルム30の作用効果について検討した。 Further, the effects of the transparent laminated film 30 provided with the core layer 32 made of polyethylene terephthalate were examined according to the following Examples B1 to B6 and Comparative Examples 3 and 4.
 (実施例B1)
 コア層32として、厚み50μmのポリエチレンテレフタレートフィルム(東レ株式会社製、ルミラー(登録商標)50U483(商品名))を準備したこと、以外は実施例A2と同様にして、透明積層フィルム30を作製した。また、実施例A1と同様にして、反射率測定試験、透過率測定試験、装着性評価試験、視認性評価試験、落下強度評価試験、耐傷性評価試験、耐アルコール性評価試験、飛沫防止機能性評価試験およびUV透過率測定試験を行った。
(Example B1)
A transparent laminated film 30 was prepared in the same manner as in Example A2 except that a polyethylene terephthalate film having a thickness of 50 μm (manufactured by Toray Industries, Inc., Lumirror (registered trademark) 50U483 (trade name)) was prepared as the core layer 32. .. Further, in the same manner as in Example A1, the reflectance measurement test, the transmittance measurement test, the wearability evaluation test, the visibility evaluation test, the drop strength evaluation test, the scratch resistance evaluation test, the alcohol resistance evaluation test, and the splash prevention functionality. An evaluation test and a UV transmittance measurement test were conducted.
 (13)着脱試験
 また、フェイスシールド10の着脱試験を実施した。
(13) Detachment test In addition, a detachment test of the face shield 10 was carried out.
 この際、まず、得られた透明積層フィルム30を用いて、図1に示すフェイスシールド10を作製した。次に、シールド部30Aに設けられた被係合部33(開口33a)と保持部材20に設けられた係合部29との係合を外す操作と、被係合部33と係合部29とを係合させる操作とを繰り返した。そして、被係合部33と係合部29との係合を外す操作と、被係合部33と係合部29とを係合させる操作とのサイクルを何回繰り返せばシールド部30Aの開口33a近傍に破断が生じるかについて検証した。 At this time, first, the face shield 10 shown in FIG. 1 was produced using the obtained transparent laminated film 30. Next, an operation of disengaging the engaged portion 33 (opening 33a) provided in the shield portion 30A and the engaging portion 29 provided in the holding member 20, and the engaged portion 33 and the engaging portion 29 are performed. The operation of engaging with was repeated. Then, if the cycle of the operation of disengaging the engaged portion 33 and the engaging portion 29 and the operation of engaging the engaged portion 33 and the engaging portion 29 is repeated many times, the opening of the shield portion 30A is performed. It was verified whether or not a break occurred in the vicinity of 33a.
 (14)疑似破断試験
 また、透明積層フィルム30の開口33a近傍での透明積層フィルム30の破断しにくさを評価する、疑似破断試験を実施した。
(14) Pseudo-fracture test In addition, a pseudo-fracture test was carried out to evaluate the difficulty of breaking of the transparent laminated film 30 in the vicinity of the opening 33a of the transparent laminated film 30.
 疑似破断試験においては、透明積層フィルム30がシールド部30Aを構成し、開口33aが保持部材20の係合部29に係合する被係合部33として用いられる場合に、透明積層フィルム30の開口33a近傍にかかる負荷を再現した。そして、透明積層フィルム30の当該負荷に対する耐性を評価した。 In the pseudo-break test, when the transparent laminated film 30 constitutes the shield portion 30A and the opening 33a is used as the engaged portion 33 that engages with the engaging portion 29 of the holding member 20, the opening of the transparent laminated film 30. The load applied in the vicinity of 33a was reproduced. Then, the resistance of the transparent laminated film 30 to the load was evaluated.
 疑似破断試験においては、まず、得られた透明積層フィルム30から長方形のサンプルを切り出した。次に、サンプルに、直線33bと曲線33cとを有する長円形状をもつ開口33aを形成して、図7に示す試験片30Bを作製した。開口33aは、周縁のすべての点において曲率半径が0.5mm以上となっていた。開口33aの長軸方向の幅w1は、11mmであった。また、開口33aの短軸方向の幅w2は、4mmであった。開口33aの曲線33cは、半径2mmの円の一部に相当する形状を有していた。 In the pseudo-breaking test, first, a rectangular sample was cut out from the obtained transparent laminated film 30. Next, an oval-shaped opening 33a having a straight line 33b and a curve 33c was formed in the sample to prepare the test piece 30B shown in FIG. 7. The opening 33a had a radius of curvature of 0.5 mm or more at all points on the peripheral edge. The width w1 of the opening 33a in the major axis direction was 11 mm. Further, the width w2 of the opening 33a in the minor axis direction was 4 mm. The curve 33c of the opening 33a had a shape corresponding to a part of a circle having a radius of 2 mm.
 次に、透明積層フィルム30を厚み方向DA(図8参照)の両側から挟み込んで把持することが可能な、第1把持具810及び第2把持具820を準備した。そして、第1把持具810及び第2把持具820のそれぞれによって、図8に示すように透明積層フィルム30の一部を把持した。具体的には、第1把持具810を用いて、開口33aの曲線33cのうち、開口33aの長軸方向における端部を形成する点P1を含む部分を把持した。また、第2把持具820を用いて、第1把持具810によって把持されている曲線33cと直線33bとが接続する点P2を含む部分を把持した。 Next, a first gripping tool 810 and a second gripping tool 820 capable of sandwiching and gripping the transparent laminated film 30 from both sides in the thickness direction DA (see FIG. 8) were prepared. Then, a part of the transparent laminated film 30 was gripped by each of the first gripping tool 810 and the second gripping tool 820 as shown in FIG. Specifically, the first gripping tool 810 was used to grip the portion of the curve 33c of the opening 33a including the point P1 forming the end portion of the opening 33a in the long axis direction. Further, the second gripping tool 820 was used to grip the portion including the point P2 where the curve 33c and the straight line 33b gripped by the first gripping tool 810 are connected.
 次に、第1把持具810の位置を固定した状態で、第2把持具820を、透明積層フィルム30の厚み方向DAに徐々に移動させた。第2把持具820の厚み方向DAへの移動は、透明積層フィルム30が破断するまで行った。そして、透明積層フィルム30が破断した際に第1把持具810に加えられていた荷重と、透明積層フィルム30が破断した際の第2把持具820の初期位置からの移動量とを測定した。透明積層フィルム30が破断した際に第1把持具810に加えられていた荷重を、破断時応力と称する。また、透明積層フィルム30が破断した際の第2把持具820の初期位置からの移動量を、破断時移動量と称する。透明積層フィルム30の破断時応力および破断時移動量が大きいほど、透明積層フィルム30は、開口33a近傍にかかる負荷に対してより強い耐久性を有すると考えられる。 Next, with the position of the first gripping tool 810 fixed, the second gripping tool 820 was gradually moved in the thickness direction DA of the transparent laminated film 30. The movement of the second gripper 820 in the thickness direction DA was performed until the transparent laminated film 30 broke. Then, the load applied to the first gripping tool 810 when the transparent laminated film 30 was broken and the amount of movement of the second gripping tool 820 when the transparent laminated film 30 was broken were measured. The load applied to the first gripping tool 810 when the transparent laminated film 30 breaks is referred to as a breaking stress. Further, the amount of movement of the second gripper 820 from the initial position when the transparent laminated film 30 is broken is referred to as the amount of movement at break. It is considered that the larger the stress at break and the movement amount at break of the transparent laminated film 30, the stronger the durability of the transparent laminated film 30 against the load applied in the vicinity of the opening 33a.
 (実施例B2)
 コア層32として、厚み75μmのポリエチレンテレフタレートフィルム(東レ株式会社製、ルミラー(登録商標)75U34(商品名))を準備したこと、以外は実施例A2と同様にして、透明積層フィルム30を作製した。また、実施例A1と同様にして、反射率測定試験、透過率測定試験、装着性評価試験、視認性評価試験、落下強度評価試験、耐傷性評価試験、耐アルコール性評価試験、飛沫防止機能性評価試験およびUV透過率測定試験を行った。
(Example B2)
A transparent laminated film 30 was prepared in the same manner as in Example A2 except that a polyethylene terephthalate film having a thickness of 75 μm (manufactured by Toray Industries, Inc., Lumirror (registered trademark) 75U34 (trade name)) was prepared as the core layer 32. .. Further, in the same manner as in Example A1, the reflectance measurement test, the transmittance measurement test, the wearability evaluation test, the visibility evaluation test, the drop strength evaluation test, the scratch resistance evaluation test, the alcohol resistance evaluation test, and the splash prevention functionality. An evaluation test and a UV transmittance measurement test were conducted.
 (実施例B3)
 コア層32として、厚み60μmのポリエチレンテレフタレートフィルム(東洋紡株式会社製、コスモシャイン(登録商標)SRF TA060(商品名))を準備したこと、以外は実施例A2と同様にして、透明積層フィルム30を作製した。また、実施例A1と同様にして、反射率測定試験、透過率測定試験、装着性評価試験、視認性評価試験、落下強度評価試験、耐傷性評価試験、耐アルコール性評価試験、飛沫防止機能性評価試験およびUV透過率測定試験を行った。
(Example B3)
As the core layer 32, a polyethylene terephthalate film having a thickness of 60 μm (Cosmo Shine (registered trademark) SRF TA060 (trade name) manufactured by Toyobo Co., Ltd.) was prepared, and the transparent laminated film 30 was prepared in the same manner as in Example A2. Made. Further, in the same manner as in Example A1, the reflectance measurement test, the transmittance measurement test, the wearability evaluation test, the visibility evaluation test, the drop strength evaluation test, the scratch resistance evaluation test, the alcohol resistance evaluation test, and the splash prevention functionality. An evaluation test and a UV transmittance measurement test were conducted.
 (実施例B4)
 コア層32として、厚み50μmのポリエチレンテレフタレートフィルム(東洋紡株式会社製、コスモシャイン(登録商標)A4160(商品名))を準備したこと、以外は実施例A2と同様にして、透明積層フィルム30を作製した。また、実施例A1と同様にして、反射率測定試験、透過率測定試験、装着性評価試験、視認性評価試験、落下強度評価試験、耐傷性評価試験、耐アルコール性評価試験、飛沫防止機能性評価試験およびUV透過率測定試験を行った。
(Example B4)
A transparent laminated film 30 was prepared in the same manner as in Example A2 except that a polyethylene terephthalate film having a thickness of 50 μm (Cosmo Shine (registered trademark) A4160 (trade name) manufactured by Toyobo Co., Ltd.) was prepared as the core layer 32. did. Further, in the same manner as in Example A1, the reflectance measurement test, the transmittance measurement test, the wearability evaluation test, the visibility evaluation test, the drop strength evaluation test, the scratch resistance evaluation test, the alcohol resistance evaluation test, and the splash prevention functionality. An evaluation test and a UV transmittance measurement test were conducted.
 (実施例B5)
 コア層32として、厚み100μmのポリエチレンテレフタレートフィルム(東洋紡株式会社製、コスモシャイン(登録商標)A4160(商品名))を準備したこと、以外は実施例A2と同様にして、透明積層フィルム30を作製した。また、実施例A1と同様にして、反射率測定試験、透過率測定試験、装着性評価試験、視認性評価試験、落下強度評価試験、耐傷性評価試験、耐アルコール性評価試験、飛沫防止機能性評価試験およびUV透過率測定試験を行った。
(Example B5)
A transparent laminated film 30 was prepared in the same manner as in Example A2 except that a polyethylene terephthalate film having a thickness of 100 μm (Cosmo Shine (registered trademark) A4160 (trade name) manufactured by Toyobo Co., Ltd.) was prepared as the core layer 32. did. Further, in the same manner as in Example A1, the reflectance measurement test, the transmittance measurement test, the wearability evaluation test, the visibility evaluation test, the drop strength evaluation test, the scratch resistance evaluation test, the alcohol resistance evaluation test, and the splash prevention functionality. An evaluation test and a UV transmittance measurement test were conducted.
 (実施例B6)
 コア層32として、厚み100μmのポリエチレンテレフタレートフィルム(東洋紡株式会社製、コスモシャイン(登録商標)A4360(商品名))を準備したこと、以外は実施例A2と同様にして、透明積層フィルム30を作製した。また、実施例A1と同様にして、反射率測定試験、透過率測定試験、装着性評価試験、視認性評価試験、落下強度評価試験、耐傷性評価試験、耐アルコール性評価試験、飛沫防止機能性評価試験およびUV透過率測定試験を行った。
(Example B6)
A transparent laminated film 30 was prepared in the same manner as in Example A2 except that a polyethylene terephthalate film having a thickness of 100 μm (Cosmo Shine (registered trademark) A4360 (trade name) manufactured by Toyobo Co., Ltd.) was prepared as the core layer 32. did. Further, in the same manner as in Example A1, the reflectance measurement test, the transmittance measurement test, the wearability evaluation test, the visibility evaluation test, the drop strength evaluation test, the scratch resistance evaluation test, the alcohol resistance evaluation test, and the splash prevention functionality. An evaluation test and a UV transmittance measurement test were conducted.
 (比較例3)
 透明積層フィルム30を作製することなく、市販品の透明フィルム(シャープ株式会社製、FG-10F 10M(商品名))を使用したこと、以外は実施例A1と同様にして、反射率測定試験、透過率測定試験、装着性評価試験、視認性評価試験、落下強度評価試験、耐傷性評価試験、耐アルコール性評価試験、飛沫防止機能性評価試験およびUV透過率測定試験を行った。
(Comparative Example 3)
The transmittance measurement test was carried out in the same manner as in Example A1 except that a commercially available transparent film (manufactured by Sharp Corporation, FG-10F 10M (trade name)) was used without producing the transparent laminated film 30. A transmittance measurement test, a wearability evaluation test, a visibility evaluation test, a drop strength evaluation test, a scratch resistance evaluation test, an alcohol resistance evaluation test, a splash prevention functionality evaluation test, and a UV transmittance measurement test were performed.
 ここで、比較例による透明フィルムの断面をSEMにて分析したところ、厚さ187μmの樹脂層の上下に厚さ約2μmの樹脂層が積層された3層構成であった。さらに倍率を上げて上下の樹脂層の最外装を観察したところ、上下の樹脂層はそれぞれ、約300nmの高さをもつ断面略三角形の凸形状を多数有していた。 Here, when the cross section of the transparent film according to the comparative example was analyzed by SEM, it was found to have a three-layer structure in which a resin layer having a thickness of about 2 μm was laminated above and below a resin layer having a thickness of 187 μm. When the outermost layers of the upper and lower resin layers were observed at a further increased magnification, the upper and lower resin layers each had a large number of convex shapes having a substantially triangular cross section having a height of about 300 nm.
 (比較例4)
 透明積層フィルム30を作製することなく、市販品の透明フィルム(平岡工業株式会社製、Hirax AirShield pro(商品名))を使用したこと、以外は実施例A1と同様にして、反射率測定試験、透過率測定試験、装着性評価試験、視認性評価試験、落下強度評価試験、耐傷性評価試験、耐アルコール性評価試験、飛沫防止機能性評価試験およびUV透過率測定試験を行った。
(Comparative Example 4)
The transmittance measurement test was carried out in the same manner as in Example A1 except that a commercially available transparent film (Hirax AirSheald pro (trade name) manufactured by Hiraoka Kogyo Co., Ltd.) was used without producing the transparent laminated film 30. A transmittance measurement test, a wearability evaluation test, a visibility evaluation test, a drop strength evaluation test, a scratch resistance evaluation test, an alcohol resistance evaluation test, a splash prevention functionality evaluation test, and a UV transmittance measurement test were performed.
 ここで、比較例による透明フィルムの断面をSEMにて分析したところ、厚さ186μmの樹脂層の一方の面上に厚さ30μmの樹脂層が積層され、当該厚さ30μmの樹脂層上に厚さ50μmの樹脂層が積層され、当該厚さ50μmの樹脂層上に粒子を含む厚さ約2μmの層が積層され、厚さ186μmの樹脂層の他方の面上にも、厚さ厚さ30μmの樹脂層、厚さ50μmの樹脂層および厚さ約2μmの層がこの順に積層された構成を有していた。厚さ約2μmの層は、厚さ50μmの樹脂層側の厚さ1.8μmの領域と、透明フィルムの表面側に位置する厚さ0.2μmの領域とで、様相が異なるものであった。 Here, when the cross section of the transparent film according to the comparative example was analyzed by SEM, a resin layer having a thickness of 30 μm was laminated on one surface of the resin layer having a thickness of 186 μm, and the thickness was increased on the resin layer having a thickness of 30 μm. A resin layer having a thickness of 50 μm is laminated, a layer having a thickness of about 2 μm containing particles is laminated on the resin layer having a thickness of 50 μm, and a thickness of 30 μm is also formed on the other surface of the resin layer having a thickness of 186 μm. The resin layer, the resin layer having a thickness of 50 μm, and the layer having a thickness of about 2 μm were laminated in this order. The layer having a thickness of about 2 μm had a different appearance between a region having a thickness of 1.8 μm on the resin layer side having a thickness of 50 μm and a region having a thickness of 0.2 μm located on the surface side of the transparent film. ..
 実施例B1乃至B6、比較例3、および比較例4の結果を、表6乃至表10に示す。表6は、反射率測定試験の結果を示している。また、表7は、透過率測定試験の結果を示している。また、表8は、装着性評価試験、視認性評価試験、落下強度評価試験およびUV透過率測定試験の結果を示している。また、表9は、耐傷性評価試験、耐アルコール性評価試験および飛沫防止機能性評価試験の結果を示している。また、表10は、実施例B1における疑似破断試験および着脱試験の結果を示している。 The results of Examples B1 to B6, Comparative Example 3 and Comparative Example 4 are shown in Tables 6 to 10. Table 6 shows the results of the reflectance measurement test. Table 7 shows the results of the transmittance measurement test. Table 8 shows the results of the wearability evaluation test, the visibility evaluation test, the drop intensity evaluation test, and the UV transmittance measurement test. Table 9 shows the results of the scratch resistance evaluation test, the alcohol resistance evaluation test, and the splash prevention functionality evaluation test. Table 10 shows the results of the pseudo-fracture test and the attachment / detachment test in Example B1.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000006
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000006
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000007
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000007
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000008
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000008
 上記表8の装着性評価試験の欄における「○」の意味は、上記表3の装着性評価試験の欄における「○」の意味と同様である。また、上記表8の装着性評価試験の欄における「△△」は、上記表3の装着性評価試験の欄における「×」の場合よりは透明積層フィルム等への装着者の映り込みが見えにくいが、透明が低い印象がありフェイスシールドを装着している印象が継続してしまうことにより若干作業の妨げになるといったヒアリング結果であったことを意味する。 The meaning of "○" in the column of the wearability evaluation test in Table 8 above is the same as the meaning of "○" in the column of the wearability evaluation test in Table 3 above. Further, "△△" in the column of the wearability evaluation test in Table 8 above shows the reflection of the wearer on the transparent laminated film or the like as compared with the case of "×" in the column of the wearability evaluation test in Table 3 above. Although it is difficult, it means that the result of the hearing was that the transparency was low and the impression of wearing the face shield continued, which hindered the work a little.
 また、上記表8の視認性評価試験の欄における「○」の意味は、上記表3の視認性評価試験の欄における「○」の意味と同様である。また、上記表8の視認性評価試験の欄における「△△」は、上記表3の視認性評価試験の欄における「×」の場合よりは装着者の表情を確認できるものの、僅かだが面体に白さを感じることにより装着者の表情が若干見えにくくなったことを意味する。 Further, the meaning of "○" in the column of the visibility evaluation test in Table 8 above is the same as the meaning of "○" in the column of the visibility evaluation test in Table 3 above. Further, "△△" in the column of the visibility evaluation test in Table 8 above can confirm the facial expression of the wearer as compared with the case of "×" in the column of the visibility evaluation test in Table 3 above, but it is slightly on the face. By feeling the whiteness, it means that the wearer's facial expression is a little hard to see.
 また、上記表8の接触性評価試験の欄における「○」の意味は、上記表3の接触性評価試験の欄における「○」の意味と同様である。 Further, the meaning of "○" in the column of the contact evaluation test in Table 8 above is the same as the meaning of "○" in the column of the contact evaluation test in Table 3 above.
 また、上記表8の落下強度試験評価の欄における「○」の意味は、上記表3の落下強度試験評価の欄における「○」の意味と同様である。 Further, the meaning of "○" in the drop strength test evaluation column of Table 8 above is the same as the meaning of "○" in the drop strength test evaluation column of Table 3 above.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000009
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000009
 また、上記表9の耐傷性評価試験の「指紋」の欄における「○」の意味は、上記表4の耐傷性評価試験の「指紋」の欄における「○」の意味と同様である。また、上記表9の耐傷性評価試験の「指紋」の欄における「△○」は、上記表4の耐傷性評価試験の「指紋」の欄における「×」の場合よりは少ないものの、透明積層フィルム等に若干の傷が生じたことを意味する。 Further, the meaning of "○" in the "fingerprint" column of the scratch resistance evaluation test in Table 9 above is the same as the meaning of "○" in the "fingerprint" column of the scratch resistance evaluation test in Table 4 above. Further, although the "△ ○" in the "fingerprint" column of the scratch resistance evaluation test in Table 9 is less than the "x" in the "fingerprint" column of the scratch resistance evaluation test in Table 4, the transparent lamination is performed. It means that some scratches have occurred on the film or the like.
 また、上記表9の耐傷性評価試験の「鉛筆」の欄における「○」、「△」および「×」の意味は、上記表4の耐傷性評価試験の「鉛筆」の欄における「○」、「△」および「×」の意味と同様である。 Further, the meanings of "○", "△" and "×" in the "pencil" column of the scratch resistance evaluation test in Table 9 above are "○" in the "pencil" column of the scratch resistance evaluation test in Table 4 above. , "△" and "x" have the same meaning.
 また、上記表9の耐アルコール性評価試験の欄における「○」および「×」の意味は、上記表4の耐アルコール性評価試験の欄における「○」および「×」の意味と同様である。また、上記表9の耐アルコール性評価試験の欄における「△」は、上記表4の耐アルコール性評価試験の欄における「×」の場合よりは透明積層フィルム等の変色の度合いが小さかったものの、若干の変色が生じたことを意味する。 Further, the meanings of "○" and "×" in the column of the alcohol resistance evaluation test in Table 9 above are the same as the meanings of "○" and "×" in the column of the alcohol resistance evaluation test in Table 4 above. .. Further, "Δ" in the column of the alcohol resistance evaluation test in Table 9 above shows a smaller degree of discoloration of the transparent laminated film or the like than in the case of "x" in the column of the alcohol resistance evaluation test in Table 4 above. , Means that some discoloration has occurred.
 また、上記表9の飛沫防止機能性評価試験の欄における「○」の意味は、上記表4の飛沫防止機能性評価試験の欄における「○」の意味と同様である。 Further, the meaning of "○" in the column of the splash prevention functionality evaluation test in Table 9 above is the same as the meaning of "○" in the column of the splash prevention functionality evaluation test in Table 4 above.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000010
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000010
 この結果、表1に示すように、比較例2による透明フィルムでは、波長が550nmの光の反射率が8.7%であった。また、表6に示すように、比較例4による透明フィルムでは、波長が550nmの光の反射率が1.5%であった。これに対して、実施例B1による透明積層フィルム30では、波長が550nmの光の反射率が0.1%であった。また、実施例B2による透明積層フィルム30では、波長が550nmの光の反射率が0.4%であった。また、実施例B3による透明積層フィルム30では、波長が550nmの光の反射率が0.3%であった。また、実施例B4による透明積層フィルム30では、波長が550nmの光の反射率が0.8%であった。また、実施例B5による透明積層フィルム30では、波長が550nmの光の反射率が0.6%であった。また、実施例B6による透明積層フィルム30では、波長が550nmの光の反射率が0.4%であった。このように、実施例B1乃至実施例B6による透明積層フィルム30では、波長が550nmの光の反射率を、比較例2および比較例4よりも低減できた。また、実施例B1乃至実施例B6による透明積層フィルム30では、波長が450nmの光の反射率が0.3%、0.6%、0.6%、1.1%、0.9%、0.6%であり、波長が650nmの光の反射率が0.7%、1.0%、0.7%、1.2%、1.1%、1.0%であった。このように、実施例B1乃至実施例B6による透明積層フィルム30では、光の波長が450nm、550nmおよび650nmのそれぞれの場合において、光の反射率を低減できた。このため、実施例B1乃至実施例B6による透明積層フィルム30では、光の反射率を低減できることがわかった。 As a result, as shown in Table 1, in the transparent film according to Comparative Example 2, the reflectance of light having a wavelength of 550 nm was 8.7%. Further, as shown in Table 6, in the transparent film according to Comparative Example 4, the reflectance of light having a wavelength of 550 nm was 1.5%. On the other hand, in the transparent laminated film 30 according to Example B1, the reflectance of light having a wavelength of 550 nm was 0.1%. Further, in the transparent laminated film 30 according to Example B2, the reflectance of light having a wavelength of 550 nm was 0.4%. Further, in the transparent laminated film 30 according to Example B3, the reflectance of light having a wavelength of 550 nm was 0.3%. Further, in the transparent laminated film 30 according to Example B4, the reflectance of light having a wavelength of 550 nm was 0.8%. Further, in the transparent laminated film 30 according to Example B5, the reflectance of light having a wavelength of 550 nm was 0.6%. Further, in the transparent laminated film 30 according to Example B6, the reflectance of light having a wavelength of 550 nm was 0.4%. As described above, in the transparent laminated film 30 according to Examples B1 to B6, the reflectance of light having a wavelength of 550 nm could be reduced as compared with Comparative Example 2 and Comparative Example 4. Further, in the transparent laminated film 30 according to Examples B1 to B6, the reflectance of light having a wavelength of 450 nm is 0.3%, 0.6%, 0.6%, 1.1%, 0.9%, The reflectance of light having a wavelength of 650 nm was 0.7%, 1.0%, 0.7%, 1.2%, 1.1%, and 1.0%. As described above, in the transparent laminated film 30 according to Examples B1 to B6, the reflectance of light could be reduced when the wavelengths of light were 450 nm, 550 nm and 650 nm, respectively. Therefore, it was found that the transparent laminated film 30 according to Examples B1 to B6 can reduce the reflectance of light.
 また、表2に示すように、比較例2による透明フィルムでは、光の波長が450nm、550nmおよび650nmのそれぞれの場合において、光の透過率が90%以下であった。これに対して、表7に示すように、実施例B1乃至実施例B6による透明積層フィルム30では、光の波長が450nm、550nmおよび650nmのそれぞれの場合において、光の透過率が95%より大きくなっていた。このように、実施例B1乃至実施例B6による透明積層フィルム30では、光の波長が450nm、550nmおよび650nmのそれぞれの場合において、光の透過率を向上させることができた。とりわけ、透明積層フィルム30が表面301を構成する表面反射防止層40と、裏面302を構成する裏面反射防止層50とを備える場合であっても、比較例1のように光の透過率が高いフィルムと同等に近い透過率を得ることができた。このため、実施例B1乃至実施例B6による透明積層フィルム30では、光の透過率を向上させることができることがわかった。 Further, as shown in Table 2, in the transparent film according to Comparative Example 2, the light transmittance was 90% or less in each of the cases where the wavelength of light was 450 nm, 550 nm and 650 nm. On the other hand, as shown in Table 7, in the transparent laminated film 30 according to Examples B1 to B6, the light transmittance is larger than 95% when the light wavelengths are 450 nm, 550 nm and 650 nm, respectively. It was. As described above, in the transparent laminated film 30 according to Examples B1 to B6, the light transmittance could be improved at each of the light wavelengths of 450 nm, 550 nm and 650 nm. In particular, even when the transparent laminated film 30 includes the front surface antireflection layer 40 constituting the front surface 301 and the back surface antireflection layer 50 constituting the back surface 302, the light transmittance is high as in Comparative Example 1. It was possible to obtain a transmittance close to that of a film. Therefore, it was found that the transparent laminated film 30 according to Examples B1 to B6 can improve the light transmittance.
 また、表3に示すように、装着性評価試験において、比較例2による透明フィルムでは、透明フィルムへの装着者の映り込みが見えてしまうため、作業の妨げになるとともに、フェイスシールドを装着している印象があり、疲労感を感じるといったヒアリング結果であった。また、表8に示すように、比較例4による透明フィルムでは、若干作業の妨げになるといったヒアリング結果であった。一方、表8に示すように、実施例B1乃至実施例B6では、透明積層フィルム30への装着者の映り込みが見えず、フェイスシールドを装着している印象がないといったヒアリング結果であった。このように、実施例B1乃至実施例B6による透明積層フィルム30では、透明積層フィルム30への装着者の映り込みを低減でき、フェイスシールド10を装着した装着者が、疲労感を覚えることを抑制できた。 Further, as shown in Table 3, in the wearability evaluation test, in the transparent film according to Comparative Example 2, the reflection of the wearer on the transparent film can be seen, which hinders the work and attaches the face shield. It was a hearing result that I had the impression that I was feeling tired. In addition, as shown in Table 8, the transparent film according to Comparative Example 4 was a hearing result that slightly hindered the work. On the other hand, as shown in Table 8, in Examples B1 to B6, the reflection of the wearer on the transparent laminated film 30 was not visible, and there was no impression that the face shield was worn. As described above, in the transparent laminated film 30 according to Examples B1 to B6, the reflection of the wearer on the transparent laminated film 30 can be reduced, and the wearer wearing the face shield 10 is prevented from feeling tired. did it.
 また、表3に示すように、視認性評価試験において、比較例2による透明フィルムでは、透明フィルムへ観察者が映り込んでしまうため、装着者を視認する角度によらず、装着者の表情の確認が妨げられた。また、表8に示すように、比較例4による透明フィルムでは、装着者の表情が若干見えにくくなった。一方、実施例B1乃至実施例B6による透明積層フィルム30では、装着者の表情を鮮明に確認できた。 Further, as shown in Table 3, in the visibility evaluation test, in the transparent film according to Comparative Example 2, the observer is reflected on the transparent film, so that the wearer's facial expression is expressed regardless of the viewing angle of the wearer. Confirmation was hindered. Further, as shown in Table 8, in the transparent film according to Comparative Example 4, the facial expression of the wearer became slightly difficult to see. On the other hand, in the transparent laminated film 30 according to Examples B1 to B6, the facial expression of the wearer could be clearly confirmed.
 また、表8に示すように、落下強度評価試験において、実施例B1乃至実施例B6によるフェイスシールド10では、フェイスシールド10の透明積層フィルム30に変形や傷が確認されなかった。このように、透明積層フィルム30が表面301を構成する表面反射防止層40と、裏面302を構成する裏面反射防止層50とを備える場合であっても、比較例1乃至比較例4のように表面反射防止層40および裏面反射防止層50を備えない透明フィルムと比較して、落下強度が低下してしまうことを抑制できることがわかった。  Further, as shown in Table 8, in the drop strength evaluation test, no deformation or scratches were confirmed on the transparent laminated film 30 of the face shield 10 in the face shield 10 according to Examples B1 to B6. As described above, even when the transparent laminated film 30 includes the front surface antireflection layer 40 constituting the front surface 301 and the back surface antireflection layer 50 constituting the back surface 302, as in Comparative Examples 1 to 4. It was found that the drop strength could be suppressed from being lowered as compared with the transparent film not provided with the front surface antireflection layer 40 and the back surface antireflection layer 50. It was
 また、表8に示すように、比較例1による透明フィルムでは、UV透過率が97.0%であり、比較例2による透明フィルムでは、UV透過率が81.8%であり、比較例3による透明フィルムでは、UV透過率が92.5%であった。これに対して、実施例B1乃至実施例B6による透明積層フィルム30では、UV透過率がそれぞれ0.1%であった。このように、実施例B1乃至実施例B6による透明積層フィルム30では、UV透過率を低減させることができた。これは、装着者Hが、屋外で直射日光を浴びる環境にいた場合であっても、装着者Hが日焼けをしにくくすることができることを意味する。 Further, as shown in Table 8, the transparent film according to Comparative Example 1 has a UV transmittance of 97.0%, and the transparent film according to Comparative Example 2 has a UV transmittance of 81.8%. The UV transmittance was 92.5% in the transparent film made by. On the other hand, in the transparent laminated film 30 according to Examples B1 to B6, the UV transmittance was 0.1%, respectively. As described above, in the transparent laminated film 30 according to Examples B1 to B6, the UV transmittance could be reduced. This means that the wearer H can be less likely to get sunburned even when the wearer H is outdoors in an environment exposed to direct sunlight.
 また、表4に示すように、耐傷性評価試験において、比較例1による透明フィルムでは、指紋を拭き取った際に、透明フィルムに傷が生じ、細かい傷により透明フィルムが白く濁るような外観になっていた。また、表9に示すように、比較例3による透明フィルムでは、指紋を拭き取った際に、透明フィルムに若干の傷が生じた。一方、表9に示すように、実施例B1乃至実施例B6による透明積層フィルム30では、透明積層フィルム30に傷を生じさせることなく指紋を拭き取ることができた。また、表4および表9に示すように、比較例1および比較例4による透明フィルムでは、透明フィルムに対して鉛筆を擦りつけた際に、透明フィルムに薄い傷が生じていた。また、比較例2および比較例3による透明フィルムでは、透明フィルムに対して鉛筆を擦りつけた際に、透明フィルムに濃い傷が生じ、透明フィルムの外観が悪化していた。一方、実施例B1乃至実施例B6による透明積層フィルム30では、透明積層フィルム30に対して鉛筆を擦りつけた際に、透明積層フィルム30に傷が生じなかった。このように、実施例B1乃至実施例B3による透明積層フィルム30では、透明積層フィルム30の耐傷性が低下してしまうことを抑制できた。 Further, as shown in Table 4, in the scratch resistance evaluation test, in the transparent film according to Comparative Example 1, when the fingerprint was wiped off, the transparent film was scratched, and the transparent film became cloudy due to fine scratches. Was there. Further, as shown in Table 9, in the transparent film according to Comparative Example 3, when the fingerprint was wiped off, the transparent film was slightly scratched. On the other hand, as shown in Table 9, in the transparent laminated film 30 according to Examples B1 to B6, the fingerprints could be wiped off without causing scratches on the transparent laminated film 30. Further, as shown in Tables 4 and 9, in the transparent films according to Comparative Examples 1 and 4, when a pencil was rubbed against the transparent film, the transparent film had thin scratches. Further, in the transparent films according to Comparative Examples 2 and 3, when a pencil was rubbed against the transparent film, the transparent film was deeply scratched and the appearance of the transparent film was deteriorated. On the other hand, in the transparent laminated film 30 according to Examples B1 to B6, when the pencil was rubbed against the transparent laminated film 30, the transparent laminated film 30 was not scratched. As described above, in the transparent laminated film 30 according to Examples B1 to B3, it was possible to suppress the deterioration of the scratch resistance of the transparent laminated film 30.
 また、表3に示すように、耐アルコール性評価試験において、比較例1による透明フィルムでは、透明フィルムが変色し、外観が悪化していた。また、表9に示すように、耐アルコール性評価試験において、比較例3および比較例4による透明フィルムでは、透明フィルムに若干の変色が生じた。一方、表9に示すように、実施例B1乃至実施例B6による透明積層フィルム30では、透明積層フィルム30の外観に変化が生じなかった。このように、実施例B1乃至実施例B6による透明積層フィルム30では、透明積層フィルム30の耐傷アルコール性が低下してしまうことを抑制できた。 Further, as shown in Table 3, in the alcohol resistance evaluation test, in the transparent film according to Comparative Example 1, the transparent film was discolored and the appearance was deteriorated. Further, as shown in Table 9, in the alcohol resistance evaluation test, the transparent film according to Comparative Example 3 and Comparative Example 4 had a slight discoloration. On the other hand, as shown in Table 9, in the transparent laminated film 30 according to Examples B1 to B6, the appearance of the transparent laminated film 30 did not change. As described above, in the transparent laminated film 30 according to Examples B1 to B6, it was possible to suppress the deterioration of the scratch alcohol resistance of the transparent laminated film 30.
 また、表9に示すように、飛沫防止機能性評価試験において、実施例B1乃至実施例B6によるフェイスシールド10においても、特定サイズの飛沫がフェイスシールド10の装着者Hの前方に飛散することを防ぐことができた。 Further, as shown in Table 9, in the splash prevention functionality evaluation test, even in the face shield 10 according to Examples B1 to B6, droplets of a specific size are scattered in front of the wearer H of the face shield 10. I was able to prevent it.
 また、表10に示すように、着脱試験において、被係合部33と係合部29との係合を外す操作と、被係合部33と係合部29とを係合させる操作とのサイクルを、100回を超える回数繰り返しても、シールド部30Aの開口33a近傍に破断が生じることはなかった。このため、実施例B1による透明積層フィルム30では、シールド部30Aを保持部材20に取り付けたり、シールド部30Aを保持部材20から取り外したりする際に、シールド部30Aに破断が生じることを抑制できることがわかった。 Further, as shown in Table 10, in the attachment / detachment test, the operation of disengaging the engaged portion 33 and the engaging portion 29 and the operation of engaging the engaged portion 33 and the engaging portion 29 are performed. Even if the cycle was repeated more than 100 times, no breakage occurred in the vicinity of the opening 33a of the shield portion 30A. Therefore, in the transparent laminated film 30 according to the embodiment B1, it is possible to prevent the shield portion 30A from being broken when the shield portion 30A is attached to the holding member 20 or the shield portion 30A is removed from the holding member 20. all right.
 また、表10に示すように、疑似破断試験において、実施例B1による透明積層フィルム30では、破断時応力は32.5Nとなった。また、実施例B1による透明積層フィルム30では、破断時移動量は10.3mmとなった。着脱試験の結果と疑似破断試験の結果との比較から、シールド部30Aを構成する透明積層フィルム30の破断時応力が32.5N以上、または破断時移動量が10.3mm以上であれば、シールド部30Aに破断が生じることを抑制できることがわかった。例えば、シールド部30Aを構成する透明積層フィルム30の破断時応力が20Nより大きいか、または破断時移動量が9mmより大きければ、シールド部30Aに破断が生じることを抑制できると考える。 Further, as shown in Table 10, in the pseudo-fracture test, the stress at break was 32.5 N in the transparent laminated film 30 according to Example B1. Further, in the transparent laminated film 30 according to Example B1, the amount of movement at break was 10.3 mm. From the comparison between the result of the attachment / detachment test and the result of the pseudo-break test, if the stress at break of the transparent laminated film 30 constituting the shield portion 30A is 32.5 N or more, or the movement amount at break is 10.3 mm or more, the shield is shielded. It was found that the occurrence of breakage in the portion 30A can be suppressed. For example, if the stress at break of the transparent laminated film 30 constituting the shield portion 30A is larger than 20 N or the movement amount at break is larger than 9 mm, it is considered that the breakage of the shield portion 30A can be suppressed.
 (第2の実施の形態)
 次に、図9乃至図11Jを参照して第2の実施の形態について説明する。図9乃至図11Jに示す第2の実施の形態は、主として、シールド部30A(透明積層フィルム30)が、印刷層330を有している点が第1の実施の形態と異なるものである。図9乃至図11Jにおいて、第1の実施の形態と同一部分には同一の符号を付して詳細な説明は省略する。
(Second embodiment)
Next, a second embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 9 to 11J. The second embodiment shown in FIGS. 9 to 11J is different from the first embodiment in that the shield portion 30A (transparent laminated film 30) mainly has the print layer 330. In FIGS. 9 to 11J, the same parts as those in the first embodiment are designated by the same reference numerals, and detailed description thereof will be omitted.
 本実施の形態では、シールド部30A(透明積層フィルム30)は、印刷層330を有している。この印刷層330は、図9および図10に示すように、正面視において、装着者Hの頬Cに重なる位置に設けられている。これにより、観察者に対して、印刷層330によって表示されるキャラクター等が直接顔面Fに印刷されているような印象を与えることもできる。この場合、シールド部30Aを保持部材20から取り外した状態において、印刷層330は、シールド部30Aの中心軸線CLからの長さLが100mm以内の領域に設けられていることが好ましい。これにより、装着者Hがフェイスシールド10を装着した状態において、印刷層330が装着者Hの頬Cに重なるようにすることができる。なお、印刷層330は、例えば、キャラクター、図形、マーク等の絵柄や文字等の情報を表示してもよい。図示された例においては、印刷層330は、星型、月型または花型の絵柄を表示している。また、印刷層330は、正面視において、装着者Hの目には重ならない位置に設けられていることが好ましい。 In the present embodiment, the shield portion 30A (transparent laminated film 30) has a print layer 330. As shown in FIGS. 9 and 10, the print layer 330 is provided at a position overlapping the cheek C of the wearer H in front view. As a result, it is possible to give the observer the impression that the character or the like displayed by the print layer 330 is directly printed on the face F. In this case, it is preferable that the print layer 330 is provided in a region where the length L of the shield portion 30A from the central axis CL is 100 mm or less in a state where the shield portion 30A is removed from the holding member 20. As a result, the print layer 330 can be overlapped with the cheek C of the wearer H while the wearer H is wearing the face shield 10. The print layer 330 may display, for example, information such as a pattern such as a character, a figure, or a mark, or characters. In the illustrated example, the print layer 330 displays a star, moon or flower pattern. Further, it is preferable that the print layer 330 is provided at a position that does not overlap with the eyes of the wearer H in the front view.
 保護フィルム付き透明積層フィルム
 次に、本実施の形態による保護フィルム付き透明積層フィルム60について説明する。図11A乃至図11Jは、保護フィルム付き透明積層フィルム60の層構成の一例を示している。図11A乃至図11Jに示すように、保護フィルム付き透明積層フィルム60は、本実施の形態による透明積層フィルム30と、透明積層フィルム30の表面301を保護する表面保護フィルム61と、透明積層フィルム30の裏面302を保護する裏面保護フィルム62とを備えている。
Transparent laminated film with protective film Next, the transparent laminated film 60 with a protective film according to the present embodiment will be described. 11A to 11J show an example of the layer structure of the transparent laminated film 60 with a protective film. As shown in FIGS. 11A to 11J, the transparent laminated film 60 with a protective film includes the transparent laminated film 30 according to the present embodiment, the surface protective film 61 that protects the surface 301 of the transparent laminated film 30, and the transparent laminated film 30. It is provided with a back surface protective film 62 that protects the back surface 302 of the above.
 このうち表面保護フィルム61および裏面保護フィルム62は、それぞれ透明積層フィルム30の表面301および裏面302に傷が付くことを抑制するとともに、表面301および裏面302が異物等によって汚染されることを抑制する役割を果たす。この表面保護フィルム61および裏面保護フィルム62は、それぞれ着脱自在に透明積層フィルム30に取り付けられている。表面保護フィルム61および裏面保護フィルム62は、それぞれ図示しない接合層を含み、この接合層により、透明積層フィルム30に取り付けられていてもよい。なお、接合層の粘着力は、例えば、0.05N/25mm以上5N/25mm以下程度であってもよい。また、上述したフェイスシールド10を使用する際には、表面保護フィルム61および裏面保護フィルム62は、それぞれ透明積層フィルム30から剥がされる。表面保護フィルム61および裏面保護フィルム62の材料は、例えば、ポリエステル樹脂やポリエチレンやポリプロピレンなどのポリオレフィンからなるフィルムであってもよい。 Of these, the front surface protective film 61 and the back surface protective film 62 suppress the scratches on the front surface 301 and the back surface 302 of the transparent laminated film 30, and prevent the front surface 301 and the back surface 302 from being contaminated by foreign matter or the like. Play a role. The front surface protective film 61 and the back surface protective film 62 are detachably attached to the transparent laminated film 30. The front surface protective film 61 and the back surface protective film 62 each include a bonding layer (not shown), and the bonding layer may be attached to the transparent laminated film 30. The adhesive strength of the bonding layer may be, for example, about 0.05 N / 25 mm or more and 5 N / 25 mm or less. Further, when the above-mentioned face shield 10 is used, the front surface protective film 61 and the back surface protective film 62 are each peeled off from the transparent laminated film 30. The material of the front surface protective film 61 and the back surface protective film 62 may be, for example, a film made of a polyester resin or a polyolefin such as polyethylene or polypropylene.
 透明積層フィルム
 次に、本実施の形態による透明積層フィルム30について説明する。透明積層フィルム30は、上述したように、装着者Hの顔面Fを保護するフェイスシールド10に用いられてもよい。図11A乃至図11Hに示すように、透明積層フィルム30は、表面301と裏面302とを有しており、コア層32と、コア層32の表面301側の面の一部または裏面302側の面の一部を覆う印刷層330とを少なくとも備えている。また、透明積層フィルム30は、コア層32の一方の側に設けられ、表面301を構成する表面反射防止層40と、コア層32の他方の側に設けられ、裏面302を構成する裏面反射防止層50とを備えている。さらに、透明積層フィルム30は、表面反射防止層40とコア層32とを接着する第1透明接着層31aと、コア層32と裏面反射防止層50とを接着する第2透明接着層31bとを更に備えていてもよい。
Transparent Laminated Film Next, the transparent laminated film 30 according to the present embodiment will be described. As described above, the transparent laminated film 30 may be used for the face shield 10 that protects the face F of the wearer H. As shown in FIGS. 11A to 11H, the transparent laminated film 30 has a front surface 301 and a back surface 302, and the core layer 32 and a part of the surface of the core layer 32 on the front surface 301 side or the back surface 302 side. It includes at least a print layer 330 that covers a part of the surface. Further, the transparent laminated film 30 is provided on one side of the core layer 32 and is provided on the front surface antireflection layer 40 constituting the front surface 301 and on the other side of the core layer 32 to form the back surface antireflection layer 302. It has a layer 50 and so on. Further, the transparent laminated film 30 has a first transparent adhesive layer 31a for adhering the front surface antireflection layer 40 and the core layer 32, and a second transparent adhesive layer 31b for adhering the core layer 32 and the back surface antireflection layer 50. Further may be provided.
 具体的には、図11A、図11Cおよび図11Eに示すように、透明積層フィルム30は、表面301から裏面302に向かって、表面反射防止層40と、第1透明接着層31aと、印刷層330と、コア層32と、第2透明接着層31bと、裏面反射防止層50とをこの順に備えている。この場合、透明積層フィルム30において、表面反射防止層40が、表面301側から外方に露出する。また、透明積層フィルム30において、裏面反射防止層50が、裏面302側から外方に露出する。 Specifically, as shown in FIGS. 11A, 11C and 11E, the transparent laminated film 30 has a front surface antireflection layer 40, a first transparent adhesive layer 31a, and a printing layer from the front surface 301 to the back surface 302. The 330, the core layer 32, the second transparent adhesive layer 31b, and the back surface antireflection layer 50 are provided in this order. In this case, in the transparent laminated film 30, the surface antireflection layer 40 is exposed outward from the surface 301 side. Further, in the transparent laminated film 30, the back surface antireflection layer 50 is exposed outward from the back surface 302 side.
 また、図11B、図11Dおよび図11Fに示すように、透明積層フィルム30は、表面301から裏面302に向かって、表面反射防止層40と、第1透明接着層31aと、コア層32と、印刷層330と、第2透明接着層31bと、裏面反射防止層50とをこの順に備えている。この場合においても、透明積層フィルム30において、表面反射防止層40が、表面301側から外方に露出する。また、透明積層フィルム30において、裏面反射防止層50が、裏面302側から外方に露出する。 Further, as shown in FIGS. 11B, 11D and 11F, the transparent laminated film 30 includes a front surface antireflection layer 40, a first transparent adhesive layer 31a, and a core layer 32 from the front surface 301 to the back surface 302. The print layer 330, the second transparent adhesive layer 31b, and the back surface antireflection layer 50 are provided in this order. Also in this case, in the transparent laminated film 30, the surface antireflection layer 40 is exposed outward from the surface 301 side. Further, in the transparent laminated film 30, the back surface antireflection layer 50 is exposed outward from the back surface 302 side.
 また、図11Gに示すように、透明積層フィルム30は、表面301から裏面302に向かって、表面反射防止層40と、印刷層330と、第1透明接着層31aと、コア層32と、第2透明接着層31bと、裏面反射防止層50とをこの順に備えている。この場合においても、透明積層フィルム30において、表面反射防止層40が、表面301側から外方に露出する。また、透明積層フィルム30において、裏面反射防止層50が、裏面302側から外方に露出する。 Further, as shown in FIG. 11G, the transparent laminated film 30 has a front surface antireflection layer 40, a printing layer 330, a first transparent adhesive layer 31a, a core layer 32, and a first layer from the front surface 301 to the back surface 302. The two transparent adhesive layers 31b and the back surface antireflection layer 50 are provided in this order. Also in this case, in the transparent laminated film 30, the surface antireflection layer 40 is exposed outward from the surface 301 side. Further, in the transparent laminated film 30, the back surface antireflection layer 50 is exposed outward from the back surface 302 side.
 また、図11Hに示すように、透明積層フィルム30は、表面301から裏面302に向かって、表面反射防止層40と、第1透明接着層31aと、コア層32と、第2透明接着層31bと、印刷層330と、裏面反射防止層50とをこの順に備えている。この場合においても、透明積層フィルム30において、表面反射防止層40が、表面301側から外方に露出する。また、透明積層フィルム30において、裏面反射防止層50が、裏面302側から外方に露出する。 Further, as shown in FIG. 11H, the transparent laminated film 30 has a surface antireflection layer 40, a first transparent adhesive layer 31a, a core layer 32, and a second transparent adhesive layer 31b from the front surface 301 to the back surface 302. The print layer 330 and the back surface antireflection layer 50 are provided in this order. Also in this case, in the transparent laminated film 30, the surface antireflection layer 40 is exposed outward from the surface 301 side. Further, in the transparent laminated film 30, the back surface antireflection layer 50 is exposed outward from the back surface 302 side.
 また、図11A乃至図11Hに示すように、表面反射防止層40は、表面301から裏面302に向かって順に配置された表面反射防止機能層41と、表面透明基材層42とを有している。また、表面反射防止機能層41は、表面301から裏面302に向かって順に配置された表面屈折層43と、表面ハードコート層44とを含んでいる。ここで、図11C乃至図11Fに示すように、表面屈折層43は、表面301から裏面302に向かって順に配置された表面低屈折率層45と、表面高屈折率層46とを含んでいてもよい。また、図11Eおよび図11Fに示すように、表面高屈折率層46は、表面301から裏面302に向かって順に配置された第1表面高屈折率層47と、第2表面高屈折率層48とを含んでいてもよい。なお、図11Gおよび図11Hに示す例においては、表面反射防止層40が、表面反射防止機能層41と表面透明基材層42とを有し、表面反射防止機能層41が、表面屈折層43と表面ハードコート層44とを含んでいる。この場合、図示はしないが、表面反射防止層40において、図11C乃至図11Fに示すように、表面屈折層43が、表面低屈折率層45等を含んでいてもよい。 Further, as shown in FIGS. 11A to 11H, the surface antireflection layer 40 has a surface antireflection functional layer 41 arranged in order from the front surface 301 to the back surface 302, and a surface transparent base material layer 42. There is. Further, the surface antireflection function layer 41 includes a surface refraction layer 43 arranged in order from the front surface 301 to the back surface 302, and a surface hard coat layer 44. Here, as shown in FIGS. 11C to 11F, the surface refractive index layer 43 includes a surface low refractive index layer 45 arranged in order from the front surface 301 to the back surface 302, and a surface high refractive index layer 46. May be good. Further, as shown in FIGS. 11E and 11F, the front surface high refractive index layer 46 includes a first surface high refractive index layer 47 and a second surface high refractive index layer 48 arranged in order from the front surface 301 to the back surface 302. And may be included. In the examples shown in FIGS. 11G and 11H, the surface antireflection layer 40 has a surface antireflection functional layer 41 and a surface transparent base material layer 42, and the surface antireflection functional layer 41 is a surface refraction layer 43. And the surface hard coat layer 44. In this case, although not shown, in the surface antireflection layer 40, as shown in FIGS. 11C to 11F, the surface refractive index layer 43 may include a surface low refractive index layer 45 or the like.
 また、図11A乃至図11Hに示すように、裏面反射防止層50は、裏面302から表面301に向かって順に配置された裏面反射防止機能層51と、裏面透明基材層52とを有している。また、裏面反射防止機能層51は、裏面302から表面301に向かって順に配置された裏面屈折層53と、裏面ハードコート層54とを含んでいる。ここで、図11C乃至図11Fに示すように、裏面屈折層53は、裏面302から表面301に向かって順に配置された裏面低屈折率層55と、裏面高屈折率層56とを含んでいてもよい。また、図11Eおよび図11Fに示すように、裏面高屈折率層56は、裏面302から表面301に向かって順に配置された第1裏面高屈折率層57と、第2裏面高屈折率層58とを含んでいてもよい。なお、図11Gおよび図11Hに示す例においては、裏面反射防止層50が、裏面反射防止機能層51と裏面透明基材層52とを有し、裏面反射防止機能層51が、裏面屈折層53と裏面ハードコート層54とを含んでいる。この場合、図示はしないが、裏面反射防止層50において、図11C乃至図11Fに示すように、裏面屈折層53が、裏面低屈折率層55等を含んでいてもよい。 Further, as shown in FIGS. 11A to 11H, the back surface antireflection layer 50 has a back surface antireflection function layer 51 arranged in order from the back surface 302 toward the front surface 301, and a back surface transparent base material layer 52. There is. Further, the back surface antireflection function layer 51 includes a back surface refraction layer 53 arranged in order from the back surface 302 toward the front surface 301, and a back surface hard coat layer 54. Here, as shown in FIGS. 11C to 11F, the back surface refractive index layer 53 includes a back surface low refractive index layer 55 arranged in order from the back surface 302 toward the front surface 301, and a back surface high refractive index layer 56. May be good. Further, as shown in FIGS. 11E and 11F, the back surface high refractive index layer 56 includes a first back surface high refractive index layer 57 arranged in order from the back surface 302 toward the front surface 301, and a second back surface high refractive index layer 58. And may be included. In the examples shown in FIGS. 11G and 11H, the back surface antireflection layer 50 has a back surface antireflection function layer 51 and a back surface transparent base material layer 52, and the back surface antireflection function layer 51 is a back surface refraction layer 53. And the back surface hard coat layer 54 are included. In this case, although not shown, in the back surface antireflection layer 50, as shown in FIGS. 11C to 11F, the back surface refractive index layer 53 may include a back surface low refractive index layer 55 or the like.
 また、図11Iおよび図11Jに示すように、透明積層フィルム30は、コア層32を備えていなくてもよい。具体的には、図11Iに示すように、透明積層フィルム30は、表面301から裏面302に向かって、表面反射防止層40と、印刷層330と、透明接着層31と、裏面反射防止層50とをこの順に備えていてもよい。この場合においても、透明積層フィルム30において、表面反射防止層40が、表面301側から外方に露出する。また、透明積層フィルム30において、裏面反射防止層50が、裏面302側から外方に露出する。 Further, as shown in FIGS. 11I and 11J, the transparent laminated film 30 does not have to include the core layer 32. Specifically, as shown in FIG. 11I, the transparent laminated film 30 has a front surface antireflection layer 40, a printing layer 330, a transparent adhesive layer 31, and a back surface antireflection layer 50 from the front surface 301 to the back surface 302. And may be provided in this order. Also in this case, in the transparent laminated film 30, the surface antireflection layer 40 is exposed outward from the surface 301 side. Further, in the transparent laminated film 30, the back surface antireflection layer 50 is exposed outward from the back surface 302 side.
 また、図11Jに示すように、透明積層フィルム30は、表面301から裏面302に向かって、表面反射防止層40と、透明接着層31と、印刷層330と、裏面反射防止層50とをこの順に備えていてもよい。この場合においても、透明積層フィルム30において、表面反射防止層40が、表面301側から外方に露出する。また、透明積層フィルム30において、裏面反射防止層50が、裏面302側から外方に露出する。 Further, as shown in FIG. 11J, the transparent laminated film 30 has a front surface antireflection layer 40, a transparent adhesive layer 31, a printing layer 330, and a back surface antireflection layer 50 from the front surface 301 to the back surface 302. You may prepare in order. Also in this case, in the transparent laminated film 30, the surface antireflection layer 40 is exposed outward from the surface 301 side. Further, in the transparent laminated film 30, the back surface antireflection layer 50 is exposed outward from the back surface 302 side.
 なお、図11Iおよび図11Jに示す例においては、表面反射防止層40が、表面反射防止機能層41と表面透明基材層42とを有し、表面反射防止機能層41が、表面屈折層43と表面ハードコート層44とを含んでいる。また、裏面反射防止層50が、裏面反射防止機能層51と裏面透明基材層52とを有し、裏面反射防止機能層51が、裏面屈折層53と裏面ハードコート層54とを含んでいる。この場合、図示はしないが、表面反射防止層40において、図11C乃至図11Fに示すように、表面屈折層43が、表面低屈折率層45等を含んでいてもよく、裏面反射防止層50において、裏面屈折層53が、裏面低屈折率層55等を含んでいてもよい。 In the examples shown in FIGS. 11I and 11J, the surface antireflection layer 40 has a surface antireflection functional layer 41 and a surface transparent base material layer 42, and the surface antireflection functional layer 41 is a surface refraction layer 43. And the surface hard coat layer 44. Further, the back surface antireflection layer 50 has a back surface antireflection function layer 51 and a back surface transparent base material layer 52, and the back surface antireflection function layer 51 includes a back surface refraction layer 53 and a back surface hard coat layer 54. .. In this case, although not shown, in the surface antireflection layer 40, as shown in FIGS. 11C to 11F, the surface refractive index layer 43 may include the surface low refractive index layer 45 and the like, and the back surface antireflection layer 50 may be included. In the back surface refractive index layer 53, the back surface low refractive index layer 55 and the like may be included.
 なお、表面反射防止層40および裏面反射防止層50は、上述した層構成以外の構成を有していてもよく、それぞれ樹脂フィルムによって構成されていてもよい。例えば、表面反射防止層40および裏面反射防止層50は、それぞれ低反射フィルム(シャープ株式会社製、FG-10MR1)を使用してもよい。また、表面反射防止層40および裏面反射防止層50は、一般的にモスアイとして知られる、透明基材上に設けられた樹脂の表面に凹凸が形成された構造であってもよい。この場合、透明基材と樹脂表面との間に、密着性を改善するためのプライマ層があってもよい。なお、凹凸が形成された樹脂は、透明基材の一方の側のみに設けられていてもよく、両側に設けられていてもよい。 The front surface antireflection layer 40 and the back surface antireflection layer 50 may have a structure other than the above-mentioned layer structure, or may be each made of a resin film. For example, a low-reflection film (manufactured by Sharp Corporation, FG-10MR1) may be used for each of the front surface antireflection layer 40 and the back surface antireflection layer 50. Further, the front surface antireflection layer 40 and the back surface antireflection layer 50 may have a structure in which irregularities are formed on the surface of a resin provided on a transparent substrate, which is generally known as moth eye. In this case, there may be a primer layer for improving the adhesion between the transparent base material and the resin surface. The resin having irregularities may be provided only on one side of the transparent base material, or may be provided on both sides.
 また、図11A、図11B等に示すように、表面屈折層43および裏面屈折層53がそれぞれ単層で構成されている場合、表面屈折層43は、表面低屈折率層45のみによって構成されていてもよく、裏面屈折層53は裏面低屈折率層55のみによって構成されていてもよい。 Further, as shown in FIGS. 11A and 11B, when the front surface refractive index layer 43 and the back surface refractive index layer 53 are each composed of a single layer, the surface refractive index layer 43 is composed of only the surface low refractive index layer 45. The back surface refractive index layer 53 may be composed of only the back surface low refractive index layer 55.
 次に、印刷層330について説明する。印刷層330は、絵柄等の印刷が施された層であり、透明積層フィルム30の意匠性を向上させるための層である。印刷層330としては、通常のインキビヒクルの1種ないし2種以上を主成分とし、必要ならば、可塑剤、安定剤、酸化防止剤、光安定剤、紫外線吸収剤、硬化剤、架橋剤、滑剤、帯電防止剤、充填剤、その他の添加剤の1種ないし2種以上を任意に添加し、更に、染料・顔料等の着色剤を添加し、溶媒、希釈剤等で充分に混練してインキ組成物を調整して得たインキ組成物を使用することができる。このようなインキビヒクルとしては、例えば、あまに油、きり油、大豆油、炭化水素油、ロジン、ロジンエステル、ロジン変性樹脂、シェラック、アルキッド樹脂、フェノール系樹脂、マレイン酸樹脂、天然樹脂、炭化水素樹脂、ポリ塩化ビニル系樹脂、ポリ酢酸系樹脂、ポリスチレン系樹脂、ポリビニルブチラール樹脂、アクリルまたはメタクリル系樹脂、ポリアミド系樹脂、ポリエステル系樹脂、ポリウレタン系樹脂、エポキシ系樹脂、尿素樹脂、メラミン樹脂、アミノアルキッド系樹脂、ニトロセルロース、エチルセルロース、塩化ゴム、環化ゴム、その他などの1種または2種以上を併用することができる。印刷方法は、グラビア印刷のほか、凸版印刷、スクリーン印刷、転写印刷、フレキソ印刷、インクジェット印刷その他の印刷方式であってもよい。 Next, the print layer 330 will be described. The print layer 330 is a layer on which a pattern or the like is printed, and is a layer for improving the design of the transparent laminated film 30. The printing layer 330 contains one or more of ordinary ink vehicles as a main component, and if necessary, a plasticizer, a stabilizer, an antioxidant, a light stabilizer, an ultraviolet absorber, a curing agent, a cross-linking agent, and the like. Arbitrarily add one or more of lubricants, antistatic agents, fillers, and other additives, further add colorants such as dyes and pigments, and thoroughly knead with solvents, diluents, etc. An ink composition obtained by adjusting the ink composition can be used. Examples of such an ink vehicle include linseed oil, cutting oil, soybean oil, hydrocarbon oil, rosin, rosin ester, rosin-modified resin, shelac, alkyd resin, phenolic resin, maleic acid resin, natural resin, and hydrocarbon. Hydrogen resin, polyvinyl chloride resin, polyacetic acid resin, polystyrene resin, polyvinyl butyral resin, acrylic or methacrylic resin, polyamide resin, polyester resin, polyurethane resin, epoxy resin, urea resin, melamine resin, One or more of aminoalkyd resins, nitrocellulose, ethylcellulose, rubber chloride, cyclized rubber, etc. can be used in combination. In addition to gravure printing, the printing method may be letterpress printing, screen printing, transfer printing, flexographic printing, inkjet printing or other printing methods.
 上述した透明積層フィルム30は、印刷層330が設けられていない領域において、視感反射率Y値が、0.0%以上2.0%以下であり、0.1%以上1.0%以下であることが好ましい。印刷層330が設けられていない領域において、視感反射率Y値が、0.0%以上2.0%以下であることにより、透明積層フィルム30において、印刷層330が設けられていない領域を目立たなくすることができ、印刷層330を目立たせることができる。このように、印刷層330が設けられていない領域を目立たせないことにより、印刷層330を視認した観察者に対して、印刷層330によって形成されたキャラクター等が空中に浮いているような印象を与えることができる。また、観察者が印刷層330を視認する角度によっては、観察者に対して、キャラクター等が直接顔面Fに印刷されているような印象を与えることができる。本実施の形態によるフェイスシールド10は、従来とは異なる意匠を表示することができる。このため、フェイスシールドの意匠性を向上させることができる。 The transparent laminated film 30 described above has a visual reflectance Y value of 0.0% or more and 2.0% or less, and 0.1% or more and 1.0% or less in a region where the print layer 330 is not provided. Is preferable. In the region where the print layer 330 is not provided, the visible reflectance Y value is 0.0% or more and 2.0% or less, so that the region where the print layer 330 is not provided in the transparent laminated film 30 is covered. It can be made inconspicuous, and the print layer 330 can be made conspicuous. In this way, by making the area where the print layer 330 is not provided conspicuous, the observer who visually recognizes the print layer 330 has the impression that the character or the like formed by the print layer 330 is floating in the air. Can be given. Further, depending on the angle at which the observer visually recognizes the print layer 330, it is possible to give the observer the impression that the character or the like is printed directly on the face F. The face shield 10 according to the present embodiment can display a design different from the conventional one. Therefore, the design of the face shield can be improved.
 ここで、視感反射率Y値は、以下の方法により測定することができる。まず、透明積層フィルム30の表面301または裏面302に、入射角が5°となるように光を照射する。そして、入射光の正反射光に基づいて視感反射率Y値を測定することができる。ここで、本明細書において、視感反射率Y値とは、CIE1931標準表色系の視感反射率Y値のことをいう。 Here, the visual reflectance Y value can be measured by the following method. First, the front surface 301 or the back surface 302 of the transparent laminated film 30 is irradiated with light so that the incident angle is 5 °. Then, the visual reflectance Y value can be measured based on the specularly reflected light of the incident light. Here, in the present specification, the visual reflectance Y value means the visual reflectance Y value of the CIE 1931 standard color system.
 また、透明積層フィルム30は、印刷層330が設けられていない領域において、波長が550nmの光の反射率が、2%以下であり、全光線透過率(JISK7361-1:1997)が90%以上であることが好ましい。また、透明積層フィルム30は、全光線透過率が、92%以上であることがより好ましい。また、透明積層フィルム30は、ヘイズ(JISK7136:2000)が3.0%以下であることが好ましく、2.5%以下であることがより好ましく、2.0%以下であることがさらに好ましい。 Further, the transparent laminated film 30 has a reflectance of 2% or less of light having a wavelength of 550 nm and a total light transmittance (JISK7361-1: 1997) of 90% or more in a region where the print layer 330 is not provided. Is preferable. Further, it is more preferable that the transparent laminated film 30 has a total light transmittance of 92% or more. Further, the transparent laminated film 30 preferably has a haze (JISK7136: 2000) of 3.0% or less, more preferably 2.5% or less, and further preferably 2.0% or less.
 上述した透明積層フィルム30は、印刷層330が設けられていない領域において、波長380nm以下の紫外域の透過率が、1.0%以下であることが好ましい。これにより、フェイスシールド10を装着した装着者Hが、直射日光を浴びる環境化で作業した場合であっても、装着者Hが日焼けをしてしまうことを抑制することができる。 The transparent laminated film 30 described above preferably has a transmittance of 1.0% or less in the ultraviolet region having a wavelength of 380 nm or less in a region where the print layer 330 is not provided. As a result, even when the wearer H wearing the face shield 10 works in an environment exposed to direct sunlight, it is possible to prevent the wearer H from getting sunburned.
 上述した透明積層フィルム30において、表面301および裏面302の算術平均粗さRa(JIS B0601:1994)は、それぞれ10nm以下であることが好ましく、1nm以上8nm以下であることがより好ましい。また、表面301および裏面302の十点平均粗さRz(JIS B0601:1994)は、160nm以下であることが好ましく、50nm以上155nm以下であることがより好ましい。Ra、Rzが上記範囲であれば、平滑性を有し、耐擦傷性が向上する。 In the above-mentioned transparent laminated film 30, the arithmetic average roughness Ra (JIS B0601: 1994) of the front surface 301 and the back surface 302 is preferably 10 nm or less, and more preferably 1 nm or more and 8 nm or less. The ten-point average roughness Rz (JIS B0601: 1994) of the front surface 301 and the back surface 302 is preferably 160 nm or less, and more preferably 50 nm or more and 155 nm or less. When Ra and Rz are in the above range, it has smoothness and scratch resistance is improved.
 本実施の形態では、透明積層フィルム30を製造する際、印刷層330が設けられたコア層32を作製する。この際、例えば、まず、コア層32として、ポリエチレンテレフタレートフィルムを準備する。次に、コア層32上に、例えばグラビア印刷等によって印刷層330を形成する。 In the present embodiment, when the transparent laminated film 30 is manufactured, the core layer 32 provided with the print layer 330 is manufactured. At this time, for example, first, a polyethylene terephthalate film is prepared as the core layer 32. Next, the print layer 330 is formed on the core layer 32 by, for example, gravure printing.
 そして、表面反射防止層40およびコア層32を第1透明接着層31aを介して互いに接着させるとともに、コア層32および裏面反射防止層50を、第2透明接着層31bを介して互いに接着させて透明積層フィルム30を作製する。このようにして、透明積層フィルム30を作製できる。 Then, the surface antireflection layer 40 and the core layer 32 are adhered to each other via the first transparent adhesive layer 31a, and the core layer 32 and the back surface antireflection layer 50 are adhered to each other via the second transparent adhesive layer 31b. The transparent laminated film 30 is manufactured. In this way, the transparent laminated film 30 can be produced.
 以上のように本実施の形態によれば、透明積層フィルム30が、コア層32と、コア層32の一方の面上に設けられ、コア層32の一部を覆う印刷層330とを少なくとも備えている。また、印刷層330が設けられていない領域において、視感反射率Y値が、0.0%以上2.0%以下である。これにより、透明積層フィルム30において、印刷層330が設けられていない領域を目立たなくすることができ、印刷層330を目立たせることができる。このように、印刷層330が設けられていない領域を目立たせないことにより、印刷層330を視認した観察者に対して、印刷層330によって形成されたキャラクター等が空中に浮いているような印象を与えることができる。また、印刷層330が設けられていない領域において、視感反射率Y値が、0.0%以上2.0%以下であることにより、印刷層330が、反射する光によって見えにくくなることを抑制することができる。さらに、観察者が印刷層330を視認する角度によっては、観察者に対して、キャラクター等が直接顔面Fに印刷されているような印象を与えることができる。本実施の形態によるフェイスシールド10は、従来とは異なる意匠を表示することができる。このため、フェイスシールド10の意匠性を向上させることができる。また、印刷層330を目立たせることができるため、フェイスシールド10において、文字や記号情報を明確に表示することができる。 As described above, according to the present embodiment, the transparent laminated film 30 includes at least a core layer 32 and a print layer 330 provided on one surface of the core layer 32 and covering a part of the core layer 32. ing. Further, in the region where the print layer 330 is not provided, the visual reflectance Y value is 0.0% or more and 2.0% or less. As a result, in the transparent laminated film 30, the area where the print layer 330 is not provided can be made inconspicuous, and the print layer 330 can be made inconspicuous. In this way, by making the area where the print layer 330 is not provided conspicuous, the observer who visually recognizes the print layer 330 has the impression that the character or the like formed by the print layer 330 is floating in the air. Can be given. Further, in the region where the print layer 330 is not provided, when the visual reflectance Y value is 0.0% or more and 2.0% or less, the print layer 330 becomes difficult to see due to the reflected light. It can be suppressed. Further, depending on the angle at which the observer visually recognizes the print layer 330, it is possible to give the observer the impression that the character or the like is printed directly on the face F. The face shield 10 according to the present embodiment can display a design different from the conventional one. Therefore, the design of the face shield 10 can be improved. Further, since the print layer 330 can be made to stand out, characters and symbol information can be clearly displayed on the face shield 10.
 また、本実施の形態によれば、透明積層フィルム30は、印刷層330が設けられていない領域において、波長が550nmの光の反射率が、2%以下であり、全光線透過率が、90%以上である。これにより、印刷層330が設けられていない領域を更に目立たなくすることができる。また、装着者Hの顔面Fの視認性を向上させることができる。 Further, according to the present embodiment, the transparent laminated film 30 has a reflectance of light having a wavelength of 550 nm of 2% or less and a total light transmittance of 90 in a region where the print layer 330 is not provided. % Or more. As a result, the area where the print layer 330 is not provided can be made less noticeable. In addition, the visibility of the face F of the wearer H can be improved.
 また、本実施の形態によれば、印刷層330が設けられていない領域において、波長380nm以下の紫外域の透過率が、1.0%以下である。これにより、フェイスシールド10を装着した装着者Hが、直射日光を浴びる環境化で作業した場合であっても、装着者Hが日焼けをしてしまうことを抑制することができる。 Further, according to the present embodiment, the transmittance in the ultraviolet region having a wavelength of 380 nm or less is 1.0% or less in the region where the print layer 330 is not provided. As a result, even when the wearer H wearing the face shield 10 works in an environment exposed to direct sunlight, it is possible to prevent the wearer H from getting sunburned.
 また、本実施の形態によれば、コア層32が、ポリエチレンテレフタレートを含んでいる。これにより、コア層32の透明性を向上させることができる。 Further, according to the present embodiment, the core layer 32 contains polyethylene terephthalate. Thereby, the transparency of the core layer 32 can be improved.
 また、本実施の形態によれば、透明積層フィルム30が、コア層32の一方の側に設けられ、表面301を構成する表面反射防止層40と、コア層32の他方の側に設けられ、裏面302を構成する裏面反射防止層50とを更に備えている。これにより、透明積層フィルム30の表面301側から入射する光の反射、および透明積層フィルム30の裏面302側から入射する光の反射を抑制することができる。すなわち、透明積層フィルム30を表面301側から見た場合の視認性を向上させつつ、透明積層フィルム30を裏面302側から見た場合の視認性を向上させることができる。これにより、例えばフェイスシールド10を装着した装着者Hを視認した際に、装着者Hの顔面Fの視認性を向上させることができる。このため、装着者Hの口元の視認性を向上させることができ、装着者Hと他者との円滑なコミュニケーションを図ることができる。また、例えば透明積層フィルム30から作製されたシールド部30Aを備えるフェイスシールド10を装着した装着者Hが、透明積層フィルム30の裏面302において反射する光によって、不快感や疲労感を覚えることを抑制することができる。 Further, according to the present embodiment, the transparent laminated film 30 is provided on one side of the core layer 32, and is provided on the surface antireflection layer 40 constituting the surface 301 and on the other side of the core layer 32. Further, a back surface antireflection layer 50 constituting the back surface 302 is provided. As a result, it is possible to suppress the reflection of the light incident from the front surface 301 side of the transparent laminated film 30 and the reflection of the light incident from the back surface 302 side of the transparent laminated film 30. That is, it is possible to improve the visibility when the transparent laminated film 30 is viewed from the front surface 301 side and the visibility when the transparent laminated film 30 is viewed from the back surface 302 side. Thereby, for example, when the wearer H wearing the face shield 10 is visually recognized, the visibility of the face F of the wearer H can be improved. Therefore, the visibility of the mouth of the wearer H can be improved, and smooth communication between the wearer H and others can be achieved. Further, for example, the wearer H wearing the face shield 10 provided with the shield portion 30A made of the transparent laminated film 30 is prevented from feeling uncomfortable or tired due to the light reflected on the back surface 302 of the transparent laminated film 30. can do.
 また、上述した透明積層フィルム30では、以下の効果を奏することができる。
 アルコール拭き消毒100回後でも変質をきたさない。
 油性インキで描かれた文字を容易にふき取ることができる。
 H鉛筆で100回擦った場合であっても、表面に傷がつくことを抑制することができる。
 付着した指紋を拭き取ることが可能で且つ拭き後が残らない。
 なお、上述した効果を奏することができることは、後述する実施例で説明する。
Further, the transparent laminated film 30 described above can achieve the following effects.
No deterioration occurs even after 100 times of alcohol wiping and disinfection.
Characters drawn with oil-based ink can be easily wiped off.
Even when rubbed 100 times with an H pencil, it is possible to prevent the surface from being scratched.
It is possible to wipe off the attached fingerprints and no residue remains after wiping.
The ability to achieve the above-mentioned effects will be described in Examples described later.
 また、本実施の形態によれば、透明積層フィルム30は、装着者Hの顔面Fを保護するフェイスシールド10に用いられる。これにより、装着者Hの顔面Fの視認性を向上させつつ、装着者Hが不快感や疲労感を覚えることを抑制することができるフェイスシールド10を容易に得ることができる。また、上述したように、本実施の形態によるフェイスシールド10は、従来とは異なる意匠を表示することができため、フェイスシールドの意匠性を向上させることができる。 Further, according to the present embodiment, the transparent laminated film 30 is used for the face shield 10 that protects the face F of the wearer H. As a result, it is possible to easily obtain a face shield 10 capable of improving the visibility of the face F of the wearer H and suppressing the wearer H from feeling uncomfortable or tired. Further, as described above, the face shield 10 according to the present embodiment can display a design different from the conventional one, so that the design of the face shield can be improved.
 なお、上述した実施の形態において、フェイスシールド10の保持部材20が、いわゆるメガネフレームタイプとなっている例について説明したが、これに限られない。例えば、保持部材20が、いわゆるヘアバンドタイプまたはカチューシャタイプ等であってもよい。この場合、図12に示すように、保持部材20は、装着者Hの頭部を周状に覆うバンド25を有していてもよい。このバンド25の材料は、樹脂や厚紙等の他、ゴム等の弾性体であってもよい。さらに、保持部材20は、バンド25に取り付けられ、装着者Hの額に当接する保護部材26を有していてもよい。保護部材26は、スポンジ等のクッション性を有する材料を含んでいることが好ましい。これにより、フェイスシールド10を装着した装着者Hが、不快感を覚えることを抑制することができる。なお、図示された例においては、バンド25は、装着者Hの頭部の一部のみを覆っているが、バンド25は、装着者Hの頭部の全周を覆っていてもよい。 Although the example in which the holding member 20 of the face shield 10 is a so-called eyeglass frame type in the above-described embodiment has been described, the present invention is not limited to this. For example, the holding member 20 may be a so-called hair band type, a headband type, or the like. In this case, as shown in FIG. 12, the holding member 20 may have a band 25 that covers the head of the wearer H in a circumferential shape. The material of the band 25 may be an elastic body such as rubber as well as resin and cardboard. Further, the holding member 20 may have a protective member 26 attached to the band 25 and in contact with the forehead of the wearer H. The protective member 26 preferably contains a cushioning material such as a sponge. As a result, it is possible to prevent the wearer H wearing the face shield 10 from feeling uncomfortable. In the illustrated example, the band 25 covers only a part of the head of the wearer H, but the band 25 may cover the entire circumference of the head of the wearer H.
 また、上述した実施の形態において、シールド部30Aが、装着者Hの顔面Fの全体を覆っている例について説明したが、これに限られない。例えば、図13に示すように、シールド部30A(透明積層フィルム30)が、装着者Hの顔面Fの一部のみを覆っていてもよい。この場合、保持部材20は、装着者Hの顎Jに当接する顎パッド27と、顎パッド27とに連結されるとともに、装着者Hの耳Eに引っ掛けられる一対の引っ掛け部28(図13では1つのみ図示)とを有していてもよい。このうち顎パッド27の材料は、樹脂や厚紙等であってもよい。引っ掛け部28は、紐状の部材であってもよく、引っ掛け部28の材料は、例えばゴム等の弾性体であってもよい。本変形例では、シールド部30Aは、装着者Hの口Mおよび鼻Nを覆っている。これにより、装着者Hのくしゃみや咳による唾液等の飛沫が他人の顔面に付着することを抑制することができるとともに、装着者Hの口元の視認性を向上させることができ、装着者Hと他者との円滑なコミュニケーションを図ることができる。なお、シールド部30Aは、装着者Hの鼻Nを覆うことなく、口M近傍のみを覆っていてもよい。 Further, in the above-described embodiment, an example in which the shield portion 30A covers the entire face F of the wearer H has been described, but the present invention is not limited to this. For example, as shown in FIG. 13, the shield portion 30A (transparent laminated film 30) may cover only a part of the face F of the wearer H. In this case, the holding member 20 is connected to the chin pad 27 that abuts on the chin J of the wearer H and the chin pad 27, and is hooked on the ear E of the wearer H. It may have only one (shown) and. Of these, the material of the jaw pad 27 may be resin, cardboard, or the like. The hook portion 28 may be a string-shaped member, and the material of the hook portion 28 may be an elastic body such as rubber. In this modification, the shield portion 30A covers the mouth M and the nose N of the wearer H. As a result, it is possible to suppress the adhesion of saliva and other droplets due to sneezing and coughing of the wearer H to the face of another person, and it is possible to improve the visibility of the mouth of the wearer H. You can communicate smoothly with others. The shield portion 30A may cover only the vicinity of the mouth M without covering the nose N of the wearer H.
 また、上述した実施の形態において、透明積層フィルム30が、装着者Hの顔面Fを保護するフェイスシールド10に用いられる例について説明したが、これに限られない。例えば、図14に示すように、透明積層フィルム30が、アクセサリーとして、一対のテンプル部21に取り付けられていてもよい。この場合、図14および図15に示すように、透明積層フィルム30に一対の貫通孔35が形成され、この貫通孔35にテンプル部21が挿入されることにより、透明積層フィルム30がテンプル部21に取り付けられてもよい。また、本変形例では、透明積層フィルム30の幅(図15の左右方向距離)は50mm、長さ(図15の上下方向距離)は200mm程度であってもよい。 Further, in the above-described embodiment, an example in which the transparent laminated film 30 is used for the face shield 10 that protects the face F of the wearer H has been described, but the present invention is not limited to this. For example, as shown in FIG. 14, the transparent laminated film 30 may be attached to the pair of temple portions 21 as an accessory. In this case, as shown in FIGS. 14 and 15, a pair of through holes 35 are formed in the transparent laminated film 30, and the temple portion 21 is inserted into the through holes 35 so that the transparent laminated film 30 becomes the temple portion 21. It may be attached to. Further, in this modification, the width (horizontal distance in FIG. 15) of the transparent laminated film 30 may be about 50 mm, and the length (vertical distance in FIG. 15) may be about 200 mm.
[実施例]
 次に、上記実施の形態における具体的実施例について述べる。
[Example]
Next, specific examples in the above-described embodiment will be described.
(実施例C1)
 まず、図11Aに示す透明積層フィルム30を作製した。この際、まず、表面反射防止層40を作製した。表面反射防止層40を作製する際、まず、表面透明基材層42として、厚み60μmのトリアセチルセルロースフィルム(屈折率1.49)を準備した。次に、トリアセチルセルロースフィルム上に、下記処方のハードコート層形成用塗布液を塗布、乾燥及び紫外線照射し、厚み10μm、屈折率1・54、鉛筆硬度2Hの表面ハードコート層44を形成した。次いで、この表面ハードコート層44上に、下記処方の高屈折率層形成用塗布液を塗布、乾燥及び紫外線照射し、厚み150nm、屈折率1.63の表面高屈折率層46を形成した。次いで、この表面高屈折率層46上に、下記処方の低屈折率層形成用塗布液を塗布、乾燥及び紫外線照射し、厚み100nm、屈折率1.30の表面低屈折率層45を形成し、表面反射防止層40を得た。
(Example C1)
First, the transparent laminated film 30 shown in FIG. 11A was produced. At this time, first, the surface antireflection layer 40 was prepared. When producing the surface antireflection layer 40, first, a triacetyl cellulose film (refractive index 1.49) having a thickness of 60 μm was prepared as the surface transparent base material layer 42. Next, a coating liquid for forming a hard coat layer having the following formulation was applied onto the triacetyl cellulose film, dried and irradiated with ultraviolet rays to form a surface hard coat layer 44 having a thickness of 10 μm, a refractive index of 1.54 and a pencil hardness of 2H. .. Next, a coating liquid for forming a high refractive index layer of the following formulation was applied onto the surface hard coat layer 44, dried and irradiated with ultraviolet rays to form a surface high refractive index layer 46 having a thickness of 150 nm and a refractive index of 1.63. Next, a coating liquid for forming a low refractive index layer of the following formulation is applied onto the surface high refractive index layer 46, dried and irradiated with ultraviolet rays to form a surface low refractive index layer 45 having a thickness of 100 nm and a refractive index of 1.30. , A surface antireflection layer 40 was obtained.
 <ハードコート層形成用塗布液の調製>
 光重合開始剤(BASF社製、イルガキュア127、2-ヒドロキシ-1-{4-[4-(2-ヒドロキシ-2-メチルプロピオニル)ベンジル]フェニル}-2-メチルプロパン-1-オン)を1.6質量部、希釈溶剤(メチルイソブチルケトン/シクロヘキサノン=8/2)を58.3質量部入れ、溶け残りがなくなるまで撹拌した。ここに光硬化樹脂(荒川化学社製、ビームセット577)を20質量部、及び高屈折率樹脂(DIC株式会社製、ポリライトRX-4800)を20質量部入れ撹拌し、溶け残りがなくなるまで撹拌した。最後にレベリング剤(大日精化工業社製、セイカビーム10-28(MB))を0.1質量部入れ撹拌し、ハードコート層形成用塗布液を調製した。
<Preparation of coating liquid for forming a hard coat layer>
Photopolymerization initiator (BASF, Irgacure 127, 2-hydroxy-1- {4- [4- (2-hydroxy-2-methylpropionyl) benzyl] phenyl} -2-methylpropan-1-one) is 1 .6 parts by mass and 58.3 parts by mass of a diluting solvent (methyl isobutyl ketone / cyclohexanone = 8/2) were added, and the mixture was stirred until there was no undissolved residue. Add 20 parts by mass of a photo-curing resin (Arakawa Chemical Co., Ltd., Beam Set 577) and 20 parts by mass of a high-refractive index resin (Polylite RX-4800, manufactured by DIC Corporation) and stir until there is no undissolved residue. did. Finally, 0.1 parts by mass of a leveling agent (Seika Beam 10-28 (MB) manufactured by Dainichiseika Kogyo Co., Ltd.) was added and stirred to prepare a coating liquid for forming a hard coat layer.
 <高屈折率層形成用塗布液の調製>
 光重合開始剤(BASF社製、イルガキュア127)0.1質量部、希釈溶剤(メチルイソブチルケトン/シクロヘキサノン/メチルエチルケトン=4/2/4)を92.6質量部入れ、溶け残りがなくなるまで撹拌した。ここに光硬化樹脂(荒川化学社製、ビームセット577)を1.25質量部入れ、溶け残りがなくなるまで撹拌した。さらに酸化ジルコニウム(住友大阪セメント社製、MZ-230X、固形分32.5質量%、平均一次粒子径15~50nm)を6質量部、レベリング剤(大日精化工業社製、セイカビーム10-28(MB))0.05質量部をそれぞれ入れ撹拌し、高屈折率層形成用塗布液を調製した。
<Preparation of coating liquid for forming a high refractive index layer>
0.1 part by mass of a photopolymerization initiator (BASF, Irgacure 127) and 92.6 parts by mass of a diluting solvent (methyl isobutyl ketone / cyclohexanone / methyl ethyl ketone = 4/2/4) were added, and the mixture was stirred until there was no undissolved residue. .. 1.25 parts by mass of a photo-curing resin (Beam Set 577 manufactured by Arakawa Chemical Co., Ltd.) was added thereto, and the mixture was stirred until there was no undissolved residue. Furthermore, 6 parts by mass of zirconium oxide (MZ-230X manufactured by Sumitomo Osaka Cement Co., Ltd., solid content 32.5% by mass, average primary particle diameter 15 to 50 nm), leveling agent (manufactured by Dainichiseika Kogyo Co., Ltd., Seika Beam 10-28) MB)) 0.05 parts by mass were added and stirred to prepare a coating liquid for forming a high refractive index layer.
 <低屈折率層形成用塗布液の調製>
 光重合開始剤(BASF社製、イルガキュア127)0.2質量部、希釈溶剤(MIBK/AN=7/3)を91.1質量部入れ、溶け残りがなくなるまで撹拌した。ここに光硬化樹脂(日本化薬社製、KAYARAD-PET-30)1.0質量部、中空シリカ粒子(固形分20質量%、平均一次粒子径60nm)7.6質量部、レベリング剤(大日精化工業社製、セイカビーム10-28(MB))0.1質量部をそれぞれ入れ撹拌し、低屈折率層形成用塗布液を調製した。
<Preparation of coating liquid for forming a low refractive index layer>
0.2 parts by mass of a photopolymerization initiator (Irgacure 127, manufactured by BASF) and 91.1 parts by mass of a diluting solvent (MIBK / AN = 7/3) were added, and the mixture was stirred until there was no undissolved residue. Here, 1.0 part by mass of a photocurable resin (KAYARAD-PET-30 manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), 7.6 parts by mass of hollow silica particles (solid content 20% by mass, average primary particle diameter 60 nm), and a leveling agent (large). 0.1 parts by mass of Seikabeam 10-28 (MB) manufactured by Nisseika Kogyo Co., Ltd. was added and stirred to prepare a coating liquid for forming a low refractive index layer.
 次に、裏面反射防止層50を作製した。裏面反射防止層50を作製する際、まず、裏面透明基材層52として、厚み60μmのトリアセチルセルロースフィルム(屈折率1.49)を準備した。次に、トリアセチルセルロースフィルム上に、上記処方のハードコート層形成用塗布液を塗布、乾燥及び紫外線照射し、厚み10μm、屈折率1・54、鉛筆硬度2Hの裏面ハードコート層54を形成した。次いで、この裏面ハードコート層54上に、上記処方の高屈折率層形成用塗布液を塗布、乾燥及び紫外線照射し、厚み150nm、屈折率1.63の裏面高屈折率層56を形成した。次いで、この裏面高屈折率層56上に、上記処方の低屈折率層形成用塗布液を塗布、乾燥及び紫外線照射し、厚み100nm、屈折率1.30の裏面低屈折率層55を形成し、裏面反射防止層50を得た。 Next, the back surface antireflection layer 50 was produced. When producing the back surface antireflection layer 50, first, a triacetyl cellulose film (refractive index 1.49) having a thickness of 60 μm was prepared as the back surface transparent base material layer 52. Next, the coating liquid for forming a hard coat layer of the above formulation was applied onto the triacetyl cellulose film, dried and irradiated with ultraviolet rays to form a back surface hard coat layer 54 having a thickness of 10 μm, a refractive index of 1.54 and a pencil hardness of 2H. .. Next, the coating liquid for forming a high refractive index layer of the above formulation was applied onto the back surface hard coat layer 54, dried and irradiated with ultraviolet rays to form a back surface high refractive index layer 56 having a thickness of 150 nm and a refractive index of 1.63. Next, the coating liquid for forming a low refractive index layer of the above formulation is applied onto the back surface high refractive index layer 56, dried and irradiated with ultraviolet rays to form a back surface low refractive index layer 55 having a thickness of 100 nm and a refractive index of 1.30. , The back surface antireflection layer 50 was obtained.
 また、表面反射防止層40および裏面反射防止層50を作製することと並行して、印刷層330およびコア層32として、印刷層330が形成された厚み12μmのポリエチレンテレフタレートフィルム(屈折率1.58-1.70)を準備した。 Further, in parallel with the production of the front surface antireflection layer 40 and the back surface antireflection layer 50, a polyethylene terephthalate film having a thickness of 12 μm (refractive index 1.58) on which the print layer 330 is formed as the print layer 330 and the core layer 32. -1.70) was prepared.
 次に、表面反射防止層40、および印刷層330が形成されたコア層32を第1透明接着層31a(パナック株式会社製、パナクリーンシリーズ PD-S1、厚み25μm)を介して互いに接着させるとともに、印刷層330が形成されたコア層32および裏面反射防止層50を、第2透明接着層31b(パナック株式会社製、パナクリーンシリーズ PD-S1、厚み25μm)を介して互いに接着させて透明積層フィルム30を作製した。得られた透明積層フィルム30の層構成は、以下の通りである。
 低屈/高屈/ハードコート/TAC/粘/印刷/PET/粘/TAC/ハードコート/高屈/低屈
 上記において、「低屈」は、表面低屈折率層または裏面低屈折率層を意味している(以下同様)。また、「高屈」は、表面高屈折率層または裏面高屈折率層を意味している(以下同様)。また、「ハードコート」は、表面ハードコート層または裏面ハードコート層を意味している(以下同様)。また、「TAC」は、トリアセチルセルロースフィルムを意味している(以下同様)。また、「粘」は透明接着層を意味している(以下同様)。また、また、「印刷」は、印刷層を意味している(以下同様)。さらに、「PET」は、ポリエチレンテレフタレートフィルムを意味している(以下同様)。
Next, the surface antireflection layer 40 and the core layer 32 on which the printing layer 330 is formed are adhered to each other via the first transparent adhesive layer 31a (Panaclean series PD-S1, manufactured by Panac Co., Ltd., thickness 25 μm). , The core layer 32 on which the printing layer 330 is formed and the back surface antireflection layer 50 are bonded to each other via a second transparent adhesive layer 31b (Panaclean series PD-S1, thickness 25 μm manufactured by Panac Co., Ltd.) to be transparently laminated. A film 30 was produced. The layer structure of the obtained transparent laminated film 30 is as follows.
Low bending / High bending / Hard coat / TAC / Stickiness / Printing / PET / Stickiness / TAC / Hard coat / High bending / Low bending In the above, "low bending" refers to the front surface low refractive index layer or the back surface low refractive index layer. Means (same below). Further, "high bending" means a front surface high refractive index layer or a back surface high refractive index layer (the same shall apply hereinafter). Further, "hard coat" means a front surface hard coat layer or a back surface hard coat layer (the same shall apply hereinafter). Further, "TAC" means a triacetyl cellulose film (the same applies hereinafter). In addition, "adhesive" means a transparent adhesive layer (the same applies hereinafter). Further, "printing" means a printing layer (the same applies hereinafter). Further, "PET" means a polyethylene terephthalate film (same below).
(1)反射率測定試験
 次に、透明積層フィルム30に対して反射率測定試験を実施した。
(1) Reflectance measurement test Next, a reflectance measurement test was carried out on the transparent laminated film 30.
 この際、まず、得られた透明積層フィルム30のうち、印刷層330が設けられてない領域から、20mm×20mmサイズのサンプルを切り出した。次いで、サンプルの表面に対して、入射角が85°(フィルム面と並行な面を0°とする。以下同様)となるように光を照射した。そして、分光光度計(日本分光株式会社製、V-7100)を用いて、反射スペクトルから計算することにより視感反射率Y値を得た。また、このとき、光の波長を450nm、550nmおよび650nmとし、それぞれの波長の光ごとに、サンプルの表面に対して光を照射した。そして、分光光度計(日本分光株式会社社製、V-7100)を用いて、光の反射スペクトルを測定し、各波長での光の反射率を算出した。 At this time, first, a sample having a size of 20 mm × 20 mm was cut out from the region of the obtained transparent laminated film 30 in which the print layer 330 was not provided. Next, the surface of the sample was irradiated with light so that the incident angle was 85 ° (the surface parallel to the film surface was 0 °; the same applies hereinafter). Then, the visual reflectance Y value was obtained by calculating from the reflection spectrum using a spectrophotometer (manufactured by JASCO Corporation, V-7100). At this time, the wavelengths of the light were set to 450 nm, 550 nm and 650 nm, and the surface of the sample was irradiated with light for each of the wavelengths of light. Then, the reflection spectrum of light was measured using a spectrophotometer (V-7100, manufactured by JASCO Corporation), and the reflectance of light at each wavelength was calculated.
(2)意匠性評価試験
 また、フェイスシールド10の意匠性評価試験を実施した。
(2) Design evaluation test In addition, a design evaluation test of the face shield 10 was conducted.
 この際、まず、得られた透明積層フィルム30を用いて、図9に示すフェイスシールド10を作製した。次に、フェイスシールド10の印刷層330を観察し、フェイスシールドの意匠性を評価した。 At this time, first, the face shield 10 shown in FIG. 9 was produced using the obtained transparent laminated film 30. Next, the print layer 330 of the face shield 10 was observed, and the design of the face shield was evaluated.
(3)透過率測定試験
 また、透明積層フィルム30に対して透過率測定試験を実施した。
(3) Transmittance measurement test In addition, a transmittance measurement test was carried out on the transparent laminated film 30.
 この際、まず、得られた透明積層フィルム30から、20mm×20mmサイズのサンプルを切り出した。次に、サンプルの表面に対して、入射角が85°となるように光を照射した。このとき、光の波長を450nm、550nmおよび650nmとし、それぞれの波長の光ごとに、サンプルの表面に対して光を照射した。そして、分光光度計(日本分光株式会社社製、V-7100)を用いて、光の透過スペクトルを測定し、各波長での光の透過率を算出した。 At this time, first, a sample having a size of 20 mm × 20 mm was cut out from the obtained transparent laminated film 30. Next, the surface of the sample was irradiated with light so that the incident angle was 85 °. At this time, the wavelengths of the light were set to 450 nm, 550 nm and 650 nm, and the surface of the sample was irradiated with the light for each wavelength. Then, the transmittance of light was measured using a spectrophotometer (V-7100, manufactured by JASCO Corporation), and the transmittance of light at each wavelength was calculated.
(4)装着性評価試験
 また、フェイスシールド10の装着性評価試験を実施した。
(4) Wearability evaluation test In addition, a wearability evaluation test of the face shield 10 was carried out.
 この際、まず、得られた透明積層フィルム30を用いて、図9に示すフェイスシールド10を作製した。次に、22歳以上の男女から、実験者を無作為に5名選出した。そして、選出された実験者5名が、フェイスシールド10を装着した状態で事務作業を行った。その後、事務作業を1時間行った実験者5名に対して、フェイスシールド10を装着している印象が残っているか否かについてヒアリングを行った。 At this time, first, the face shield 10 shown in FIG. 9 was produced using the obtained transparent laminated film 30. Next, five experimenters were randomly selected from men and women over the age of 22. Then, five selected experimenters performed office work with the face shield 10 attached. After that, we interviewed five experimenters who had done the office work for one hour to see if they had the impression that they were wearing the face shield 10.
(5)視認性評価試験
 また、フェイスシールド10の視認性評価試験を実施した。
(5) Visibility evaluation test In addition, a visibility evaluation test of the face shield 10 was carried out.
 この際、まず、得られた透明積層フィルム30を用いて、図9に示すフェイスシールド10を作製した。次に、22歳以上の男女から、実験者を無作為に5名選出した。そして、フェイスシールド10を装着した実験者5名の表情の視認性を確認した。この際、蛍光灯により照明された一般的な室内環境下において、実験者から1m~2m程度離間した距離から、実験者の表情を観察した。また、観察者は、実験者と正対した状態から、フェイスシールド10の表面301を中心として左右に約20°ずつ移動しながら、実験者の表情を観察した。 At this time, first, the face shield 10 shown in FIG. 9 was produced using the obtained transparent laminated film 30. Next, five experimenters were randomly selected from men and women over the age of 22. Then, the visibility of the facial expressions of the five experimenters wearing the face shield 10 was confirmed. At this time, the facial expression of the experimenter was observed from a distance of about 1 m to 2 m from the experimenter in a general indoor environment illuminated by a fluorescent lamp. In addition, the observer observed the facial expression of the experimenter while moving about 20 ° to the left and right around the surface 301 of the face shield 10 from the state facing the experimenter.
(6)落下強度評価試験
 また、フェイスシールド10の落下強度評価試験を実施した。
(6) Drop strength evaluation test In addition, a drop strength evaluation test of the face shield 10 was carried out.
 この際、まず、得られた透明積層フィルム30を用いて、図9に示すフェイスシールド10を作製した。次に、フェイスシールド10に対して落下試験を実施した。この際、まず、フェイスシールド10の保持部材20の一方のテンプル部21を摘まみ、当該テンプル部21が地面から170mmの高さになるように、フェイスシールド10を持ち上げた。その後、フェイスシールド10を地面に対して自由落下させた。このようにして、フェイスシールド10に対して落下試験を実施した。そして、このような落下試験を10回繰り返し、フェイスシールド10の外観に変化があるか否かについて確認した。 At this time, first, the face shield 10 shown in FIG. 9 was produced using the obtained transparent laminated film 30. Next, a drop test was performed on the face shield 10. At this time, first, one temple portion 21 of the holding member 20 of the face shield 10 was picked, and the face shield 10 was lifted so that the temple portion 21 had a height of 170 mm from the ground. After that, the face shield 10 was freely dropped on the ground. In this way, a drop test was performed on the face shield 10. Then, such a drop test was repeated 10 times, and it was confirmed whether or not there was a change in the appearance of the face shield 10.
(7)耐傷性評価試験
 また、透明積層フィルム30の耐傷性評価試験を実施した。
(7) Scratch resistance evaluation test In addition, a scratch resistance evaluation test of the transparent laminated film 30 was carried out.
 この際、まず、得られた透明積層フィルム30を指で摘まむことにより、透明積層フィルム30に指紋を付着させた。次に、付着した指紋をキムワイプS-200(商品名)で拭き取った。この際、キムワイプS-200に対してアルコール等の薬剤等を含ませることなく、乾燥した状態のキムワイプS-200を用いて指紋を拭き取った。そして、このような試験を3回繰り返し、指紋を拭き取った後の透明積層フィルム30に傷が生じていたか否かについて確認した。なお、3回の試験では、透明積層フィルム30の略同一部分を指で摘まむことにより、同じ位置に指紋を付着させた。 At this time, first, the obtained transparent laminated film 30 was picked with a finger to attach a fingerprint to the transparent laminated film 30. Next, the attached fingerprint was wiped off with Kimwipe S-200 (trade name). At this time, the fingerprints were wiped off with the Kimwipe S-200 in a dry state without impregnating the Kimwipe S-200 with a chemical such as alcohol. Then, such a test was repeated three times, and it was confirmed whether or not the transparent laminated film 30 after wiping off the fingerprint was scratched. In the three tests, fingerprints were attached to the same positions by pinching substantially the same portion of the transparent laminated film 30 with a finger.
 また、透明積層フィルム30に対して鉛筆を擦りつけた際に、透明積層フィルム30に傷が生じていたか否かについて確認した。この際、硬度Hの鉛筆の心を5mm程度出した後、紙ヤスリで擦ることにより、芯の下面を平らにした。次に、芯の下面と透明積層フィルム30の表面301との間の角度が約45°となるように、鉛筆を表面301に対して傾けた状態で、鉛筆を透明積層フィルム30に対して擦りつけた。また、鉛筆を透明積層フィルム30に対して擦りつける際、鉛筆の移動距離が約3cm、フェイスシールド10の表面301の凹み量が約5mm以上約10mm程度となるように、鉛筆を透明積層フィルム30に対して擦りつけた。そして、このような試験を100回繰り返し、鉛筆を擦りつけた後の透明積層フィルム30に傷が生じていたか否かについて確認した。 Further, it was confirmed whether or not the transparent laminated film 30 was scratched when the pencil was rubbed against the transparent laminated film 30. At this time, after pulling out the center of a pencil having a hardness of H by about 5 mm, the lower surface of the core was flattened by rubbing with sandpaper. Next, the pencil is rubbed against the transparent laminated film 30 with the pencil tilted with respect to the surface 301 so that the angle between the lower surface of the core and the surface 301 of the transparent laminated film 30 is about 45 °. Wearing. Further, when the pencil is rubbed against the transparent laminated film 30, the pencil is placed on the transparent laminated film 30 so that the moving distance of the pencil is about 3 cm and the amount of dent on the surface 301 of the face shield 10 is about 5 mm or more and about 10 mm. Rubbed against. Then, such a test was repeated 100 times, and it was confirmed whether or not the transparent laminated film 30 after rubbing the pencil was scratched.
(8)耐アルコール性評価試験
 また、透明積層フィルム30の耐アルコール性評価試験を実施した。
(8) Alcohol resistance evaluation test In addition, an alcohol resistance evaluation test of the transparent laminated film 30 was carried out.
 この際、まず、エタノールを十分含ませたキムワイプS-200(商品名)を用いて、透明積層フィルム30の表面301を拭いた。この際、キムワイプS-200が、透明積層フィルム30の表面301と裏面302との間に位置する端面に接触するように、透明積層フィルム30の表面301を拭いた。そして、このような試験を100回繰り返し、透明積層フィルム30の外観に変化があるか否かについて確認した。 At this time, first, the surface 301 of the transparent laminated film 30 was wiped with Kimwipe S-200 (trade name) soaked with sufficient ethanol. At this time, the surface 301 of the transparent laminated film 30 was wiped so that the Kimwipe S-200 came into contact with the end surface located between the front surface 301 and the back surface 302 of the transparent laminated film 30. Then, such a test was repeated 100 times, and it was confirmed whether or not there was a change in the appearance of the transparent laminated film 30.
(9)飛沫防止機能性評価試験
 また、透明積層フィルム30の飛沫防止機能性評価試験を実施した。
(9) Splash Prevention Functionality Evaluation Test In addition, a splash prevention functionality evaluation test of the transparent laminated film 30 was carried out.
 この際、まず、アルコールスプレーボトル(容量30ml)に、有色インキ(シャチハタ補充インク(キャップレス9・Xスタンパー用 XLR-20N 赤 20ml))を充填した。次に、壁面にA3の紙を貼り付けた。次いで、フェイスシールド10を装着した実験者が、壁面から50cm離れた位置に正対した。次に、スプレーのノズルが壁面側を向くように、実験者の口とフェイスシールド10との間にスプレーを配置した。その後、スプレーから有色インキを噴霧した。噴霧後に壁面に貼り付けられた紙に有色インキが付着していたか否かについて確認した。 At this time, first, the alcohol spray bottle (capacity 30 ml) was filled with colored ink (Shachihata replenishment ink (Capless 9 / X stamper XLR-20N red 20 ml)). Next, A3 paper was attached to the wall surface. Next, an experimenter wearing the face shield 10 faced a position 50 cm away from the wall surface. Next, the spray was placed between the experimenter's mouth and the face shield 10 so that the spray nozzles faced the wall surface. Then, the colored ink was sprayed from the spray. It was confirmed whether or not colored ink had adhered to the paper attached to the wall surface after spraying.
(10)UV透過率測定試験
 また、透明積層フィルム30のUV透過率測定試験を実施した。
(10) UV Transmittance Measurement Test In addition, a UV transmittance measurement test of the transparent laminated film 30 was carried out.
 この際、照射する光の波長が380nmであったこと、以外は上述した透過率測定試験と同様にして、UV透過率測定試験を実施した。 At this time, the UV transmittance measurement test was carried out in the same manner as the above-mentioned transmittance measurement test except that the wavelength of the irradiated light was 380 nm.
(11)防汚性評価試験
 また、透明積層フィルム30の防汚性評価試験を実施した。
(11) Antifouling property evaluation test In addition, an antifouling property evaluation test of the transparent laminated film 30 was carried out.
 この際、まず、得られた透明積層フィルム30の表面301に油性マジックで線を書き、直後にキムワイプS-200(商品名)で拭き取った。この際、キムワイプS-200に対してアルコール等の薬剤等を含ませることなく、乾燥した状態のキムワイプS-200を用いて指紋を拭き取った。 At this time, first, a line was drawn on the surface 301 of the obtained transparent laminated film 30 with an oil-based marker, and immediately after that, it was wiped off with Kimwipe S-200 (trade name). At this time, the fingerprints were wiped off with the Kimwipe S-200 in a dry state without impregnating the Kimwipe S-200 with a chemical such as alcohol.
(実施例C2)
 市販品の低反射フィルム(シャープ株式会社製、FG-10MR1)を使用し、当該低反射フィルム、および印刷層330が形成されたコア層32を第1透明接着層31a(パナック株式会社製、パナクリーンシリーズ PD-S1、厚み25μm)を介して互いに接着させたこと、コア層32のうち上述した低反射フィルムが接着されていない面に、第2透明接着層31b(パナック株式会社製、パナクリーンシリーズ PD-S1、厚み25μm)を介して市販品の低反射フィルム(シャープ株式会社製、FG-10MR1)を接着させたこと、以外は実施例C1と同様にして、反射率測定試験、意匠性評価試験、透過率測定試験、装着性評価試験、視認性評価試験、落下強度評価試験、耐傷性評価試験、耐アルコール性評価試験、飛沫防止機能性評価試験、UV透過率測定試験および防汚性評価試験を行った。
(Example C2)
Using a commercially available low-reflection film (FG-10MR1 manufactured by Sharp Co., Ltd.), the low-reflection film and the core layer 32 on which the printing layer 330 is formed are formed on the first transparent adhesive layer 31a (Panac Co., Ltd., Pana). The second transparent adhesive layer 31b (Panaclean, manufactured by Panac Co., Ltd.) is attached to the surface of the core layer 32 to which the above-mentioned low-reflection film is not adhered. The transmittance measurement test and design were the same as in Example C1, except that a commercially available low-reflection film (manufactured by Sharp Co., Ltd., FG-10MR1) was adhered via the series PD-S1, thickness 25 μm). Evaluation test, transmittance measurement test, wearability evaluation test, visibility evaluation test, drop strength evaluation test, scratch resistance evaluation test, alcohol resistance evaluation test, splash prevention functionality evaluation test, UV transmittance measurement test and stain resistance An evaluation test was conducted.
 ここで、実施例C2による低反射フィムルの断面をSEMにて分析したところ、厚さ187μmの樹脂層の上下に厚さ2~3μmであり、表面側に凹凸を有する樹脂層が積層された3層構成であった。 Here, when the cross section of the low reflection film according to Example C2 was analyzed by SEM, it was found that the resin layer having a thickness of 187 μm was 2 to 3 μm above and below the resin layer having a thickness of 187 μm, and the resin layer having irregularities on the surface side was laminated 3 It was a layered structure.
(比較例C1)
 市販品の透明フィルム(山本光学株式会社製、YF-800L(商品名))および印刷層が形成されたコア層を透明接着層(パナック株式会社製、パナクリーンシリーズ PD-S1、厚み25μm)を介して互いに接着させたこと、以外は実施例C1と同様にして、反射率測定試験、意匠性評価試験、透過率測定試験、装着性評価試験、視認性評価試験、落下強度評価試験、耐傷性評価試験、耐アルコール性評価試験、飛沫防止機能性評価試験、UV透過率測定試験および防汚性評価試験を行った。
(Comparative Example C1)
A commercially available transparent film (YF-800L (trade name) manufactured by Yamamoto Optical Co., Ltd.) and a transparent adhesive layer (Panaclean series PD-S1, 25 μm thick) on which the printing layer is formed are used. Reflectance measurement test, design evaluation test, transmittance measurement test, wearability evaluation test, visibility evaluation test, drop strength evaluation test, scratch resistance in the same manner as in Example C1 except that they were adhered to each other through. An evaluation test, an alcohol resistance evaluation test, a splash prevention functionality evaluation test, a UV transmittance measurement test, and an antifouling property evaluation test were conducted.
 ここで、比較例C1による透明積層フィムルの断面をSEMにて分析したところ、厚さ150μmの樹脂層の上下に厚さ3μmの樹脂層が積層された3層構成であった。 Here, when the cross section of the transparent laminated film according to Comparative Example C1 was analyzed by SEM, it was found to have a three-layer structure in which a resin layer having a thickness of 3 μm was laminated above and below a resin layer having a thickness of 150 μm.
(比較例C2)
 市販品の低反射フィルム(シャープ株式会社製、FG-10MR1)および印刷層が形成されたコア層を透明接着層(パナック株式会社製、パナクリーンシリーズ PD-S1、厚み25μm)を介して互いに接着させたこと、以外は実施例C1と同様にして、反射率測定試験、意匠性評価試験、透過率測定試験、装着性評価試験、視認性評価試験、落下強度評価試験、耐傷性評価試験、耐アルコール性評価試験、飛沫防止機能性評価試験、UV透過率測定試験および防汚性評価試験を行った。
(Comparative Example C2)
A commercially available low-reflection film (manufactured by Sharp Co., Ltd., FG-10MR1) and a core layer on which a printed layer is formed are bonded to each other via a transparent adhesive layer (manufactured by Panac Co., Ltd., Panaclean series PD-S1, thickness 25 μm). Reflectance measurement test, design evaluation test, transmittance measurement test, wearability evaluation test, visibility evaluation test, drop strength evaluation test, scratch resistance evaluation test, resistance An alcohol property evaluation test, a splash prevention functionality evaluation test, a UV transmittance measurement test, and an antifouling property evaluation test were performed.
 以上の結果を表11乃至表15に示す。表11は、反射率測定試験および意匠性評価試験の結果を示している。また、表12は、透過率測定試験の結果を示している。また、表13は、装着性評価試験、視認性評価試験および落下強度評価試験の結果を示している。また、表14は、耐傷性評価試験、耐アルコール性評価試験および飛沫防止機能性評価試験の結果を示している。さらに、表15は、UV透過率測定試験および防汚性評価試験の結果を示している。 The above results are shown in Tables 11 to 15. Table 11 shows the results of the reflectance measurement test and the design evaluation test. Table 12 shows the results of the transmittance measurement test. Table 13 shows the results of the wearability evaluation test, the visibility evaluation test, and the drop strength evaluation test. Table 14 shows the results of the scratch resistance evaluation test, the alcohol resistance evaluation test, and the splash prevention functionality evaluation test. Furthermore, Table 15 shows the results of the UV transmittance measurement test and the antifouling property evaluation test.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000011
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000011
 上記表11の意匠性の欄において、「○」は、フェイスシールド10の透明積層フィルム30において、印刷層330が設けられていない領域が目立っておらず、印刷層330が目立っていたことを意味する。「△」は、フェイスシールドを視認する角度や周囲の照明環境によっては、印刷層が設けられていない領域が目立ってしまい、印刷層が目立ちにくかったことを意味する。また、「×」は、フェイスシールドの透明積層フィルムにおいて、印刷層が設けられていない領域が目立っており、印刷層が目立っていなかったことを意味する。 In the design column of Table 11 above, "○" means that in the transparent laminated film 30 of the face shield 10, the area where the print layer 330 is not provided is not conspicuous, and the print layer 330 is conspicuous. do. “Δ” means that the area where the print layer is not provided becomes conspicuous depending on the viewing angle of the face shield and the surrounding lighting environment, and the print layer is inconspicuous. Further, "x" means that in the transparent laminated film of the face shield, the area where the print layer is not provided is conspicuous, and the print layer is not conspicuous.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000012
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000012
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000013
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000013
 上記表13の装着性評価試験の欄において、「○」は、透明積層フィルム30への装着者の映り込みが見えなく、フェイスシールドを装着している印象がないといったヒアリング結果であったことを意味する。「△」は、周囲の照明環境、または装着者の顔の向きなどの要因により、常にではないが透明積層フィルムへの装着者の映り込みが見えてしまい、フェイスシールドを装着している印象を時々もち、弱いながらも疲労感を感じるといったヒアリング結果であったことを意味する。また、「×」は、透明積層フィルムへの装着者の映り込みが見えてしまうため、作業の妨げになるとともに、フェイスシールドを装着している印象があり、疲労感を感じるといったヒアリング結果であったことを意味する。 In the column of the wearability evaluation test in Table 13 above, "○" is a hearing result that the wearer cannot be seen on the transparent laminated film 30 and there is no impression that the face shield is worn. means. “△” indicates that the wearer is not always reflected on the transparent laminated film due to factors such as the surrounding lighting environment or the orientation of the wearer's face, giving the impression that the wearer is wearing a face shield. It means that it was a result of hearing that it was sometimes held and felt tired although it was weak. In addition, "x" is a hearing result that the wearer can be seen on the transparent laminated film, which hinders the work and gives the impression that the face shield is worn, which makes the person feel tired. It means that.
 また、上記表13の視認性評価試験の欄において、「○」は、装着者の表情を鮮明に確認することができたことを意味する。また、「△」は、装着者を視認する角度によっては、透明積層フィルムへ観察者が映り込んでしまうため、装着者の表情の確認が妨げられたことを意味する。また、「×」は、透明積層フィルムへ観察者が映り込んでしまうため、装着者を視認する角度によらず、装着者の表情の確認が妨げられたことを意味する。 Further, in the column of the visibility evaluation test in Table 13 above, "○" means that the facial expression of the wearer could be clearly confirmed. Further, "Δ" means that the observer is reflected on the transparent laminated film depending on the viewing angle of the wearer, which hinders the confirmation of the wearer's facial expression. Further, "x" means that the observer is reflected on the transparent laminated film, so that the confirmation of the facial expression of the wearer is hindered regardless of the angle at which the wearer is visually recognized.
 さらに、上記表13の落下強度評価試験の欄において、「○」は、フェイスシールドの透明積層フィルムに変形や傷が確認されなかったことを意味する。 Furthermore, in the drop strength evaluation test column of Table 13 above, "○" means that no deformation or scratches were confirmed on the transparent laminated film of the face shield.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000014
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000014
 上記表14の耐傷性評価試験の「指紋」の欄において、「○」は、透明積層フィルムに傷を生じさせることなく指紋を拭き取ることができたことを意味する。また、「×」は、指紋を拭き取った際に、透明積層フィルムに傷が生じ、細かい傷により透明積層フィルムが白く濁るような外観になったことを意味する。 In the "fingerprint" column of the scratch resistance evaluation test in Table 14, "○" means that the fingerprint could be wiped off without causing scratches on the transparent laminated film. Further, "x" means that the transparent laminated film was scratched when the fingerprint was wiped off, and the transparent laminated film had an appearance of becoming cloudy due to fine scratches.
 また、上記表14の耐傷性評価試験の「鉛筆」の欄において、「○」は、透明積層フィルムに傷が生じなかったことを意味する。また、「△」は、透明積層フィルムに薄い傷が生じたことを意味する。さらに、「×」は、透明積層フィルムに濃い傷が生じ、透明積層フィルムの外観が悪化したことを意味する。 Further, in the "pencil" column of the scratch resistance evaluation test in Table 14 above, "○" means that the transparent laminated film was not scratched. Further, "Δ" means that a thin scratch has occurred on the transparent laminated film. Further, "x" means that the transparent laminated film is deeply scratched and the appearance of the transparent laminated film is deteriorated.
 また、上記表14の耐アルコール性評価試験の欄において、「○」は、透明積層フィルムの外観に変化が生じなかったことを意味する。また、「×」は、透明積層フィルムが変色し、外観が悪化したことを意味する。 Further, in the column of the alcohol resistance evaluation test in Table 14 above, "○" means that the appearance of the transparent laminated film did not change. Further, "x" means that the transparent laminated film is discolored and the appearance is deteriorated.
 さらに、上記表14の飛沫防止機能性評価試験の欄において「〇」は、紙に有色インキの付着が見られなったことを意味する。また、「×」は、紙に有色インキの付着が見られたことを意味する。 Further, in the column of the splash prevention functionality evaluation test in Table 14 above, "○" means that the colored ink was not adhered to the paper. Further, "x" means that colored ink was observed on the paper.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000015
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000015
 上記表15の防汚性評価試験の欄において、「○」は、拭き取り後に線が消えたことを意味する。また、「×」は、油性インキを拭き取れることができず、線がはっきりと残ったことを意味する。 In the column of the antifouling property evaluation test in Table 15 above, "○" means that the line disappeared after wiping. Further, "x" means that the oil-based ink could not be wiped off and the line remained clearly.
 この結果、表11に示すように、比較例C1による透明積層フィルムでは、視感反射率Y値が8.6%であり、比較例C2による透明積層フィルムでは、視感反射率Y値が3.7%であった。これに対して、実施例C1による透明積層フィルム30では、視感反射率Y値が0.6%であり、実施例C2による透明積層フィルム30では、視感反射率Y値が0.7%であった。このように、実施例C1および実施例C2による透明積層フィルム30では、視感反射率Y値を小さくすることができた。このため、透明積層フィルム30において、印刷層330が設けられていない領域を目立たなくすることができることがわかった。 As a result, as shown in Table 11, the transparent laminated film according to Comparative Example C1 has a visual reflectance Y value of 8.6%, and the transparent laminated film according to Comparative Example C2 has a visual reflectance Y value of 3. It was 0.7%. On the other hand, in the transparent laminated film 30 according to Example C1, the visual reflectance Y value is 0.6%, and in the transparent laminated film 30 according to Example C2, the visual reflectance Y value is 0.7%. Met. As described above, in the transparent laminated film 30 according to Example C1 and Example C2, the visual reflectance Y value could be reduced. Therefore, it was found that in the transparent laminated film 30, the area where the print layer 330 is not provided can be made inconspicuous.
 また、表11に示すように、比較例C1による透明積層フィルムでは、波長が550nmの光の反射率が8.6%であり、比較例C2による透明積層フィルムでは、波長が550nmの光の反射率が3.6%であった。これに対して、実施例C1による透明積層フィルム30では、波長が550nmの光の反射率が0.6%であり、実施例C2による透明積層フィルム30では、波長が550nmの光の反射率が0.7%であった。このように、実施例C1および実施例C2による透明積層フィルム30では、波長が550nmの光の反射率を低減することができた。また、実施例C1および実施例C2による透明積層フィルム30では、波長が450nmの光の反射率が、それぞれ0.8%、0.7%であり、波長が650nmの光の反射率が、それぞれ1.0%、0.6%であった。このように、実施例C1および実施例C2による透明積層フィルム30では、光の波長が450nm、550nmおよび650nmのそれぞれの場合において、光の反射率を低減することができた。このため、本実施の形態による透明積層フィルム30では、光の反射率を低減することができることがわかった。 Further, as shown in Table 11, the transparent laminated film according to Comparative Example C1 has a reflectance of 8.6% for light having a wavelength of 550 nm, and the transparent laminated film according to Comparative Example C2 reflects light having a wavelength of 550 nm. The rate was 3.6%. On the other hand, in the transparent laminated film 30 according to Example C1, the reflectance of light having a wavelength of 550 nm is 0.6%, and in the transparent laminated film 30 according to Example C2, the reflectance of light having a wavelength of 550 nm is high. It was 0.7%. As described above, in the transparent laminated film 30 according to Example C1 and Example C2, the reflectance of light having a wavelength of 550 nm could be reduced. Further, in the transparent laminated film 30 according to Example C1 and Example C2, the reflectances of light having a wavelength of 450 nm are 0.8% and 0.7%, respectively, and the reflectances of light having a wavelength of 650 nm are respectively. It was 1.0% and 0.6%. As described above, in the transparent laminated film 30 according to Example C1 and Example C2, the reflectance of light could be reduced when the wavelength of light was 450 nm, 550 nm and 650 nm, respectively. Therefore, it was found that the transparent laminated film 30 according to the present embodiment can reduce the reflectance of light.
 また、表11に示すように、比較例C1によるフェイスシールドでは、印刷層が設けられていない領域が目立っており、印刷層が目立っていなかった。また、比較例C1によるフェイスシールドでは、フェイスシールドを視認する角度や周囲の照明環境によって、印刷層が設けられていない領域が目立ってしまい、印刷層が目立ちにくかった。これに対して、実施例C1および実施例C2によるフェイスシールドでは、印刷層330が設けられていない領域が目立っておらず、印刷層330を目立たせることができた。このように、実施例C1および実施例C2によるフェイスシールド10は、従来とは異なる意匠を表示することができ、フェイスシールドの意匠性を向上させることができることがわかった。 Further, as shown in Table 11, in the face shield according to Comparative Example C1, the area where the print layer was not provided was conspicuous, and the print layer was not conspicuous. Further, in the face shield according to Comparative Example C1, the area where the print layer is not provided becomes conspicuous depending on the angle at which the face shield is visually recognized and the surrounding lighting environment, and the print layer is inconspicuous. On the other hand, in the face shield according to Example C1 and Example C2, the area where the print layer 330 is not provided is not conspicuous, and the print layer 330 can be conspicuous. As described above, it was found that the face shield 10 according to Examples C1 and C2 can display a design different from the conventional one, and can improve the design of the face shield.
 また、表12に示すように、比較例C1および比較例C2による透明積層フィルムでは、光の波長が450nmの場合において、光の透過率が87.7%、93.7%であり、光の波長が550nmの場合において、光の透過率が89.2%、95.4%であり、光の波長が650nmの場合において、光の透過率が90.8%、96.7%であった。これに対して、実施例C1および実施例C2による透明積層フィルム30では、光の波長が450nmの場合において、光の透過率が94.7%、96.4%であり、光の波長が550nmの場合において、光の透過率が97.3%、98.3%であり、光の波長が650nmの場合において、光の透過率が97.8%、99.6%であった。このため、本実施の形態による透明積層フィルム30では、光の透過率を向上させることができることがわかった。 Further, as shown in Table 12, in the transparent laminated film according to Comparative Example C1 and Comparative Example C2, the light transmittance is 87.7% and 93.7% when the wavelength of light is 450 nm, and the light transmittance is 87.7%. When the wavelength was 550 nm, the light transmittance was 89.2% and 95.4%, and when the wavelength of light was 650 nm, the light transmittance was 90.8% and 96.7%. .. On the other hand, in the transparent laminated film 30 according to Example C1 and Example C2, when the wavelength of light is 450 nm, the transmittance of light is 94.7% and 96.4%, and the wavelength of light is 550 nm. In the case of, the light transmittance was 97.3% and 98.3%, and when the wavelength of the light was 650 nm, the light transmittance was 97.8% and 99.6%. Therefore, it was found that the transparent laminated film 30 according to the present embodiment can improve the light transmittance.
 また、表13に示すように、装着性評価試験において、比較例C1による透明積層フィルムでは、透明積層フィルムへの装着者の映り込みが見えてしまうため、作業の妨げになるとともに、フェイスシールドを装着している印象があり、疲労感を感じるといったヒアリング結果であった。また、比較例C2による透明積層フィルムでは、周囲の照明環境、または装着者の顔の向きなどの要因により、常にではないが透明積層フィルム等への装着者の映り込みが見えてしまい、フェイスシールドを装着している印象を時々もち、弱いながらも疲労感を感じるといったヒアリング結果であった。一方、実施例C1および実施例C2では、透明積層フィルム30への装着者の映り込みが見えなく、フェイスシールドを装着している印象がないといったヒアリング結果であった。このように、実施例C1および実施例C2による透明積層フィルム30では、透明積層フィルム30への装着者の映り込みを低減することができ、フェイスシールド10を装着した装着者が、疲労感を覚えることを抑制することができた。 Further, as shown in Table 13, in the wearability evaluation test, in the transparent laminated film according to Comparative Example C1, the reflection of the wearer on the transparent laminated film can be seen, which hinders the work and causes the face shield to be used. It was a hearing result that I had the impression that I was wearing it and felt tired. Further, in the transparent laminated film according to Comparative Example C2, the wearer's reflection on the transparent laminated film or the like is not always visible due to factors such as the surrounding lighting environment or the orientation of the wearer's face, and the face shield is used. It was a hearing result that I sometimes had the impression that I was wearing the sword, and I felt a feeling of fatigue although it was weak. On the other hand, in Examples C1 and C2, it was a hearing result that the image of the wearer on the transparent laminated film 30 was not visible and there was no impression that the face shield was worn. As described above, in the transparent laminated film 30 according to the first and second embodiments, the reflection of the wearer on the transparent laminated film 30 can be reduced, and the wearer wearing the face shield 10 feels tired. I was able to suppress that.
 また、表13に示すように、視認性評価試験において、比較例C1による透明積層フィルムでは、透明積層フィルムへ観察者が映り込んでしまうため、装着者を視認する角度によらず、装着者の表情の確認が妨げられた。また、比較例C2による透明積層フィルムでは、装着者を視認する角度によっては、透明積層フィルム等へ観察者が映り込んでしまうため、装着者の表情の確認が妨げられた。一方、実施例C1および実施例C2による透明積層フィルム30では、装着者の表情を鮮明に確認することができた。 Further, as shown in Table 13, in the visibility evaluation test, in the transparent laminated film according to Comparative Example C1, the observer is reflected in the transparent laminated film, so that the wearer can see the wearer regardless of the viewing angle. Confirmation of facial expression was hindered. Further, in the transparent laminated film according to Comparative Example C2, the observer is reflected on the transparent laminated film or the like depending on the angle at which the wearer is visually recognized, which hinders the confirmation of the wearer's facial expression. On the other hand, in the transparent laminated film 30 according to Example C1 and Example C2, the facial expression of the wearer could be clearly confirmed.
 さらに、表13に示すように、落下強度評価試験において、実施例C1および実施例C2によるフェイスシールド10では、フェイスシールド10の透明積層フィルム30に変形や傷が確認されなかった。このように、本実施の形態による透明積層フィルム等では、従来の透明積層フィルムと比較して、落下強度が低下してしまうことを抑制できることがわかった。 Further, as shown in Table 13, in the drop strength evaluation test, no deformation or scratches were confirmed on the transparent laminated film 30 of the face shield 10 in the face shield 10 according to Example C1 and Example C2. As described above, it was found that the transparent laminated film or the like according to the present embodiment can suppress the drop strength from being lowered as compared with the conventional transparent laminated film.
 また、表14に示すように、耐傷性評価試験において、実施例C1による透明積層フィルム30では、透明積層フィルム30に傷を生じさせることなく指紋を拭き取ることができた。また、実施例C1による透明積層フィルム30では、透明積層フィルム30に対して鉛筆を擦りつけた際に、透明積層フィルム30に傷が生じなかった。このように、実施例C1による透明積層フィルム30では、透明積層フィルム30の耐傷性が低下してしまうことを抑制することができた。 Further, as shown in Table 14, in the scratch resistance evaluation test, in the transparent laminated film 30 according to Example C1, fingerprints could be wiped off without causing scratches on the transparent laminated film 30. Further, in the transparent laminated film 30 according to Example C1, when the pencil was rubbed against the transparent laminated film 30, the transparent laminated film 30 was not scratched. As described above, in the transparent laminated film 30 according to Example C1, it was possible to suppress the deterioration of the scratch resistance of the transparent laminated film 30.
 また、表14に示すように、耐アルコール性評価試験において、実施例C1による透明積層フィルム30では、透明積層フィルム30の外観に変化が生じなかった。このように、実施例C1による透明積層フィルム30では、透明積層フィルム30の耐傷アルコール性が低下してしまうことを抑制することができた。 Further, as shown in Table 14, in the alcohol resistance evaluation test, the transparent laminated film 30 according to Example C1 did not change the appearance of the transparent laminated film 30. As described above, in the transparent laminated film 30 according to Example C1, it was possible to suppress the deterioration of the scratch alcohol resistance of the transparent laminated film 30.
 さらに、表14に示すように、飛沫防止機能性評価試験において、実施例C1および実施例C2によるフェイスシールド10においても、特定サイズの飛沫がフェイスシールド10の装着者Hの前方に飛散することを防ぐことができた。 Further, as shown in Table 14, in the splash prevention functionality evaluation test, even in the face shield 10 according to Examples C1 and C2, droplets of a specific size are scattered in front of the wearer H of the face shield 10. I was able to prevent it.
 また、表15に示すように、実施例C1による透明積層フィルム30では、UV透過率が0.1%であった。このように、実施例C1による透明積層フィルム30では、UV透過率を低減させることができた。これは、装着者Hが、屋外で直射日光を浴びる環境にいた場合であっても、装着者Hが日焼けをしにくくすることができることを意味する。 Further, as shown in Table 15, the transparent laminated film 30 according to Example C1 had a UV transmittance of 0.1%. As described above, in the transparent laminated film 30 according to Example C1, the UV transmittance could be reduced. This means that the wearer H can be less likely to get sunburned even when the wearer H is outdoors in an environment exposed to direct sunlight.
 さらに、表15に示すように、防汚性評価試験において、実施例C1による透明積層フィルム30では、油性インキを拭き取ることができ、拭き取り後に線が消えていた。このように、実施例C1による透明積層フィルム30では、落としにくい油性インキを容易に落とすことができた。これにより、フェイスシールド10に汚れが付着した場合でも、当該汚れをフェイスシールド10から容易に拭き取ることができ、フェイスシールド10を清浄な状態に容易に回復できる。 Further, as shown in Table 15, in the antifouling property evaluation test, the oil-based ink could be wiped off with the transparent laminated film 30 according to Example C1, and the line disappeared after wiping. As described above, in the transparent laminated film 30 according to Example C1, the oil-based ink that is difficult to remove could be easily removed. As a result, even if dirt adheres to the face shield 10, the dirt can be easily wiped off from the face shield 10, and the face shield 10 can be easily restored to a clean state.
 (第3の実施の形態)
 <第1の実施モード>
 次に、図16乃至図23を参照して第3の実施の形態の第1の実施モードについて説明する。図16乃至図23に示す第3の実施の形態の第1の実施モードは、主として、シールド部30Aに第1湾曲面77aが形成されている点が第1の実施の形態と異なるものである。図16乃至図23において、第1の実施の形態と同一部分または第2の実施の形態と同一部分には同一の符号を付して詳細な説明は省略する。
(Third embodiment)
<First implementation mode>
Next, the first embodiment of the third embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 16 to 23. The first embodiment of the third embodiment shown in FIGS. 16 to 23 is different from the first embodiment in that the first curved surface 77a is mainly formed on the shield portion 30A. .. In FIGS. 16 to 23, the same parts as those in the first embodiment or the same parts as those in the second embodiment are designated by the same reference numerals, and detailed description thereof will be omitted.
 図16乃至図18に示すように、本実施のモードによる保持部材200は、装着者Hの耳Eに装着される耳掛け部220を含む一対のテンプル部210と、一対のテンプル部210を装着者Hの後方から互いに連結する連結部230(図16および図18参照)とを有している。 As shown in FIGS. 16 to 18, the holding member 200 according to the present embodiment is equipped with a pair of temple portions 210 including an ear hook portion 220 attached to the ear E of the wearer H and a pair of temple portions 210. It has a connecting portion 230 (see FIGS. 16 and 18) that connects to each other from the rear of the person H.
 このうちテンプル部210の耳掛け部220は、略円弧状に延びている。そして、耳掛け部220が、上方から装着者の耳Eに接触することにより、フェイスシールド10が装着者Hに装着されるようになっている。なお、本実施モードでは、フェイスシールド10は、耳掛け部220のみが装着者Hに接触し得る。 Of these, the ear hook portion 220 of the temple portion 210 extends in a substantially arc shape. The face shield 10 is attached to the wearer H by the ear hook portion 220 coming into contact with the wearer's ear E from above. In this implementation mode, only the ear hook portion 220 of the face shield 10 can come into contact with the wearer H.
 また、図16乃至図18に示すように、保持部材200のテンプル部210は、耳掛け部220の前方に設けられ、シールド部30Aを保持するための一対の取付部250を含んでいる。この取付部250は、透明積層フィルム30に形成された後述する開口部80に挿入されるようになっている。 Further, as shown in FIGS. 16 to 18, the temple portion 210 of the holding member 200 is provided in front of the ear hook portion 220 and includes a pair of mounting portions 250 for holding the shield portion 30A. The mounting portion 250 is inserted into an opening 80, which will be described later, formed in the transparent laminated film 30.
 本実施モードでは、取付部250は、後述する棒状部材の先端を折り曲げることによって形成されていてもよい。この取付部250は、第1突出部260と、第1突出部260よりも前方に位置する第2突出部270とを含んでいる。第1突出部260は、棒状部材の先端によって構成されており、水平方向に沿って、装着者Hの顔面Fから離れる側に突出している。これにより、第1突出部260が装着者Hの顔面Fに接触することを抑制できるようになっている。なお、上述したように、第1突出部260は棒状部材の先端によって構成されており、第1突出部260の高さは、棒状部材の直径と等しくなっている。 In this implementation mode, the mounting portion 250 may be formed by bending the tip of a rod-shaped member described later. The mounting portion 250 includes a first protruding portion 260 and a second protruding portion 270 located in front of the first protruding portion 260. The first protruding portion 260 is formed by the tip of a rod-shaped member, and protrudes in the horizontal direction toward the side away from the face F of the wearer H. As a result, it is possible to prevent the first protruding portion 260 from coming into contact with the face F of the wearer H. As described above, the first protruding portion 260 is formed by the tip of the rod-shaped member, and the height of the first protruding portion 260 is equal to the diameter of the rod-shaped member.
 第2突出部270は、棒状部材を折り畳むことによって構成されており、水平方向に沿って、装着者Hの顔面Fから離れる側に突出している。これにより、第2突出部270が装着者Hの顔面Fに接触することを抑制できるようになっている。上述したように、第2突出部270は棒状部材を折り畳むことによって構成されており、第2突出部270の高さは、棒状部材の直径の2倍以上になっている。 The second protruding portion 270 is configured by folding a rod-shaped member, and protrudes along the horizontal direction toward the side away from the face F of the wearer H. This makes it possible to prevent the second protrusion 270 from coming into contact with the face F of the wearer H. As described above, the second protruding portion 270 is configured by folding the rod-shaped member, and the height of the second protruding portion 270 is at least twice the diameter of the rod-shaped member.
 保持部材200は、シールド部30Aを上下方向に移動可能に保持する。この場合、第1突出部260と後述する第1開口部81との間に遊びが設けられているとともに、第2突出部270と後述する第2開口部82との間に遊びが設けられている。これにより、シールド部30Aが、周囲の構造物に接触した場合であっても、シールド部30Aが保持部材200に対して移動することにより、フェイスシールド10から装着者Hに衝撃が加えられてしまうことや、フェイスシールド10が装着者Hから外れてしまうことを抑制できる。なお、第2突出部270と後述する第2開口部82との間の遊びは、第1突出部260と後述する第1開口部81との間の遊びよりも大きくなっていてもよい。また、第1突出部260と後述する第1開口部81との間に、遊びがほとんど設けられていなくてもよい。この場合であっても、シールド部30Aは、第1突出部260の中心軸線を中心に回動するように、上下方向に移動できる。 The holding member 200 holds the shield portion 30A so as to be movable in the vertical direction. In this case, a play is provided between the first protrusion 260 and the first opening 81 described later, and a play is provided between the second protrusion 270 and the second opening 82 described later. There is. As a result, even when the shield portion 30A comes into contact with the surrounding structure, the shield portion 30A moves with respect to the holding member 200, so that an impact is applied from the face shield 10 to the wearer H. In addition, it is possible to prevent the face shield 10 from coming off the wearer H. The play between the second protrusion 270 and the second opening 82 described later may be larger than the play between the first protrusion 260 and the first opening 81 described later. Further, there may be almost no play between the first protruding portion 260 and the first opening 81 described later. Even in this case, the shield portion 30A can move in the vertical direction so as to rotate about the central axis of the first protrusion 260.
 また、連結部230に、水平方向に対するテンプル部210の傾きを調整する錘240が取り付けられている。これにより、シールド部30Aが装着者Hの顔面Fに接触してしまうことを抑制できる。後述するように、本実施モードによる保持部材200は、金属製の棒状部材からなり、上述したように、本実施モードによる保持部材200は、耳掛け部220のみが装着者Hに接触し得るように構成されている。このような簡便な構成の保持部材200であっても、連結部230に、水平方向に対するテンプル部210の傾きを調整する錘240が取り付けられていることにより、シールド部30Aが装着者Hの顔面Fに接触してしまうことを抑制できる。このため、所望の性能を有するフェイスシールド10を低コストで作製できる。 Further, a weight 240 for adjusting the inclination of the temple portion 210 with respect to the horizontal direction is attached to the connecting portion 230. As a result, it is possible to prevent the shield portion 30A from coming into contact with the face F of the wearer H. As will be described later, the holding member 200 according to the present embodiment is made of a metal rod-shaped member, and as described above, the holding member 200 according to the present embodiment allows only the ear hook portion 220 to come into contact with the wearer H. It is configured in. Even in the holding member 200 having such a simple configuration, the shield portion 30A is attached to the face of the wearer H by attaching the weight 240 for adjusting the inclination of the temple portion 210 with respect to the horizontal direction to the connecting portion 230. It is possible to suppress contact with F. Therefore, the face shield 10 having the desired performance can be manufactured at low cost.
 本実施モードでは、テンプル部210および連結部230は、一体に成形されている。また、保持部材200は、金属製の棒状部材からなる。これにより、フェイスシールド10を落下させてしまった場合であっても、保持部材200が損傷を受けることを抑制できる。図示された例において、棒状部材は、丸棒により構成されている。この丸棒の直径は、例えば1mm以上5mm以下程度であってもよく、2mm以上3mm以下であることが好ましい。丸棒の直径が2mm以上であることにより、保持部材200の強度の低下を抑制できる。また、丸棒の直径が3mm以下であることにより、保持部材200の軽量化を図ることができる。 In this implementation mode, the temple portion 210 and the connecting portion 230 are integrally molded. Further, the holding member 200 is made of a metal rod-shaped member. As a result, even if the face shield 10 is dropped, it is possible to prevent the holding member 200 from being damaged. In the illustrated example, the bar-shaped member is composed of a round bar. The diameter of the round bar may be, for example, 1 mm or more and 5 mm or less, and preferably 2 mm or more and 3 mm or less. When the diameter of the round bar is 2 mm or more, it is possible to suppress a decrease in the strength of the holding member 200. Further, when the diameter of the round bar is 3 mm or less, the weight of the holding member 200 can be reduced.
 また、棒状部材を構成する金属は、アルミニウムであることが好ましい。これにより、保持部材200を容易に成形できる。また、保持部材200の軽量化を図ることができる。また、金属は、ステンレスやチタンなどでもよい。なお、保持部材200は樹脂製の棒状部材からなっていてもよい。これにより、保持部材200の更なる軽量化を図ることができる。また、保持部材200が樹脂製であることにより、保持部材200を折り曲げた際に、保持部材200に折り癖が付くことを抑制できる。この場合、保持部材200に用いられる樹脂材質としては、汎用に使用される樹脂材料から選択できる。例えば、樹脂は、ポリエチレンテレフタレート、ポリカーボネート、アクリル樹脂から選ばれる樹脂からなっていてもよい。 Further, the metal constituting the rod-shaped member is preferably aluminum. Thereby, the holding member 200 can be easily formed. In addition, the weight of the holding member 200 can be reduced. Further, the metal may be stainless steel, titanium, or the like. The holding member 200 may be made of a resin rod-shaped member. As a result, the weight of the holding member 200 can be further reduced. Further, since the holding member 200 is made of resin, it is possible to prevent the holding member 200 from having a bending habit when the holding member 200 is bent. In this case, the resin material used for the holding member 200 can be selected from resin materials used for general purposes. For example, the resin may consist of a resin selected from polyethylene terephthalate, polycarbonate, and acrylic resin.
 ここで、装着者Hの前方には、一対のテンプル部210同士の間に延びる他の部材が配置されていない。これにより、装着者Hが眼鏡をかけていた場合に、眼鏡と保持部材200とが干渉してしまうことを抑制できる。また、装着者Hの前方には、一対のテンプル部210同士の間に延びる他の部材が配置されていないため、保持部材200が目立ってしまうことを抑制できる。 Here, in front of the wearer H, no other member extending between the pair of temple portions 210 is arranged. As a result, when the wearer H wears spectacles, it is possible to prevent the spectacles from interfering with the holding member 200. Further, since no other member extending between the pair of temple portions 210 is arranged in front of the wearer H, it is possible to prevent the holding member 200 from becoming conspicuous.
 また、フェイスシールド10をマネキン(株式会社大創産業社製のフェイスマネキン)に取り付けた場合に、正面視において、マネキンの顔面の面積A1に対する保持部材200の面積A2の割合(A2/A1)は、0.1%以上5%以下であることが好ましい。ここで、シールド部30Aを装着者Hの前方で保持するためには、フェイスシールド10をマネキンに取り付けた場合に、正面視において、保持部材200の先端がマネキンによって隠蔽されることなく、保持部材200の先端が視認できることが好ましい。この場合、シールド部30Aを装着者Hの前方で保持できるためには、当該割合が0.1%以上になり得る。また、当該割合が5%以下であることにより、装着者Hがフェイスシールド10を装着した際に、保持部材200を目立たせなくできる。ここで、本実施モードでは、「正面視」とは、一対のテンプル部210のうち、耳掛け部220よりも前方に位置する部分が水平となるように、装着者Hがフェイスシールド10を装着した状態であって、第2突出部270が後述する第2開口部82の上端に当接した状態(図17に示す状態)において、シールド部30A(透明積層フィルム30)の後述する第3湾曲面77cの法線方向のうち、第3湾曲面77cの水平方向中央部77d(図17参照)における法線方向からフェイスシールド10を見ることを意味する。 Further, when the face shield 10 is attached to a mannequin (a face mannequin manufactured by Daiso Sangyo Co., Ltd.), the ratio (A2 / A1) of the area A2 of the holding member 200 to the face area A1 of the mannequin is the ratio (A2 / A1) of the face area A1 of the mannequin. , 0.1% or more and 5% or less is preferable. Here, in order to hold the shield portion 30A in front of the wearer H, when the face shield 10 is attached to the mannequin, the holding member 200 is not concealed by the mannequin in front view. It is preferable that the tip of 200 can be visually recognized. In this case, in order to be able to hold the shield portion 30A in front of the wearer H, the ratio can be 0.1% or more. Further, when the ratio is 5% or less, the holding member 200 can be made inconspicuous when the wearer H wears the face shield 10. Here, in the present implementation mode, "front view" means that the wearer H wears the face shield 10 so that the portion of the pair of temple portions 210 located in front of the ear hook portion 220 is horizontal. In the state where the second protruding portion 270 is in contact with the upper end of the second opening 82 described later (state shown in FIG. 17), the shield portion 30A (transparent laminated film 30) has the third curvature described later. It means that the face shield 10 is viewed from the normal direction in the horizontal central portion 77d (see FIG. 17) of the third curved surface 77c in the normal direction of the surface 77c.
 また、図18Aに示すように、一対のテンプル部210は、耳掛け部220よりも前方において、互いに平行に延びていてもよい。これにより、一対のテンプル部210のうち、耳掛け部220よりも前方に位置する部分が、装着者Hの頭部(例えば、こめかみ)に接触することを抑制できる。このため、装着者Hの頭部が、一対のテンプル部210によって締め付けられてしまうことを抑制できる。この結果、装着者Hが不快感を覚えることを抑制でき、装着者Hがストレスを感じることなくフェイスシールド10を装着できる。また、図18Bに示すように、一対のテンプル部210は、耳掛け部220よりも前方において、前方に向かうにつれて、一対のテンプル部210間の距離が長くなるように延びていてもよい。この場合においても、一対のテンプル部210のうち、耳掛け部220よりも前方に位置する部分が、装着者Hの頭部(例えば、こめかみ)に接触することを抑制できる。 Further, as shown in FIG. 18A, the pair of temple portions 210 may extend in parallel with each other in front of the ear hook portion 220. As a result, it is possible to prevent the portion of the pair of temple portions 210 located in front of the ear hook portion 220 from coming into contact with the head (for example, temple) of the wearer H. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the head of the wearer H from being tightened by the pair of temple portions 210. As a result, the wearer H can be prevented from feeling uncomfortable, and the wearer H can wear the face shield 10 without feeling stress. Further, as shown in FIG. 18B, the pair of temple portions 210 may be extended in front of the ear hook portion 220 so that the distance between the pair of temple portions 210 becomes longer toward the front. Also in this case, it is possible to prevent the portion of the pair of temple portions 210 located in front of the ear hook portion 220 from coming into contact with the head (for example, temple) of the wearer H.
 また、各々のテンプル部210の先端間の距離が130mmとなるように、各々のテンプル部210を互いに離間する方向に広げるために必要な力は、0.01N以上3.0N以下であることが好ましい。これにより、装着者Hの頭部が、一対のテンプル部210によって締め付けられてしまうことを抑制できる。この結果、装着者Hが不快感を覚えることを抑制でき、装着者Hがストレスを感じることなくフェイスシールド10を装着できる。なお、この場合、上記力は、引張試験機(株式会社エー・アンド・デイ社製、MCT-2150(製品名))を用いて測定できる。 Further, the force required to expand the temple portions 210 in the direction away from each other so that the distance between the tips of the temple portions 210 is 130 mm is 0.01 N or more and 3.0 N or less. preferable. As a result, it is possible to prevent the head of the wearer H from being tightened by the pair of temple portions 210. As a result, the wearer H can be prevented from feeling uncomfortable, and the wearer H can wear the face shield 10 without feeling stress. In this case, the force can be measured using a tensile tester (MCT-2150 (product name) manufactured by A & D Co., Ltd.).
 このような保持部材200の重量は、20g以下であることが好ましい。これにより、装着者Hがストレスを感じることなくフェイスシールド10を装着できる。 The weight of such a holding member 200 is preferably 20 g or less. As a result, the wearer H can wear the face shield 10 without feeling stress.
 次に、シールド部30Aについて説明する。シールド部30Aは、装着者Hのくしゃみや咳による唾液等の飛沫が他人の顔面に付着することや、他人のくしゃみや咳による唾液等の飛沫が装着者Hの顔面Fに付着することを抑制する役割を果たす。このシールド部30Aは、透明積層フィルム30によって構成されている。本実施モードでは、シールド部30Aは、装着者Hの顔面Fの全体を覆っている。なお、シールド部30Aが、装着者Hの顔面Fの一部のみを覆っていてもよい。 Next, the shield portion 30A will be described. The shield portion 30A suppresses that droplets such as saliva due to sneezing and coughing of the wearer H adhere to the face of another person, and that droplets such as saliva due to sneezing and coughing of another person adhere to the face F of the wearer H. Play a role. The shield portion 30A is made of a transparent laminated film 30. In this embodiment, the shield portion 30A covers the entire face F of the wearer H. The shield portion 30A may cover only a part of the face F of the wearer H.
 図19乃至図23に示すように、シールド部30Aを構成する透明積層フィルム30は、上辺71と、上辺71に対向する下辺72と、上辺71と下辺72との間に延びる一対の側辺73とを有する矩形状(図23参照)をもっている。 As shown in FIGS. 19 to 23, the transparent laminated film 30 constituting the shield portion 30A has an upper side 71, a lower side 72 facing the upper side 71, and a pair of side sides 73 extending between the upper side 71 and the lower side 72. It has a rectangular shape (see FIG. 23) having and.
 このうち下辺72に、複数の第1切り込み部74aが形成されている。本実施モードでは、3つの第1切り込み部74aが形成されており、各々の第1切り込み部74aは、それぞれ透明積層フィルム30をV字状に切り欠くことにより形成されている。また、V字の先端部には、透明積層フィルム30を厚み方向に貫通する貫通孔78aが形成されている。これにより、第1切り込み部74aをきっかけとして、透明積層フィルム30が破断してしまうことを抑制できるようになっている。なお、第1切り込み部74aの形状は任意であり、例えば、第1切り込み部74aは、透明積層フィルム30を直線状に切り込むことにより形成されていてもよい。 Of these, a plurality of first cut portions 74a are formed on the lower side 72. In this embodiment, three first cut portions 74a are formed, and each of the first cut portions 74a is formed by cutting out the transparent laminated film 30 in a V shape. Further, a through hole 78a that penetrates the transparent laminated film 30 in the thickness direction is formed at the tip of the V-shape. As a result, it is possible to prevent the transparent laminated film 30 from being broken by the first cut portion 74a as a trigger. The shape of the first cut portion 74a is arbitrary, and for example, the first cut portion 74a may be formed by cutting the transparent laminated film 30 in a straight line.
 また、第1切り込み部74aの一側(図23に示す右側)に第1係合部75aが形成され、第1切り込み部74aの他側(図23に示す左側)に第1係合部75aを係止する第1係止部76aが形成されている。このうち第1係合部75aは、各々の第1切り込み部74aの一側に形成されており、本実施モードでは、3つの第1係合部75aが形成されている。図示された例において、各々の第1係合部75aは、それぞれ下辺72から上辺71へ向かう側に突出するように設けられた突出片によって形成されている。 Further, the first engaging portion 75a is formed on one side of the first cut portion 74a (right side shown in FIG. 23), and the first engaging portion 75a is formed on the other side of the first cut portion 74a (left side shown in FIG. 23). A first locking portion 76a for locking is formed. Of these, the first engaging portion 75a is formed on one side of each first notch portion 74a, and in this embodiment, three first engaging portions 75a are formed. In the illustrated example, each first engaging portion 75a is formed by a projecting piece provided so as to project from the lower side 72 toward the upper side 71, respectively.
 第1係止部76aは、各々の第1切り込み部74aの他側に形成されており、本実施モードでは、3つの第1係止部76aが形成されている。図示された例において、各々の第1係止部76aは、それぞれ透明積層フィルム30を厚み方向に貫通する貫通孔によって形成されており、第1係止部76aを構成する貫通孔は、それぞれ矩形状をもっている。しかしながら、これに限られず、第1係止部76aを構成する貫通孔は、円形状、楕円形状または角部が丸められている多角形状等、任意の形状をもっていてもよい。 The first locking portion 76a is formed on the other side of each first notch portion 74a, and in this embodiment, three first locking portions 76a are formed. In the illustrated example, each of the first locking portions 76a is formed by through holes penetrating the transparent laminated film 30 in the thickness direction, and the through holes constituting the first locking portion 76a are rectangular. It has a shape. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and the through hole constituting the first locking portion 76a may have an arbitrary shape such as a circular shape, an elliptical shape, or a polygonal shape with rounded corners.
 そして、第1係合部75aを第1係止部76aに係止することにより、下辺72の近傍に、装着者Hから遠ざかる側に凸となるように湾曲する第1湾曲面77a(図19、図20および図22参照)が形成されるようになっている。これにより、下方に飛散した飛沫は、第1湾曲面77aに付着する。このため、飛沫が、フェイスシールド10よりも下方に落下してしまうことを抑制できる。この結果、下方に飛散した飛沫が周囲の構造物に付着することを抑制できるようになっている。 Then, by locking the first engaging portion 75a to the first locking portion 76a, the first curved surface 77a (FIG. 19) is curved so as to be convex toward the side away from the wearer H in the vicinity of the lower side 72. , 20 and 22) are formed. As a result, the droplets scattered downward adhere to the first curved surface 77a. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the droplets from falling below the face shield 10. As a result, it is possible to prevent the droplets scattered downward from adhering to the surrounding structures.
 また、第1湾曲面77aが装着者Hから遠ざかる側に凸となるように湾曲していることにより、第1湾曲面77aが形成された領域は、当該領域に衝撃が加えられた場合に、弾性変形しやすくなっている。このため、フェイスシールド10を落下させてしまった場合であっても、第1湾曲面77aが形成された領域が弾性変形することによって、当該領域が落下の衝撃を吸収できる。このため、フェイスシールド10が損傷を受けることを抑制できるようになっている。 Further, since the first curved surface 77a is curved so as to be convex toward the side away from the wearer H, the region where the first curved surface 77a is formed becomes when an impact is applied to the region. It is easy to be elastically deformed. Therefore, even if the face shield 10 is dropped, the region where the first curved surface 77a is formed is elastically deformed, so that the region can absorb the impact of the drop. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the face shield 10 from being damaged.
 この第1湾曲面77aは、三次元曲面であってもよい。なお、本明細書中「三次元曲面」とは、互いに非平行な複数の軸線の各々を中心として、部分的にまたは全体的に曲がっている面を意味する。例えば、第1湾曲面77aは、任意の位置において、その垂直断面形状が、装着者Hから遠ざかる側に凸となるように全体的に曲がっていてもよく、任意の位置において、その水平断面形状が、装着者Hから遠ざかる側に凸となるように曲がっていてもよい。 The first curved surface 77a may be a three-dimensional curved surface. In the present specification, the "three-dimensional curved surface" means a surface that is partially or wholly curved around each of a plurality of axes that are not parallel to each other. For example, the first curved surface 77a may be entirely curved so that its vertical cross-sectional shape becomes convex toward the side away from the wearer H at an arbitrary position, and its horizontal cross-sectional shape may be formed at an arbitrary position. However, it may be bent so as to be convex toward the side away from the wearer H.
 また、本実施モードでは、上辺71に、複数の第2切り込み部74bが形成されている。本実施モードでは、3つの第2切り込み部74bが形成されており、各々の第2切り込み部74bは、それぞれ透明積層フィルム30をV字状に切り欠くことにより形成されている。また、V字の先端部には貫通孔78bが形成されている。これにより、第2切り込み部74bをきっかけとして、透明積層フィルム30が破断してしまうことを抑制できるようになっている。なお、第2切り込み部74bの形状は任意であり、例えば、第2切り込み部74bは、透明積層フィルム30を直線状に切り込むことにより形成されていてもよい。 Further, in this implementation mode, a plurality of second cut portions 74b are formed on the upper side 71. In this embodiment, three second cut portions 74b are formed, and each of the second cut portions 74b is formed by cutting out the transparent laminated film 30 in a V shape. Further, a through hole 78b is formed at the tip of the V-shape. As a result, it is possible to prevent the transparent laminated film 30 from being broken by the second cut portion 74b as a trigger. The shape of the second cut portion 74b is arbitrary, and for example, the second cut portion 74b may be formed by cutting the transparent laminated film 30 in a straight line.
 また、第2切り込み部74bの一側(図23に示す左側)に第2係合部75bが形成され、第2切り込み部74bの他側(図23に示す右側)に第2係合部75bを係止する第2係止部76bが形成されている。このうち第2係合部75bは、各々の第2切り込み部74bの一側に形成されており、本実施モードでは、3つの第2係合部75bが形成されている。図示された例において、各々の第2係合部75bは、それぞれ上辺71から下辺72へ向かう側に突出するように設けられた突出片によって形成されている。 Further, the second engaging portion 75b is formed on one side of the second cut portion 74b (left side shown in FIG. 23), and the second engaging portion 75b is formed on the other side of the second cut portion 74b (right side shown in FIG. 23). A second locking portion 76b is formed to lock the above. Of these, the second engaging portion 75b is formed on one side of each second notch portion 74b, and in this embodiment, three second engaging portions 75b are formed. In the illustrated example, each second engaging portion 75b is formed by a projecting piece provided so as to project from the upper side 71 toward the lower side 72, respectively.
 第2係止部76bは、各々の第2切り込み部74bの他側に形成されており、本実施モードでは、3つの第2係止部76bが形成されている。図示された例において、各々の第2係止部76bは、それぞれ透明積層フィルム30を厚み方向に貫通する貫通孔によって形成されており、第2係止部76bを構成する貫通孔は、それぞれ矩形状をもっている。しかしながら、これに限られず、第2係止部76bを構成する貫通孔は、円形状、楕円形状または角部が丸められている多角形状等、任意の形状をもっていてもよい。 The second locking portion 76b is formed on the other side of each second notch portion 74b, and in this embodiment, three second locking portions 76b are formed. In the illustrated example, each of the second locking portions 76b is formed by through holes penetrating the transparent laminated film 30 in the thickness direction, and the through holes constituting the second locking portion 76b are rectangular. It has a shape. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and the through hole constituting the second locking portion 76b may have an arbitrary shape such as a circular shape, an elliptical shape, or a polygonal shape with rounded corners.
 そして、第2係合部75bを第2係止部76bに係止することにより、上辺71の近傍に、装着者Hから遠ざかる側に凸となるように湾曲する第2湾曲面77b(図19、図21および図22参照)が形成されるようになっている。これにより、上方に飛散した飛沫は、第2湾曲面77bに付着する。このため、飛沫が、フェイスシールド10の上方から、周囲に飛散してしまうことを抑制できる。この結果、飛散した飛沫が周囲の構造物に付着することを抑制できるようになっている。また、上辺71の近傍に第2湾曲面77bが形成されることにより、第2湾曲面77bによって装着者Hの頭部を覆うこともでき、外部から飛散する飛沫から装着者Hを効果的に保護できるようになっている。 Then, by locking the second engaging portion 75b to the second locking portion 76b, the second curved surface 77b (FIG. 19) is curved so as to be convex toward the side away from the wearer H in the vicinity of the upper side 71. , 21 and 22) are formed. As a result, the droplets scattered upward adhere to the second curved surface 77b. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the droplets from being scattered from above the face shield 10 to the surroundings. As a result, it is possible to prevent the scattered droplets from adhering to the surrounding structures. Further, since the second curved surface 77b is formed in the vicinity of the upper side 71, the head of the wearer H can be covered by the second curved surface 77b, and the wearer H can be effectively protected from the droplets scattered from the outside. It can be protected.
 この第2湾曲面77bは、三次元曲面であってもよい。例えば、第2湾曲面77bは、任意の位置において、その垂直断面形状が、装着者Hから遠ざかる側に凸となるように全体的に曲がっていてもよく、任意の位置において、その水平断面形状が、装着者Hから遠ざかる側に凸となるように曲がっていてもよい。 The second curved surface 77b may be a three-dimensional curved surface. For example, the second curved surface 77b may be entirely curved so that its vertical cross-sectional shape becomes convex toward the side away from the wearer H at an arbitrary position, and its horizontal cross-sectional shape may be formed at an arbitrary position. However, it may be bent so as to be convex toward the side away from the wearer H.
 また、第1係合部75aを第1係止部76aに係止し、かつ、第2係合部75bを第2係止部76bに係止することにより、第1湾曲面77aと第2湾曲面77bとの間に、装着者Hから遠ざかる側に凸となるように湾曲する第3湾曲面77cが形成されるようになっている。これにより、装着者に対面する方向および装着者から見た左右方向に飛散した飛沫は、第3湾曲面77cに付着する。このため、飛沫が、フェイスシールド10の側方から、周囲に飛散してしまうことを抑制できる。この結果、飛散した飛沫が周囲の構造物に付着することを抑制できるようになっている。 Further, by locking the first engaging portion 75a to the first locking portion 76a and locking the second engaging portion 75b to the second locking portion 76b, the first curved surface 77a and the second A third curved surface 77c that is curved so as to be convex toward the side away from the wearer H is formed between the curved surface 77b and the wearer H. As a result, the droplets scattered in the direction facing the wearer and in the left-right direction as seen from the wearer adhere to the third curved surface 77c. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the droplets from scattering from the side of the face shield 10 to the surroundings. As a result, it is possible to prevent the scattered droplets from adhering to the surrounding structures.
 図22に示すように、第3湾曲面77cは、垂直断面において、直線形状をもっている。これにより、フェイスシールド10のサイズ(とりわけ前後方向のサイズ)が大きくなり過ぎることを抑制できる。このため、装着者Hが頭部を動かした場合等に、シールド部30Aを構成する透明積層フィルム30が、周囲の構造物や他人に接触してしまうことを抑制できる。また、フェイスシールド10のサイズが大きくなり過ぎることを抑制できるため、装着者Hがフェイスシールド10を装着した状態であっても、装着者Hがストレスを感じることなく作業に集中できる。 As shown in FIG. 22, the third curved surface 77c has a linear shape in a vertical cross section. As a result, it is possible to prevent the size of the face shield 10 (particularly the size in the front-rear direction) from becoming too large. Therefore, when the wearer H moves his / her head, it is possible to prevent the transparent laminated film 30 constituting the shield portion 30A from coming into contact with surrounding structures or others. Further, since it is possible to prevent the size of the face shield 10 from becoming too large, even if the wearer H is wearing the face shield 10, the wearer H can concentrate on the work without feeling stress.
 第3湾曲面77cは、二次元曲面であってもよい。なお、本明細書中「二次元曲面」とは、単一の軸線を中心として二次元的に曲がった曲面、あるいは、互いに平行な複数の軸線を中心として同一または異なる曲率で二次元的に曲がった曲面を意味する。例えば、第3湾曲面77cは、任意の位置において、その垂直断面形状が、直線形状であってもよく、任意の位置において、その水平断面形状が、装着者Hから遠ざかる側に凸となるように曲がっていてもよい。 The third curved surface 77c may be a two-dimensional curved surface. In the present specification, the "two-dimensional curved surface" is a curved surface that is two-dimensionally curved around a single axis, or is two-dimensionally curved with the same or different curvatures around a plurality of axes parallel to each other. Means a curved surface. For example, the vertical cross-sectional shape of the third curved surface 77c may be a linear shape at an arbitrary position, and the horizontal cross-sectional shape of the third curved surface 77c may be convex toward the side away from the wearer H at an arbitrary position. It may be bent to.
 また、図19、図22および図23に示すように、透明積層フィルム30に、取付部250が挿入される開口部80が形成されている。この場合、開口部80は、一対の側辺73の近傍に、それぞれ、形成されている。 Further, as shown in FIGS. 19, 22, and 23, the transparent laminated film 30 is formed with an opening 80 into which the mounting portion 250 is inserted. In this case, the openings 80 are formed in the vicinity of the pair of side sides 73, respectively.
 各々の開口部80は、それぞれ、第1突出部260が挿入される第1開口部81と、第2突出部270が挿入される第2開口部82とを含んでいる。図示された例においては、各々の開口部80は、それぞれ、2つの第1開口部81と、2つの第2開口部82とを含んでいる。この場合、例えば、第1突出部260が挿入される第1開口部81を変更することにより、シールド部30Aの第1湾曲面77a、第2湾曲面77bおよび第3湾曲面77cの曲率を容易に変更できるようになっている。 Each opening 80 includes a first opening 81 into which the first protrusion 260 is inserted and a second opening 82 into which the second protrusion 270 is inserted. In the illustrated example, each opening 80 comprises two first openings 81 and two second openings 82, respectively. In this case, for example, by changing the first opening 81 into which the first protrusion 260 is inserted, the curvature of the first curved surface 77a, the second curved surface 77b, and the third curved surface 77c of the shield portion 30A can be easily increased. It can be changed to.
 各々の第1開口部81は、透明積層フィルム30を厚み方向に貫通している。また、各々の第1開口部81は、それぞれ第1突出部260に対応する形状をもっている。本実施モードでは、第1開口部81は、第1突出部260を構成する棒状部材の直径よりもわずかに大きい直径を有する円形状をもっている。 Each first opening 81 penetrates the transparent laminated film 30 in the thickness direction. Further, each of the first openings 81 has a shape corresponding to the first protrusion 260. In this embodiment, the first opening 81 has a circular shape having a diameter slightly larger than the diameter of the rod-shaped member constituting the first protrusion 260.
 各々の第2開口部82は、透明積層フィルム30を厚み方向に貫通している。また、各々の第2開口部82は、それぞれ上下方向に沿って延びる矩形状をもっている。本実施モードでは、第2開口部82の高さは、第2突出部270の高さよりも高くなっており、上述したように、第2突出部270と第2開口部82との間に遊びが設けられるようになっている。なお、図示された例においては、一の開口部80において、各々の第2開口部82の形状が、互いに異なっている。すなわち、一の開口部80において、一方の第2開口部82の高さが、他方の第2開口部82の高さよりも高くなっている。しかしながら、これに限られず、一の開口部80において、各々の第2開口部82の形状が、互いに等しくなっていてもよい。 Each second opening 82 penetrates the transparent laminated film 30 in the thickness direction. Further, each of the second openings 82 has a rectangular shape extending in the vertical direction. In this embodiment, the height of the second opening 82 is higher than the height of the second protrusion 270, and as described above, there is play between the second protrusion 270 and the second opening 82. Is to be provided. In the illustrated example, in one opening 80, the shapes of the second openings 82 are different from each other. That is, in one opening 80, the height of one second opening 82 is higher than the height of the other second opening 82. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and in one opening 80, the shapes of the second openings 82 may be equal to each other.
 この開口部80は、第3湾曲面77cが形成される領域に形成されている。そして、上述したように、第3湾曲面77cは、装着者Hから遠ざかる側に凸となるように湾曲している。このため、一対の取付部250を透明積層フィルム30の裏面(装着者H側の面)側から開口部80に挿入することにより、上述した保持部材200が、透明積層フィルム30を容易に保持できるようになっている。 The opening 80 is formed in the region where the third curved surface 77c is formed. Then, as described above, the third curved surface 77c is curved so as to be convex toward the side away from the wearer H. Therefore, by inserting the pair of mounting portions 250 into the opening 80 from the back surface (the surface on the wearer H side) side of the transparent laminated film 30, the holding member 200 described above can easily hold the transparent laminated film 30. It has become like.
 本実施モードでは、フェイスシールド10を作製する際、まず、保護フィルム付き透明積層フィルム60を所定の形状に加工する。この場合、保護フィルム付き透明積層フィルム60は、ビク型を用いる打ち抜き加工、ドリルを用いる切削加工、またはレーザーを用いるレーザー加工によって、加工されてもよい。なお、加工速度や生産性の観点からは、保護フィルム付き透明積層フィルム60は、打ち抜き加工によって加工されることが好ましい。 In this implementation mode, when the face shield 10 is manufactured, first, the transparent laminated film 60 with a protective film is processed into a predetermined shape. In this case, the transparent laminated film 60 with a protective film may be processed by punching using a bik mold, cutting using a drill, or laser processing using a laser. From the viewpoint of processing speed and productivity, the transparent laminated film 60 with a protective film is preferably processed by punching.
 次に、所定の形状に加工された保護フィルム付き透明積層フィルム60から、表面保護フィルム61および裏面保護フィルム62を取り外す。これにより、所定の形状に加工された透明積層フィルム30が得られる(図23参照)。 Next, the front surface protective film 61 and the back surface protective film 62 are removed from the transparent laminated film 60 with a protective film processed into a predetermined shape. As a result, the transparent laminated film 30 processed into a predetermined shape is obtained (see FIG. 23).
 その後、第1係合部75aを第1係止部76aに係止し、かつ、第2係合部75bを第2係止部76bに係止する。これにより、透明積層フィルム30に、第1湾曲面77a、第2湾曲面77bおよび第3湾曲面77cが形成される。このようにして、シールド部30Aが組み立てられる。 After that, the first engaging portion 75a is locked to the first locking portion 76a, and the second engaging portion 75b is locked to the second locking portion 76b. As a result, the first curved surface 77a, the second curved surface 77b, and the third curved surface 77c are formed on the transparent laminated film 30. In this way, the shield portion 30A is assembled.
 また、透明積層フィルム30を作製することと並行して、保持部材200を作製する。この際、例えば、アルミニウム製の棒状部材に対して曲げ加工を施すことにより、図16に示す保持部材200を作製する。 Further, in parallel with the production of the transparent laminated film 30, the holding member 200 is produced. At this time, for example, the holding member 200 shown in FIG. 16 is manufactured by bending an aluminum rod-shaped member.
 次いで、保持部材200の取付部250を、透明積層フィルム30に形成された開口部80に挿入する。これにより、図16に示すフェイスシールド10が得られる。 Next, the mounting portion 250 of the holding member 200 is inserted into the opening 80 formed in the transparent laminated film 30. As a result, the face shield 10 shown in FIG. 16 is obtained.
 以上のように本実施モードによれば、シールド部30Aを構成する透明積層フィルム30の下辺72に、複数の第1切り込み部74aが形成されている。また、第1切り込み部74aの一側に第1係合部75aが形成され、第1切り込み部74aの他側に第1係合部75aを係止する第1係止部76aが形成されている。そして、第1係合部75aを第1係止部76aに係止することにより、下辺72の近傍に、装着者Hから遠ざかる側に凸となるように湾曲する第1湾曲面77aが形成されている。これにより、下方に飛散した飛沫は、第1湾曲面77aに付着する。このため、飛沫が、フェイスシールド10よりも下方に落下してしまうことを抑制できる。この結果、下方に飛散した飛沫が周囲の構造物に付着することを抑制できる。 As described above, according to the present embodiment, a plurality of first cut portions 74a are formed on the lower side 72 of the transparent laminated film 30 constituting the shield portion 30A. Further, a first engaging portion 75a is formed on one side of the first cut portion 74a, and a first locking portion 76a for locking the first engaging portion 75a is formed on the other side of the first cut portion 74a. There is. Then, by locking the first engaging portion 75a to the first locking portion 76a, a first curved surface 77a that is curved so as to be convex toward the side away from the wearer H is formed in the vicinity of the lower side 72. ing. As a result, the droplets scattered downward adhere to the first curved surface 77a. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the droplets from falling below the face shield 10. As a result, it is possible to prevent the droplets scattered downward from adhering to the surrounding structure.
 また、第1湾曲面77aが装着者Hから遠ざかる側に凸となるように湾曲していることにより、第1湾曲面77aが形成された領域は、当該領域に衝撃が加えられた場合に、弾性変形しやすくなっている。このため、フェイスシールド10を落下させてしまった場合であっても、第1湾曲面77aが形成された領域が弾性変形することによって、当該領域が落下の衝撃を吸収できる。このため、フェイスシールド10が損傷を受けることを抑制できる。 Further, since the first curved surface 77a is curved so as to be convex toward the side away from the wearer H, the region where the first curved surface 77a is formed becomes when an impact is applied to the region. It is easy to be elastically deformed. Therefore, even if the face shield 10 is dropped, the region where the first curved surface 77a is formed is elastically deformed, so that the region can absorb the impact of the drop. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the face shield 10 from being damaged.
 また、本実施モードによれば、透明積層フィルム30の上辺71に、複数の第2切り込み部74bが形成されている。また、第2切り込み部74bの一側に第2係合部75bが形成され、第2切り込み部74bの他側に第2係合部75bを係止する第2係止部76bが形成されている。そして、第2係合部75bを第2係止部76bに係止することにより、上辺71の近傍に、装着者Hから遠ざかる側に凸となるように湾曲する第2湾曲面77bが形成されている。これにより、上方に飛散した飛沫は、第2湾曲面77bに付着する。このため、飛沫が、フェイスシールド10の上方から、周囲に飛散してしまうことを抑制できる。この結果、飛散した飛沫が周囲の構造物に付着することを抑制できる。また、上辺71の近傍に第2湾曲面77bが形成されることにより、第2湾曲面77bによって装着者Hの頭部を覆うこともでき、外部(上方)から飛散する飛沫から装着者Hを効果的に保護できる。 Further, according to the present embodiment, a plurality of second cut portions 74b are formed on the upper side 71 of the transparent laminated film 30. Further, a second engaging portion 75b is formed on one side of the second cut portion 74b, and a second locking portion 76b for locking the second engaging portion 75b is formed on the other side of the second cut portion 74b. There is. Then, by locking the second engaging portion 75b to the second locking portion 76b, a second curved surface 77b that is curved so as to be convex toward the side away from the wearer H is formed in the vicinity of the upper side 71. ing. As a result, the droplets scattered upward adhere to the second curved surface 77b. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the droplets from being scattered from above the face shield 10 to the surroundings. As a result, it is possible to prevent the scattered droplets from adhering to the surrounding structure. Further, since the second curved surface 77b is formed in the vicinity of the upper side 71, the head of the wearer H can be covered by the second curved surface 77b, and the wearer H can be covered from the droplets scattered from the outside (above). Can be effectively protected.
 また、本実施モードによれば、第1係合部75aを第1係止部76aに係止し、かつ、第2係合部75bを第2係止部76bに係止することにより、第1湾曲面77aと第2湾曲面77bとの間に、装着者Hから遠ざかる側に凸となるように湾曲する第3湾曲面77cが形成されている。これにより、装着者Hに対面する方向および装着者Hから見た左右方向に飛散した飛沫は、第3湾曲面77cに付着する。このため、飛沫が、フェイスシールド10の側方から、周囲に飛散してしまうことを抑制できる。この結果、飛散した飛沫が周囲の構造物に付着することを抑制できる。 Further, according to the present embodiment, the first engaging portion 75a is locked to the first locking portion 76a, and the second engaging portion 75b is locked to the second locking portion 76b. A third curved surface 77c that curves so as to be convex toward the side away from the wearer H is formed between the first curved surface 77a and the second curved surface 77b. As a result, the droplets scattered in the direction facing the wearer H and in the left-right direction as seen from the wearer H adhere to the third curved surface 77c. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the droplets from scattering from the side of the face shield 10 to the surroundings. As a result, it is possible to prevent the scattered droplets from adhering to the surrounding structure.
 また、本実施モードによれば、第3湾曲面77cが、垂直断面において、直線形状をもっている。これにより、フェイスシールド10のサイズが大きくなり過ぎることを抑制できる。このため、装着者Hが頭部を動かした場合等に、シールド部30Aを構成する透明積層フィルム30が、周囲の構造物や他人に接触してしまうことを抑制できる。また、フェイスシールド10のサイズが大きくなり過ぎることを抑制できるため、装着者Hがフェイスシールド10を装着した状態であっても、装着者Hがストレスを感じることなく作業に集中できる。 Further, according to this embodiment, the third curved surface 77c has a linear shape in a vertical cross section. As a result, it is possible to prevent the size of the face shield 10 from becoming too large. Therefore, when the wearer H moves his / her head, it is possible to prevent the transparent laminated film 30 constituting the shield portion 30A from coming into contact with surrounding structures or others. Further, since it is possible to prevent the size of the face shield 10 from becoming too large, even if the wearer H is wearing the face shield 10, the wearer H can concentrate on the work without feeling stress.
 また、本実施モードによれば、保持部材200が、装着者Hの耳Eに装着される耳掛け部220を含む一対のテンプル部210と、一対のテンプル部210を装着者Hの後方から互いに連結する連結部230とを有している。そして、装着者Hの前方には、一対のテンプル部210同士の間に延びる他の部材が配置されていない。これにより、装着者Hが眼鏡をかけていた場合に、眼鏡と保持部材200とが干渉してしまうことを抑制できる。また、装着者Hの前方には、一対のテンプル部210同士の間に延びる他の部材が配置されていないため、保持部材200が目立ってしまうことを抑制できる。このため、装着感を低減できるフェイスシールド10を提供できる。 Further, according to this embodiment, the holding member 200 has a pair of temple portions 210 including an ear hook portion 220 mounted on the ear E of the wearer H and a pair of temple portions 210 from behind the wearer H. It has a connecting portion 230 to be connected. Further, in front of the wearer H, no other member extending between the pair of temple portions 210 is arranged. As a result, when the wearer H wears spectacles, it is possible to prevent the spectacles from interfering with the holding member 200. Further, since no other member extending between the pair of temple portions 210 is arranged in front of the wearer H, it is possible to prevent the holding member 200 from becoming conspicuous. Therefore, it is possible to provide the face shield 10 that can reduce the wearing feeling.
 また、本実施モードによれば、一対のテンプル部210が、耳掛け部220よりも前方において、互いに平行に延びているか、または、前方に向かうにつれて、一対のテンプル部210間の距離が長くなるように延びている。これにより、一対のテンプル部210のうち、耳掛け部220よりも前方に位置する部分が、装着者Hに接触することを抑制できる。このため、装着者Hの頭部が、一対のテンプル部210によって締め付けられてしまうことを抑制できる。この結果、装着者Hが不快感を覚えることを抑制でき、装着者Hがストレスを感じることなくフェイスシールド10を装着できる。 Further, according to the present embodiment, the pair of temple portions 210 extend in parallel with each other in front of the ear hook portion 220, or the distance between the pair of temple portions 210 increases as the temple portions 210 extend toward the front. It extends like this. As a result, it is possible to prevent the portion of the pair of temple portions 210 located in front of the ear hook portion 220 from coming into contact with the wearer H. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the head of the wearer H from being tightened by the pair of temple portions 210. As a result, the wearer H can be prevented from feeling uncomfortable, and the wearer H can wear the face shield 10 without feeling stress.
 また、本実施モードによれば、連結部230に、水平方向に対するテンプル部210の傾きを調整する錘240が取り付けられている。これにより、シールド部30Aが装着者Hの顔面Fに接触してしまうことを抑制できる。 Further, according to the present implementation mode, a weight 240 for adjusting the inclination of the temple portion 210 with respect to the horizontal direction is attached to the connecting portion 230. As a result, it is possible to prevent the shield portion 30A from coming into contact with the face F of the wearer H.
 また、本実施モードによれば、保持部材200が、金属製の棒状部材からなる。これにより、フェイスシールド10を落下させてしまった場合であっても、保持部材200が損傷を受けることを抑制できる。 Further, according to this implementation mode, the holding member 200 is made of a metal rod-shaped member. As a result, even if the face shield 10 is dropped, it is possible to prevent the holding member 200 from being damaged.
 また、本実施モードによれば、棒状部材を構成する金属が、アルミニウムである。これにより、保持部材200を容易に成形できる。また、保持部材200の軽量化を図ることができる。 Further, according to this implementation mode, the metal constituting the rod-shaped member is aluminum. Thereby, the holding member 200 can be easily formed. In addition, the weight of the holding member 200 can be reduced.
 また、本実施モードによれば、保持部材200が、透明積層フィルム30を保持するための一対の取付部250を含み、透明積層フィルム30の一対の側辺73の近傍に、それぞれ取付部250が挿入される開口部80が形成されている。この場合、取付部250を開口部80に挿入することにより、保持部材200が、透明積層フィルム30を容易に保持できる。 Further, according to this embodiment, the holding member 200 includes a pair of mounting portions 250 for holding the transparent laminated film 30, and the mounting portions 250 are located in the vicinity of the pair of side sides 73 of the transparent laminated film 30. An opening 80 to be inserted is formed. In this case, by inserting the mounting portion 250 into the opening 80, the holding member 200 can easily hold the transparent laminated film 30.
 さらに、本実施モードによれば、保持部材200が、透明積層フィルム30を上下方向に移動可能に保持する。これにより、シールド部30Aが、周囲の構造物に接触した場合であっても、シールド部30Aが保持部材200に対して移動することにより、フェイスシールド10から装着者Hに衝撃が加えられてしまうことや、フェイスシールド10が装着者Hから外れてしまうことを抑制できる。 Further, according to this embodiment, the holding member 200 holds the transparent laminated film 30 so as to be movable in the vertical direction. As a result, even when the shield portion 30A comes into contact with the surrounding structure, the shield portion 30A moves with respect to the holding member 200, so that an impact is applied from the face shield 10 to the wearer H. In addition, it is possible to prevent the face shield 10 from coming off the wearer H.
 なお、上述した実施モードにおいて、透明積層フィルム30に第2湾曲面77bおよび第3湾曲面77cが形成されている例について説明したが、これに限られない。例えば、透明積層フィルム30に第2湾曲面77bおよび第3湾曲面77cが形成されていなくてもよい。 Although the example in which the second curved surface 77b and the third curved surface 77c are formed on the transparent laminated film 30 in the above-mentioned implementation mode has been described, the present invention is not limited to this. For example, the second curved surface 77b and the third curved surface 77c may not be formed on the transparent laminated film 30.
 また、上述した実施モードにおいて、テンプル部210および連結部230が、一体に成形されている例について説明したが、これに限られない。例えば、図24に示すように、連結部230が、テンプル部210とは別体に設けられていてもよい。そして、連結部230が、水平方向に対するテンプル部210の傾きを調整してもよい。 Further, in the above-mentioned implementation mode, an example in which the temple portion 210 and the connecting portion 230 are integrally molded has been described, but the present invention is not limited to this. For example, as shown in FIG. 24, the connecting portion 230 may be provided separately from the temple portion 210. Then, the connecting portion 230 may adjust the inclination of the temple portion 210 with respect to the horizontal direction.
 この場合、図25に示すように、連結部230は、略円弧状に延びる本体部23aと、本体部23aの両端に設けられた係合部23bとを含んでいてもよい。このうち係合部23bには、それぞれ貫通孔23cが形成されていてもよい。そして、貫通孔23cにテンプル部210が挿入されることにより、連結部230がテンプル部210に取り付けられるように構成されていてもよい。この場合、例えば、テンプル部210に対する連結部230の位置を調整することにより、連結部230の重量によって、水平方向に対するテンプル部210の傾きを調整できる。なお、貫通孔23cの形状は、正面視において、円形状であってもよく、四角形状等の多角形状であることが好ましい。貫通孔23cの形状が、正面視において多角形状であることにより、連結部230がテンプル部210を安定して保持でき、水平方向に対するテンプル部210の傾きを所望の傾きに保つことができる。この場合、テンプル部210の長手方向に直行する方向に沿った断面において、テンプル部210の断面形状は、四角形状等の多角形状であることが好ましい。 In this case, as shown in FIG. 25, the connecting portion 230 may include a main body portion 23a extending in a substantially arc shape and engaging portions 23b provided at both ends of the main body portion 23a. Of these, through holes 23c may be formed in the engaging portions 23b, respectively. Then, the connecting portion 230 may be configured to be attached to the temple portion 210 by inserting the temple portion 210 into the through hole 23c. In this case, for example, by adjusting the position of the connecting portion 230 with respect to the temple portion 210, the inclination of the temple portion 210 with respect to the horizontal direction can be adjusted by the weight of the connecting portion 230. The shape of the through hole 23c may be circular in front view, and is preferably a polygonal shape such as a quadrangular shape. Since the shape of the through hole 23c is a polygonal shape in the front view, the connecting portion 230 can stably hold the temple portion 210, and the inclination of the temple portion 210 with respect to the horizontal direction can be kept at a desired inclination. In this case, in the cross section along the direction orthogonal to the longitudinal direction of the temple portion 210, the cross-sectional shape of the temple portion 210 is preferably a polygonal shape such as a quadrangular shape.
 本変形例によれば、連結部230が、テンプル部210とは別体に設けられており、水平方向に対するテンプル部210の傾きを調整する。これにより、シールド部30Aが装着者Hの顔面Fに接触してしまうことを抑制できる。また、連結部230がテンプル部210と別体に設けられている場合、装着者Hの頭部の大きさに合わせて、連結部230の大きさを変更することもできる。そして、連結部230の大きさ適宜変更することにより、装着者Hの頭部が、一対のテンプル部210によって締め付けられてしまうことを抑制できる。これにより、装着者Hが不快感を覚えることを抑制でき、装着者Hがストレスを感じることなくフェイスシールド10を装着できる。 According to this modification, the connecting portion 230 is provided separately from the temple portion 210, and the inclination of the temple portion 210 with respect to the horizontal direction is adjusted. As a result, it is possible to prevent the shield portion 30A from coming into contact with the face F of the wearer H. Further, when the connecting portion 230 is provided separately from the temple portion 210, the size of the connecting portion 230 can be changed according to the size of the head of the wearer H. Then, by appropriately changing the size of the connecting portion 230, it is possible to prevent the head of the wearer H from being tightened by the pair of temple portions 210. As a result, the wearer H can be prevented from feeling uncomfortable, and the wearer H can wear the face shield 10 without feeling stress.
 <第2の実施モード>
 次に、図26乃至図31を参照して第3の実施の形態の第2の実施モードについて説明する。図26乃至図31に示す第3の実施の形態の第2の実施モードは、主として、シールド部(透明積層フィルム)の構成が第1の実施モードと異なるものである。図26乃至図31において、第1の実施モードと同一部分には同一の符号を付して詳細な説明は省略する。
<Second implementation mode>
Next, a second embodiment of the third embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 26 to 31. The second embodiment of the third embodiment shown in FIGS. 26 to 31 is mainly different from the first embodiment in the configuration of the shield portion (transparent laminated film). In FIGS. 26 to 31, the same parts as those in the first embodiment are designated by the same reference numerals, and detailed description thereof will be omitted.
 図26乃至図31に示すように、本実施のモードにおいても、シールド部30Aを構成する透明積層フィルム30は、上辺71と、上辺71に対向する下辺72と、上辺71と下辺72との間に延びる一対の側辺73とを有する矩形状(図31参照)をもっている。 As shown in FIGS. 26 to 31, even in this mode, the transparent laminated film 30 constituting the shield portion 30A is between the upper side 71, the lower side 72 facing the upper side 71, and the upper side 71 and the lower side 72. It has a rectangular shape (see FIG. 31) having a pair of side sides 73 extending to the surface.
 図27乃至図31に示すように、下辺72の近傍に、下辺72の延在方向(図31の左右方向)に沿って配置された第1下部パネル91aおよび第2下部パネル92aが設けられている。また、第1下部パネル91aおよび第2下部パネル92aよりも上辺71側に、第1下部パネル91aおよび第2下部パネル92aを固定する下部固定パネル95aが設けられている。 As shown in FIGS. 27 to 31, a first lower panel 91a and a second lower panel 92a arranged along the extending direction of the lower side 72 (left-right direction in FIG. 31) are provided in the vicinity of the lower side 72. There is. Further, a lower fixing panel 95a for fixing the first lower panel 91a and the second lower panel 92a is provided on the upper side 71 side of the first lower panel 91a and the second lower panel 92a.
 第1下部パネル91aおよび第2下部パネル92aは、それぞれ、正面視において、長方形の1つの角部を切り欠いた五角形状をもっている。具体的には、第1下部パネル91aは、正面視において、長方形の右上の角部を切り欠いた五角形状をもっている。一方、第2下部パネル92aは、正面視において、長方形の左上の角部を切り欠いた五角形状をもっている。第1下部パネル91aおよび第2下部パネル92aは、後述する第1下部切り込み部101aに対して対称になっている。下部固定パネル95aは、正面視において、三角形状をもっている。 The first lower panel 91a and the second lower panel 92a each have a pentagonal shape with one corner of a rectangle cut out in front view. Specifically, the first lower panel 91a has a pentagonal shape in which the upper right corner of the rectangle is cut out in the front view. On the other hand, the second lower panel 92a has a pentagonal shape in which the upper left corner of the rectangle is cut out in the front view. The first lower panel 91a and the second lower panel 92a are symmetrical with respect to the first lower notch 101a described later. The lower fixed panel 95a has a triangular shape when viewed from the front.
 第1下部パネル91aおよび第2下部パネル92aは、透明積層フィルム30を貫通する第1下部切り込み部101aによって互いに分離されている。この第1下部切り込み部101aは、側辺73の延在方向(図31の上下方向)に沿って形成されている。 The first lower panel 91a and the second lower panel 92a are separated from each other by the first lower notch 101a penetrating the transparent laminated film 30. The first lower cut portion 101a is formed along the extending direction (vertical direction in FIG. 31) of the side side 73.
 第1下部パネル91aおよび下部固定パネル95aは、透明積層フィルム30を貫通する第2下部切り込み部102aによって互いに分離されている。また、第2下部パネル92aおよび下部固定パネル95aは、透明積層フィルム30を貫通する第3下部切り込み部103aによって互いに分離されている。この第2下部切り込み部102aおよび第3下部切り込み部103aは、それぞれ、下辺72の延在方向(図31の左右方向)および側辺73の延在方向(図31の上下方向)の両方向に傾斜する方向に沿って形成されている。第3下部切り込み部103aおよび第4下部切り込み部104aは、互いに連結されているとともに、それぞれ第1下部切り込み部101aに連結されている。 The first lower panel 91a and the lower fixing panel 95a are separated from each other by the second lower notch 102a penetrating the transparent laminated film 30. Further, the second lower panel 92a and the lower fixing panel 95a are separated from each other by a third lower notch 103a penetrating the transparent laminated film 30. The second lower cut portion 102a and the third lower cut portion 103a are inclined in both the extending direction of the lower side 72 (horizontal direction in FIG. 31) and the extending direction of the side side 73 (vertical direction in FIG. 31, respectively). It is formed along the direction of The third lower cut portion 103a and the fourth lower cut portion 104a are connected to each other and are connected to the first lower cut portion 101a, respectively.
 そして、第1下部パネル91aと第2下部パネル92aとを互いに重ね合わせた状態で、下部固定パネル95aに固定することにより、下辺72の近傍に、装着者Hから遠ざかる側に凸となるように湾曲する第1下部湾曲面96a(図26、図27、図28および図30参照)が形成されるようになっている。これにより、下方に飛散した飛沫は、第1下部湾曲面96aに付着する。このため、飛沫が、フェイスシールド10よりも下方に落下してしまうことを抑制できる。この結果、下方に飛散した飛沫が周囲の構造物に付着することを抑制できるようになっている。 Then, by fixing the first lower panel 91a and the second lower panel 92a to the lower fixing panel 95a in a state where the first lower panel 91a and the second lower panel 92a are overlapped with each other, the first lower panel 91a and the second lower panel 92a are fixed to the lower fixing panel 95a so as to be convex toward the side away from the wearer H in the vicinity of the lower side 72. A curved first lower curved surface 96a (see FIGS. 26, 27, 28 and 30) is formed. As a result, the droplets scattered downward adhere to the first lower curved surface 96a. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the droplets from falling below the face shield 10. As a result, it is possible to prevent the droplets scattered downward from adhering to the surrounding structures.
 また、第1下部湾曲面96aが装着者Hから遠ざかる側に凸となるように湾曲していることにより、第1下部湾曲面96aが形成された領域は、当該領域に衝撃が加えられた場合に、弾性変形しやすくなっている。このため、フェイスシールド10を落下させてしまった場合であっても、第1下部湾曲面96aが形成された領域が弾性変形することによって、当該領域が落下の衝撃を吸収できる。このため、フェイスシールド10が損傷を受けることを抑制できるようになっている。 Further, since the first lower curved surface 96a is curved so as to be convex toward the side away from the wearer H, the region where the first lower curved surface 96a is formed is when an impact is applied to the region. In addition, it is easily deformed elastically. Therefore, even if the face shield 10 is dropped, the region where the first lower curved surface 96a is formed is elastically deformed, so that the region can absorb the impact of the drop. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the face shield 10 from being damaged.
 この第1下部湾曲面96aは、三次元曲面であってもよい。例えば、第1下部湾曲面96aは、任意の位置において、その垂直断面形状が、装着者Hから遠ざかる側に凸となるように全体的に曲がっていてもよく、任意の位置において、その水平断面形状が、装着者Hから遠ざかる側に凸となるように曲がっていてもよい。 The first lower curved surface 96a may be a three-dimensional curved surface. For example, the first lower curved surface 96a may be bent as a whole so that its vertical cross-sectional shape becomes convex toward the side away from the wearer H at an arbitrary position, and its horizontal cross section may be formed at an arbitrary position. The shape may be bent so as to be convex toward the side away from the wearer H.
 また、第1下部パネル91aおよび第2下部パネル92aよりも下辺72側(外側)に、下辺72の延在方向(図31の左右方向)に沿って配置された第3下部パネル93aおよび第4下部パネル94aが設けられている。なお、本明細書中、「外側」とは、透明積層フィルム30の中心から離れる側をいう。 Further, the third lower panel 93a and the fourth are arranged on the lower side 72 side (outside) of the first lower panel 91a and the second lower panel 92a along the extending direction of the lower side 72 (left-right direction in FIG. 31). A lower panel 94a is provided. In the present specification, the "outside" means the side away from the center of the transparent laminated film 30.
 第3下部パネル93aおよび第4下部パネル94aは、それぞれ、正面視において、L字形状をもっている。第3下部パネル93aおよび第4下部パネル94aは、後述する第4下部切り込み部104aに対して対称になっている。 The third lower panel 93a and the fourth lower panel 94a each have an L-shape in front view. The third lower panel 93a and the fourth lower panel 94a are symmetrical with respect to the fourth lower notch 104a, which will be described later.
 第3下部パネル93aおよび第4下部パネル94aは、透明積層フィルム30を貫通する第4下部切り込み部104aによって互いに分離されている。この第4下部切り込み部104aは、下辺72から延びている。また、第4下部切り込み部104aは、側辺73の延在方向(図31の上下方向)に沿って形成されている。第4下部切り込み部104aは、第1下部切り込み部101aに連結されている。 The third lower panel 93a and the fourth lower panel 94a are separated from each other by the fourth lower cut portion 104a penetrating the transparent laminated film 30. The fourth lower cut portion 104a extends from the lower side 72. Further, the fourth lower cut portion 104a is formed along the extending direction (vertical direction in FIG. 31) of the side side 73. The fourth lower cut portion 104a is connected to the first lower cut portion 101a.
 第1下部パネル91aおよび第3下部パネル93aは、透明積層フィルム30を貫通する第5下部切り込み部105aによって互いに分離されている。また、第2下部パネル92aおよび第4下部パネル94aは、透明積層フィルム30を貫通する第6下部切り込み部106aによって互いに分離されている。この第5下部切り込み部105aおよび第6下部切り込み部106aは、それぞれ、下辺72の延在方向(図31の左右方向)に沿って形成されている。第5下部切り込み部105aおよび第6下部切り込み部106aは、互いに連結されているとともに、それぞれ第1下部切り込み部101aおよび第4下部切り込み部104aに連結されている。 The first lower panel 91a and the third lower panel 93a are separated from each other by a fifth lower notch 105a penetrating the transparent laminated film 30. Further, the second lower panel 92a and the fourth lower panel 94a are separated from each other by the sixth lower cut portion 106a penetrating the transparent laminated film 30. The fifth lower cut portion 105a and the sixth lower cut portion 106a are each formed along the extending direction (left-right direction in FIG. 31) of the lower side 72. The fifth lower cut portion 105a and the sixth lower cut portion 106a are connected to each other and are connected to the first lower cut portion 101a and the fourth lower cut portion 104a, respectively.
 また、第1下部パネル91aおよび第3下部パネル93aは、透明積層フィルム30を貫通する第7下部切り込み部107aによって互いに分離されている。この第7下部切り込み部107aは、側辺73の延在方向(図31の上下方向)に沿って形成されている。第7下部切り込み部107aは、第5下部切り込み部105aに連結されている。 Further, the first lower panel 91a and the third lower panel 93a are separated from each other by the seventh lower notch portion 107a penetrating the transparent laminated film 30. The seventh lower cut portion 107a is formed along the extending direction (vertical direction in FIG. 31) of the side side 73. The seventh lower notch 107a is connected to the fifth lower notch 105a.
 さらに、第2下部パネル92aおよび第4下部パネル94aは、透明積層フィルム30を貫通する第8下部切り込み部108aによって互いに分離されている。この第8下部切り込み部108aは、側辺73の延在方向(図31の上下方向)に沿って形成されている。第8下部切り込み部108aは、第6下部切り込み部106aに連結されている。 Further, the second lower panel 92a and the fourth lower panel 94a are separated from each other by the eighth lower cut portion 108a penetrating the transparent laminated film 30. The eighth lower cut portion 108a is formed along the extending direction (vertical direction in FIG. 31) of the side side 73. The eighth lower cut portion 108a is connected to the sixth lower cut portion 106a.
 そして、第3下部パネル93aと第4下部パネル94aとを互いに重ね合わせた状態で、下部固定パネル95aに固定することにより、第1下部湾曲面96aの外側に、装着者Hから遠ざかる側に凸となるように湾曲する第2下部湾曲面97aが形成されるようになっている。これにより、下方に飛散した飛沫は、第1下部湾曲面96aおよび第2下部湾曲面97aに付着する。このため、飛沫が、フェイスシールド10よりも下方に落下してしまうことを更に効果的に抑制できる。この結果、下方に飛散した飛沫が周囲の構造物に付着することを更に効果的に抑制できるようになっている。 Then, by fixing the third lower panel 93a and the fourth lower panel 94a to the lower fixing panel 95a in a state where the third lower panel 93a and the fourth lower panel 94a are overlapped with each other, the third lower panel 93a is convex to the outside of the first lower curved surface 96a toward the side away from the wearer H. A second lower curved surface 97a that is curved so as to be formed is formed. As a result, the droplets scattered downward adhere to the first lower curved surface 96a and the second lower curved surface 97a. Therefore, it is possible to more effectively prevent the droplets from falling below the face shield 10. As a result, it is possible to more effectively prevent the droplets scattered downward from adhering to the surrounding structures.
 この第2下部湾曲面97aは、三次元曲面であってもよい。例えば、第2下部湾曲面97aは、任意の位置において、その垂直断面形状が、装着者Hから遠ざかる側に凸となるように全体的に曲がっていてもよく、任意の位置において、その水平断面形状が、装着者Hから遠ざかる側に凸となるように曲がっていてもよい。 The second lower curved surface 97a may be a three-dimensional curved surface. For example, the second lower curved surface 97a may be bent as a whole so that its vertical cross-sectional shape becomes convex toward the side away from the wearer H at an arbitrary position, and its horizontal cross section may be formed at an arbitrary position. The shape may be bent so as to be convex toward the side away from the wearer H.
 なお、本実施モードにおいては、第1下部パネル91a、第2下部パネル92a、第3下部パネル93aおよび第4下部パネル94aは、固定部材100aを介して、下部固定パネル95aに固定されていてもよい。この場合、固定部材100aは、例えば、ホッチキスの針であってもよい。また、固定部材100aは、接着剤、テープまたはクリップ等であってもよい。 In this embodiment, even if the first lower panel 91a, the second lower panel 92a, the third lower panel 93a, and the fourth lower panel 94a are fixed to the lower fixing panel 95a via the fixing member 100a. good. In this case, the fixing member 100a may be, for example, a stapler. Further, the fixing member 100a may be an adhesive, a tape, a clip or the like.
 また、図27乃至図31に示すように、上辺71の近傍に、上辺71の延在方向(図31の左右方向)に沿って配置された第1上部パネル91bおよび第2上部パネル92bが設けられている。また、第1上部パネル91bおよび第2上部パネル92bよりも下辺72側に、第1上部パネル91bおよび第2上部パネル92bを固定する上部固定パネル95bが設けられている。 Further, as shown in FIGS. 27 to 31, a first upper panel 91b and a second upper panel 92b arranged along the extending direction of the upper side 71 (left-right direction in FIG. 31) are provided in the vicinity of the upper side 71. Has been done. Further, an upper fixing panel 95b for fixing the first upper panel 91b and the second upper panel 92b is provided on the lower side 72 side of the first upper panel 91b and the second upper panel 92b.
 第1上部パネル91bおよび第2上部パネル92bは、それぞれ、正面視において、長方形の1つの角部を切り欠いた五角形状をもっている。具体的には、第1上部パネル91bは、正面視において、長方形の右下の角部を切り欠いた五角形状をもっている。一方、第2上部パネル92bは、正面視において、長方形の左下の角部を切り欠いた五角形状をもっている。第1上部パネル91bおよび第2上部パネル92bは、後述する第1上部切り込み部101bに対して対称になっている。上部固定パネル95bは、正面視において、三角形状をもっている。 The first upper panel 91b and the second upper panel 92b each have a pentagonal shape in which one corner of a rectangle is cut out in a front view. Specifically, the first upper panel 91b has a pentagonal shape in which the lower right corner of the rectangle is cut out in the front view. On the other hand, the second upper panel 92b has a pentagonal shape in which the lower left corner of the rectangle is cut out in the front view. The first upper panel 91b and the second upper panel 92b are symmetrical with respect to the first upper notch 101b described later. The upper fixed panel 95b has a triangular shape when viewed from the front.
 第1上部パネル91bおよび第2上部パネル92bは、透明積層フィルム30を貫通する第1上部切り込み部101bによって互いに分離されている。この第1上部切り込み部101bは、側辺73の延在方向(図31の上下方向)に沿って形成されている。 The first upper panel 91b and the second upper panel 92b are separated from each other by the first upper notch 101b penetrating the transparent laminated film 30. The first upper cut portion 101b is formed along the extending direction (vertical direction in FIG. 31) of the side side 73.
 第1上部パネル91bおよび上部固定パネル95bは、透明積層フィルム30を貫通する第2上部切り込み部102bによって互いに分離されている。また、第2上部パネル92bおよび上部固定パネル95bは、透明積層フィルム30を貫通する第3上部切り込み部103bによって互いに分離されている。この第2上部切り込み部102bおよび第3上部切り込み部103bは、それぞれ、上辺71の延在方向(図31の左右方向)および側辺73の延在方向(図31の上下方向)の両方向に傾斜する方向に沿って形成されている。第3上部切り込み部103bおよび第4上部切り込み部104bは、互いに連結されているとともに、それぞれ第1上部切り込み部101bに連結されている。 The first upper panel 91b and the upper fixing panel 95b are separated from each other by the second upper notch 102b penetrating the transparent laminated film 30. Further, the second upper panel 92b and the upper fixing panel 95b are separated from each other by a third upper notch 103b penetrating the transparent laminated film 30. The second upper notch 102b and the third upper notch 103b are inclined in both the extending direction of the upper side 71 (horizontal direction in FIG. 31) and the extending direction of the side 73 (vertical direction in FIG. 31), respectively. It is formed along the direction of The third upper notch 103b and the fourth upper notch 104b are connected to each other and are connected to the first upper notch 101b, respectively.
 そして、第1上部パネル91bと第2上部パネル92bとを互いに重ね合わせた状態で、上部固定パネル95bに固定することにより、上辺71の近傍に、装着者Hから遠ざかる側に凸となるように湾曲する第1上部湾曲面96b(図26、図27、図29および図30参照)が形成されるようになっている。これにより、上方に飛散した飛沫は、第1上部湾曲面96bに付着する。このため、飛沫が、フェイスシールド10の上方から、周囲に飛散してしまうことを抑制できる。この結果、飛散した飛沫が周囲の構造物に付着することを抑制できるようになっている。また、上辺71の近傍に第1上部湾曲面96bが形成されることにより、第1上部湾曲面96bによって装着者Hの頭部を覆うこともでき、外部から飛散する飛沫から装着者Hを効果的に保護できるようになっている。 Then, by fixing the first upper panel 91b and the second upper panel 92b to the upper fixing panel 95b in a state where the first upper panel 91b and the second upper panel 92b are overlapped with each other, the first upper panel 91b and the second upper panel 92b are fixed to the upper fixing panel 95b so as to be convex toward the side away from the wearer H in the vicinity of the upper side 71. A curved first upper curved surface 96b (see FIGS. 26, 27, 29 and 30) is formed. As a result, the droplets scattered upward adhere to the first upper curved surface 96b. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the droplets from being scattered from above the face shield 10 to the surroundings. As a result, it is possible to prevent the scattered droplets from adhering to the surrounding structures. Further, since the first upper curved surface 96b is formed in the vicinity of the upper side 71, the head of the wearer H can be covered by the first upper curved surface 96b, and the wearer H is effective from the droplets scattered from the outside. It is designed to be protected.
 この第1上部湾曲面96bは、三次元曲面であってもよい。例えば、第1上部湾曲面96bは、任意の位置において、その垂直断面形状が、装着者Hから遠ざかる側に凸となるように全体的に曲がっていてもよく、任意の位置において、その水平断面形状が、装着者Hから遠ざかる側に凸となるように曲がっていてもよい。 The first upper curved surface 96b may be a three-dimensional curved surface. For example, the first upper curved surface 96b may be bent as a whole so that its vertical cross-sectional shape becomes convex toward the side away from the wearer H at an arbitrary position, and its horizontal cross section may be formed at an arbitrary position. The shape may be bent so as to be convex toward the side away from the wearer H.
 また、第1上部パネル91bおよび第2上部パネル92bよりも上辺71側(外側)に、上辺71の延在方向(図31の左右方向)に沿って配置された第3上部パネル93bおよび第4上部パネル94bが設けられている。 Further, the third upper panel 93b and the fourth are arranged along the extending direction (left-right direction in FIG. 31) of the upper side 71 on the upper side 71 side (outside) of the first upper panel 91b and the second upper panel 92b. An upper panel 94b is provided.
 第3上部パネル93bおよび第4上部パネル94bは、それぞれ、正面視において、L字形状をもっている。第3上部パネル93bおよび第4上部パネル94bは、後述する第4上部切り込み部104bに対して対称になっている。 The third upper panel 93b and the fourth upper panel 94b each have an L-shape in front view. The third upper panel 93b and the fourth upper panel 94b are symmetrical with respect to the fourth upper notch 104b described later.
 第3上部パネル93bおよび第4上部パネル94bは、透明積層フィルム30を貫通する第4上部切り込み部104bによって互いに分離されている。この第4上部切り込み部104bは、上辺71から延びている。また、第4上部切り込み部104bは、側辺73の延在方向(図31の上下方向)に沿って形成されている。第4上部切り込み部104bは、第1上部切り込み部101bに連結されている。 The third upper panel 93b and the fourth upper panel 94b are separated from each other by the fourth upper notch 104b penetrating the transparent laminated film 30. The fourth upper cut portion 104b extends from the upper side 71. Further, the fourth upper cut portion 104b is formed along the extending direction (vertical direction in FIG. 31) of the side side 73. The fourth upper notch 104b is connected to the first upper notch 101b.
 第1上部パネル91bおよび第3上部パネル93bは、透明積層フィルム30を貫通する第5上部切り込み部105bによって互いに分離されている。また、第2上部パネル92bおよび第4上部パネル94bは、透明積層フィルム30を貫通する第6上部切り込み部106bによって互いに分離されている。この第5上部切り込み部105bおよび第6上部切り込み部106bは、それぞれ、上辺71の延在方向(図31の左右方向)に沿って形成されている。第5上部切り込み部105bおよび第6上部切り込み部106bは、互いに連結されているとともに、それぞれ第1上部切り込み部101bおよび第4上部切り込み部104bに連結されている。 The first upper panel 91b and the third upper panel 93b are separated from each other by a fifth upper notch 105b penetrating the transparent laminated film 30. Further, the second upper panel 92b and the fourth upper panel 94b are separated from each other by the sixth upper notch portion 106b penetrating the transparent laminated film 30. The fifth upper cut portion 105b and the sixth upper cut portion 106b are each formed along the extending direction (left-right direction in FIG. 31) of the upper side 71. The fifth upper notch 105b and the sixth upper notch 106b are connected to each other and are connected to the first upper notch 101b and the fourth upper notch 104b, respectively.
 また、第1上部パネル91bおよび第3上部パネル93bは、透明積層フィルム30を貫通する第7上部切り込み部107bによって互いに分離されている。この第7上部切り込み部107bは、側辺73の延在方向(図31の上下方向)に沿って形成されている。第7上部切り込み部107bは、第5上部切り込み部105bに連結されている。 Further, the first upper panel 91b and the third upper panel 93b are separated from each other by the seventh upper notch portion 107b penetrating the transparent laminated film 30. The seventh upper cut portion 107b is formed along the extending direction (vertical direction in FIG. 31) of the side side 73. The seventh upper notch 107b is connected to the fifth upper notch 105b.
 さらに、第2上部パネル92bおよび第4上部パネル94bは、透明積層フィルム30を貫通する第8上部切り込み部108bによって互いに分離されている。この第8上部切り込み部108bは、側辺73の延在方向(図31の上下方向)に沿って形成されている。第8上部切り込み部108bは、第6上部切り込み部106bに連結されている。 Further, the second upper panel 92b and the fourth upper panel 94b are separated from each other by the eighth upper notch 108b penetrating the transparent laminated film 30. The eighth upper cut portion 108b is formed along the extending direction (vertical direction in FIG. 31) of the side side 73. The eighth upper notch 108b is connected to the sixth upper notch 106b.
 そして、第3上部パネル93bと第4上部パネル94bとを互いに重ね合わせた状態で、上部固定パネル95bに固定することにより、第1上部湾曲面96bの外側に、装着者Hから遠ざかる側に凸となるように湾曲する第2上部湾曲面97bが形成されるようになっている。これにより、上方に飛散した飛沫は、第1上部湾曲面96bおよび第2上部湾曲面97bに付着する。このため、飛沫が、フェイスシールド10の上方から、周囲に飛散してしまうことを抑制できる。この結果、飛散した飛沫が周囲の構造物に付着することを抑制できるようになっている。また、上辺71の近傍に第2上部湾曲面97bが形成されることにより、第2上部湾曲面97bによって装着者Hの頭部を覆うこともでき、外部から飛散する飛沫から装着者Hを効果的に保護できるようになっている。 Then, by fixing the third upper panel 93b and the fourth upper panel 94b to the upper fixing panel 95b in a state where the third upper panel 93b and the fourth upper panel 94b are overlapped with each other, the third upper panel 93b and the fourth upper panel 94b are convex to the outside of the first upper curved surface 96b toward the side away from the wearer H. The second upper curved surface 97b that curves so as to be formed is formed. As a result, the droplets scattered upward adhere to the first upper curved surface 96b and the second upper curved surface 97b. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the droplets from being scattered from above the face shield 10 to the surroundings. As a result, it is possible to prevent the scattered droplets from adhering to the surrounding structures. Further, since the second upper curved surface 97b is formed in the vicinity of the upper side 71, the head of the wearer H can be covered by the second upper curved surface 97b, and the wearer H is effective from the droplets scattered from the outside. It is designed to be protected.
 この第2上部湾曲面97bは、三次元曲面であってもよい。例えば、第2上部湾曲面97bは、任意の位置において、その垂直断面形状が、装着者Hから遠ざかる側に凸となるように全体的に曲がっていてもよく、任意の位置において、その水平断面形状が、装着者Hから遠ざかる側に凸となるように曲がっていてもよい。 The second upper curved surface 97b may be a three-dimensional curved surface. For example, the second upper curved surface 97b may be bent as a whole so that its vertical cross-sectional shape becomes convex toward the side away from the wearer H at an arbitrary position, and its horizontal cross section may be formed at an arbitrary position. The shape may be bent so as to be convex toward the side away from the wearer H.
 第1下部パネル91aと第2下部パネル92aとを下部固定パネル95aに固定し、かつ、第1上部パネル91bと第2上部パネル92bとを上部固定パネル95bに固定することにより、第1下部湾曲面96aと第1上部湾曲面96bとの間に、装着者Hから遠ざかる側に凸となるように湾曲する中間部湾曲面98が形成されるようになっている。これにより、装着者に対面する方向および装着者から見た左右方向に飛散した飛沫は、中間部湾曲面98に付着する。このため、飛沫が、フェイスシールド10の側方から、周囲に飛散してしまうことを抑制できる。この結果、飛散した飛沫が周囲の構造物に付着することを抑制できるようになっている。 The first lower curvature is formed by fixing the first lower panel 91a and the second lower panel 92a to the lower fixing panel 95a and fixing the first upper panel 91b and the second upper panel 92b to the upper fixing panel 95b. An intermediate curved surface 98 that curves so as to be convex toward the side away from the wearer H is formed between the surface 96a and the first upper curved surface 96b. As a result, the droplets scattered in the direction facing the wearer and in the left-right direction as seen from the wearer adhere to the curved surface 98 of the intermediate portion. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the droplets from scattering from the side of the face shield 10 to the surroundings. As a result, it is possible to prevent the scattered droplets from adhering to the surrounding structures.
 図30に示すように、中間部湾曲面98は、垂直断面において、直線形状をもっている。これにより、フェイスシールド10のサイズ(とりわけ前後方向のサイズ)が大きくなり過ぎることを抑制できる。このため、装着者Hが頭部を動かした場合等に、シールド部30Aを構成する透明積層フィルム30が、周囲の構造物や他人に接触してしまうことを抑制できる。また、フェイスシールド10のサイズが大きくなり過ぎることを抑制できるため、装着者Hがフェイスシールド10を装着した状態であっても、装着者Hがストレスを感じることなく作業に集中できる。 As shown in FIG. 30, the intermediate curved surface 98 has a linear shape in a vertical cross section. As a result, it is possible to prevent the size of the face shield 10 (particularly the size in the front-rear direction) from becoming too large. Therefore, when the wearer H moves his / her head, it is possible to prevent the transparent laminated film 30 constituting the shield portion 30A from coming into contact with surrounding structures or others. Further, since it is possible to prevent the size of the face shield 10 from becoming too large, even if the wearer H is wearing the face shield 10, the wearer H can concentrate on the work without feeling stress.
 中間部湾曲面98は、二次元曲面であってもよい。例えば、中間部湾曲面98は、任意の位置において、その垂直断面形状が、直線形状であってもよく、任意の位置において、その水平断面形状が、装着者Hから遠ざかる側に凸となるように曲がっていてもよい。 The intermediate curved surface 98 may be a two-dimensional curved surface. For example, the intermediate curved surface 98 may have a linear cross-sectional shape at an arbitrary position, and the horizontal cross-sectional shape may be convex toward the side away from the wearer H at an arbitrary position. It may be bent to.
 なお、本実施モードにおいては、第1上部パネル91b、第2上部パネル92b、第3上部パネル93bおよび第4上部パネル94bは、固定部材100bを介して、上部固定パネル95bに固定されていてもよい。この場合、固定部材100bは、例えば、ホッチキスの針であってもよい。また、固定部材100bは、接着剤、テープまたはクリップ等であってもよい。 In this embodiment, even if the first upper panel 91b, the second upper panel 92b, the third upper panel 93b, and the fourth upper panel 94b are fixed to the upper fixing panel 95b via the fixing member 100b. good. In this case, the fixing member 100b may be, for example, a stapler. Further, the fixing member 100b may be an adhesive, a tape, a clip or the like.
 また、本実施モードでは、「正面視」とは、一対のテンプル部210のうち、耳掛け部220よりも前方に位置する部分が水平となるように、装着者Hがフェイスシールド10を装着した状態であって、第2突出部270が後述する第2開口部82の上端に当接した状態(図27に示す状態)において、中間部湾曲面98の法線方向のうち、中間部湾曲面98の水平方向中央部99(図27参照)における法線方向からフェイスシールド10を見ることを意味する。 Further, in the present implementation mode, "front view" means that the wearer H wears the face shield 10 so that the portion of the pair of temple portions 210 located in front of the ear hook portion 220 is horizontal. In the state where the second protruding portion 270 is in contact with the upper end of the second opening 82 (the state shown in FIG. 27), which will be described later, the intermediate curved surface of the normal direction of the intermediate curved surface 98 is in contact with the upper end. It means to see the face shield 10 from the normal direction in the horizontal central portion 99 (see FIG. 27) of 98.
 また、本実施モードにおいても、例えば、第1突出部260が挿入される第1開口部81を変更することにより、シールド部30Aの前後の位置を調整できるようになっている。 Further, also in this implementation mode, for example, by changing the first opening 81 into which the first protrusion 260 is inserted, the front and rear positions of the shield portion 30A can be adjusted.
 さらに、本実施モードでは、開口部80は、中間部湾曲面98が形成される領域に形成されている。そして、上述したように、中間部湾曲面98は、装着者Hから遠ざかる側に凸となるように湾曲している。このため、一対の取付部250を透明積層フィルム30の裏面(装着者H側の面)側から開口部80に挿入することにより、上述した保持部材200が、透明積層フィルム30を容易に保持できるようになっている。 Further, in this embodiment, the opening 80 is formed in the region where the intermediate curved surface 98 is formed. Then, as described above, the intermediate curved surface 98 is curved so as to be convex toward the side away from the wearer H. Therefore, by inserting the pair of mounting portions 250 into the opening 80 from the back surface (the surface on the wearer H side) side of the transparent laminated film 30, the holding member 200 described above can easily hold the transparent laminated film 30. It has become like.
 以上のように本実施モードによれば、下辺72の近傍に、下辺72の延在方向に沿って配置された第1下部パネル91aおよび第2下部パネル92aが設けられている。また、第1下部パネル91aおよび第2下部パネル92aよりも上辺71側に、第1下部パネル91aおよび第2下部パネル92aを固定する下部固定パネル95aが設けられている。また、第1下部パネル91aおよび第2下部パネル92aが、透明積層フィルム30を貫通する第1下部切り込み部101aによって互いに分離されている。また、第1下部パネル91aおよび下部固定パネル95aが、透明積層フィルム30を貫通する第2下部切り込み部102aによって互いに分離されている。さらに、第2下部パネル92aおよび下部固定パネル95aが、透明積層フィルム30を貫通する第3下部切り込み部103aによって互いに分離されている。そして、第1下部パネル91aと第2下部パネル92aとを互いに重ね合わせた状態で、下部固定パネル95aに固定することにより、下辺72の近傍に、装着者Hから遠ざかる側に凸となるように湾曲する第1下部湾曲面96aが形成される。これにより、下方に飛散した飛沫は、第1下部湾曲面96aに付着する。このため、飛沫が、フェイスシールド10よりも下方に落下してしまうことを抑制できる。この結果、下方に飛散した飛沫が周囲の構造物に付着することを抑制できる。 As described above, according to the present implementation mode, the first lower panel 91a and the second lower panel 92a arranged along the extending direction of the lower side 72 are provided in the vicinity of the lower side 72. Further, a lower fixing panel 95a for fixing the first lower panel 91a and the second lower panel 92a is provided on the upper side 71 side of the first lower panel 91a and the second lower panel 92a. Further, the first lower panel 91a and the second lower panel 92a are separated from each other by the first lower cut portion 101a penetrating the transparent laminated film 30. Further, the first lower panel 91a and the lower fixing panel 95a are separated from each other by the second lower notch 102a penetrating the transparent laminated film 30. Further, the second lower panel 92a and the lower fixing panel 95a are separated from each other by the third lower notch 103a penetrating the transparent laminated film 30. Then, by fixing the first lower panel 91a and the second lower panel 92a to the lower fixing panel 95a in a state where the first lower panel 91a and the second lower panel 92a are overlapped with each other, the first lower panel 91a and the second lower panel 92a are fixed to the lower fixing panel 95a so as to be convex toward the side away from the wearer H in the vicinity of the lower side 72. A curved first lower curved surface 96a is formed. As a result, the droplets scattered downward adhere to the first lower curved surface 96a. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the droplets from falling below the face shield 10. As a result, it is possible to prevent the droplets scattered downward from adhering to the surrounding structure.
 また、第1下部湾曲面96aが装着者Hから遠ざかる側に凸となるように湾曲していることにより、第1下部湾曲面96aが形成された領域は、当該領域に衝撃が加えられた場合に、弾性変形しやすくなっている。このため、フェイスシールド10を落下させてしまった場合であっても、第1下部湾曲面96aが形成された領域が弾性変形することによって、当該領域が落下の衝撃を吸収できる。このため、フェイスシールド10が損傷を受けることを抑制できる。 Further, since the first lower curved surface 96a is curved so as to be convex toward the side away from the wearer H, the region where the first lower curved surface 96a is formed is when an impact is applied to the region. In addition, it is easily deformed elastically. Therefore, even if the face shield 10 is dropped, the region where the first lower curved surface 96a is formed is elastically deformed, so that the region can absorb the impact of the drop. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the face shield 10 from being damaged.
 また、本実施モードによれば、第1下部パネル91aおよび第2下部パネル92aよりも下辺72側に、下辺72の延在方向に沿って配置された第3下部パネル93aおよび第4下部パネル94aが設けられている。また、第3下部パネル93aおよび第4下部パネル94aは、透明積層フィルム30を貫通する第4下部切り込み部104aによって互いに分離されている。また、第1下部パネル91aおよび第3下部パネル93aは、透明積層フィルム30を貫通する第5下部切り込み部105aによって互いに分離されている。さらに、第2下部パネル92aおよび第4下部パネル94aは、透明積層フィルム30を貫通する第6下部切り込み部106aによって互いに分離されている。そして、第3下部パネル93aと第4下部パネル94aとを互いに重ね合わせた状態で、下部固定パネル95aに固定することにより、第1下部湾曲面96aの外側に、装着者Hから遠ざかる側に凸となるように湾曲する第2下部湾曲面97aが形成される。これにより、下方に飛散した飛沫は、第1下部湾曲面96aおよび第2下部湾曲面97aに付着する。このため、飛沫が、フェイスシールド10よりも下方に落下してしまうことをより効果的に抑制できる。この結果、下方に飛散した飛沫が周囲の構造物に付着することをより効果的に抑制できる。 Further, according to the present embodiment, the third lower panel 93a and the fourth lower panel 94a are arranged on the lower side 72 side of the first lower panel 91a and the second lower panel 92a along the extending direction of the lower side 72. Is provided. Further, the third lower panel 93a and the fourth lower panel 94a are separated from each other by the fourth lower cut portion 104a penetrating the transparent laminated film 30. Further, the first lower panel 91a and the third lower panel 93a are separated from each other by a fifth lower notch 105a penetrating the transparent laminated film 30. Further, the second lower panel 92a and the fourth lower panel 94a are separated from each other by the sixth lower cut portion 106a penetrating the transparent laminated film 30. Then, by fixing the third lower panel 93a and the fourth lower panel 94a to the lower fixing panel 95a in a state where the third lower panel 93a and the fourth lower panel 94a are overlapped with each other, the third lower panel 93a is convex to the outside of the first lower curved surface 96a toward the side away from the wearer H. A second lower curved surface 97a that is curved so as to be is formed. As a result, the droplets scattered downward adhere to the first lower curved surface 96a and the second lower curved surface 97a. Therefore, it is possible to more effectively prevent the droplets from falling below the face shield 10. As a result, it is possible to more effectively prevent the droplets scattered downward from adhering to the surrounding structure.
 また、本実施モードによれば、第4下部切り込み部104aは、下辺72から延びている。これにより、第3下部パネル93aと第4下部パネル94aとによって形成される第2下部湾曲面97aの曲率を大きくできる。このため、第2下部湾曲面97aが、装着者Hの顎を下方から覆いやすくなる。この結果、飛沫が、フェイスシールド10よりも下方に落下してしまうことを更に効果的に抑制できる。このため、下方に飛散した飛沫が周囲の構造物に付着することを更に効果的に抑制できる。 Further, according to the present implementation mode, the fourth lower notch portion 104a extends from the lower side 72. As a result, the curvature of the second lower curved surface 97a formed by the third lower panel 93a and the fourth lower panel 94a can be increased. Therefore, the second lower curved surface 97a easily covers the chin of the wearer H from below. As a result, it is possible to more effectively prevent the droplets from falling below the face shield 10. Therefore, it is possible to more effectively prevent the droplets scattered downward from adhering to the surrounding structure.
 また、本実施モードによれば、上辺71の近傍に、上辺71の延在方向に沿って配置された第1上部パネル91bおよび第2上部パネル92bが設けられている。また、第1上部パネル91bおよび第2上部パネル92bよりも下辺72側に、第1上部パネル91bおよび第2上部パネル92bを固定する上部固定パネル95bが設けられている。また、第1上部パネル91bおよび第2上部パネル92bが、透明積層フィルム30を貫通する第1上部切り込み部101bによって互いに分離されている。また、第1上部パネル91bおよび上部固定パネル95bが、透明積層フィルム30を貫通する第2上部切り込み部102bによって互いに分離されている。さらに、第2上部パネル92bおよび上部固定パネル95bが、透明積層フィルム30を貫通する第3上部切り込み部103bによって互いに分離されている。そして、第1上部パネル91bと第2上部パネル92bとを互いに重ね合わせた状態で、上部固定パネル95bに固定することにより、上辺71の近傍に、装着者Hから遠ざかる側に凸となるように湾曲する第1上部湾曲面96bが形成される。これにより、上方に飛散した飛沫は、第1上部湾曲面96bに付着する。このため、飛沫が、フェイスシールド10の上方から、周囲に飛散してしまうことを抑制できる。この結果、飛散した飛沫が周囲の構造物に付着することを抑制できる。また、上辺71の近傍に第1上部湾曲面96bが形成されることにより、第1上部湾曲面96bによって装着者Hの頭部を覆うこともでき、外部から飛散する飛沫から装着者Hを効果的に保護できる。 Further, according to the present implementation mode, the first upper panel 91b and the second upper panel 92b arranged along the extending direction of the upper side 71 are provided in the vicinity of the upper side 71. Further, an upper fixing panel 95b for fixing the first upper panel 91b and the second upper panel 92b is provided on the lower side 72 side of the first upper panel 91b and the second upper panel 92b. Further, the first upper panel 91b and the second upper panel 92b are separated from each other by the first upper notch 101b penetrating the transparent laminated film 30. Further, the first upper panel 91b and the upper fixing panel 95b are separated from each other by the second upper notch 102b penetrating the transparent laminated film 30. Further, the second upper panel 92b and the upper fixing panel 95b are separated from each other by the third upper notch 103b penetrating the transparent laminated film 30. Then, by fixing the first upper panel 91b and the second upper panel 92b to the upper fixing panel 95b in a state where the first upper panel 91b and the second upper panel 92b are overlapped with each other, the first upper panel 91b and the second upper panel 92b are fixed to the upper fixing panel 95b so as to be convex toward the side away from the wearer H in the vicinity of the upper side 71. A curved first upper curved surface 96b is formed. As a result, the droplets scattered upward adhere to the first upper curved surface 96b. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the droplets from being scattered from above the face shield 10 to the surroundings. As a result, it is possible to prevent the scattered droplets from adhering to the surrounding structure. Further, since the first upper curved surface 96b is formed in the vicinity of the upper side 71, the head of the wearer H can be covered by the first upper curved surface 96b, and the wearer H is effective from the droplets scattered from the outside. Can be protected.
 また、本実施モードによれば、第1上部パネル91bおよび第2上部パネル92bよりも上辺71側に、上辺71の延在方向に沿って配置された第3上部パネル93bおよび第4上部パネル94bが設けられている。また、第3上部パネル93bおよび第4上部パネル94bは、透明積層フィルム30を貫通する第4上部切り込み部104bによって互いに分離されている。また、第1上部パネル91bおよび第3上部パネル93bは、透明積層フィルム30を貫通する第5上部切り込み部105bによって互いに分離されている。さらに、第2上部パネル92bおよび第4上部パネル94bは、透明積層フィルム30を貫通する第6上部切り込み部106bによって互いに分離されている。そして、第3上部パネル93bと第4上部パネル94bとを互いに重ね合わせた状態で、上部固定パネル95bに固定することにより、第1上部湾曲面96bの外側に、装着者Hから遠ざかる側に凸となるように湾曲する第2上部湾曲面97bが形成される。これにより、上方に飛散した飛沫は、第1上部湾曲面96bおよび第2上部湾曲面97bに付着する。このため、飛沫が、フェイスシールド10の上方から、周囲に飛散してしまうことをより効果的に抑制できる。この結果、上方に飛散した飛沫が周囲の構造物に付着することをより効果的に抑制できるようになっている。また、上辺71の近傍に第2上部湾曲面97bが形成されることにより、第2上部湾曲面97bによって装着者Hの頭部を覆うこともでき、外部から飛散する飛沫から装着者Hを効果的に保護できる。 Further, according to the present embodiment, the third upper panel 93b and the fourth upper panel 94b are arranged on the upper side 71 side of the first upper panel 91b and the second upper panel 92b along the extending direction of the upper side 71. Is provided. Further, the third upper panel 93b and the fourth upper panel 94b are separated from each other by the fourth upper notch portion 104b penetrating the transparent laminated film 30. Further, the first upper panel 91b and the third upper panel 93b are separated from each other by a fifth upper notch 105b penetrating the transparent laminated film 30. Further, the second upper panel 92b and the fourth upper panel 94b are separated from each other by the sixth upper notch 106b penetrating the transparent laminated film 30. Then, by fixing the third upper panel 93b and the fourth upper panel 94b to the upper fixing panel 95b in a state where the third upper panel 93b and the fourth upper panel 94b are overlapped with each other, the third upper panel 93b and the fourth upper panel 94b are convex to the outside of the first upper curved surface 96b toward the side away from the wearer H. A second upper curved surface 97b that is curved so as to be is formed. As a result, the droplets scattered upward adhere to the first upper curved surface 96b and the second upper curved surface 97b. Therefore, it is possible to more effectively prevent the droplets from being scattered from above the face shield 10 to the surroundings. As a result, it is possible to more effectively suppress the droplets scattered upward from adhering to the surrounding structures. Further, since the second upper curved surface 97b is formed in the vicinity of the upper side 71, the head of the wearer H can be covered by the second upper curved surface 97b, and the wearer H is effective from the droplets scattered from the outside. Can be protected.
 また、本実施モードによれば、第4上部切り込み部104bは、上辺71から延びている。これにより、第3上部パネル93bと第4上部パネル94bとによって形成される第2上部湾曲面97bの曲率を大きくできる。このため、第2上部湾曲面97bが、装着者Hの頭部を上方から覆いやすくなる。この結果、飛沫が、フェイスシールド10の上方から、周囲に飛散してしまうことを更に効果的に抑制できる。このため、上方に飛散した飛沫が周囲の構造物に付着することを更に効果的に抑制できるようになっている。また、外部から飛散する飛沫から装着者Hを更に効果的に保護できる。 Further, according to the present implementation mode, the fourth upper notch portion 104b extends from the upper side 71. As a result, the curvature of the second upper curved surface 97b formed by the third upper panel 93b and the fourth upper panel 94b can be increased. Therefore, the second upper curved surface 97b easily covers the head of the wearer H from above. As a result, it is possible to more effectively prevent the droplets from being scattered from above the face shield 10 to the surroundings. For this reason, it is possible to more effectively prevent the droplets scattered upward from adhering to the surrounding structures. In addition, the wearer H can be more effectively protected from droplets scattered from the outside.
 また、本実施モードによれば、第1下部パネル91aと第2下部パネル92aとを下部固定パネル95aに固定し、かつ、第1上部パネル91bと第2上部パネル92bとを上部固定パネル95bに固定することにより、第1下部湾曲面96aと第1上部湾曲面96bとの間に、装着者Hから遠ざかる側に凸となるように湾曲する中間部湾曲面98が形成される。これにより、装着者Hに対面する方向および装着者Hから見た左右方向に飛散した飛沫は、中間部湾曲面98に付着する。このため、飛沫が、フェイスシールド10の側方から、周囲に飛散してしまうことを抑制できる。この結果、飛散した飛沫が周囲の構造物に付着することを抑制できる。 Further, according to the present embodiment, the first lower panel 91a and the second lower panel 92a are fixed to the lower fixing panel 95a, and the first upper panel 91b and the second upper panel 92b are fixed to the upper fixing panel 95b. By fixing, an intermediate curved surface 98 that curves so as to be convex toward the side away from the wearer H is formed between the first lower curved surface 96a and the first upper curved surface 96b. As a result, the droplets scattered in the direction facing the wearer H and in the left-right direction as seen from the wearer H adhere to the curved surface 98 of the intermediate portion. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the droplets from scattering from the side of the face shield 10 to the surroundings. As a result, it is possible to prevent the scattered droplets from adhering to the surrounding structure.
 さらに、本実施モードによれば、中間部湾曲面98が、垂直断面において、直線形状をもっている。これにより、フェイスシールド10のサイズが大きくなり過ぎることを抑制できる。このため、装着者Hが頭部を動かした場合等に、シールド部30Aを構成する透明積層フィルム30が、周囲の構造物や他人に接触してしまうことを抑制できる。また、フェイスシールド10のサイズが大きくなり過ぎることを抑制できるため、装着者Hがフェイスシールド10を装着した状態であっても、装着者Hがストレスを感じることなく作業に集中できる。 Further, according to this embodiment, the curved surface 98 of the intermediate portion has a linear shape in a vertical cross section. As a result, it is possible to prevent the size of the face shield 10 from becoming too large. Therefore, when the wearer H moves his / her head, it is possible to prevent the transparent laminated film 30 constituting the shield portion 30A from coming into contact with surrounding structures or others. Further, since it is possible to prevent the size of the face shield 10 from becoming too large, even if the wearer H is wearing the face shield 10, the wearer H can concentrate on the work without feeling stress.
 <第3の実施モード>
 次に、図32乃至図37を参照して第3の実施の形態の第3の実施モードについて説明する。図32乃至図37に示す第3の実施の形態の第3の実施モードは、主として、シールド部(透明積層フィルム)の構成が第2の実施モードと異なるものである。図32乃至図37において、第1の実施モードまたは第2の実施モードと同一部分には同一の符号を付して詳細な説明は省略する。
<Third implementation mode>
Next, the third embodiment of the third embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 32 to 37. In the third embodiment of the third embodiment shown in FIGS. 32 to 37, the configuration of the shield portion (transparent laminated film) is mainly different from that of the second embodiment. In FIGS. 32 to 37, the same parts as those in the first embodiment mode or the second embodiment mode are designated by the same reference numerals, and detailed description thereof will be omitted.
 図32乃至図37に示すように、本実施モードにおいても、シールド部30Aを構成する透明積層フィルム30は、上辺71と、上辺71に対向する下辺72と、上辺71と下辺72との間に延びる一対の側辺73とを有する矩形状(図37参照)をもっている。 As shown in FIGS. 32 to 37, even in this embodiment, the transparent laminated film 30 constituting the shield portion 30A is located between the upper side 71, the lower side 72 facing the upper side 71, and the upper side 71 and the lower side 72. It has a rectangular shape (see FIG. 37) having a pair of extending side sides 73.
 図33乃至図37に示すように、シールド部30A(透明積層フィルム30)に、上辺71から延びる一対の第1山折り部121bと、上辺71から延びるとともに、一対の第1山折り部121b間に設けられた一対の第1谷折り部122bとが形成されている。 As shown in FIGS. 33 to 37, between the pair of first mountain fold portions 121b extending from the upper side 71 and the pair of first mountain fold portions 121b extending from the upper side 71 on the shield portion 30A (transparent laminated film 30). A pair of first valley folding portions 122b provided in the above are formed.
 また、シールド部30A(透明積層フィルム30)に、下辺72から延びる一対の第2山折り部121aと、下辺72から延びるとともに、一対の第2山折り部121a間に設けられた一対の第2谷折り部122aとが形成されている。 Further, the shield portion 30A (transparent laminated film 30) has a pair of second mountain fold portions 121a extending from the lower side 72 and a pair of second fold portions extending from the lower side 72 and provided between the pair of second mountain fold portions 121a. A valley fold portion 122a is formed.
 一対の第1山折り部121bおよび一対の第2山折り部121aは、それぞれ側辺73の延在方向(図37の上下方向)に沿って延びている。また、一対の第1谷折り部122bは、上辺71側から下辺72側に向かうにつれて互いに離間するように、側辺73の延在方向に傾斜する方向に沿って延びている。さらに、一対の第2谷折り部122aは、下辺72側から上辺71側に向かうにつれて互いに離間するように、側辺73の延在方向に傾斜する方向に沿って延びている。 The pair of first mountain fold portions 121b and the pair of second mountain fold portions 121a extend along the extending direction (vertical direction in FIG. 37) of the side sides 73, respectively. Further, the pair of first valley fold portions 122b extend along a direction inclined in the extending direction of the side side 73 so as to be separated from each other from the upper side 71 side toward the lower side 72 side. Further, the pair of second valley fold portions 122a extend along a direction inclined in the extending direction of the side side 73 so as to be separated from each other from the lower side 72 side toward the upper side 71 side.
 そして、透明積層フィルム30を、一対の第1山折り部121bおよび一対の第1谷折り部122bに沿って折り畳むことにより、前面150と、前面150の上方に設けられ、前面150から後方に折り畳まれた上面151とが形成されていてもよい(図32、図33、図35および図36参照)。これにより、上方に飛散した飛沫は、上面151に付着する。このため、飛沫が、フェイスシールド10の上方から、周囲に飛散してしまうことを抑制できる。この結果、飛散した飛沫が周囲の構造物に付着することを抑制できる。また、上面151が形成されることにより、上面151によって装着者Hの頭部を覆うこともでき、外部(上方)から飛散する飛沫から装着者Hを効果的に保護できる。 Then, by folding the transparent laminated film 30 along the pair of first mountain fold portions 121b and the pair of first valley fold portions 122b, the transparent laminated film 30 is provided above the front surface 150 and the front surface 150, and is folded rearward from the front surface 150. The top surface 151 may be formed (see FIGS. 32, 33, 35 and 36). As a result, the droplets scattered upward adhere to the upper surface 151. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the droplets from being scattered from above the face shield 10 to the surroundings. As a result, it is possible to prevent the scattered droplets from adhering to the surrounding structure. Further, by forming the upper surface 151, the head surface of the wearer H can be covered by the upper surface 151, and the wearer H can be effectively protected from the droplets scattered from the outside (upper side).
 また、透明積層フィルム30を、一対の第2山折り部121aおよび一対の第2谷折り部122aに沿って折り畳むことにより、前面150と、前面150の下方に設けられ、前面150から後方に折り畳まれた下面152とが形成されていてもよい(図32、図33、図34および図36参照)。これにより、下方に飛散した飛沫は、下面152に付着する。このため、飛沫が、フェイスシールド10よりも下方に落下してしまうことを抑制できる。この結果、下方に飛散した飛沫が周囲の構造物に付着することを抑制できる。 Further, the transparent laminated film 30 is provided on the front surface 150 and below the front surface 150 by folding along the pair of second mountain fold portions 121a and the pair of second valley fold portions 122a, and is folded rearward from the front surface 150. The lower surface 152 may be formed (see FIGS. 32, 33, 34 and 36). As a result, the droplets scattered downward adhere to the lower surface 152. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the droplets from falling below the face shield 10. As a result, it is possible to prevent the droplets scattered downward from adhering to the surrounding structure.
 さらに、透明積層フィルム30を、一対の第1山折り部121bおよび一対の第1谷折り部122bに沿って折り畳むとともに、一対の第2山折り部121aおよび一対の第2谷折り部122aに沿って折り畳むことにより、前面150の側方に、前面150から後方に広がる側面153が形成されている。これにより、装着者Hに対面する方向および装着者Hから見た左右方向に飛散した飛沫は、側面153に付着する。このため、飛沫が、フェイスシールド10の側方から、周囲に飛散してしまうことを抑制できる。この結果、飛散した飛沫が周囲の構造物に付着することを抑制できる。 Further, the transparent laminated film 30 is folded along the pair of first mountain fold portions 121b and the pair of first valley fold portions 122b, and along the pair of second mountain fold portions 121a and the pair of second valley fold portions 122a. By folding the front surface 150, a side surface 153 extending rearward from the front surface 150 is formed on the side surface of the front surface 150. As a result, the droplets scattered in the direction facing the wearer H and in the left-right direction as seen from the wearer H adhere to the side surface 153. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the droplets from scattering from the side of the face shield 10 to the surroundings. As a result, it is possible to prevent the scattered droplets from adhering to the surrounding structure.
 本実施モードでは、前面150は、正面視において、矩形状をもっている。また、前面150は、平坦面であってもよい。 In this implementation mode, the front surface 150 has a rectangular shape in front view. Further, the front surface 150 may be a flat surface.
 上面151および下面152は、側面視において、それぞれ前面150に直交するように折り畳まれている。上面151および下面152は、それぞれ平坦面であってもよい。 The upper surface 151 and the lower surface 152 are folded so as to be orthogonal to the front surface 150 in the side view. The upper surface 151 and the lower surface 152 may be flat surfaces, respectively.
 側面153は、前面150、上面151および下面152に連結されている。側面153のうち、上面151および下面152の近傍の部分は、三次元曲面であってもよく、他の部分は、二次元曲面であってもよい。 The side surface 153 is connected to the front surface 150, the upper surface 151, and the lower surface 152. Of the side surface 153, the portion near the upper surface 151 and the lower surface 152 may be a three-dimensional curved surface, and the other portion may be a two-dimensional curved surface.
 なお、本実施モードにおいては、透明積層フィルム30は、一対の第1山折り部121b等に沿って折り畳まれた際に、例えば固定部材(図示せず)によって固定されてもよい。なお、固定部材は、例えば、ホッチキスの針、接着剤、テープまたはクリップ等であってもよい。 In this embodiment, the transparent laminated film 30 may be fixed by, for example, a fixing member (not shown) when it is folded along the pair of first mountain fold portions 121b or the like. The fixing member may be, for example, a staple, an adhesive, a tape, a clip, or the like.
 また、本実施モードでは、「正面視」とは、一対のテンプル部210のうち、耳掛け部220よりも前方に位置する部分が水平となるように、装着者Hがフェイスシールド10を装着した状態であって、第2突出部270が後述する第2開口部82の上端に当接した状態において、前面150の法線方向のうち、前面150の中央部150a(図33参照)における法線方向からフェイスシールド10を見ることを意味する。 Further, in the present implementation mode, "front view" means that the wearer H wears the face shield 10 so that the portion of the pair of temple portions 210 located in front of the ear hook portion 220 is horizontal. In the state where the second protruding portion 270 is in contact with the upper end of the second opening 82 described later, the normal line in the central portion 150a (see FIG. 33) of the front surface 150 in the normal line direction of the front surface 150. It means looking at the face shield 10 from the direction.
 また、本実施モードにおいても、例えば、第1突出部260が挿入される第1開口部81を変更することにより、シールド部30A(透明積層フィルム30)の前後の位置を調整できるようになっている。 Further, also in this embodiment, for example, by changing the first opening 81 into which the first protrusion 260 is inserted, the front and rear positions of the shield portion 30A (transparent laminated film 30) can be adjusted. There is.
 さらに、本実施モードでは、開口部80は、側面153が形成される領域に形成されている。そして、上述したように、側面153は、前面150から後方に広がっている。このため、一対の取付部250を透明積層フィルム30の裏面(装着者H側の面)側から開口部80に挿入することにより、上述した保持部材200が、透明積層フィルム30を容易に保持できるようになっている。 Further, in this embodiment mode, the opening 80 is formed in the region where the side surface 153 is formed. Then, as described above, the side surface 153 extends rearward from the front surface 150. Therefore, by inserting the pair of mounting portions 250 into the opening 80 from the back surface (the surface on the wearer H side) side of the transparent laminated film 30, the holding member 200 described above can easily hold the transparent laminated film 30. It has become like.
 以上のように本実施モードによれば、透明積層フィルム30に、上辺71から延びる一対の第1山折り部121bと、上辺71から延びるとともに、一対の第1山折り部121b間に設けられた一対の第1谷折り部122bとが形成されている。また、一対の第1山折り部121bは、側辺73の延在方向に沿って延びている。さらに、一対の第1谷折り部122bは、上辺71側から下辺72側に向かうにつれて互いに離間するように、側辺73の延在方向に傾斜する方向に沿って延びている。そして、透明積層フィルム30を、一対の第1山折り部121bおよび一対の第1谷折り部122bに沿って折り畳むことにより、前面150と、前面150の上方に設けられ、前面150から後方に折り畳まれた上面151とが形成されている。これにより、上方に飛散した飛沫は、上面151に付着する。このため、飛沫が、フェイスシールド10の上方から、周囲に飛散してしまうことを抑制できる。この結果、飛散した飛沫が周囲の構造物に付着することを抑制できる。また、上面151が形成されることにより、上面151によって装着者Hの頭部を覆うこともでき、外部(上方)から飛散する飛沫から装着者Hを効果的に保護できる。 As described above, according to the present embodiment, the transparent laminated film 30 is provided between the pair of first mountain fold portions 121b extending from the upper side 71 and the pair of first mountain fold portions 121b extending from the upper side 71. A pair of first valley fold portions 122b is formed. Further, the pair of first mountain fold portions 121b extend along the extending direction of the side side 73. Further, the pair of first valley fold portions 122b extend along a direction inclined in the extending direction of the side side 73 so as to be separated from each other from the upper side 71 side toward the lower side 72 side. Then, by folding the transparent laminated film 30 along the pair of first mountain fold portions 121b and the pair of first valley fold portions 122b, the transparent laminated film 30 is provided above the front surface 150 and the front surface 150, and is folded rearward from the front surface 150. The upper surface 151 is formed. As a result, the droplets scattered upward adhere to the upper surface 151. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the droplets from being scattered from above the face shield 10 to the surroundings. As a result, it is possible to prevent the scattered droplets from adhering to the surrounding structure. Further, by forming the upper surface 151, the head surface of the wearer H can be covered by the upper surface 151, and the wearer H can be effectively protected from the droplets scattered from the outside (upper side).
 また、本実施モードによれば、透明積層フィルム30に、下辺72から延びる一対の第2山折り部121aと、下辺72から延びるとともに、一対の第2山折り部121a間に設けられた一対の第2谷折り部122aとが形成されている。また、一対の第2山折り部121aは、側辺73の延在方向に沿って延びている。さらに、一対の第2谷折り部122aは、下辺72側から上辺71側に向かうにつれて互いに離間するように、側辺73の延在方向に傾斜する方向に沿って延びている。そして、透明積層フィルム30を、一対の第2山折り部121aおよび一対の第2谷折り部122aに沿って折り畳むことにより、前面150と、前面150の下方に設けられ、前面150から後方に折り畳まれた下面152とが形成されている。これにより、下方に飛散した飛沫は、下面152に付着する。このため、飛沫が、フェイスシールド10よりも下方に落下してしまうことを抑制できる。この結果、下方に飛散した飛沫が周囲の構造物に付着することを抑制できる。 Further, according to the present embodiment, the transparent laminated film 30 is provided with a pair of second mountain fold portions 121a extending from the lower side 72 and a pair of second mountain fold portions 121a extending from the lower side 72 and provided between the pair of second mountain fold portions 121a. A second valley fold portion 122a is formed. Further, the pair of second mountain fold portions 121a extend along the extending direction of the side side 73. Further, the pair of second valley fold portions 122a extend along a direction inclined in the extending direction of the side side 73 so as to be separated from each other from the lower side 72 side toward the upper side 71 side. Then, by folding the transparent laminated film 30 along the pair of second mountain fold portions 121a and the pair of second valley fold portions 122a, the transparent laminated film 30 is provided on the front surface 150 and below the front surface 150, and is folded rearward from the front surface 150. The lower surface 152 is formed. As a result, the droplets scattered downward adhere to the lower surface 152. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the droplets from falling below the face shield 10. As a result, it is possible to prevent the droplets scattered downward from adhering to the surrounding structure.
 さらに、本実施モードによれば、透明積層フィルム30を、一対の第1山折り部121bおよび一対の第1谷折り部122bに沿って折り畳むとともに、一対の第2山折り部121aおよび一対の第2谷折り部122aに沿って折り畳むことにより、前面150の側方に、前面150から後方に広がる側面153が形成されている。これにより、装着者Hに対面する方向および装着者Hから見た左右方向に飛散した飛沫は、側面153に付着する。このため、飛沫が、フェイスシールド10の側方から、周囲に飛散してしまうことを抑制できる。この結果、飛散した飛沫が周囲の構造物に付着することを抑制できる。 Further, according to the present embodiment, the transparent laminated film 30 is folded along the pair of first mountain fold portions 121b and the pair of first valley fold portions 122b, and the pair of second mountain fold portions 121a and the pair of first mountain fold portions 121a. By folding along the two valley folding portions 122a, a side surface 153 extending rearward from the front surface 150 is formed on the side of the front surface 150. As a result, the droplets scattered in the direction facing the wearer H and in the left-right direction as seen from the wearer H adhere to the side surface 153. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the droplets from scattering from the side of the face shield 10 to the surroundings. As a result, it is possible to prevent the scattered droplets from adhering to the surrounding structure.
 次に、上記実施の形態における具体的実施例について述べる。 Next, a specific example in the above embodiment will be described.
(実施例D1)
 まず、図3Aに示す透明積層フィルム30を作製した。この際、まず、表面反射防止層40を作製した。表面反射防止層40を作製する際、まず、表面透明基材層42として、厚み60μmのトリアセチルセルロースフィルム(屈折率1.49)を準備した。次に、トリアセチルセルロースフィルム上に、下記処方のハードコート層形成用塗布液を塗布、乾燥及び紫外線照射し、厚み10μm、屈折率1・54、鉛筆硬度2Hの表面ハードコート層44を形成した。次いで、この表面ハードコート層44上に、下記処方の高屈折率層形成用塗布液を塗布、乾燥及び紫外線照射し、厚み150nm、屈折率1.63の表面高屈折率層46を形成した。次いで、この表面高屈折率層46上に、下記処方の低屈折率層形成用塗布液を塗布、乾燥及び紫外線照射し、厚み100nm、屈折率1.30の表面低屈折率層45を形成し、表面反射防止層40を得た。
(Example D1)
First, the transparent laminated film 30 shown in FIG. 3A was produced. At this time, first, the surface antireflection layer 40 was prepared. When producing the surface antireflection layer 40, first, a triacetyl cellulose film (refractive index 1.49) having a thickness of 60 μm was prepared as the surface transparent base material layer 42. Next, a coating liquid for forming a hard coat layer having the following formulation was applied onto the triacetyl cellulose film, dried and irradiated with ultraviolet rays to form a surface hard coat layer 44 having a thickness of 10 μm, a refractive index of 1.54 and a pencil hardness of 2H. .. Next, a coating liquid for forming a high refractive index layer of the following formulation was applied onto the surface hard coat layer 44, dried and irradiated with ultraviolet rays to form a surface high refractive index layer 46 having a thickness of 150 nm and a refractive index of 1.63. Next, a coating liquid for forming a low refractive index layer according to the following formulation is applied onto the surface high refractive index layer 46, dried and irradiated with ultraviolet rays to form a surface low refractive index layer 45 having a thickness of 100 nm and a refractive index of 1.30. , A surface antireflection layer 40 was obtained.
 <ハードコート層形成用塗布液の調製>
 光重合開始剤(BASF社製、イルガキュア127、2-ヒドロキシ-1-{4-[4-(2-ヒドロキシ-2-メチルプロピオニル)ベンジル]フェニル}-2-メチルプロパン-1-オン)を1.6質量部、希釈溶剤(メチルイソブチルケトン/シクロヘキサノン=8/2)を58.3質量部入れ、溶け残りがなくなるまで撹拌した。ここに光硬化樹脂(荒川化学社製、ビームセット577)を20質量部、及び高屈折率樹脂(DIC株式会社製、ポリライトRX-4800)を20質量部入れ撹拌し、溶け残りがなくなるまで撹拌した。最後にレベリング剤(大日精化工業社製、セイカビーム10-28(MB))を0.1質量部入れ撹拌し、ハードコート層形成用塗布液を調製した。
<Preparation of coating liquid for forming a hard coat layer>
Photopolymerization initiator (BASF, Irgacure 127, 2-hydroxy-1- {4- [4- (2-hydroxy-2-methylpropionyl) benzyl] phenyl} -2-methylpropan-1-one) is 1 .6 parts by mass and 58.3 parts by mass of a diluting solvent (methyl isobutyl ketone / cyclohexanone = 8/2) were added, and the mixture was stirred until there was no undissolved residue. Add 20 parts by mass of a photo-curing resin (Arakawa Chemical Co., Ltd., Beam Set 577) and 20 parts by mass of a high-refractive index resin (Polylite RX-4800, manufactured by DIC Corporation) and stir until there is no undissolved residue. did. Finally, 0.1 parts by mass of a leveling agent (Seika Beam 10-28 (MB) manufactured by Dainichiseika Kogyo Co., Ltd.) was added and stirred to prepare a coating liquid for forming a hard coat layer.
 <高屈折率層形成用塗布液の調製>
 光重合開始剤(BASF社製、イルガキュア127)0.1質量部、希釈溶剤(メチルイソブチルケトン/シクロヘキサノン/メチルエチルケトン=4/2/4)を92.6質量部入れ、溶け残りがなくなるまで撹拌した。ここに光硬化樹脂(荒川化学社製、ビームセット577)を1.25質量部入れ、溶け残りがなくなるまで撹拌した。さらに酸化ジルコニウム(住友大阪セメント社製、MZ-230X、固形分32.5質量%、平均一次粒子径15~50nm)を6質量部、レベリング剤(大日精化工業社製、セイカビーム10-28(MB))0.05質量部をそれぞれ入れ撹拌し、高屈折率層形成用塗布液を調製した。
<Preparation of coating liquid for forming a high refractive index layer>
0.1 part by mass of photopolymerization initiator (BASF, Irgacure 127) and 92.6 parts by mass of diluting solvent (methyl isobutyl ketone / cyclohexanone / methyl ethyl ketone = 4/2/4) were added, and the mixture was stirred until there was no undissolved residue. .. 1.25 parts by mass of a photo-curing resin (Beam Set 577 manufactured by Arakawa Chemical Co., Ltd.) was added thereto, and the mixture was stirred until there was no undissolved residue. Furthermore, 6 parts by mass of zirconium oxide (MZ-230X manufactured by Sumitomo Osaka Cement Co., Ltd., solid content 32.5% by mass, average primary particle diameter 15 to 50 nm), leveling agent (manufactured by Dainichiseika Kogyo Co., Ltd., Seika Beam 10-28) MB)) 0.05 parts by mass were added and stirred to prepare a coating liquid for forming a high refractive index layer.
 <低屈折率層形成用塗布液の調製>
 光重合開始剤(BASF社製、イルガキュア127)0.2質量部、希釈溶剤(MIBK/AN=7/3)を91.1質量部入れ、溶け残りがなくなるまで撹拌した。ここに光硬化樹脂(日本化薬社製、KAYARAD-PET-30)1.0質量部、中空シリカ粒子(固形分20質量%、平均一次粒子径60nm)7.6質量部、レベリング剤(大日精化工業社製、セイカビーム10-28(MB))0.1質量部をそれぞれ入れ撹拌し、低屈折率層形成用塗布液を調製した。
<Preparation of coating liquid for forming a low refractive index layer>
0.2 parts by mass of a photopolymerization initiator (Irgacure 127, manufactured by BASF) and 91.1 parts by mass of a diluting solvent (MIBK / AN = 7/3) were added, and the mixture was stirred until there was no undissolved residue. Here, 1.0 part by mass of a photocurable resin (KAYARAD-PET-30 manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), 7.6 parts by mass of hollow silica particles (solid content 20% by mass, average primary particle diameter 60 nm), and a leveling agent (large). 0.1 parts by mass of Seika Beam 10-28 (MB) manufactured by Nisseika Kogyo Co., Ltd. was added and stirred to prepare a coating liquid for forming a low refractive index layer.
 次に、裏面反射防止層50を作製した。裏面反射防止層50を作製する際、まず、裏面透明基材層52として、厚み60μmのトリアセチルセルロースフィルム(屈折率1.49)を準備した。次に、トリアセチルセルロースフィルム上に、上記処方のハードコート層形成用塗布液を塗布、乾燥及び紫外線照射し、厚み10μm、屈折率1・54、鉛筆硬度2Hの裏面ハードコート層54を形成した。次いで、この裏面ハードコート層54上に、上記処方の高屈折率層形成用塗布液を塗布、乾燥及び紫外線照射し、厚み150nm、屈折率1.63の裏面高屈折率層56を形成した。次いで、この裏面高屈折率層56上に、上記処方の低屈折率層形成用塗布液を塗布、乾燥及び紫外線照射し、厚み100nm、屈折率1.30の裏面低屈折率層55を形成し、裏面反射防止層50を得た。 Next, the back surface antireflection layer 50 was produced. When producing the back surface antireflection layer 50, first, a triacetyl cellulose film (refractive index 1.49) having a thickness of 60 μm was prepared as the back surface transparent base material layer 52. Next, the coating liquid for forming a hard coat layer of the above formulation was applied onto the triacetyl cellulose film, dried and irradiated with ultraviolet rays to form a back surface hard coat layer 54 having a thickness of 10 μm, a refractive index of 1.54 and a pencil hardness of 2H. .. Next, the coating liquid for forming a high refractive index layer of the above formulation was applied onto the back surface hard coat layer 54, dried and irradiated with ultraviolet rays to form a back surface high refractive index layer 56 having a thickness of 150 nm and a refractive index of 1.63. Next, the coating liquid for forming a low refractive index layer of the above formulation is applied onto the back surface high refractive index layer 56, dried and irradiated with ultraviolet rays to form a back surface low refractive index layer 55 having a thickness of 100 nm and a refractive index of 1.30. , The back surface antireflection layer 50 was obtained.
 次に、表面反射防止層40および裏面反射防止層50を、透明接着層(パナック株式会社製、パナクリーンシリーズ PD-S1、厚み25μm)を介して互いに接着させて透明積層フィルム30を作製した。得られた透明積層フィルム30の層構成は、以下の通りである。
 低屈/高屈/ハードコート/TAC/粘/TAC/ハードコート/高屈/低屈
 上記において、「低屈」は、表面低屈折率層または裏面低屈折率層を意味している(以下同様)。また、「高屈」は、表面高屈折率層または裏面高屈折率層を意味している(以下同様)。また、「ハードコート」は、表面ハードコート層または裏面ハードコート層を意味している(以下同様)。また、「TAC」は、トリアセチルセルロースフィルムを意味している(以下同様)。さらに、「粘」は透明接着層を意味している。
Next, the front surface antireflection layer 40 and the back surface antireflection layer 50 were adhered to each other via a transparent adhesive layer (Panaclean series PD-S1, thickness 25 μm manufactured by Panac Co., Ltd.) to prepare a transparent laminated film 30. The layer structure of the obtained transparent laminated film 30 is as follows.
Low bending / High bending / Hard coat / TAC / Stickiness / TAC / Hard coat / High bending / Low bending In the above, "low bending" means a front surface low refractive index layer or a back surface low refractive index layer (hereinafter,). Similarly). Further, "high bending" means a front surface high refractive index layer or a back surface high refractive index layer (the same shall apply hereinafter). Further, "hard coat" means a front surface hard coat layer or a back surface hard coat layer (the same shall apply hereinafter). Further, "TAC" means a triacetyl cellulose film (the same applies hereinafter). Further, "sticky" means a transparent adhesive layer.
(1)反射率測定試験
 次に、透明積層フィルム30に対して反射率測定試験を実施した。
(1) Reflectance measurement test Next, a reflectance measurement test was carried out on the transparent laminated film 30.
 この際、まず、得られた透明積層フィルム30から、20mm×20mmサイズのサンプルを切り出した。次に、サンプルの裏面に黒色の樹脂板を密着させた。次いで、サンプルの表面に対して、入射角が5°となるように光を照射した。このとき、光の波長を550nmとして、サンプルの表面に対して光を照射した。そして、分光光度計(日本分光株式会社社製、V-7100)を用いて、光の反射スペクトルを測定し、光の反射率を算出した。 At this time, first, a sample having a size of 20 mm × 20 mm was cut out from the obtained transparent laminated film 30. Next, a black resin plate was brought into close contact with the back surface of the sample. Next, the surface of the sample was irradiated with light so that the incident angle was 5 °. At this time, the wavelength of the light was set to 550 nm, and the surface of the sample was irradiated with the light. Then, the reflection spectrum of light was measured using a spectrophotometer (V-7100, manufactured by JASCO Corporation), and the reflectance of light was calculated.
(2)視認性評価試験
 また、フェイスシールド10の視認性評価試験を実施した。
(2) Visibility evaluation test In addition, a visibility evaluation test of the face shield 10 was carried out.
 この際、まず、得られた透明積層フィルム30を用いて、図26に示すフェイスシールド10を作製した。次に、22歳以上の男女から、実験者を無作為に5名選出した。そして、フェイスシールド10を装着した実験者5名の表情の視認性を確認した。この際、蛍光灯により照明された一般的な室内環境下において、実験者から1m~2m程度離間した距離から、実験者の表情を観察した。また、観察者は、実験者と正対した状態から、フェイスシールド10の表面301を中心として左右に約20°ずつ移動しながら、実験者の表情を観察した。 At this time, first, the face shield 10 shown in FIG. 26 was produced using the obtained transparent laminated film 30. Next, five experimenters were randomly selected from men and women over the age of 22. Then, the visibility of the facial expressions of the five experimenters wearing the face shield 10 was confirmed. At this time, the facial expression of the experimenter was observed from a distance of about 1 m to 2 m from the experimenter in a general indoor environment illuminated by a fluorescent lamp. In addition, the observer observed the facial expression of the experimenter while moving about 20 ° to the left and right around the surface 301 of the face shield 10 from the state facing the experimenter.
(3)飛沫防止機能性評価試験
 また、透明積層フィルム30の飛沫防止機能性評価試験を実施した。飛沫防止機能性評価試験では、外部から飛散する飛沫から装着者を保護する外部飛沫防止機能、および装着者から飛散した飛沫が周囲に飛散することを防止する内部飛沫防止機能を評価した。
(3) Splash Prevention Functionality Evaluation Test In addition, a splash prevention functionality evaluation test of the transparent laminated film 30 was carried out. In the splash prevention functionality evaluation test, the external splash prevention function that protects the wearer from the splashes scattered from the outside and the internal splash prevention function that prevents the splashes scattered from the wearer from scattering to the surroundings were evaluated.
 この際、まず、アルコールスプレーボトル(容量30ml)に、脱イオン水を充填した。また、後頭部から口元に至る貫通孔が形成された人形を準備した。そして、人形の頭部に、フェイスシールド10を装着させた。また、粗大粒子カウンタ(オムロン株式会社製、ZN-PD-S(製品名))を準備した。 At this time, first, the alcohol spray bottle (capacity 30 ml) was filled with deionized water. In addition, a doll with a through hole from the back of the head to the mouth was prepared. Then, the face shield 10 was attached to the head of the doll. In addition, a coarse particle counter (ZN-PD-S (product name) manufactured by OMRON Corporation) was prepared.
 外部飛沫防止機能の評価
 次に、粗大粒子カウンタの測定部(すなわち吸入口)にチューブを取り付けた。そしてチューブの先端が、人形とシールド部30Aとの間において、人形の口元近傍に配置されるように、チューブを設置した。
Evaluation of external splash prevention function Next, a tube was attached to the measuring part (that is, the suction port) of the coarse particle counter. Then, the tube was installed so that the tip of the tube was placed near the mouth of the doll between the doll and the shield portion 30A.
 次いで、水平方向位置がフェイスシールド10から1m離れた位置であり、上下方向位置が、シールド部30Aを構成する透明積層フィルム30の上辺71の上下方向位置と同一となる位置から、スプレーに充填された脱イオン水を噴霧した。そして、粗大粒子カウンタによって、浮遊するインキの粒子の個数をカウントした。この際、インキの粒子の粒径が5μm以上50μm以下の粒子の個数をカウントした。 Next, the spray is filled from a position where the horizontal position is 1 m away from the face shield 10 and the vertical position is the same as the vertical position of the upper side 71 of the transparent laminated film 30 constituting the shield portion 30A. Deionized water was sprayed. Then, the number of floating ink particles was counted by the coarse particle counter. At this time, the number of particles having an ink particle size of 5 μm or more and 50 μm or less was counted.
 内部飛沫防止機能の評価
 次に、2つの粗大粒子カウンタを設置した。この際、まず、一方の粗大粒子カウンタの測定部が、シールド部30Aの真下に配置されるように、一方の粗大粒子カウンタを設置した。また、他方の粗大粒子カウンタの測定部が、一方の粗大粒子カウンタの測定部から前方に30cm離れた位置に配置されるように、当該他方の粗大粒子カウンタを設置した。
Evaluation of internal splash prevention function Next, two coarse particle counters were installed. At this time, first, one coarse particle counter was installed so that the measuring unit of one coarse particle counter was arranged directly under the shield portion 30A. Further, the other coarse particle counter was installed so that the measurement unit of the other coarse particle counter was arranged at a position 30 cm forward from the measurement unit of the one coarse particle counter.
 次いで、人形の後頭部から口元に至る貫通孔から、スプレーに充填された脱イオン水を噴霧した。そして、粗大粒子カウンタによって、浮遊するインキの粒子の個数をカウントした。この際、インキの粒子の粒径が5μm以上50μm以下の粒子の個数をカウントした。 Next, the deionized water filled in the spray was sprayed from the through hole from the back of the head to the mouth of the doll. Then, the number of floating ink particles was counted by the coarse particle counter. At this time, the number of particles having an ink particle size of 5 μm or more and 50 μm or less was counted.
(実施例D2)
 図32に示すフェイスシールド10を作製したこと、以外は実施例D1と同様にして、反射率測定試験、視認性評価試験および飛沫防止機能性評価試験を行った。
(Example D2)
A reflectance measurement test, a visibility evaluation test, and a splash prevention functionality evaluation test were performed in the same manner as in Example D1 except that the face shield 10 shown in FIG. 32 was produced.
(比較例D1)
 人形にフェイスシールドを装着させなかったこと、以外は実施例D1と同様にして、飛沫防止機能性評価試験を行った。
(Comparative Example D1)
A splash prevention functionality evaluation test was conducted in the same manner as in Example D1 except that the face shield was not attached to the doll.
(比較例D2)
 透明フィルムを含む、市販品のフェイスシールド(山本光学株式会社製、YF-850L(商品名))を使用したこと、以外は実施例D1と同様にして、反射率測定試験、視認性評価試験および飛沫防止機能性評価試験を行った。
(Comparative Example D2)
The reflectance measurement test, visibility evaluation test, and the same as in Example D1 except that a commercially available face shield (YF-850L (trade name) manufactured by Yamamoto Optical Co., Ltd.) containing a transparent film was used. A splash prevention functionality evaluation test was conducted.
(比較例D3)
 透明フィルムを含む、市販品のフェイスシールド(シャープ株式会社製、FG-F10M(商品名))を使用したこと、以外は実施例D1と同様にして、反射率測定試験、視認性評価試験および飛沫防止機能性評価試験を行った。
(Comparative Example D3)
Reflectance measurement test, visibility evaluation test and droplets are the same as in Example D1 except that a commercially available face shield (manufactured by Sharp Corporation, FG-F10M (trade name)) containing a transparent film is used. A preventive functionality evaluation test was conducted.
(比較例D4)
 透明フィルムを含む、市販品のフェイスシールド(株式会社みやもと社製、halo(商品名))を使用したこと、以外は実施例D1と同様にして、反射率測定試験、視認性評価試験および飛沫防止機能性評価試験を行った。
(Comparative Example D4)
Reflectance measurement test, visibility evaluation test and splash prevention are the same as in Example D1 except that a commercially available face shield (manufactured by Miyamoto Co., Ltd., hallo (trade name)) containing a transparent film is used. A functionality evaluation test was conducted.
 以上の結果を表16に示す。 The above results are shown in Table 16.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000016
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000016
 上記表16の視認性の欄において、「○」は、透明積層フィルムまたは透明フィルム(以下、単に透明積層フィルム等と記す)への装着者の映り込みが見えなく、フェイスシールドを装着している印象がないといったヒアリング結果であったことを意味する。また、「×」は、透明積層フィルム等への装着者の映り込みが見えてしまうため、作業の妨げになるとともに、フェイスシールドを装着している印象があり、疲労感を感じるといったヒアリング結果であったことを意味する。 In the visibility column of Table 16 above, "○" indicates that the wearer cannot be seen on the transparent laminated film or the transparent film (hereinafter, simply referred to as a transparent laminated film or the like), and the face shield is attached. It means that it was a hearing result that there was no impression. In addition, "x" indicates that the wearer's reflection on the transparent laminated film etc. can be seen, which hinders the work and gives the impression that the face shield is worn, resulting in a feeling of fatigue. It means that there was.
 この結果、表16に示すように、比較例D2および比較例D3によるフェイスシールドの透明フィルムでは、波長が550nmの光の反射率が、それぞれ0.4%、0.5%であった。また、比較例D4によるフェイスシールドの透明フィルムでは、波長が550nmの光の反射率が8.0%であった。これに対して、実施例D1および実施例D2によるフェイスシールドの透明積層フィルムでは、波長が550nmの光の反射率が0.2%であった。このように、実施例D1および実施例D2によるフェイスシールドでは、波長が550nmの光の反射率を低減できた。 As a result, as shown in Table 16, in the transparent film of the face shield according to Comparative Example D2 and Comparative Example D3, the reflectances of light having a wavelength of 550 nm were 0.4% and 0.5%, respectively. Further, in the transparent film of the face shield according to Comparative Example D4, the reflectance of light having a wavelength of 550 nm was 8.0%. On the other hand, in the transparent laminated film of the face shield according to Example D1 and Example D2, the reflectance of light having a wavelength of 550 nm was 0.2%. As described above, in the face shield according to Example D1 and Example D2, the reflectance of light having a wavelength of 550 nm could be reduced.
 また、表16に示すように、視認性評価試験において、比較例D4による透明フィルムでは、透明フィルムへの装着者の映り込みが見えてしまうため、作業の妨げになるとともに、フェイスシールドを装着している印象があり、疲労感を感じるといったヒアリング結果であった。一方、実施例D1および実施例D2では、透明積層フィルム30への装着者の映り込みが見えなく、フェイスシールドを装着している印象がないといったヒアリング結果であった。このように、実施例D1および実施例D2による透明積層フィルム30では、透明積層フィルム30への装着者の映り込みを低減でき、フェイスシールド10を装着した装着者が、疲労感を覚えることを抑制できた。 Further, as shown in Table 16, in the visibility evaluation test, in the transparent film according to Comparative Example D4, the reflection of the wearer on the transparent film can be seen, which hinders the work and attaches the face shield. It was a hearing result that I had the impression that I was feeling tired. On the other hand, in Examples D1 and D2, the hearing result was that the image of the wearer on the transparent laminated film 30 was not visible and there was no impression that the face shield was worn. As described above, in the transparent laminated film 30 according to Example D1 and Example D2, the reflection of the wearer on the transparent laminated film 30 can be reduced, and the wearer wearing the face shield 10 is prevented from feeling tired. did it.
 また、表16に示すように、飛沫防止機能性評価試験において、比較例D2乃至比較例D4例によるフェイスシールドでは、外部から脱イオン水を噴霧した際に、人形の口元近傍を浮遊する粒子の個数が約100個以上であった。これに対して、実施例D1によるフェイスシールド10では、外部から脱イオン水を噴霧した際に、人形の口元近傍を浮遊する粒子の個数が19個であった。また、実施例D2によるフェイスシールド10では、外部から脱イオン水を噴霧した際に、人形の口元近傍を浮遊する粒子の個数が10個であった。このように、実施例D1および実施例D2によるフェイスシールド10では、外部から飛散する飛沫から装着者を効果的に保護できることがわかった。 Further, as shown in Table 16, in the splash prevention functionality evaluation test, in the face shield according to Comparative Example D2 to Comparative Example D4, when the deionized water was sprayed from the outside, the particles floating near the mouth of the doll were found. The number was about 100 or more. On the other hand, in the face shield 10 according to Example D1, when the deionized water was sprayed from the outside, the number of particles floating in the vicinity of the mouth of the doll was 19. Further, in the face shield 10 according to Example D2, when the deionized water was sprayed from the outside, the number of particles floating in the vicinity of the mouth of the doll was 10. As described above, it was found that the face shield 10 according to Example D1 and Example D2 can effectively protect the wearer from the droplets scattered from the outside.
 また、表16に示すように、飛沫防止機能性評価試験において、比較例D2乃至比較例D4によるフェイスシールドでは、フェイスシールドの真下に落下した粒子の個数が約800個以上であった。これに対して、実施例D1によるフェイスシールド10では、フェイスシールド10の真下に落下した粒子の個数が62個であった。また、実施例D2によるフェイスシールド10では、フェイスシールド10の真下に落下した粒子の個数が35個であった。このように、実施例D1および実施例D2によるフェイスシールド10では、装着者から飛散した飛沫が周囲に飛散することを効果的に抑制できることがわかった。 Further, as shown in Table 16, in the splash prevention functionality evaluation test, in the face shield according to Comparative Example D2 to Comparative Example D4, the number of particles that fell directly under the face shield was about 800 or more. On the other hand, in the face shield 10 according to Example D1, the number of particles that fell directly under the face shield 10 was 62. Further, in the face shield 10 according to Example D2, the number of particles that fell directly under the face shield 10 was 35. As described above, it was found that the face shield 10 according to Example D1 and Example D2 can effectively suppress the scattering of the droplets scattered from the wearer to the surroundings.
 さらに、表16に示すように、飛沫防止機能性評価試験において、実施例D1および実施例D2によるフェイスシールド10においても、比較例D2乃至比較例D4例によるフェイスシールドと同様に、フェイスシールド10から30cm前方に落下した粒子の個数が3個以下であった。とりわけ実施例D2によるフェイスシールド10では、フェイスシールド10から30cm前方に落下した粒子の個数が0個であった。このため、第1下部湾曲面96aおよび第1上部湾曲面96bが形成されたフェイスシールド10においても、特定サイズの飛沫がフェイスシールド10の装着者Hの前方に飛散することを抑制できることがわかった。 Further, as shown in Table 16, in the splash prevention functionality evaluation test, the face shield 10 according to Examples D1 and D2 also has the same face shield 10 as the face shield according to Comparative Examples D2 to D4. The number of particles that fell 30 cm forward was 3 or less. In particular, in the face shield 10 according to Example D2, the number of particles that fell 30 cm forward from the face shield 10 was 0. Therefore, it was found that even in the face shield 10 on which the first lower curved surface 96a and the first upper curved surface 96b are formed, it is possible to suppress the scattering of droplets of a specific size in front of the wearer H of the face shield 10. ..
 次に、上記実施の形態における、他の具体的実施例について述べる。 Next, other specific examples in the above embodiment will be described.
(実施例E1)
 まず、図26に示すフェイスシールド10を作製した。この際、アルミニウムの丸棒により、保持部材200を作製した。丸棒の直径は2mmであった。また、正面視において、シールド部30A(透明積層フィルム30)の面積A1に対する保持部材200の面積A2の割合(A2/A1)は、0.1%であった。
(Example E1)
First, the face shield 10 shown in FIG. 26 was manufactured. At this time, the holding member 200 was manufactured from an aluminum round bar. The diameter of the round bar was 2 mm. Further, in the front view, the ratio (A2 / A1) of the area A2 of the holding member 200 to the area A1 of the shield portion 30A (transparent laminated film 30) was 0.1%.
(1)視認性評価試験
 次に、フェイスシールド10の視認性評価試験を実施した。
(1) Visibility evaluation test Next, a visibility evaluation test of the face shield 10 was carried out.
 この際、まず、人形の頭部に、フェイスシールド10を装着させた。この際、蛍光灯により照明された一般的な室内環境下において、人形から1m~2m程度離間した距離から、フェイスシールド10の保持部材200を観察した。そして、保持部材200がどれだけ認識されるかを評価した。 At this time, first, the face shield 10 was attached to the head of the doll. At this time, the holding member 200 of the face shield 10 was observed from a distance of about 1 m to 2 m from the doll in a general indoor environment illuminated by a fluorescent lamp. Then, it was evaluated how much the holding member 200 was recognized.
(2)締め付け性評価試験
 また、フェイスシールド10の締め付け性評価試験を実施した。
(2) Tightening property evaluation test In addition, a tightening property evaluation test of the face shield 10 was carried out.
 この際、まず、実験者をランダムに10名選定した。そして、実験者のこめかみ間の距離を測定し、平均値を算出した。平均値は約130mmであった。次に、各々のテンプル部210の先端間の距離が130mmとなるように、各々のテンプル部210を互いに離間する方向に広げるために必要な力を測定した。測定には、引張試験機(株式会社エー・アンド・デイ社製、MCT-2150(製品名))を用いた。また、実験者にフェイスシールド10を装着させて、頭部が締め付けられている感じがするか否かについてヒアリングを行った。 At this time, first, 10 experimenters were randomly selected. Then, the distance between the temples of the experimenter was measured, and the average value was calculated. The average value was about 130 mm. Next, the force required to spread the temple portions 210 in the directions away from each other was measured so that the distance between the tips of the temple portions 210 was 130 mm. A tensile tester (MCT-2150 (product name) manufactured by A & D Co., Ltd.) was used for the measurement. In addition, the experimenter was made to wear the face shield 10, and a hearing was conducted as to whether or not the head felt tight.
(3)位置ずれ防止性評価試験
 また、フェイスシールド10の位置ずれ防止性評価試験を実施した。
(3) Misalignment prevention evaluation test In addition, a misalignment prevention evaluation test was conducted on the face shield 10.
 この際、人形の頭部に、フェイスシールド10を装着させた。そして、人形の口部からシールド部30Aまでの水平方向距離を測定した。また、人形へのフェイスシールド10の着脱を20回繰り返し、水平方向距離の最大値と最小値との差を算出した。 At this time, the face shield 10 was attached to the head of the doll. Then, the horizontal distance from the mouth of the doll to the shield portion 30A was measured. Further, the face shield 10 was repeatedly attached to and detached from the doll 20 times, and the difference between the maximum value and the minimum value of the horizontal distance was calculated.
 (実施例E2)
 図24に示す保持部材を作製したこと、アクリル樹脂の丸棒により、保持部材200を作製したこと、丸棒の直径が3mmであったこと、以外は実施例E1と同様にして、視認性評価試験、締め付け性評価試験および位置ずれ防止性評価試験を行った。
(Example E2)
Visibility evaluation was carried out in the same manner as in Example E1 except that the holding member shown in FIG. 24 was manufactured, the holding member 200 was manufactured from the acrylic resin round bar, and the diameter of the round bar was 3 mm. A test, a tightening property evaluation test, and a misalignment prevention property evaluation test were performed.
(比較例E1)
 市販品のフェイスシールド(山本光学株式会社製、YF-850L(商品名))を使用したこと、以外は実施例E1と同様にして、視認性評価試験、締め付け性評価試験および位置ずれ防止性評価試験を行った。ここで、比較例E1においては、締め付け性評価試験において、実験者の耳の上方において、側頭骨の幅を測定し、平均値を算出した。平均値は約130mmであった。次に、フェイスシールドの保持部材のうち、側頭骨に対応する部分間の距離が130mmとなるように、保持部材を広げるために必要な力を測定した。
(Comparative Example E1)
Visibility evaluation test, tightening property evaluation test, and misalignment prevention property evaluation in the same manner as in Example E1 except that a commercially available face shield (YF-850L (trade name) manufactured by Yamamoto Optical Co., Ltd.) was used. A test was conducted. Here, in Comparative Example E1, in the tightening property evaluation test, the width of the temporal bone was measured above the ears of the experimenter, and the average value was calculated. The average value was about 130 mm. Next, the force required to spread the holding member was measured so that the distance between the parts corresponding to the temporal bones of the holding member of the face shield was 130 mm.
(比較例E2)
 市販品のフェイスシールド(シャープ株式会社製、FG-F10M(商品名))を使用したこと、以外は比較例E1と同様にして、視認性評価試験、締め付け性評価試験および位置ずれ防止性評価試験を行った。
(Comparative Example E2)
Visibility evaluation test, tightening property evaluation test, and misalignment prevention property evaluation test in the same manner as in Comparative Example E1 except that a commercially available face shield (FG-F10M (trade name) manufactured by Sharp Corporation) was used. Was done.
(比較例E3)
 市販品のフェイスシールド(平岡工業株式会社製、HIRAX AIR SHIELD(商品名))を使用したこと、以外は実施例E1と同様にして、視認性評価試験、締め付け性評価試験および位置ずれ防止性評価試験を行った。
(Comparative Example E3)
Visibility evaluation test, tightening property evaluation test and misalignment prevention property evaluation in the same manner as in Example E1 except that a commercially available face shield (HIRAX AIR SHIELD (trade name) manufactured by Hiraoka Kogyo Co., Ltd.) was used. A test was conducted.
(比較例E4)
 市販品のフェイスシールド(株式会社みやもと社製、halo(商品名))を使用したこと、以外は実施例E1と同様にして、視認性評価試験、締め付け性評価試験および位置ずれ防止性評価試験を行った。
(Comparative Example E4)
Visibility evaluation test, tightening property evaluation test and misalignment prevention property evaluation test were conducted in the same manner as in Example E1 except that a commercially available face shield (manufactured by Miyamoto Co., Ltd., hallo (trade name)) was used. went.
 以上の結果を表17に示す。 The above results are shown in Table 17.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000017
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000017
 上記表17の視認性の欄において、「○」は、保持部材が目立たなく、フェイスシールドを装着している印象がないといったヒアリング結果であったことを意味する。また、「×」は、保持部材が目立っていたといったヒアリング結果であったことを意味する。 In the visibility column of Table 17 above, "○" means that the holding member was inconspicuous and there was no impression that the face shield was attached. Further, "x" means that the hearing result was such that the holding member was conspicuous.
 上記表17の締め付け性の欄において、「○」は、頭部が締め付けられている感じがしないといったヒアリング結果であったことを意味する。また、「×」は、頭部が締め付けられている感じがするといったヒアリング結果であったことを意味する。 In the tightening property column of Table 17 above, "○" means that the hearing result was such that the head did not feel tightened. In addition, "x" means that it was a hearing result that the head felt tightened.
 この結果、表17に示すように、視認性評価試験において、比較例E1乃至比較例E3によるフェイスシールドでは、保持部材が目立っていたといったヒアリング結果であった。一方、実施例E1および実施例E2では、保持部材が目立たなく、フェイスシールド10を装着している印象がないといったヒアリング結果であったこと。このように、実施例E1および実施例E2によるフェイスシールド10では、フェイスシールド10の装着感を低減できた。 As a result, as shown in Table 17, in the visibility evaluation test, the holding member was conspicuous in the face shield according to Comparative Examples E1 to E3. On the other hand, in Examples E1 and E2, the hearing result was that the holding member was inconspicuous and there was no impression that the face shield 10 was attached. As described above, in the face shield 10 according to Example E1 and Example E2, the wearing feeling of the face shield 10 could be reduced.
 また、表17に示すように、締め付け性評価試験において、比較例E1乃至比較例E4によるフェイスシールドでは、各々のテンプル部の先端間の距離が130mmとなるように、各々のテンプル部を互いに離間する方向に広げるために必要な力が2.0N以上であった。これに対して、実施例E1および実施例E2によるフェイスシールド10では、当該力が、0.1Nであった。また、比較例E2乃至比較例E4によるフェイスシールドでは、保頭部が締め付けられている感じがするといったヒアリング結果であった。一方、実施例E1および実施例E2によるフェイスシールド10では、頭部が締め付けられている感じがしないといったヒアリング結果であった。このように、実施例E1および実施例E2によるフェイスシールド10では、実験者の頭部が、一対のテンプル部210によって締め付けられてしまうことを抑制できた。 Further, as shown in Table 17, in the tightening property evaluation test, in the face shield according to Comparative Examples E1 to E4, the temple portions are separated from each other so that the distance between the tips of the temple portions is 130 mm. The force required to spread in the direction was 2.0 N or more. On the other hand, in the face shield 10 according to Example E1 and Example E2, the force was 0.1N. Further, in the face shield according to Comparative Example E2 to Comparative Example E4, it was a hearing result that the head holding was felt to be tightened. On the other hand, in the face shield 10 according to Example E1 and Example E2, the hearing result was that the head did not feel tight. As described above, in the face shield 10 according to Example E1 and Example E2, it was possible to prevent the experimenter's head from being tightened by the pair of temple portions 210.
 さらに、表17に示すように、位置ずれ防止性評価試験において、比較例E2乃至比較例E4によるフェイスシールドでは、人形の口部からシールド部までの水平方向距離の最大値と最小値との差が、25mm以上であった。このように、最大値と最小値との差が大きい場合、装着者がフェイスシールドを装着した場合であっても、他者に対して、装着者の口および鼻を遮断する効果が異なり得る。このため、装着者の口や鼻から飛散した飛沫の拡散防止機能が、安定しない可能性がある。また、場合によっては、当該拡散防止機能が悪化する可能性もある。一方、実施例E1および実施例E2によるフェイスシールド10では、人形の口部からシールド部30Aまでの水平方向距離の最大値と最小値との差が、10mmであった。このように、実施例E1および実施例E2によるフェイスシールド10では、フェイスシールド10の着脱を繰り返した場合であっても、フェイスシールド10の位置ずれを抑制できた。このため、実施例E1および実施例E2によるフェイスシールド10では、上記拡散防止機能を高めることができることがわかった。 Further, as shown in Table 17, in the misalignment prevention evaluation test, in the face shield according to Comparative Example E2 to Comparative Example E4, the difference between the maximum value and the minimum value of the horizontal distance from the mouth portion of the doll to the shield portion. However, it was 25 mm or more. As described above, when the difference between the maximum value and the minimum value is large, even when the wearer wears the face shield, the effect of blocking the wearer's mouth and nose may differ from those of others. Therefore, the diffusion prevention function of the droplets scattered from the wearer's mouth and nose may not be stable. Further, in some cases, the diffusion prevention function may be deteriorated. On the other hand, in the face shield 10 according to Example E1 and Example E2, the difference between the maximum value and the minimum value of the horizontal distance from the mouth portion of the doll to the shield portion 30A was 10 mm. As described above, in the face shield 10 according to the first and second embodiments, the misalignment of the face shield 10 can be suppressed even when the face shield 10 is repeatedly attached and detached. Therefore, it was found that the face shield 10 according to Example E1 and Example E2 can enhance the diffusion prevention function.
 上記各実施の形態に開示されている複数の構成要素を必要に応じて適宜組合せることも可能である。あるいは、上記各実施の形態に示される全構成要素から幾つかの構成要素を削除してもよい。 It is also possible to appropriately combine a plurality of components disclosed in each of the above embodiments as necessary. Alternatively, some components may be deleted from all the components shown in each of the above embodiments.

Claims (110)

  1.  表面を構成する表面反射防止層と、裏面を構成する裏面反射防止層とを備える、透明積層フィルム。 A transparent laminated film including a front surface antireflection layer constituting the front surface and a back surface antireflection layer constituting the back surface.
  2.  前記表面反射防止層と前記裏面反射防止層との間に位置するコア層を更に備える、請求項1に記載の透明積層フィルム。 The transparent laminated film according to claim 1, further comprising a core layer located between the front surface antireflection layer and the back surface antireflection layer.
  3.  前記コア層は、ポリエチレンテレフタレートからなる、請求項2に記載の透明積層フィルム。 The transparent laminated film according to claim 2, wherein the core layer is made of polyethylene terephthalate.
  4.  前記表面反射防止層と前記コア層とを接着する第1透明接着層と、
     前記コア層と前記裏面反射防止層とを接着する第2透明接着層とを更に備える、請求項2又は3に記載の透明積層フィルム。
    A first transparent adhesive layer that adheres the surface antireflection layer and the core layer,
    The transparent laminated film according to claim 2 or 3, further comprising a second transparent adhesive layer for adhering the core layer and the back surface antireflection layer.
  5.  前記第1透明接着層および前記第2透明接着層は、それぞれアクリル系粘着剤を含む、請求項4に記載の透明積層フィルム。 The transparent laminated film according to claim 4, wherein the first transparent adhesive layer and the second transparent adhesive layer each contain an acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive.
  6.  前記表面反射防止層と前記裏面反射防止層とを接着する透明接着層を更に備える、請求項1に記載の透明積層フィルム。 The transparent laminated film according to claim 1, further comprising a transparent adhesive layer for adhering the front surface antireflection layer and the back surface antireflection layer.
  7.  前記透明接着層は、アクリル系粘着剤を含む、請求項6に記載の透明積層フィルム。 The transparent laminated film according to claim 6, wherein the transparent adhesive layer contains an acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive.
  8.  前記表面反射防止層は、表面から裏面に向かって順に配置された表面反射防止機能層と、表面透明基材層とを有し、
     前記裏面反射防止層は、裏面から表面に向かって順に配置された裏面反射防止機能層と、裏面透明基材層とを有する、請求項1乃至7のいずれか一項に記載の透明積層フィルム。
    The surface antireflection layer has a surface antireflection functional layer arranged in order from the front surface to the back surface, and a surface transparent base material layer.
    The transparent laminated film according to any one of claims 1 to 7, wherein the back surface antireflection layer has a back surface antireflection functional layer arranged in order from the back surface to the front surface and a back surface transparent base material layer.
  9.  前記表面反射防止機能層は、前記表面透明基材層上にコーティングされたコーティング層であり、
     前記裏面反射防止機能層は、前記裏面透明基材層上にコーティングされたコーティング層である、請求項8に記載の透明積層フィルム。
    The surface antireflection functional layer is a coating layer coated on the surface transparent base material layer.
    The transparent laminated film according to claim 8, wherein the back surface antireflection functional layer is a coating layer coated on the back surface transparent base material layer.
  10.  前記表面反射防止機能層および前記裏面反射防止機能層は、それぞれ電離放射線硬化性樹脂組成物の硬化物からなる、請求項8または9に記載の透明積層フィルム。 The transparent laminated film according to claim 8 or 9, wherein the front surface antireflection functional layer and the back surface antireflection functional layer are each made of a cured product of an ionizing radiation curable resin composition.
  11.  前記電離放射線硬化性樹脂組成物が、(メタ)アクリレート系化合物を含む、請求項10に記載の透明積層フィルム。 The transparent laminated film according to claim 10, wherein the ionizing radiation curable resin composition contains a (meth) acrylate-based compound.
  12.  前記表面反射防止機能層は、表面から裏面に向かって順に配置された表面屈折層と、表面ハードコート層とを含み、
     前記裏面反射防止機能層は、裏面から表面に向かって順に配置された裏面屈折層と、裏面ハードコート層とを含む、請求項8乃至11のいずれか一項に記載の透明積層フィルム。
    The surface antireflection functional layer includes a surface refraction layer arranged in order from the front surface to the back surface, and a surface hard coat layer.
    The transparent laminated film according to any one of claims 8 to 11, wherein the back surface antireflection functional layer includes a back surface refraction layer arranged in order from the back surface to the front surface and a back surface hard coat layer.
  13.  前記表面ハードコート層は、前記表面透明基材層上にコーティングされたコーティング層であり、
     前記表面屈折層は、前記表面ハードコート層上にコーティングされたコーティング層であり、
     前記裏面ハードコート層は、前記裏面透明基材層上にコーティングされたコーティング層であり、
     前記裏面屈折層は、前記裏面ハードコート層上にコーティングされたコーティング層である、請求項12に記載の透明積層フィルム。
    The surface hard coat layer is a coating layer coated on the surface transparent base material layer.
    The surface refraction layer is a coating layer coated on the surface hard coat layer.
    The back surface hard coat layer is a coating layer coated on the back surface transparent base material layer.
    The transparent laminated film according to claim 12, wherein the back surface refractive layer is a coating layer coated on the back surface hard coat layer.
  14.  前記表面屈折層は、表面から裏面に向かって順に配置された表面低屈折率層と、表面高屈折率層とを含み、
     前記裏面屈折層は、裏面から表面に向かって順に配置された裏面低屈折率層と、裏面高屈折率層とを含む、請求項12または13に記載の透明積層フィルム。
    The surface refractive index layer includes a surface low refractive index layer and a surface high refractive index layer arranged in order from the front surface to the back surface.
    The transparent laminated film according to claim 12 or 13, wherein the back surface refractive index layer includes a back surface low refractive index layer and a back surface high refractive index layer arranged in order from the back surface to the front surface.
  15.  前記表面高屈折率層は、表面から裏面に向かって順に配置された第1表面高屈折率層と、第2表面高屈折率層とを含み、
     前記裏面高屈折率層は、裏面から表面に向かって順に配置された第1裏面高屈折率層と、第2裏面高屈折率層とを含む、請求項14に記載の透明積層フィルム。
    The surface high-refractive index layer includes a first surface high-refractive index layer and a second surface high-refractive index layer arranged in order from the front surface to the back surface.
    The transparent laminated film according to claim 14, wherein the back surface high refractive index layer includes a first back surface high refractive index layer and a second back surface high refractive index layer arranged in order from the back surface to the front surface.
  16.  前記第1表面高屈折率層の屈折率は、前記第2表面高屈折率層の屈折率よりも高く、
     前記第1裏面高屈折率層の屈折率は、前記第2裏面高屈折率層の屈折率よりも高い、請求項15に記載の透明積層フィルム。
    The refractive index of the first surface high refractive index layer is higher than the refractive index of the second surface high refractive index layer.
    The transparent laminated film according to claim 15, wherein the refractive index of the first back surface high refractive index layer is higher than the refractive index of the second back surface high refractive index layer.
  17.  前記表面透明基材層および前記裏面透明基材層は、トリアセチルセルロースまたはポリエチレンテレフタレートを含む、請求項16に記載の透明積層フィルム。 The transparent laminated film according to claim 16, wherein the front surface transparent base material layer and the back surface transparent base material layer contain triacetyl cellulose or polyethylene terephthalate.
  18.  前記表面透明基材層および前記裏面透明基材層は、一方がトリアセチルセルロースを含み、他方がポリエステルを含む、請求項16に記載の透明積層フィルム。 The transparent laminated film according to claim 16, wherein the front surface transparent base material layer and the back surface transparent base material layer contain triacetyl cellulose on one side and polyester on the other side.
  19.  前記表面透明基材層および前記裏面透明基材層は、それぞれポリエステルを含む、請求項16に記載の透明積層フィルム。 The transparent laminated film according to claim 16, wherein the front surface transparent base material layer and the back surface transparent base material layer each contain polyester.
  20.  厚みが、40μm以上500μm以下である、請求項1乃至19のいずれか一項に記載の透明積層フィルム。 The transparent laminated film according to any one of claims 1 to 19, wherein the thickness is 40 μm or more and 500 μm or less.
  21.  復元性機能を有する、請求項1乃至20のいずれか一項に記載の透明積層フィルム。 The transparent laminated film according to any one of claims 1 to 20, which has a restorative function.
  22.  光の反射率が、1.0%以下であり、全光線透過率が、90%以上である、請求項1乃至21のいずれか一項に記載の透明積層フィルム。 The transparent laminated film according to any one of claims 1 to 21, wherein the light reflectance is 1.0% or less and the total light transmittance is 90% or more.
  23.  波長380nm以下の紫外域の透過率が、1.0%以下である、請求項1乃至22のいずれか一項に記載の透明積層フィルム。 The transparent laminated film according to any one of claims 1 to 22, wherein the transmittance in the ultraviolet region having a wavelength of 380 nm or less is 1.0% or less.
  24.  曲げ応力が、6N/20mm以下である、請求項1乃至23のいずれか一項に記載の透明積層フィルム。 The transparent laminated film according to any one of claims 1 to 23, wherein the bending stress is 6 N / 20 mm or less.
  25.  装着者の顔面を保護するフェイスシールドに用いられる、請求項1乃至24のいずれか一項に記載の透明積層フィルム。 The transparent laminated film according to any one of claims 1 to 24, which is used for a face shield that protects the wearer's face.
  26.  前記透明積層フィルムには開口が形成されており、
     前記開口は、周縁のすべての点において曲率半径が0.5mm以上である、請求項1乃至25のいずれか一項に記載の透明積層フィルム。
    An opening is formed in the transparent laminated film, and the transparent laminated film has an opening.
    The transparent laminated film according to any one of claims 1 to 25, wherein the opening has a radius of curvature of 0.5 mm or more at all points on the peripheral edge.
  27.  前記開口は、長円形状、楕円形状または隅丸方形状をもつ、請求項26に記載の透明積層フィルム。 The transparent laminated film according to claim 26, wherein the opening has an oval shape, an elliptical shape, or a rounded corner shape.
  28.  請求項1乃至27のいずれか一項に記載の透明積層フィルムと、
     前記透明積層フィルムの前記表面を保護する表面保護フィルムと、
     前記透明積層フィルムの前記裏面を保護する裏面保護フィルムとを備える、保護フィルム付き透明積層フィルム。
    The transparent laminated film according to any one of claims 1 to 27,
    A surface protective film that protects the surface of the transparent laminated film, and
    A transparent laminated film with a protective film, comprising a back surface protective film that protects the back surface of the transparent laminated film.
  29.  装着者の顔面を保護するフェイスシールドにおいて、
     前記装着者に装着される保持部材と、
     前記保持部材に取り付けられ、前記装着者の前記顔面の少なくとも一部を覆う、請求項1乃至27のいずれか一項に記載の透明積層フィルムとを備える、フェイスシールド。
    In the face shield that protects the wearer's face
    The holding member attached to the wearer and
    A face shield comprising the transparent laminated film according to any one of claims 1 to 27, which is attached to the holding member and covers at least a part of the wearer's face.
  30.  表面と裏面とを有する透明積層フィルムであって、
     コア層と、前記コア層の前記表面側の面の一部または前記裏面側の面の一部を覆う印刷層とを少なくとも備え、
     前記印刷層が設けられていない領域において、視感反射率Y値が、0.0%以上2.0%以下である、透明積層フィルム。
    A transparent laminated film having a front surface and a back surface.
    It comprises at least a core layer and a printing layer that covers a part of the front surface side surface of the core layer or a part of the back surface side surface of the core layer.
    A transparent laminated film having a visual reflectance Y value of 0.0% or more and 2.0% or less in a region where the print layer is not provided.
  31.  前記印刷層が設けられていない領域において、波長が550nmの光の反射率が、2%以下であり、全光線透過率が、90%以上である、請求項30に記載の透明積層フィルム。 The transparent laminated film according to claim 30, wherein in the region where the print layer is not provided, the reflectance of light having a wavelength of 550 nm is 2% or less, and the total light transmittance is 90% or more.
  32.  前記印刷層が設けられていない領域において、波長380nm以下の紫外域の透過率が、1.0%以下である、請求項30または31に記載の透明積層フィルム。 The transparent laminated film according to claim 30 or 31, wherein the transmittance in the ultraviolet region having a wavelength of 380 nm or less is 1.0% or less in the region where the print layer is not provided.
  33.  前記コア層は、ポリエチレンテレフタレートを含む、請求項30乃至32のいずれか一項に記載の透明積層フィルム。 The transparent laminated film according to any one of claims 30 to 32, wherein the core layer contains polyethylene terephthalate.
  34.  前記コア層の一方の側に設けられ、前記表面を構成する表面反射防止層と、
     前記コア層の他方の側に設けられ、前記裏面を構成する裏面反射防止層とを更に備え、
     前記印刷層は、前記コア層と、前記表面反射防止層との間に設けられている、請求項30乃至33のいずれか一項に記載の透明積層フィルム。
    A surface antireflection layer provided on one side of the core layer and constituting the surface,
    Further provided with a back surface antireflection layer provided on the other side of the core layer and constituting the back surface.
    The transparent laminated film according to any one of claims 30 to 33, wherein the printing layer is provided between the core layer and the surface antireflection layer.
  35.  前記コア層の一方の側に設けられ、前記表面を構成する表面反射防止層と、
     前記コア層の他方の側に設けられ、前記裏面を構成する裏面反射防止層とを更に備え、
     前記印刷層は、前記コア層と、前記裏面反射防止層との間に設けられている、請求項30乃至33のいずれか一項に記載の透明積層フィルム。
    A surface antireflection layer provided on one side of the core layer and constituting the surface,
    Further provided with a back surface antireflection layer provided on the other side of the core layer and constituting the back surface.
    The transparent laminated film according to any one of claims 30 to 33, wherein the printing layer is provided between the core layer and the back surface antireflection layer.
  36.  前記表面反射防止層と前記コア層とを接着する第1透明接着層と、
     前記コア層と前記裏面反射防止層とを接着する第2透明接着層とを更に備える、請求項34または35に記載の透明積層フィルム。
    A first transparent adhesive layer that adheres the surface antireflection layer and the core layer,
    The transparent laminated film according to claim 34 or 35, further comprising a second transparent adhesive layer for adhering the core layer and the back surface antireflection layer.
  37.  前記第1透明接着層および前記第2透明接着層は、それぞれアクリル系粘着剤を含む、請求項36に記載の透明積層フィルム。 The transparent laminated film according to claim 36, wherein the first transparent adhesive layer and the second transparent adhesive layer each contain an acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive.
  38.  表面を構成する表面反射防止層と、
     裏面を構成する裏面反射防止層と、
     前記表面反射防止層と、前記裏面反射防止層との間に設けられ、前記表面反射防止層の一部を覆う印刷層とを備え、
     前記印刷層が設けられていない領域において、視感反射率Y値が、0.0%以上2.0%以下である、透明積層フィルム。
    The surface antireflection layer that constitutes the surface,
    The backside antireflection layer that constitutes the back side,
    A printing layer provided between the front surface antireflection layer and the back surface antireflection layer and covering a part of the front surface antireflection layer is provided.
    A transparent laminated film having a visual reflectance Y value of 0.0% or more and 2.0% or less in a region where the print layer is not provided.
  39.  前記印刷層が設けられていない領域において、波長が550nmの光の反射率が、2%以下であり、全光線透過率が、90%以上である、請求項38に記載の透明積層フィルム。 The transparent laminated film according to claim 38, wherein in the region where the print layer is not provided, the reflectance of light having a wavelength of 550 nm is 2% or less, and the total light transmittance is 90% or more.
  40.  前記印刷層が設けられていない領域において、波長380nm以下の紫外域の透過率が、1.0%以下である、請求項38または39に記載の透明積層フィルム。 The transparent laminated film according to claim 38 or 39, wherein the transmittance in the ultraviolet region having a wavelength of 380 nm or less is 1.0% or less in the region where the print layer is not provided.
  41.  前記表面反射防止層は、前記表面から前記裏面に向かって順に配置された表面反射防止機能層と、表面透明基材層とを有し、
     前記裏面反射防止層は、前記裏面から前記表面に向かって順に配置された裏面反射防止機能層と、裏面透明基材層とを有する、請求項34乃至40のいずれか一項に記載の透明積層フィルム。
    The surface antireflection layer has a surface antireflection functional layer arranged in order from the front surface toward the back surface, and a surface transparent base material layer.
    The transparent laminate according to any one of claims 34 to 40, wherein the back surface antireflection layer has a back surface antireflection functional layer arranged in order from the back surface toward the front surface, and a back surface transparent base material layer. the film.
  42.  前記表面反射防止機能層は、前記表面透明基材層上にコーティングされたコーティング層であり、
     前記裏面反射防止機能層は、前記裏面透明基材層上にコーティングされたコーティング層である、請求項41に記載の透明積層フィルム。
    The surface antireflection functional layer is a coating layer coated on the surface transparent base material layer.
    The transparent laminated film according to claim 41, wherein the back surface antireflection functional layer is a coating layer coated on the back surface transparent base material layer.
  43.  前記表面反射防止機能層および前記裏面反射防止機能層は、それぞれ電離放射線硬化性樹脂組成物の硬化物からなる、請求項41または42に記載の透明積層フィルム。 The transparent laminated film according to claim 41 or 42, wherein the front surface antireflection functional layer and the back surface antireflection functional layer are each made of a cured product of an ionizing radiation curable resin composition.
  44.  前記電離放射線硬化性樹脂組成物が、(メタ)アクリレート系化合物を含む、請求項43に記載の透明積層フィルム。 The transparent laminated film according to claim 43, wherein the ionizing radiation curable resin composition contains a (meth) acrylate-based compound.
  45.  前記表面反射防止機能層は、前記表面から前記裏面に向かって順に配置された表面屈折層と、表面ハードコート層とを含み、
     前記裏面反射防止機能層は、前記裏面から前記表面に向かって順に配置された裏面屈折層と、裏面ハードコート層とを含む、請求項41乃至44のいずれか一項に記載の透明積層フィルム。
    The surface antireflection functional layer includes a surface refraction layer arranged in order from the front surface toward the back surface, and a surface hard coat layer.
    The transparent laminated film according to any one of claims 41 to 44, wherein the back surface antireflection functional layer includes a back surface refractive layer arranged in order from the back surface toward the front surface, and a back surface hard coat layer.
  46.  前記表面ハードコート層は、前記表面透明基材層上にコーティングされたコーティング層であり、
     前記表面屈折層は、前記表面ハードコート層上にコーティングされたコーティング層であり、
     前記裏面ハードコート層は、前記裏面透明基材層上にコーティングされたコーティング層であり、
     前記裏面屈折層は、前記裏面ハードコート層上にコーティングされたコーティング層である、請求項45に記載の透明積層フィルム。
    The surface hard coat layer is a coating layer coated on the surface transparent base material layer.
    The surface refraction layer is a coating layer coated on the surface hard coat layer.
    The back surface hard coat layer is a coating layer coated on the back surface transparent base material layer.
    The transparent laminated film according to claim 45, wherein the back surface refractive layer is a coating layer coated on the back surface hard coat layer.
  47.  前記表面屈折層は、前記表面から前記裏面に向かって順に配置された表面低屈折率層と、表面高屈折率層とを含み、
     前記裏面屈折層は、前記裏面から前記表面に向かって順に配置された裏面低屈折率層と、裏面高屈折率層とを含む、請求項45または46に記載の透明積層フィルム。
    The surface refractive index layer includes a surface low refractive index layer and a surface high refractive index layer arranged in order from the front surface toward the back surface.
    The transparent laminated film according to claim 45 or 46, wherein the back surface refractive index layer includes a back surface low refractive index layer and a back surface high refractive index layer arranged in order from the back surface toward the front surface.
  48.  前記表面高屈折率層は、前記表面から前記裏面に向かって順に配置された第1表面高屈折率層と、第2表面高屈折率層とを含み、
     前記裏面高屈折率層は、前記裏面から前記表面に向かって順に配置された第1裏面高屈折率層と、第2裏面高屈折率層とを含む、請求項47に記載の透明積層フィルム。
    The surface high-refractive index layer includes a first surface high-refractive index layer and a second surface high-refractive index layer arranged in order from the front surface toward the back surface.
    The transparent laminated film according to claim 47, wherein the back surface high refractive index layer includes a first back surface high refractive index layer arranged in order from the back surface toward the front surface, and a second back surface high refractive index layer.
  49.  前記第1表面高屈折率層の屈折率は、前記第2表面高屈折率層の屈折率よりも高く、
     前記第1裏面高屈折率層の屈折率は、前記第2裏面高屈折率層の屈折率よりも高い、請求項48に記載の透明積層フィルム。
    The refractive index of the first surface high refractive index layer is higher than the refractive index of the second surface high refractive index layer.
    The transparent laminated film according to claim 48, wherein the refractive index of the first back surface high refractive index layer is higher than the refractive index of the second back surface high refractive index layer.
  50.  前記表面透明基材層および前記裏面透明基材層は、トリアセチルセルロースまたはポリエチレンテレフタレートを含む、請求項49に記載の透明積層フィルム。 The transparent laminated film according to claim 49, wherein the front surface transparent base material layer and the back surface transparent base material layer contain triacetyl cellulose or polyethylene terephthalate.
  51.  前記表面透明基材層および前記裏面透明基材層は、一方がトリアセチルセルロースを含み、他方がポリエステルを含む、請求項49に記載の透明積層フィルム。 The transparent laminated film according to claim 49, wherein the front surface transparent base material layer and the back surface transparent base material layer contain triacetyl cellulose on one side and polyester on the other side.
  52.  前記表面透明基材層および前記裏面透明基材層は、それぞれポリエステルを含む、請求項49に記載の透明積層フィルム。 The transparent laminated film according to claim 49, wherein the front surface transparent base material layer and the back surface transparent base material layer each contain polyester.
  53.  厚みが、40μm以上500μm以下である、請求項30乃至52のいずれか一項に記載の透明積層フィルム。 The transparent laminated film according to any one of claims 30 to 52, which has a thickness of 40 μm or more and 500 μm or less.
  54.  復元性機能を有する、請求項30乃至53のいずれか一項に記載の透明積層フィルム。 The transparent laminated film according to any one of claims 30 to 53, which has a restorative function.
  55.  装着者の顔面を保護するフェイスシールドに用いられる、請求項30乃至49のいずれか一項に記載の透明積層フィルム。 The transparent laminated film according to any one of claims 30 to 49, which is used for a face shield that protects the wearer's face.
  56.  請求項30乃至55のいずれか一項に記載の透明積層フィルムと、
     前記透明積層フィルムの前記表面を保護する表面保護フィルムと、
     前記透明積層フィルムの前記裏面を保護する裏面保護フィルムとを備える、保護フィルム付き透明積層フィルム。
    The transparent laminated film according to any one of claims 30 to 55,
    A surface protective film that protects the surface of the transparent laminated film, and
    A transparent laminated film with a protective film, comprising a back surface protective film that protects the back surface of the transparent laminated film.
  57.  装着者の顔面を保護するフェイスシールドにおいて、
     前記装着者に装着される保持部材と、
     前記保持部材に取り付けられ、前記装着者の前記顔面の少なくとも一部を覆う、請求項30乃至55のいずれか一項に記載の透明積層フィルムとを備える、フェイスシールド。
    In the face shield that protects the wearer's face
    The holding member attached to the wearer and
    A face shield comprising the transparent laminated film according to any one of claims 30 to 55, which is attached to the holding member and covers at least a part of the wearer's face.
  58.  正面視において、前記印刷層は、前記装着者の頬に重なる位置に設けられる、請求項57に記載のフェイスシールド。 The face shield according to claim 57, wherein the print layer is provided at a position overlapping the cheek of the wearer when viewed from the front.
  59.  前記装着者が前記フェイスシールドを装着した状態において、前記装着者の鼻と前記保持部材との間の距離は、100mm以下である、請求項57または58に記載のフェイスシールド。 The face shield according to claim 57 or 58, wherein the distance between the wearer's nose and the holding member is 100 mm or less when the wearer wears the face shield.
  60.  前記保持部材は、前記装着者の耳に当接する一対のテンプル部と、前記一対のテンプル部を互いに連結するフロント部と、前記フロント部から下方に延び、前記装着者の鼻に当接する一対のパッド部とを有する、請求項29、および請求項57乃至59のいずれか一項に記載のフェイスシールド。 The holding member includes a pair of temples that abut on the wearer's ears, a front portion that connects the pair of temples to each other, and a pair that extends downward from the front portion and abuts on the wearer's nose. The face shield according to any one of claims 29 and 57 to 59, which has a pad portion.
  61.  前記保持部材は、前記装着者の頭部を周状に覆うバンドを有する、請求項29、請求項57乃至59のいずれか一項に記載のフェイスシールド。 The face shield according to any one of claims 29 and 57 to 59, wherein the holding member has a band that covers the wearer's head in a circumferential shape.
  62.  前記保持部材は、前記装着者の顎に当接する顎パッドと、前記顎パッドに連結されるとともに、前記装着者の耳に引っ掛けられる一対の引っ掛け部とを有し、前記透明積層フィルムは、前記装着者の口を少なくとも覆う、請求項29、請求項57乃至59のいずれか一項に記載のフェイスシールド。 The holding member has a chin pad that abuts on the wearer's chin and a pair of hooking portions that are connected to the chin pad and hooked on the wearer's ears. The face shield according to any one of claims 29 and 57 to 59, which covers at least the wearer's chin.
  63.  装着者の顔面を保護するフェイスシールドにおいて、
     前記装着者に装着される保持部材と、
     前記保持部材に取り付けられ、前記装着者の前記顔面の少なくとも一部を覆う透明積層フィルムとを備え、
     前記透明積層フィルムは、上辺と、前記上辺に対向する下辺と、前記上辺と前記下辺との間に延びる一対の側辺とを有する矩形状をもち、
     少なくとも前記下辺に、複数の第1切り込み部が形成されており、
     前記第1切り込み部の一側に第1係合部が形成され、前記第1切り込み部の他側に前記第1係合部を係止する第1係止部が形成されており、
     前記第1係合部を前記第1係止部に係止することにより、前記下辺の近傍に、前記装着者から遠ざかる側に凸となるように湾曲する第1湾曲面が形成されている、フェイスシールド。
    In the face shield that protects the wearer's face
    The holding member attached to the wearer and
    A transparent laminated film attached to the holding member and covering at least a part of the wearer's face is provided.
    The transparent laminated film has a rectangular shape having an upper side, a lower side facing the upper side, and a pair of side sides extending between the upper side and the lower side.
    A plurality of first notches are formed at least on the lower side thereof.
    A first engaging portion is formed on one side of the first cut portion, and a first locking portion for locking the first engaging portion is formed on the other side of the first cut portion.
    By locking the first engaging portion to the first locking portion, a first curved surface that curves so as to be convex toward the side away from the wearer is formed in the vicinity of the lower side. Face shield.
  64.  前記上辺に、複数の第2切り込み部が形成されており、
     前記第2切り込み部の一側に第2係合部が形成され、前記第2切り込み部の他側に前記第2係合部を係止する第2係止部が形成されており、
     前記第2係合部を前記第2係止部に係止することにより、前記上辺の近傍に、前記装着者から遠ざかる側に凸となるように湾曲する第2湾曲面が形成されている、フェイスシールドは湾曲している、請求項63に記載のフェイスシールド。
    A plurality of second notches are formed on the upper side.
    A second engaging portion is formed on one side of the second cut portion, and a second locking portion for locking the second engaging portion is formed on the other side of the second cut portion.
    By locking the second engaging portion to the second locking portion, a second curved surface that curves so as to be convex toward the side away from the wearer is formed in the vicinity of the upper side. The face shield according to claim 63, wherein the face shield is curved.
  65.  前記第1係合部を前記第1係止部に係止し、かつ、前記第2係合部を前記第2係止部に係止することにより、前記第1湾曲面と前記第2湾曲面との間に、前記装着者から遠ざかる側に凸となるように湾曲する第3湾曲面が形成されている、請求項64に記載のフェイスシールド。 By locking the first engaging portion to the first locking portion and locking the second engaging portion to the second locking portion, the first curved surface and the second curvature The face shield according to claim 64, wherein a third curved surface is formed between the surface and the surface so as to be convex toward the side away from the wearer.
  66.  前記第3湾曲面は、垂直断面において、直線形状をもつ、請求項65に記載のフェイスシールド。 The face shield according to claim 65, wherein the third curved surface has a linear shape in a vertical cross section.
  67.  装着者の顔面を保護するフェイスシールドにおいて、
     前記装着者に装着される保持部材と、
     前記保持部材に取り付けられ、前記装着者の前記顔面の少なくとも一部を覆う透明積層フィルムとを備え、
     前記透明積層フィルムは、上辺と、前記上辺に対向する下辺と、前記上辺と前記下辺との間に延びる一対の側辺とを有する矩形状をもち、
     前記下辺の近傍に、前記下辺の延在方向に沿って配置された第1下部パネルおよび第2下部パネルが設けられ、
     前記第1下部パネルおよび第2下部パネルよりも前記上辺側に、前記第1下部パネルおよび前記第2下部パネルを固定する下部固定パネルが設けられ、
     前記第1下部パネルおよび前記第2下部パネルは、前記透明積層フィルムを貫通する第1下部切り込み部によって互いに分離され、
     前記第1下部パネルおよび前記下部固定パネルは、前記透明積層フィルムを貫通する第2下部切り込み部によって互いに分離され、
     前記第2下部パネルおよび前記下部固定パネルは、前記透明積層フィルムを貫通する第3下部切り込み部によって互いに分離され、
     前記第1下部パネルと前記第2下部パネルとを互いに重ね合わせた状態で、前記下部固定パネルに固定することにより、前記下辺の近傍に、前記装着者から遠ざかる側に凸となるように湾曲する第1下部湾曲面が形成されている、フェイスシールド。
    In the face shield that protects the wearer's face
    The holding member attached to the wearer and
    A transparent laminated film attached to the holding member and covering at least a part of the wearer's face is provided.
    The transparent laminated film has a rectangular shape having an upper side, a lower side facing the upper side, and a pair of side sides extending between the upper side and the lower side.
    A first lower panel and a second lower panel arranged along the extending direction of the lower side are provided in the vicinity of the lower side.
    A lower fixing panel for fixing the first lower panel and the second lower panel is provided on the upper side of the first lower panel and the second lower panel.
    The first lower panel and the second lower panel are separated from each other by a first lower notch portion penetrating the transparent laminated film.
    The first lower panel and the lower fixing panel are separated from each other by a second lower notch portion penetrating the transparent laminated film.
    The second lower panel and the lower fixing panel are separated from each other by a third lower notch portion penetrating the transparent laminated film.
    By fixing the first lower panel and the second lower panel to the lower fixing panel in a state where the first lower panel and the second lower panel are overlapped with each other, the first lower panel and the second lower panel are curved so as to be convex toward the side away from the wearer in the vicinity of the lower side. A face shield on which the first lower curved surface is formed.
  68.  前記第1下部パネルおよび第2下部パネルよりも前記下辺側に、前記下辺の延在方向に沿って配置された第3下部パネルおよび第4下部パネルが設けられ、
     前記第3下部パネルおよび前記第4下部パネルは、前記透明積層フィルムを貫通する第4下部切り込み部によって互いに分離され、
     前記第1下部パネルおよび前記第3下部パネルは、前記透明積層フィルムを貫通する第5下部切り込み部によって互いに分離され、
     前記第2下部パネルおよび前記第4下部パネルは、前記透明積層フィルムを貫通する第6下部切り込み部によって互いに分離され、
     前記第3下部パネルと前記第4下部パネルとを互いに重ね合わせた状態で、前記下部固定パネルに固定することにより、前記第1下部湾曲面の外側に、前記装着者から遠ざかる側に凸となるように湾曲する第2下部湾曲面が形成されている、請求項67に記載のフェイスシールド。
    A third lower panel and a fourth lower panel arranged along the extending direction of the lower side are provided on the lower side of the first lower panel and the second lower panel.
    The third lower panel and the fourth lower panel are separated from each other by a fourth lower notch portion penetrating the transparent laminated film.
    The first lower panel and the third lower panel are separated from each other by a fifth lower notch portion penetrating the transparent laminated film.
    The second lower panel and the fourth lower panel are separated from each other by a sixth lower notch portion penetrating the transparent laminated film.
    By fixing the third lower panel and the fourth lower panel to the lower fixing panel in a state where the third lower panel and the fourth lower panel are overlapped with each other, the third lower panel and the fourth lower panel are convex to the outside of the first lower curved surface toward the side away from the wearer. The face shield according to claim 67, wherein a second lower curved surface is formed so as to be curved.
  69.  前記第4下部切り込み部は、前記下辺から延びている、請求項68に記載のフェイスシールド。 The face shield according to claim 68, wherein the fourth lower notch portion extends from the lower side.
  70.  前記上辺の近傍に、前記上辺の延在方向に沿って配置された第1上部パネルおよび第2上部パネルが設けられ、
     前記第1上部パネルおよび第2上部パネルよりも前記下辺側に、前記第1上部パネルおよび前記第2上部パネルを固定する上部固定パネルが設けられ、
     前記第1上部パネルおよび前記第2上部パネルは、前記透明積層フィルムを貫通する第1上部切り込み部によって互いに分離され、
     前記第1上部パネルおよび前記上部固定パネルは、前記透明積層フィルムを貫通する第2上部切り込み部によって互いに分離され、
     前記第2上部パネルおよび前記上部固定パネルは、前記透明積層フィルムを貫通する第3上部切り込み部によって互いに分離され、
     前記第1上部パネルと前記第2上部パネルとを互いに重ね合わせた状態で、前記上部固定パネルに固定することにより、前記上辺の近傍に、前記装着者から遠ざかる側に凸となるように湾曲する第1上部湾曲面が形成されている、請求項67乃至69のいずれか一項に記載のフェイスシールド。
    In the vicinity of the upper side, a first upper panel and a second upper panel arranged along the extending direction of the upper side are provided.
    An upper fixing panel for fixing the first upper panel and the second upper panel is provided on the lower side of the first upper panel and the second upper panel.
    The first upper panel and the second upper panel are separated from each other by a first upper notch portion penetrating the transparent laminated film.
    The first upper panel and the upper fixing panel are separated from each other by a second upper notch portion penetrating the transparent laminated film.
    The second upper panel and the upper fixing panel are separated from each other by a third upper notch portion penetrating the transparent laminated film.
    By fixing the first upper panel and the second upper panel to the upper fixing panel in a state where the first upper panel and the second upper panel are overlapped with each other, the first upper panel and the second upper panel are curved so as to be convex toward the side away from the wearer in the vicinity of the upper side. The face shield according to any one of claims 67 to 69, wherein the first upper curved surface is formed.
  71.  前記第1上部パネルおよび第2上部パネルよりも前記上辺側に、前記上辺の延在方向に沿って配置された第3上部パネルおよび第4上部パネルが設けられ、
     前記第3上部パネルおよび前記第4上部パネルは、前記透明積層フィルムを貫通する第4上部切り込み部によって互いに分離され、
     前記第1上部パネルおよび前記第3上部パネルは、前記透明積層フィルムを貫通する第5上部切り込み部によって互いに分離され、
     前記第2上部パネルおよび前記第4上部パネルは、前記透明積層フィルムを貫通する第6上部切り込み部によって互いに分離され、
     前記第3上部パネルと前記第4上部パネルとを互いに重ね合わせた状態で、前記上部固定パネルに固定することにより、前記第1上部湾曲面の外側に、前記装着者から遠ざかる側に凸となるように湾曲する第2上部湾曲面が形成されている、請求項70に記載のフェイスシールド。
    A third upper panel and a fourth upper panel arranged along the extending direction of the upper side are provided on the upper side side of the first upper panel and the second upper panel.
    The third upper panel and the fourth upper panel are separated from each other by a fourth upper notch portion penetrating the transparent laminated film.
    The first upper panel and the third upper panel are separated from each other by a fifth upper notch portion penetrating the transparent laminated film.
    The second upper panel and the fourth upper panel are separated from each other by a sixth upper notch portion penetrating the transparent laminated film.
    By fixing the third upper panel and the fourth upper panel to the upper fixing panel in a state where the third upper panel and the fourth upper panel are overlapped with each other, the surface becomes convex to the outside of the first upper curved surface toward the side away from the wearer. The face shield according to claim 70, wherein a second upper curved surface is formed so as to be curved.
  72.  前記第4上部切り込み部は、前記上辺から延びている、請求項71に記載のフェイスシールド。 The face shield according to claim 71, wherein the fourth upper notch portion extends from the upper side.
  73.  前記第1下部パネルと前記第2下部パネルとを前記下部固定パネルに固定し、かつ、前記第1上部パネルと前記第2上部パネルとを前記上部固定パネルに固定することにより、前記第1下部湾曲面と前記第1上部湾曲面との間に、前記装着者から遠ざかる側に凸となるように湾曲する中間部湾曲面が形成されている、請求項70乃至72のいずれか一項に記載のフェイスシールド。 The first lower part is fixed by fixing the first lower panel and the second lower panel to the lower fixing panel, and fixing the first upper panel and the second upper panel to the upper fixing panel. The invention according to any one of claims 70 to 72, wherein an intermediate curved surface is formed between the curved surface and the first upper curved surface so as to be convex toward the side away from the wearer. Face shield.
  74.  前記中間部湾曲面は、垂直断面において、直線形状をもつ、請求項73に記載のフェイスシールド。 The face shield according to claim 73, wherein the curved surface of the intermediate portion has a linear shape in a vertical cross section.
  75.  装着者の顔面を保護するフェイスシールドにおいて、
     前記装着者に装着される保持部材と、
     前記保持部材に取り付けられ、前記装着者の前記顔面の少なくとも一部を覆う透明積層フィルムとを備え、
     前記透明積層フィルムは、上辺と、前記上辺に対向する下辺と、前記上辺と前記下辺との間に延びる一対の側辺とを有する矩形状をもち、
     前記透明積層フィルムに、前記上辺から延びる一対の第1山折り部と、前記上辺から延びるとともに、一対の前記第1山折り部間に設けられた一対の第1谷折り部とが形成されており、
     一対の前記第1山折り部は、前記側辺の延在方向に沿って延び、
     一対の前記第1谷折り部は、前記上辺側から前記下辺側に向かうにつれて互いに離間するように、前記側辺の延在方向に傾斜する方向に沿って延び、
     前記透明積層フィルムを、一対の前記第1山折り部および一対の前記第1谷折り部に沿って折り畳むことにより、前面と、前記前面の上方に設けられ、前記前面から後方に折り畳まれた上面とが形成されている、フェイスシールド。
    In the face shield that protects the wearer's face
    The holding member attached to the wearer and
    A transparent laminated film attached to the holding member and covering at least a part of the wearer's face is provided.
    The transparent laminated film has a rectangular shape having an upper side, a lower side facing the upper side, and a pair of side sides extending between the upper side and the lower side.
    The transparent laminated film is formed with a pair of first mountain folds extending from the upper side and a pair of first valley folds extending from the upper side and provided between the pair of first mountain folds. Ori,
    The pair of the first mountain folds extend along the extending direction of the side surface.
    The pair of the first valley folds extend along a direction inclined in the extending direction of the side sides so as to be separated from each other from the upper side to the lower side.
    By folding the transparent laminated film along the pair of the first mountain fold portions and the pair of the first valley fold portions, the front surface and the upper surface provided above the front surface and folded rearward from the front surface. A face shield that is formed with.
  76.  装着者の顔面を保護するフェイスシールドにおいて、
     前記装着者に装着される保持部材と、
     前記保持部材に取り付けられ、前記装着者の前記顔面の少なくとも一部を覆う透明積層フィルムとを備え、
     前記透明積層フィルムは、上辺と、前記上辺に対向する下辺と、前記上辺と前記下辺との間に延びる一対の側辺とを有する矩形状をもち、
     前記透明積層フィルムに、前記下辺から延びる一対の第2山折り部と、前記下辺から延びるとともに、一対の前記第2山折り部間に設けられた一対の第2谷折り部とが形成されており、
     一対の前記第2山折り部は、前記側辺の延在方向に沿って延び、
     一対の前記第2谷折り部は、前記下辺側から前記上辺側に向かうにつれて互いに離間するように、前記側辺の延在方向に傾斜する方向に沿って延び、
     前記透明積層フィルムを、一対の前記第2山折り部および一対の前記第2谷折り部に沿って折り畳むことにより、前面と、前記前面の下方に設けられ、前記前面から後方に折り畳まれた下面とが形成されている、フェイスシールド。
    In the face shield that protects the wearer's face
    The holding member attached to the wearer and
    A transparent laminated film attached to the holding member and covering at least a part of the wearer's face is provided.
    The transparent laminated film has a rectangular shape having an upper side, a lower side facing the upper side, and a pair of side sides extending between the upper side and the lower side.
    The transparent laminated film is formed with a pair of second mountain folds extending from the lower side and a pair of second valley folds extending from the lower side and provided between the pair of second mountain folds. Ori,
    The pair of the second mountain folds extend along the extending direction of the side surface.
    The pair of the second valley folds extend along a direction inclined in the extending direction of the side sides so as to be separated from each other from the lower side to the upper side.
    By folding the transparent laminated film along the pair of the second mountain fold portions and the pair of the second valley fold portions, the front surface and the lower surface provided below the front surface and folded rearward from the front surface. A face shield that is formed with.
  77.  前記透明積層フィルムに、前記上辺から延びる一対の第1山折り部と、前記上辺から延びるとともに、一対の前記第1山折り部間に設けられた一対の第1谷折り部とが形成されており、
     一対の前記第1山折り部は、前記側辺の延在方向に沿って延び、
     一対の前記第1谷折り部は、前記上辺側から前記下辺側に向かうにつれて互いに離間するように、前記側辺の延在方向に傾斜する方向に沿って延び、
     前記透明積層フィルムを、一対の前記第1山折り部および一対の前記第1谷折り部に沿って折り畳むことにより、前記前面の上方に設けられ、前記前面から後方に折り畳まれた上面が形成されている、請求項76に記載のフェイスシールド。
    The transparent laminated film is formed with a pair of first mountain folds extending from the upper side and a pair of first valley folds extending from the upper side and provided between the pair of first mountain folds. Ori,
    The pair of the first mountain folds extend along the extending direction of the side surface.
    The pair of the first valley folds extend along a direction inclined in the extending direction of the side sides so as to be separated from each other from the upper side to the lower side.
    By folding the transparent laminated film along the pair of the first mountain fold portions and the pair of the first valley fold portions, an upper surface provided above the front surface and folded rearward from the front surface is formed. The face shield according to claim 76.
  78.  前記透明積層フィルムを、一対の前記第1山折り部および一対の前記第1谷折り部に沿って折り畳むとともに、一対の前記第2山折り部および一対の前記第2谷折り部に沿って折り畳むことにより、前記前面の側方に、前記前面から後方に広がる側面が形成されている、請求項77に記載のフェイスシールド。 The transparent laminated film is folded along the pair of the first mountain folds and the pair of the first valley folds, and is folded along the pair of the second mountain folds and the pair of the second valley folds. The face shield according to claim 77, wherein a side surface extending rearward from the front surface is formed on the side surface of the front surface.
  79.  前記保持部材は、前記透明積層フィルムを保持するための一対の取付部を含み、
     前記透明積層フィルムの前記一対の側辺の近傍に、それぞれ前記取付部が挿入される開口部が形成されている、請求項63乃至78のいずれか一項に記載のフェイスシールド。
    The holding member includes a pair of mounting portions for holding the transparent laminated film.
    The face shield according to any one of claims 63 to 78, wherein an opening into which the mounting portion is inserted is formed in the vicinity of the pair of side sides of the transparent laminated film.
  80.  前記保持部材は、前記透明積層フィルムを上下方向に移動可能に保持する、請求項63乃至79のいずれか一項に記載のフェイスシールド。 The face shield according to any one of claims 63 to 79, wherein the holding member holds the transparent laminated film so as to be movable in the vertical direction.
  81.  前記透明積層フィルムの光の反射率が、1.0%以下である、請求項63乃至80のいずれか一項に記載のフェイスシールド。 The face shield according to any one of claims 63 to 80, wherein the light reflectance of the transparent laminated film is 1.0% or less.
  82.  装着者の顔面を保護するフェイスシールドに用いられる透明積層フィルムであって、
     上辺と、前記上辺に対向する下辺と、前記上辺と前記下辺との間に延びる一対の側辺とを有する矩形状をもち、
     少なくとも前記下辺に、複数の第1切り込み部が形成されており、
     前記第1切り込み部の一側に第1係合部が形成され、前記第1切り込み部の他側に前記第1係合部を係止する第1係止部が形成されており、
     前記第1係合部を前記第1係止部に係止することにより、前記下辺の近傍に、前記装着者から遠ざかる側に凸となるように湾曲する第1湾曲面が形成される、透明積層フィルム。
    A transparent laminated film used for a face shield that protects the wearer's face.
    It has a rectangular shape having an upper side, a lower side facing the upper side, and a pair of side sides extending between the upper side and the lower side.
    A plurality of first notches are formed at least on the lower side thereof.
    A first engaging portion is formed on one side of the first cut portion, and a first locking portion for locking the first engaging portion is formed on the other side of the first cut portion.
    By locking the first engaging portion to the first locking portion, a transparent first curved surface is formed in the vicinity of the lower side so as to be convex toward the side away from the wearer. Laminated film.
  83.  前記上辺に、複数の第2切り込み部が形成されており、
     前記第2切り込み部の一側に第2係合部が形成され、前記第2切り込み部の他側に前記第2係合部を係止する第2係止部が形成されており、
     前記第2係合部を前記第2係止部に係止することにより、前記上辺の近傍に、前記装着者から遠ざかる側に凸となるように湾曲する第2湾曲面が形成される、請求項82に記載の透明積層フィルム。
    A plurality of second notches are formed on the upper side.
    A second engaging portion is formed on one side of the second cut portion, and a second locking portion for locking the second engaging portion is formed on the other side of the second cut portion.
    By locking the second engaging portion to the second locking portion, a second curved surface that curves so as to be convex toward the side away from the wearer is formed in the vicinity of the upper side. Item 82. The transparent laminated film.
  84.  前記第1係合部を前記第1係止部に係止し、かつ、前記第2係合部を前記第2係止部に係止することにより、前記第1湾曲面と前記第2湾曲面との間に、前記装着者から遠ざかる側に凸となるように湾曲する第3湾曲面が形成される、請求項83に記載の透明積層フィルム。 By locking the first engaging portion to the first locking portion and locking the second engaging portion to the second locking portion, the first curved surface and the second curvature The transparent laminated film according to claim 83, wherein a third curved surface that is curved so as to be convex toward the side away from the wearer is formed between the surface and the surface.
  85.  前記第3湾曲面は、垂直断面において、直線形状をもつ、請求項84に記載の透明積層フィルム。 The transparent laminated film according to claim 84, wherein the third curved surface has a linear shape in a vertical cross section.
  86.  装着者の顔面を保護するフェイスシールドに用いられる透明積層フィルムであって、
     上辺と、前記上辺に対向する下辺と、前記上辺と前記下辺との間に延びる一対の側辺とを有する矩形状をもち、
     前記下辺の近傍に、前記下辺の延在方向に沿って配置された第1下部パネルおよび第2下部パネルが設けられ、
     前記第1下部パネルおよび第2下部パネルよりも前記上辺側に、前記第1下部パネルおよび前記第2下部パネルを固定する下部固定パネルが設けられ、
     前記第1下部パネルおよび前記第2下部パネルは、前記透明積層フィルムを貫通する第1下部切り込み部によって互いに分離され、
     前記第1下部パネルおよび前記下部固定パネルは、前記透明積層フィルムを貫通する第2下部切り込み部によって互いに分離され、
     前記第2下部パネルおよび前記下部固定パネルは、前記透明積層フィルムを貫通する第3下部切り込み部によって互いに分離され、
     前記第1下部パネルと前記第2下部パネルとを互いに重ね合わせた状態で、前記下部固定パネルに固定することにより、前記下辺の近傍に、前記装着者から遠ざかる側に凸となるように湾曲する第1下部湾曲面が形成される、透明積層フィルム。
    A transparent laminated film used for a face shield that protects the wearer's face.
    It has a rectangular shape having an upper side, a lower side facing the upper side, and a pair of side sides extending between the upper side and the lower side.
    A first lower panel and a second lower panel arranged along the extending direction of the lower side are provided in the vicinity of the lower side.
    A lower fixing panel for fixing the first lower panel and the second lower panel is provided on the upper side of the first lower panel and the second lower panel.
    The first lower panel and the second lower panel are separated from each other by a first lower notch portion penetrating the transparent laminated film.
    The first lower panel and the lower fixing panel are separated from each other by a second lower notch portion penetrating the transparent laminated film.
    The second lower panel and the lower fixing panel are separated from each other by a third lower notch portion penetrating the transparent laminated film.
    By fixing the first lower panel and the second lower panel to the lower fixing panel in a state where the first lower panel and the second lower panel are overlapped with each other, the first lower panel and the second lower panel are curved so as to be convex toward the side away from the wearer in the vicinity of the lower side. A transparent laminated film on which a first lower curved surface is formed.
  87.  前記第1下部パネルおよび第2下部パネルよりも前記下辺側に、前記下辺の延在方向に沿って配置された第3下部パネルおよび第4下部パネルが設けられ、
     前記第3下部パネルおよび前記第4下部パネルは、前記透明積層フィルムを貫通する第4下部切り込み部によって互いに分離され、
     前記第1下部パネルおよび前記第3下部パネルは、前記透明積層フィルムを貫通する第5下部切り込み部によって互いに分離され、
     前記第2下部パネルおよび前記第4下部パネルは、前記透明積層フィルムを貫通する第6下部切り込み部によって互いに分離され、
     前記第3下部パネルと前記第4下部パネルとを互いに重ね合わせた状態で、前記下部固定パネルに固定することにより、前記第1下部湾曲面の外側に、前記装着者から遠ざかる側に凸となるように湾曲する第2下部湾曲面が形成される、請求項86に記載の透明積層フィルム。
    A third lower panel and a fourth lower panel arranged along the extending direction of the lower side are provided on the lower side of the first lower panel and the second lower panel.
    The third lower panel and the fourth lower panel are separated from each other by a fourth lower notch portion penetrating the transparent laminated film.
    The first lower panel and the third lower panel are separated from each other by a fifth lower notch portion penetrating the transparent laminated film.
    The second lower panel and the fourth lower panel are separated from each other by a sixth lower notch portion penetrating the transparent laminated film.
    By fixing the third lower panel and the fourth lower panel to the lower fixing panel in a state where the third lower panel and the fourth lower panel are overlapped with each other, the third lower panel and the fourth lower panel are convex to the outside of the first lower curved surface toward the side away from the wearer. The transparent laminated film according to claim 86, wherein a second lower curved surface is formed so as to be curved.
  88.  前記第4下部切り込み部は、前記下辺から延びている、請求項87に記載の透明積層フィルム。 The transparent laminated film according to claim 87, wherein the fourth lower notch portion extends from the lower side.
  89.  前記上辺の近傍に、前記上辺の延在方向に沿って配置された第1上部パネルおよび第2上部パネルが設けられ、
     前記第1上部パネルおよび第2上部パネルよりも前記下辺側に、前記第1上部パネルおよび前記第2上部パネルを固定する上部固定パネルが設けられ、
     前記第1上部パネルおよび前記第2上部パネルは、前記透明積層フィルムを貫通する第1上部切り込み部によって互いに分離され、
     前記第1上部パネルおよび前記上部固定パネルは、前記透明積層フィルムを貫通する第2上部切り込み部によって互いに分離され、
     前記第2上部パネルおよび前記上部固定パネルは、前記透明積層フィルムを貫通する第3上部切り込み部によって互いに分離され、
     前記第1上部パネルと前記第2上部パネルとを互いに重ね合わせた状態で、前記上部固定パネルに固定することにより、前記上辺の近傍に、前記装着者から遠ざかる側に凸となるように湾曲する第1上部湾曲面が形成される、請求項86乃至88のいずれか一項に記載の透明積層フィルム。
    In the vicinity of the upper side, a first upper panel and a second upper panel arranged along the extending direction of the upper side are provided.
    An upper fixing panel for fixing the first upper panel and the second upper panel is provided on the lower side of the first upper panel and the second upper panel.
    The first upper panel and the second upper panel are separated from each other by a first upper notch portion penetrating the transparent laminated film.
    The first upper panel and the upper fixing panel are separated from each other by a second upper notch portion penetrating the transparent laminated film.
    The second upper panel and the upper fixing panel are separated from each other by a third upper notch portion penetrating the transparent laminated film.
    By fixing the first upper panel and the second upper panel to the upper fixing panel in a state where the first upper panel and the second upper panel are overlapped with each other, the first upper panel and the second upper panel are curved so as to be convex toward the side away from the wearer in the vicinity of the upper side. The transparent laminated film according to any one of claims 86 to 88, wherein a first upper curved surface is formed.
  90.  前記第1上部パネルおよび第2上部パネルよりも前記上辺側に、前記上辺の延在方向に沿って配置された第3上部パネルおよび第4上部パネルが設けられ、
     前記第3上部パネルおよび前記第4上部パネルは、前記透明積層フィルムを貫通する第4上部切り込み部によって互いに分離され、
     前記第1上部パネルおよび前記第3上部パネルは、前記透明積層フィルムを貫通する第5上部切り込み部によって互いに分離され、
     前記第2上部パネルおよび前記第4上部パネルは、前記透明積層フィルムを貫通する第6上部切り込み部によって互いに分離され、
     前記第3上部パネルと前記第4上部パネルとを互いに重ね合わせた状態で、前記上部固定パネルに固定することにより、前記第1上部湾曲面の外側に、前記装着者から遠ざかる側に凸となるように湾曲する第2上部湾曲面が形成される、請求項89に記載の透明積層フィルム。
    A third upper panel and a fourth upper panel arranged along the extending direction of the upper side are provided on the upper side side of the first upper panel and the second upper panel.
    The third upper panel and the fourth upper panel are separated from each other by a fourth upper notch portion penetrating the transparent laminated film.
    The first upper panel and the third upper panel are separated from each other by a fifth upper notch portion penetrating the transparent laminated film.
    The second upper panel and the fourth upper panel are separated from each other by a sixth upper notch portion penetrating the transparent laminated film.
    By fixing the third upper panel and the fourth upper panel to the upper fixing panel in a state where the third upper panel and the fourth upper panel are overlapped with each other, the outer side of the first upper curved surface becomes convex toward the side away from the wearer. The transparent laminated film according to claim 89, wherein a second upper curved surface is formed so as to be curved.
  91.  前記第4上部切り込み部は、前記上辺から延びている、請求項90に記載の透明積層フィルム。 The transparent laminated film according to claim 90, wherein the fourth upper notch portion extends from the upper side.
  92.  前記第1下部パネルと前記第2下部パネルとを前記下部固定パネルに固定し、かつ、前記第1上部パネルと前記第2上部パネルとを前記上部固定パネルに固定することにより、前記第1下部湾曲面と前記第1上部湾曲面との間に、前記装着者から遠ざかる側に凸となるように湾曲する中間部湾曲面が形成される、請求項89乃至91のいずれか一項に記載の透明積層フィルム。 The first lower part is fixed by fixing the first lower panel and the second lower panel to the lower fixing panel, and fixing the first upper panel and the second upper panel to the upper fixing panel. The invention according to any one of claims 89 to 91, wherein an intermediate curved surface is formed between the curved surface and the first upper curved surface so as to be convex toward the side away from the wearer. Transparent laminated film.
  93.  前記中間部湾曲面は、垂直断面において、直線形状をもつ、請求項92に記載の透明積層フィルム。 The transparent laminated film according to claim 92, wherein the curved surface of the intermediate portion has a linear shape in a vertical cross section.
  94.  装着者の顔面を保護するフェイスシールドに用いられる透明積層フィルムであって、
     上辺と、前記上辺に対向する下辺と、前記上辺と前記下辺との間に延びる一対の側辺とを有する矩形状をもち、
     前記上辺から延びる一対の第1山折り部と、前記上辺から延びるとともに、一対の前記第1山折り部間に設けられた一対の第1谷折り部とが形成されており、
     一対の前記第1山折り部は、前記側辺の延在方向に沿って延び、
     一対の前記第1谷折り部は、前記上辺側から前記下辺側に向かうにつれて互いに離間するように、前記側辺の延在方向に傾斜する方向に沿って延び、
     一対の前記第1山折り部および一対の前記第1谷折り部に沿って折り畳むことにより、前面と、前記前面の上方に設けられ、前記前面から後方に折り畳まれた上面とが形成される、透明積層フィルム。
    A transparent laminated film used for a face shield that protects the wearer's face.
    It has a rectangular shape having an upper side, a lower side facing the upper side, and a pair of side sides extending between the upper side and the lower side.
    A pair of first mountain folds extending from the upper side and a pair of first valley folds extending from the upper side and provided between the pair of first mountain folds are formed.
    The pair of the first mountain folds extend along the extending direction of the side surface.
    The pair of the first valley folds extend along a direction inclined in the extending direction of the side sides so as to be separated from each other from the upper side to the lower side.
    By folding along the pair of the first mountain folds and the pair of the first valley folds, a front surface and an upper surface provided above the front surface and folded rearward from the front surface are formed. Transparent laminated film.
  95.  装着者の顔面を保護するフェイスシールドに用いられる透明積層フィルムであって、
     上辺と、前記上辺に対向する下辺と、前記上辺と前記下辺との間に延びる一対の側辺とを有する矩形状をもち、
     前記下辺から延びる一対の第2山折り部と、前記下辺から延びるとともに、一対の前記第2山折り部間に設けられた一対の第2谷折り部とが形成されており、
     一対の前記第2山折り部は、前記側辺の延在方向に沿って延び、
     一対の前記第2谷折り部は、前記下辺側から前記上辺側に向かうにつれて互いに離間するように、前記側辺の延在方向に傾斜する方向に沿って延び、
     一対の前記第2山折り部および一対の前記第2谷折り部に沿って折り畳むことにより、前面と、前記前面の下方に設けられ、前記前面から後方に折り畳まれた下面とが形成される、透明積層フィルム。
    A transparent laminated film used for a face shield that protects the wearer's face.
    It has a rectangular shape having an upper side, a lower side facing the upper side, and a pair of side sides extending between the upper side and the lower side.
    A pair of second mountain folds extending from the lower side and a pair of second valley folds extending from the lower side and provided between the pair of the second mountain folds are formed.
    The pair of the second mountain folds extend along the extending direction of the side surface.
    The pair of the second valley folds extend along a direction inclined in the extending direction of the side sides so as to be separated from each other from the lower side to the upper side.
    By folding along the pair of the second mountain folds and the pair of the second valley folds, a front surface and a lower surface provided below the front surface and folded rearward from the front surface are formed. Transparent laminated film.
  96.  前記上辺から延びる一対の第1山折り部と、前記上辺から延びるとともに、一対の前記第1山折り部間に設けられた一対の第1谷折り部とが形成されており、
     一対の前記第1山折り部は、前記側辺の延在方向に沿って延び、
     一対の前記第1谷折り部は、前記上辺側から前記下辺側に向かうにつれて互いに離間するように、前記側辺の延在方向に傾斜する方向に沿って延び、
     一対の前記第1山折り部および一対の前記第1谷折り部に沿って折り畳むことにより、前記前面の上方に設けられ、前記前面から後方に折り畳まれた上面が形成される、請求項95に記載の透明積層フィルム。
    A pair of first mountain folds extending from the upper side and a pair of first valley folds extending from the upper side and provided between the pair of first mountain folds are formed.
    The pair of the first mountain folds extend along the extending direction of the side surface.
    The pair of the first valley folds extend along a direction inclined in the extending direction of the side sides so as to be separated from each other from the upper side to the lower side.
    95. The transparent laminated film described.
  97.  一対の前記第1山折り部および一対の前記第1谷折り部に沿って折り畳むとともに、一対の前記第2山折り部および一対の前記第2谷折り部に沿って折り畳むことにより、前記前面の側方に、前記前面から後方に広がる側面が形成される、請求項96に記載の透明積層フィルム。 The front surface is folded along the pair of the first mountain folds and the pair of the first valley folds, and by folding along the pair of the second mountain folds and the pair of the second valley folds. The transparent laminated film according to claim 96, wherein a side surface extending from the front surface to the rear surface is formed on the side surface.
  98.  光の反射率が、1.0%以下である、請求項82乃至97のいずれか一項に記載の透明積層フィルム。 The transparent laminated film according to any one of claims 82 to 97, wherein the reflectance of light is 1.0% or less.
  99.  装着者の顔面を保護するフェイスシールドにおいて、
     前記装着者に装着される保持部材と、
     前記保持部材に取り付けられ、前記装着者の前記顔面の少なくとも一部を覆う透明積層フィルムとを備え、
     前記保持部材は、
     前記装着者の耳に装着される耳掛け部を含む一対のテンプル部と、
     前記一対のテンプル部を前記装着者の後方から互いに連結する連結部とを有し、
     前記装着者の前方には、一対の前記テンプル部同士の間に延びる他の部材が配置されていない、フェイスシールド。
    In the face shield that protects the wearer's face
    The holding member attached to the wearer and
    A transparent laminated film attached to the holding member and covering at least a part of the wearer's face is provided.
    The holding member is
    A pair of temples including an ear hook that is attached to the wearer's ear,
    It has a connecting portion that connects the pair of temple portions to each other from the rear of the wearer.
    A face shield in which no other member extending between the pair of temples is arranged in front of the wearer.
  100.  一対の前記テンプル部は、前記耳掛け部よりも前方において、互いに平行に延びているか、または、前方に向かうにつれて、一対の前記テンプル部間の距離が長くなるように延びている、請求項99に記載のフェイスシールド。 99. The pair of temples extend in parallel with each other in front of the ear hook, or extend so that the distance between the pair of temples increases toward the front. Face shield described in.
  101.  各々の前記テンプル部の先端間の距離が130mmとなるように、各々の前記テンプル部を互いに離間する方向に広げるために必要な力は、0.01N以上3.0N以下である、請求項99または100に記載のフェイスシールド。 19. Or the face shield according to 100.
  102.  前記連結部に、水平方向に対する前記テンプル部の傾きを調整する錘が取り付けられている、請求項99乃至101のいずれか一項に記載のフェイスシールド。 The face shield according to any one of claims 99 to 101, wherein a weight for adjusting the inclination of the temple portion with respect to the horizontal direction is attached to the connecting portion.
  103.  前記テンプル部および前記連結部は、一体に成形されている、請求項99乃至102のいずれか一項に記載に記載のフェイスシールド。 The face shield according to any one of claims 99 to 102, wherein the temple portion and the connecting portion are integrally molded.
  104.  前記連結部は、前記テンプル部とは別体に設けられ、水平方向に対する前記テンプル部の傾きを調整する、請求項99乃至102のいずれか一項に記載のフェイスシールド。 The face shield according to any one of claims 99 to 102, wherein the connecting portion is provided separately from the temple portion and adjusts the inclination of the temple portion with respect to the horizontal direction.
  105.  前記保持部材は、金属製の棒状部材からなる、請求項99乃至104のいずれか一項に記載のフェイスシールド。 The face shield according to any one of claims 99 to 104, wherein the holding member is made of a metal rod-shaped member.
  106.  前記金属は、アルミニウムである、請求項105に記載のフェイスシールド。 The face shield according to claim 105, wherein the metal is aluminum.
  107.  前記保持部材は、樹脂製の棒状部材からなる、請求項99乃至104のいずれか一項に記載のフェイスシールド。 The face shield according to any one of claims 99 to 104, wherein the holding member is made of a resin rod-shaped member.
  108.  前記樹脂は、ポリエチレンテレフタレート、ポリカーボネート、アクリル樹脂から選ばれる樹脂からなる、請求項107に記載のフェイスシールド。 The face shield according to claim 107, wherein the resin is made of a resin selected from polyethylene terephthalate, polycarbonate, and acrylic resin.
  109.  前記テンプル部は、前記耳掛け部の前方に設けられ、前記透明積層フィルムを保持するための一対の取付部を含み、
     前記透明積層フィルムに、前記取付部が挿入される開口部が形成されている、請求項99乃至108のいずれか一項に記載のフェイスシールド。
    The temple portion is provided in front of the ear hook portion and includes a pair of mounting portions for holding the transparent laminated film.
    The face shield according to any one of claims 99 to 108, wherein an opening into which the mounting portion is inserted is formed in the transparent laminated film.
  110.  前記保持部材は、前記透明積層フィルムを上下方向に移動可能に保持する、請求項99乃至109のいずれか一項に記載のフェイスシールド。 The face shield according to any one of claims 99 to 109, wherein the holding member holds the transparent laminated film so as to be movable in the vertical direction.
PCT/JP2021/033430 2020-09-11 2021-09-10 Transparent laminated film, transparent laminated film with protection film, and face shield WO2022054933A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (10)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2020-153373 2020-09-11
JP2020153373 2020-09-11
JP2021-012451 2021-01-28
JP2021012451A JP2022115718A (en) 2021-01-28 2021-01-28 Transparent laminated film, transparent laminated film with protection film, and face shield
JP2021056279A JP2022047477A (en) 2020-09-11 2021-03-29 Transparent laminated film, transparent laminated film with protection film, and face shield
JP2021-056279 2021-03-29
JP2021-126286 2021-07-30
JP2021126286A JP2023020747A (en) 2021-07-30 2021-07-30 face shield
JP2021126284A JP2023020746A (en) 2021-07-30 2021-07-30 Face shield and transparent laminate film
JP2021-126284 2021-07-30

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2022054933A1 true WO2022054933A1 (en) 2022-03-17

Family

ID=80631666

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2021/033430 WO2022054933A1 (en) 2020-09-11 2021-09-10 Transparent laminated film, transparent laminated film with protection film, and face shield

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2022054933A1 (en)

Citations (17)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS62260101A (en) * 1986-05-06 1987-11-12 Dainippon Printing Co Ltd Antireflection optical filter
US5471679A (en) * 1992-07-27 1995-12-05 Paoluccio; John A. Face protector
JP2004053735A (en) * 2002-07-17 2004-02-19 Seiko Epson Corp Plastic lens manufacture method and plastic lens
JP2004126548A (en) * 2002-08-08 2004-04-22 Toray Ind Inc Optical article
JP2004294601A (en) * 2003-03-26 2004-10-21 Nitto Denko Corp Anti-reflection film, optical element, and image display device
JP2008127041A (en) * 2006-11-20 2008-06-05 Sony Corp Packaging box and method for packing it
JP2008307880A (en) * 2007-05-11 2008-12-25 Toppan Printing Co Ltd Two-color molded article and manufacturing method thereof
JP2009042756A (en) * 2007-08-09 2009-02-26 Tomoko Tahara Eyeglass system, method for reducing pressure imparted to eyeglass user's face, and eyeglass assembly
JP2009509809A (en) * 2005-09-30 2009-03-12 ゼネラル・エレクトリック・カンパニイ Anti-fogging film assembly, manufacturing method, and article made thereof
JP2009186773A (en) * 2008-02-06 2009-08-20 Konica Minolta Opto Inc Antireflection film, polarizing plate using the same, and display
JP2014077894A (en) * 2012-10-10 2014-05-01 Nippon Paper Industries Co Ltd Antireflection film and production method of antireflection film
CN103823257A (en) * 2014-01-23 2014-05-28 太湖金张科技股份有限公司 Blue light-proof optical diffusion film
WO2015019529A1 (en) * 2013-08-09 2015-02-12 デクセリアルズ株式会社 Transparent laminate and protective tool including same
JP2018502999A (en) * 2014-11-13 2018-02-01 アヴェント インコーポレイテッド Anti-fogging / anti-glare face mask
JP2018132706A (en) * 2017-02-17 2018-08-23 株式会社Scope Attitude maintenance tool for spectacle frame shape holding member
JP3227233U (en) * 2020-05-07 2020-08-13 株式会社理喜 Face guard
JP2021177006A (en) * 2020-05-01 2021-11-11 株式会社開伸 Face guard

Patent Citations (17)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS62260101A (en) * 1986-05-06 1987-11-12 Dainippon Printing Co Ltd Antireflection optical filter
US5471679A (en) * 1992-07-27 1995-12-05 Paoluccio; John A. Face protector
JP2004053735A (en) * 2002-07-17 2004-02-19 Seiko Epson Corp Plastic lens manufacture method and plastic lens
JP2004126548A (en) * 2002-08-08 2004-04-22 Toray Ind Inc Optical article
JP2004294601A (en) * 2003-03-26 2004-10-21 Nitto Denko Corp Anti-reflection film, optical element, and image display device
JP2009509809A (en) * 2005-09-30 2009-03-12 ゼネラル・エレクトリック・カンパニイ Anti-fogging film assembly, manufacturing method, and article made thereof
JP2008127041A (en) * 2006-11-20 2008-06-05 Sony Corp Packaging box and method for packing it
JP2008307880A (en) * 2007-05-11 2008-12-25 Toppan Printing Co Ltd Two-color molded article and manufacturing method thereof
JP2009042756A (en) * 2007-08-09 2009-02-26 Tomoko Tahara Eyeglass system, method for reducing pressure imparted to eyeglass user's face, and eyeglass assembly
JP2009186773A (en) * 2008-02-06 2009-08-20 Konica Minolta Opto Inc Antireflection film, polarizing plate using the same, and display
JP2014077894A (en) * 2012-10-10 2014-05-01 Nippon Paper Industries Co Ltd Antireflection film and production method of antireflection film
WO2015019529A1 (en) * 2013-08-09 2015-02-12 デクセリアルズ株式会社 Transparent laminate and protective tool including same
CN103823257A (en) * 2014-01-23 2014-05-28 太湖金张科技股份有限公司 Blue light-proof optical diffusion film
JP2018502999A (en) * 2014-11-13 2018-02-01 アヴェント インコーポレイテッド Anti-fogging / anti-glare face mask
JP2018132706A (en) * 2017-02-17 2018-08-23 株式会社Scope Attitude maintenance tool for spectacle frame shape holding member
JP2021177006A (en) * 2020-05-01 2021-11-11 株式会社開伸 Face guard
JP3227233U (en) * 2020-05-07 2020-08-13 株式会社理喜 Face guard

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
ANONYMOUS: "Face Shield was donated (J-Film Co., Ltd.)", 22 May 2020 (2020-05-22), XP055911579, Retrieved from the Internet <URL:https://www.city.karatsu.lg.jp/hoken/kenko/kenko/kehatsu/kansen/corona/faceshield_jeifilm.html> *

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US6770352B2 (en) Film provided with hardcoat and process for producing the same
JP6458392B2 (en) Transparent film for face protection
US6261665B1 (en) Anti-reflection material and method for producing the same
JP2011033948A (en) Optical laminate, polarizing plate and image display apparatus
JP2003292831A (en) Coating agent having low refractive index and reflection preventive film
KR20210148221A (en) Transfer sheet and manufacturing method therefor, manufacturing method and molded article using the transfer sheet, and a front plate and image display device using the molded object
WO2017150739A1 (en) Optical laminate, image display device, or touch panel sensor
JP4712236B2 (en) Antireflection film, antireflection film, image display device, and manufacturing method thereof
JP4101270B2 (en) Optical film and panel for image display device using the same
JP2015232614A (en) Antireflection film and display
KR102467683B1 (en) Antireflection film, display device using the antireflection film, and method for selecting the antireflection film
WO2022054933A1 (en) Transparent laminated film, transparent laminated film with protection film, and face shield
WO2021200678A1 (en) Anti-reflective film laminate and product provided with same
KR20060009194A (en) Hard coating film with excellent anti-glare and anti-contamination
JP2022047477A (en) Transparent laminated film, transparent laminated film with protection film, and face shield
JP2007233392A (en) Optical film and image display apparatus panel using same
JP2022115718A (en) Transparent laminated film, transparent laminated film with protection film, and face shield
JPH1177874A (en) Surface protecting film for printed matter
JP2023020746A (en) Face shield and transparent laminate film
JP2023020747A (en) face shield
JP2004230562A (en) Hard coat film
US20240027652A1 (en) Transparent laminate, image display device, double-sided antireflection laminate, and facial transparent protector
JP2023035789A (en) Partition and transparent laminate film for partition
JP2024006438A (en) Partition, partition with stationary body and building
JP7340501B2 (en) Protective equipment

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21866890

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 21866890

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1